LAB SERVICE (14)    PACKAGE (9.4)

Name Value
NAME LAB SERVICE
PREFIX LR
DEVELOPER (PERSON/SITE) STALLING,F/DAL
*LOWEST FILE NUMBER 60
*HIGHEST FILE NUMBER 69.91
DEVELOPMENT ISC DALLAS TX
CLASS National
ADDITIONAL PREFIXES
  • LS
SHORT DESCRIPTION CORE LAB SYSTEM
AFFECTS RECORD MERGE
VERSION
  • 5.2
    DATE DISTRIBUTED:   2005-11-19 00:00:00
    PATCH APPLICATION HISTORY:
    • 105 SEQ #78
      DATE APPLIED:   1996-06-11 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is patch LR*5.2*105 which will transport menus, data dictionary
      changes, load modified routines and edit templates.
      
    • 138 SEQ #103
      DATE APPLIED:   1996-11-08 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       
            VSIT*2*1   (Visit Tracking)
      =================
       Routine Name           Before Patch      After Patch       Patch List
      LR138                   NA                3411930           138
      LR138P                  NA                2851115           138
      LR138PO                 NA                4890675           138
      LRCAPPH                 10492287          9623897   1,19,127,136,138
      LRCAPPH1                3477475           7546206    127,136,138
      LRCAPPH2                NA                6972273           138
      LRWU                    11418768         10739890           42,138
      =========================================
            PX*1*9     (PCE)
      Installation Instructions:
      NOTE: SD*5.3*63 patch MUST be installed before this patch WILL install
      successfully.
       
      1. All users may remain on the system.
      2. No options need be placed out of order.
      3. Install patch during non-peak hours.
      4. Laboratory specimens should not be accessioned or verified during
         installation of the patch.
      5. The Auto-Instruments 'LAB' job does not have to be stopped.
       
      6. Installation time of this patch is less than ten minutes.
      7. Journaling requires no special attention.
       
      NOIS List
      ===========================
      Refer to SD*5.3*63 patch
       
      ===========================
      Test Sites:
      Developmental Test Site: Long Beach
      Patch SD*5.3*63 must be installed before the installation LR*5.2*138.
      Alpha Test Sites : Reno, Tucson and Oklahoma City
       
      ===========================
      Technical Information:
      Occasion of Service (OOS)
      All valid LAB OOS LOCATIONS follow this format:
      Each LAB OOS LOCATION begins with 'LAB DIV'.
      Followed by the STATION NUMBER. (Field #99 of the INSTITUTION (#4) file)
      Followed by 'OOS ID'.
      Followed by the STOP CODE number.
      The sequence of patch installs for either RA*4.5*8 or LR*5.2*138 is not
       
      List of selectable OOS Stop Codes:
                      PULMONARY FUNCTION                104
                      X-RAY                             105
                      EEG                               106
                      EKG                               107
                      LABORATORY                        108
                      NUCLEAR MEDICINE                  109
                      CARDIOVASCULAR NUCLEAR MED        110
                      ONCOLOGICAL NUCLEAR MED           111
      important. The RA*4.5*8 and LR*5.2*138 can be installed in reverse order.
                      INFECTIOUS DISEASE NUCLEAR MED    112
                      RADIONUCLIDE TREATMENT            113
                      SING PHOTON EMISS TOMOGRAPHY      114
                      ULTRASOUND                        115
                      HBHC - PHYSICIAN                  170
                      CLINICAL PHARMACY                 160
                      BEREAVEMENT COUNSELING            165
                      VASCULAR LABORATORY               421
                      EMPLOYEE HEALTH                   999
                      EVOKED POTENTIAL                  126
       
                      TOPOGRAPHICAL BRAIN MONITORING    127
                      PROLONGED VIDEO-EEG MONITORING    128
                      MAMMOGRAM                         703
                      RADIONUCLIDE THERAPY              144
                      PHARM/PHYSIO NMP STUDIES          145
                      PET                               146
          
       
      No LAB OOS LOCATIONS can have appointments.
      No patients can be scheduled to LAB OOS LOCATIONS.
      The Laboratory Information Manager (LIM) should be notified of the patch
      LAB OOS LOCATIONS can not be selected as the ordering locations.
      All locations are created by the Scheduling API.
      Name Length is less than 31 characters.
      LAB OOS LOCATION can not be deleted with FileMan.
       
      Example LAB OOS LOCATION name = LAB DIV 647 OOS ID 108
      Where 647 = Poplar Bluff, MO
      Where 108 = Laboratory Stop Code
      ===========================================
      This patch contains two (2) new options which will be added to the LIM
      installation schedule and the date/time of the actual LR*5.2*138
      workload menu [LR LIM/WKLD MENU].
      1) Create Laboratory OOS Locations [LR WKLD LOCATION] provides a software
      controlled creation of LAB OOS HOSPITAL LOCATIONS.
      2) Edit ACC Area OOS Location [LR WKLD ACC AREA LOCATION] allows the LIM
      to modify individual accession areas LAB OOS LOCATIONS to adjust NPCDB
      workload credit.
       
      =============================
      Fields included in LR*5.2*138
       
      installation.
      WKLD CODE (#64) File
         DSS Feeder Key (#14) field
      ACCESSION (#68) File
         LAB OOS LOCATION (#.8) field
      LAB ORDER ENTRY (#69) File
         TEST (#69.03) subfile
           PCE VISIT # (#12) field
      LABORATORY SITE (#69.9) File
         DEFAULT LAB OOS LOCATION (#.8) field
       
      This is a joint Radiology, PIMS, PCE, VSIT, National Patient Care Database
       
       
      Field Notes:
      A new field DEFAULT LAB OOS LOCATION (#.8) has been added to the
      LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9). It is used when ACCESSION AREAS does not
      have a LAB OOS LOCATION defined.
      A new field LAB OOS LOCATION (#.8) has been added to the ACCESSION (#68)
      file. This field is used to adjust NPCDB workload reporting.
      * An existing field is renamed, DSS Feeder Key (#14) in the WKLD CODE
      (#64) file. This field was altered by an earlier patch.
       
      Site Preparation notice:
      Routine Notes:
      This patch contains three (3) modified routines LRCAPPH, LRCAPPH1, LRWU
      and one (1) new routine LRCAPPH2. These routines control the reporting of
      NPCDB workload data and the screening of hospital OOS locations.
        There are several additional non laboratory routines that will control
      the user's HOSPITAL LOCATION selections.
       
      ==============================
      Example of option use after Post Installation failure
       
      This patch and LMIP workload reporting rely on the STATION NUMBER (#99) in
      Select OPTION NAME:    LR WKLD LOCATION
              Create Laboratory OOS Locations
       
                      List of already defined Laboratory OOS Locations
           
       
                                 NONE ARE CURRENTLY DEFINED
           
       
                                  INSTALL PATCH LR*5.2*138
      the INSTITUTION file (#4) being correctly defined. New OOS HOSPITAL
           
      =================================
      Example of a defined OOS location display
      Select OPTION NAME: LR WKLD LOCATION
      Create Laboratory OOS Locations
       
                      List of already defined Laboratory OOS Locations
           
       
      LAB DIV 170 OOS ID 108          170     108
      LOCATION names will be based on this field. The user can not control how a
       
      Would you like a detail display ?No// YES
       
      Select Laboratory OOS Location : LAB DIV 170 OOS ID 108          
       
      NAME: LAB DIV 170 OOS ID 108            TYPE: CLINIC
        INSTITUTION: 170 STATION 170          STOP CODE NUMBER: LABORATORY
        SERVICE: NONE                         NON-COUNT CLINIC? (Y OR N): NO
        CLINIC MEETS AT THIS FACILITY?: YES   INCLUDE ON FILE ROOM LISTS?: NO
        TYPE EXTENSION: CLINIC                ASK PROVIDER AT CHECK OUT:
      new LAB OOS LOCATIONS will be named. The name will be based on the
      YES/REQUIRED
        ASK DIAGNOSIS AT CHECK OUT: NO
      ==================================
      Example of attempted duplicate LAB OOS LOCATION entry
       
      Select Laboratory OOS Location : 
                      List of already defined Laboratory OOS Locations
           
      LAB DIV 647 OOS ID 108          647     108
       
      INSTITUTION file setup.
      Would you like a detail display ?No// 
       
                        You may define a new Laboratory OOS Location
           
       
      Enter New Division : POPLAR BLUFF, MO                              647
      Select Stop Code Service : 108  LABORATORY        108
                            ONCE DEFINED - IT CAN NOT BE DELETED
           
       
      ===============================
       [LAB DIV 647 OOS ID 108]  Is this the correct new name ? No// YES
       
                          LAB DIV 647 OOS ID 108
            This location is already defined 
      =======================================
      Example of creating a non Laboratory OOS location
                      List of already defined Laboratory OOS Locations
           
       
      LAB DIV 647 OOS ID 108          647     108
      Purpose of the patch:
      Would you like a detail display ?No// 
                        You may define a new Laboratory OOS Location
           
       
      Enter New Division : POPLAR BLUFF, MO                              647
      Select Stop Code Service : 
       
                    1  PULMONARY FUNCTION                104
                    2  X-RAY                             105
                    3  EEG                               106
      1. Correct collection of NPCDB laboratory workload.
                    4  EKG                               107
       
      CHOOSE 1-4: 1  
                            ONCE DEFINED - IT CAN NOT BE DELETED
           
       
       [LAB DIV 647 OOS ID 104]  Is this the correct new name ? No// YES
       
      NAME: LAB DIV 647 OOS ID 104            TYPE: CLINIC
        INSTITUTION: POPLAR BLUFF, MO         STOP CODE NUMBER: PULMONARY
      (NPCDB) and Laboratory patch. This patch will not successfully install if
      2. Create LAB Occasion of Service (OOS) LOCATIONS for the purpose of PCE
      FUNCTION
        SERVICE: NONE                         NON-COUNT CLINIC? (Y OR N): NO
        CLINIC MEETS AT THIS FACILITY?: YES   INCLUDE ON FILE ROOM LISTS?: NO
        TYPE EXTENSION: CLINIC                ASK PROVIDER AT CHECK OUT:
      YES/REQUIRED
        ASK DIAGNOSIS AT CHECK OUT: NO
       
                                     LAB Location Added
           
                        You may define a new Laboratory OOS Location
         reporting.
           
      Enter New Division : 
      =====================================
      Example of changing ACCESSION AREA LAB OOS LOCATION
       
      Select OPTION NAME: LR WKLD ACC AREA LOCATION
       
      Select Accession Area : GAS    
      Select OOS Location for [GAS] Acc Area : LAB DIV 7000BY OOS ID 108
        Replace ... With LAB DIV 647  Replace 
      3. Provide immediate functionality without LIM intervention.
         LAB DIV 647
           1   LAB DIV 647 OOS ID 108          
           2   LAB DIV 647 OOS ID 104          
      CHOOSE 1-2: 2  
                DONE
       
      Select Accession Area : 
      =======================================
      =======================================
       
      4. Provide data clean up of previously reported NPCDB workload (PX*1*9).
      Example of the Build Install
       
      Select OPTION NAME: XPD MAIN    Kernel Installation & Distribution System
       
      Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option: Installation
       
      Select Installation Option: Install Package(s)
      Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*138          Loaded from Distribution
      10/21/96@12:12:25
           =>LR*5.2*138 3k LINES  ;Created on Oct 21, 1996@13:48:57
      5. Provide utilities to manage multi-divisional NPCDB workload.
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Oct 21, 1996@12:12:25 with header of 
      LR*5.2*138 3k LINES  ;Created on Oct 21, 1996@13:48:57
      It consisted of the following Install(s):
      LR*5.2*138
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR138
                                 Environment Check is Ok ---
            
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*138
         64        WKLD CODE  (Partial Definition)
      6. Provide capabilities to support non Pathology & Laboratory Medicine
      Note:  You already have the 'WKLD CODE' File.
         68        ACCESSION  (Partial Definition)
      Note:  You already have the 'ACCESSION' File.
         69        LAB ORDER ENTRY  (Partial Definition)
      Note:  You already have the 'LAB ORDER ENTRY' File.
         69.9      LABORATORY SITE  (Partial Definition)
      Note:  You already have the 'LABORATORY SITE' File.
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
         services to receive proper NPCDB workload credit.
      DEVICE: HOME//   HOME
      LR*5.2*138                                   
       Install Started for LR*5.2*138 : 
                     Oct 21, 1996@12:16:32
       Installing Routines: 
                     Oct 21, 1996@12:16:33
       Running Pre-Install Routine: ^LR138P
                               LOCKING THE ^LRO(69,AA) GLOBAL
           
                                 Pre Install Step Complete
      7. Enhancement of the Laboratory NPCDB reporting capabilities.
           
       Installing Data Dictionaries: 
                     Oct 21, 1996@12:16:51
       Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS: 
       Installing OPTION
                     Oct 21, 1996@12:16:53
       Running Post-Install Routine: ^LR138PO 
                               Starting Post Install Process
           
      Option [LR WKLD LOCATIONS] was Added to [LR LIM/WKLD] MENU 
       
      Option [LR WKLD ACC AREA LOCATIONS] was Added to [LR LIM/WKLD] MENU 
                         Creating Laboratory OOS Workload Locations
           
      NUMBER: 657                             NAME: LAB DIV 600 OOS ID 108
        TYPE: CLINIC                          INSTITUTION: LONG BEACH, CA
        STOP CODE NUMBER: LABORATORY          SERVICE: NONE
        DIVISION: VA MEDICAL CENTER, LONG BEACH
        NON-COUNT CLINIC? (Y OR N): NO        CLINIC MEETS AT THIS FACILITY?:
      YES
        INCLUDE ON FILE ROOM LISTS?: NO       TYPE EXTENSION: CLINIC
      This patch will not effect LMIP workload capture or DSS Laboratory
        ASK PROVIDER AT CHECK OUT: YES/REQUIRED
        ASK DIAGNOSIS AT CHECK OUT: NO
                                     LAB Location Added
           
                           Database Upgrade Completed Successfully
            
                                DEFAULT LAB OOS LOCATION IS
           
      NUMBER: 657                             NAME: LAB DIV 600 OOS ID 108
        TYPE: CLINIC                          INSTITUTION: LONG BEACH, CA
      the Scheduling Package SD*5.3*63 patch has not been installed.
      workload data extraction. There are no CPT code updates contained in this
        STOP CODE NUMBER: LABORATORY          SERVICE: NONE
        DIVISION: VA MEDICAL CENTER, LONG BEACH
        NON-COUNT CLINIC? (Y OR N): NO        CLINIC MEETS AT THIS FACILITY?:
      YES
        INCLUDE ON FILE ROOM LISTS?: NO       TYPE EXTENSION: CLINIC
        ASK PROVIDER AT CHECK OUT: YES/REQUIRED
        ASK DIAGNOSIS AT CHECK OUT: NO
       
                  PCE/VSIT ON (#615) field in LABORATORY SITE (#69.9) file
           
      patch.
       
                        has been set to BOTH PCE/VSIT AND STOP CODES
      ==============================
      Problem:
      Scheduling software determines if a particular procedure requires patient
      diagnosis based on the HOSPITAL LOCATION file setup. The Laboratory was
      passing the ordering location without patient diagnosis. This produced
      NPCDB workload recording errors because of no diagnosis being passed.
        Some packages still use Clinic Stop codes to identify certain kinds of
      data. The Stop Codes were determined based on the HOSPITAL LOCATION file
       
      setup. The Stop Code passed by Laboratory to the PCE API was not being
      used.
      ============================
      Problem Solution
      New OOS HOSPITAL LOCATIONS will be created solely for Laboratory NPCDB
      Workload reporting. These new locations can not be used for appointments
      or as test ordering locations. These special OOS locations will be
      configured to not require diagnosis, eliminating the current errors.
         The Scheduling software will use these special hospital (non diagnosis
      requiring) locations when passing workload to NPCDB. Upon initial install
          Patches should be installed in the following order:
      all workload will be reported as laboratory Stop Code 108 for the Primary
      Institution as defined by LMIP Workload Collection file (#67.9). Options
      are provided to allow the LIM to create additional OOS Hospital Locations.
      The naming of the OOS locations is controlled by the a option included in
      this patch.
       
      NOTE: The LIM can not edit the Hospital Location file directly. They can
      only do so via a special option. LAB OOS LOCATIONS should not be created
      through VA FileMan.
       
            SD*5.3*63  (Scheduling)
      ==============================
      Workload Reporting Logic:
      1. Only collected specimens will be processed by the software.
      2. Only laboratory specimens having a collection type of Immediate 
      Collect, Send Patient or Lab Collect will receive phlebotomy Workload
      credit.
      3. Only those specimens with a HOSPITAL LOCATION type of Clinic, Module or
      Other will be passed to PCE API. This is not dependent on specimen
      collection type
      4. No new WKLD CODE CPT codes are included in this patch. Those linked
            RA*4.5*8   (Radiology/Nuclear Med)
      LABORATORY TESTS without CPT codes will not be passed to PCE API. Another
      Laboratory patch will fully populate the WKLD CODE file with CPT codes.
       
      NOTE: The DEFAULT LAB OOS LOCATION field is populated during the post
      install. This field is used by NPCDB Laboratory workload reporting
      software if a specific ACCESSION AREA does not have a LAB OOS LOCATION
      assigned.
       
        A tasked routine will inspect the LAB ORDER ENTRY (#69) file for
      collected specimens. When it finds a patient with collected specimen(s)
            LR*5.2*138 (Laboratory ** this patch **)
      the software will use the above logic steps to determine if the specimen
      meets criteria. If the specimens meets criteria, the software checks the
      ACCESSION AREA where the specimen was accessioned. The accessioned test(s)
      does not need to be verified in order to trigger NPCDB or LMIP Phlebotomy
      workload reporting. If the ACCESSION AREA has a LAB OOS LOCATION defined
      the API will pass that location. If the ACCESSION AREA does not have a LAB
      OOS LOCATION defined, the DEFAULT LAB OOS LOCATION will be passed.
       
      =======================================
      ROUTINE SUMMARY:
      
    • 260
      DATE APPLIED:   2000-09-05 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch adds two new segments to the HL7 transmissions generated by
       ABBREVIATED NAME: DSP       FULL NAME: Display Data
      LREPIPH              NEW           5818757        260
      LREPIRP            6008472         5973015        132,157,175,260
      LREPISRV             NEW           12552990       260
       
        
      Installation Instructions:
      ==========================
        
       
         NOTE: This KIDS install does not place any options out of service
                         This segment will report Clinical Reminders Hepatitis
               during the install and no user options are affected.
               If KIDS prompts:
         
               "Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
                Install? YES// NO"
               "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO"
               "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?
                YES// NO"
        
               The site should answer "NO" to all three questions.
                         C Risk Assessment Data.
                   Note: You may not receive all three prompts at your site.  
         
                1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu.
                   This option will load the KIDS package in this message onto
                   your system.
        
                2. Review your mapped set.  If the routines are mapped, they
                   should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
        
                3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on
       
                   your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
                   Transport global.
        
                   On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the 
                   following options:
        
                       Print Transport Global
                       Compare Transport Global to Current System
                       Verify Checksums in Transport Global
                       Backup a Transport Global
      This patch also includes the new LREPI REMINDER LINK file (#69.51).
        
                4. Users may remain on the system, installation may be done at
                   any time.
        
                5. No options need to be placed out of service.
        
                6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak
                   hours and less than 5 minutes during peak hours.
        
                7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory
       This file points to the REMINDER DEFINITION (#811.9) used by the 
                   space.
        
                8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
                   option 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*260'
                   and proceed with the install.
        
                9. The post-init routine, LR260, will perform the three final
                   automated functions in the installation.  These steps are:
       
                         A. Three entries will be added to the LREPI REMINDER
       Emerging Pathogens Initiative (EPI). Entries in the new LREPI REMINDER
                            LINK (#69.51) file.  These are "VA-NATIONAL EPI DB
                            UPDATE", "VA-HEP C RISK ASSESSMENT", and 
                            "VA-NATIONAL EPI RX EXTRACT".
                         B. Three entries will be added to the LAB 
                            SEARCH/EXTRACT (#69.5) file.  These are "HEPATITIS C
                            ANTIBODY NEG", "HEPATITIS A ANTIBODY POS", and
                            "HEPATITIS B POS".  Please refer to the
                            LR*5.2*260 TECHNICAL/USERS MANUAL for instructions
                            on adding tests to these entries.
                         C. The NCH CHOLESTEROL and NCH PAP SMEAR entries will
       LINK file are used to determine which Clinical Reminders will be used to
                            be inactivated in the LAB SEARCH/EXTRACT (#69.5)
                            file.
       
                   You will be notified after each step if any problems were
                   encountered.
       
               10. The post-init routine, LR260, will be automatically deleted
                   when the installation has completed.
       
               12. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should
       generate data for the Hepatitis C database.
                   be returned to the mapped set once the installation has run
                   to completion.
       
               13. LABORATORY SEARCH/EXTRACT PATCH LR*5.2*260 HEPATITIS EMERGING
                   PATHOGENS INITIATIVE (EPI) TECHNICAL AND USER GUIDE in
                   Portable Document Format (LR_260TUG.PDF) is provided with
                   this patch. Please refer to this documentation for details
                   and specific instructions. The patch description does not
                   include ALL implementation considerations or complete setup
                   instructions.
       
       
      This document is available on the following Office of Information Field
                   Offices' ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directories.
       
             OI Field Office             FTP Address        Directory
             ================================================================
             Albany                      152.127.1.5        ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
             Hines                       152.129.1.110      ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
             Salt Lake City              152.131.2.1        ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
       
       the Emerging Pathogens Initiative (EPI) software, clears fifteen 
       The NOIS calls addressed are:
       
               14. Please do not do this until specifically requested to do so.
                   After the patch installation and set up has been completed,
                   the data for your site will be validated by the EPI program
                   office.  At this time you will be asked to add 
                   XXX@Q-EPI.DOMAIN.EXT to the MEMBERS - REMOTE field (#12) of the
                   MAIL GROUP file (#3.8) for the EPI mail group.
       
           VA FileMan 22.0
        
              1. ALX-0400-71108
        
           Select OPTION: 1  ENTER OR EDIT FILE ENTRIES
        
        
        
           INPUT TO WHAT FILE: MAIL GROUP// 
           EDIT WHICH FIELD: ALL// MEMBERS - REMOTE    (multiple)
              EDIT WHICH MEMBERS - REMOTE SUB-FIELD: ALL// 
           THEN EDIT FIELD: 
        
                 ALB-0100-52818
        
           Select MAIL GROUP NAME: EPI
                1   EPI  
                2   EPI-REPORT  
           CHOOSE 1-2: 1  EPI
           Select REMOTE MEMBER: S.HL V16 SERVER@DEV// XXX@Q-EPI.DOMAIN.EXT
             Are you adding 'XXX@Q-EPI.DOMAIN.EXT' as a new REMOTE MEMBER (the
           2ND for this MAIL GROUP)? No// Y
             (Yes)
           Select REMOTE MEMBER: 
                 BHH-0999-40058
        
        
           Select MAIL GROUP NAME: 
                 NCH-0599-42202
                 WAS-0499-21751
                 MRN-0299-40846
                 CIN-0199-42742
                 ALB-1198-50947
                 BRK-1198-10546
       NOIS calls, and eliminates the National Center for Health Promotion
                 SUX-0599-40961
                 PUG-0399-52619
                 MEM-0199-72168
                        Several sites have reported receiving a 
                        SEARCH+3^LREPI4 error during the nightly runs.  This
                        is due to an incomplete PTF record.  The software now
                        checks the validity of the reference before attempting
                        to access the record.
              2. LAS-1199-61337
                 WPB-1298-30488
       (NCH) data transmissions.
                        These NOIS calls report an error in the way the site 
                        number is obtained.  An older method of gathering the
                        site number was used.  This has been replaced with a
                        FileMan reference as allowed in DBIA #10090.
              3. STC-1098-41570
                        The NCH transmissions will be eliminated with the
                        release of this patch.
       
        Requesting Site: Washington, DC
                         Cincinnati, OH
       
        
           Test Site(s): Cincinnati, OH
                         West Palm Beach, FL
       
         Reference NOIS: ALX-0400-71108
                         ALB-0100-52818
                         BHH-0999-40058
                         NCH-0599-42202
                         WAS-0499-21751
                         MRN-0299-40846
       The new segments are:
                         CIN-0199-42742
                         ALB-1198-50947
                         BRK-1198-10546
                         SUX-0599-40961
                         PUG-0399-52619
                         MEM-0199-72168
                         LAS-1199-61337
                         WPB-1298-30488
                         STC-1098-41570
       
       ABBREVIATED NAME: ZXE       FULL NAME: Pharmacy Prescription Order
      The daily National Center for Health Promotion (NCH) data transmissions
       are no longer necessary and the NCHP program office has requested that
       we terminate the transmissions.  This will be done during the post-init
       phase and does not require any user intervention.
       
       This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the
       VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA
       BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
       
       
                         This segment will report Pharmacy data consisting of
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
       ===============
       The following is a list of routines included in this patch.  The second
       line of each routine now looks like:
        
       <tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;;Sep 27, 1994
        
               CHECK^XTSUMBLD Results
        
       Routine Name    Before Patch     After Patch   Patch List
                         the Drug Name, NDC, and Days Supply.
       ------------    ------------     -----------   ----------
        
      LR260                NEW           10238627       260
      LREPI              11741568        14217525       132,175,260
      LREPI1             10215540        10654552       132,157,175,260
      LREPI1A            5536163         5834647        175,260
      LREPI2             5729687         7199135        132,157,175,242,260
      LREPI3             3617464         5462995        132,175,260
      LREPI4             1715994         1903453        132,175,260
      LREPIAK            2866307         3640656        175,260
      
    • 256 SEQ #200
      DATE APPLIED:   2000-11-06 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 264 SEQ #201
      DATE APPLIED:   2000-11-27 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       
       All changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank Developer and
                       WHITE RIVER JUNCTION, VT
                       SAINT LOUIS, MO
                       ALBUQUERQUE, NM
                       MUSKOGEE, OK
       
       ROUTINE SUMMARY:
        ================
        The following is a list of the routine(s) included in this patch.  The
        second line of each of these routine(s) will look like:
        
       found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE control
            <tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
        
                                   CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
        Routine name     Before Patch  After Patch    Patch List
        ============     ============  ===========    ==========
        
         LR264              NONE        2442347          264
         LRCAPPH          11522455     11647574   1,19,127,136,138,153
                                                      158,263,264
         LRCAPPH1          7745000      11010117   127,136,138,158,263,264
       functions.  
         LRCAPPNP          1653480       2930814        263,264
         LRCAPR2           8701428       8898011      88,105,263,264
         LRMISTF1         14019130      13608455     121,128,202,263,264
       
               Installation Instructions:
               ==========================
       
       
      All users may remain on the system. However Laboratory Users should be
      idle during installation.
        
       
      No laboratory background jobs need to be stopped. No options need to be
      placed out of service.
       
      Installation time of this patch is less than 5 minutes.
       
       
               1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan
                  menu. This option will load the KIDS package in this 
                  message onto your system.
       RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*264 have no effect on Blood
               2. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global 
                  on your system. You now need to use KIDS to install 
                  the Transport global.
                  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use 
                  the following options:
                      Print Transport Global
                      Compare Transport Global to Current System
                      Verify Checksums in Transport Global
                      Backup a Transport Global
               3. Users may remain on the system, but installation 
       Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
                  should be done at off peak hours.
               4. No options need to be placed out of service.
               5. Installation time is less than 5 minutes during off 
                  peak hours and less than 15 minutes during peak hours.
               6. Installation of this patch requires no additional 
                  memory space.
               7. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the 
                  option
                  'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*264' 
                  and proceed with the install.
        
               8. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONS during the
                  install? YES//' respond NO.
               9. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE scheduled Options, Menu
                  Options, and Protocols? YES//' respond NO.
       
      After the install has been completed. All users can now resume normal
      activities.
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*264 does not
       alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical element
       functions. 
       VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE V5.2 DEVICE PRODUCT LABELING STATEMENT
        
       POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains no changes to files and 
       routines identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
       99-053. The changes that are made have no effect to Blood Bank
       functionality or medical device control functions. There is no adverse
       potential to sites.
       
       VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: There are no required validation
       scenarios to be completed by sites after installing this patch.
       
      =============================
      Patch Description:
      ===========================
       
      1) There is a unique set of circumstances that will cause the PCE workload
      update background software program (LRCAPPH1) to produce a software error.
      The error situation is created when an orderable test has no accession
      area assigned and is ordered from an outpatient location.  
         When the laboratory accessions the specimen, the appropriate accession
      area is selected. The selected accession area is not updated in the LAB
      ORDER ENTRY file (#69).  PCE workload data has been credited for that
        
      order/accession.  The test is then subsequently Not Performed(NP) and PCE
      workload has already been credited, the PCE workload update background
      software will error for a lack of accession area definition in the LAB
      ORDER ENTRY file.  This patch will correct this situation by using the
      default DSS Location value instead of attempting to determine the specific
      accession area used to accession the test.  This error is only manifested
      under these sequence of events.  If the order/accession is NP before PCE
      workload is credited, no error will occur.
       
      The software will remove PCE encounters that do not have CPT workload
       June 10, 1999 
      because all of the CPT Codes for the order have been Not Performed (NP).
      Order Status screen will display the encounter number with appended text
      to explain CPT workload transactions.
       
      Example:  XXX indicates the encounter number.
         -CPT CANC indicates at least one of the CPT workload credits have been
      removed.
      -ENC DEL indicates that all CPT workload has been removed and the
      encounter has been deleted.
       
        
      Visit Number(s): XXX-CPT CANC-ENC DEL;
       
      2) The option Results entry (batch) [LRMISTUF] allows for three methods of
      input batch data. Patch LR*5.2*263 disabled the third option of 'Just
      Prompt'. Patch LR*5.2*264 restores this functionality.
       
      3) The option Workload Report [LRCAPR1] allows for the reporting of
      quality control in the report. If the QC specimens are accessioned
      automatically by the nightly background job, there is no ward location
      defined. The report would not report any of these specimens on the report.
       VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*264 contains no changes to software
      The routine LRCAPR2 corrects this problem.
       
      4) In certain situations, Laboratory was passing to the PCE API incorrect
      date/time, which resulted in corrupted date/time fields in PCE. This patch
      corrects this problem. Laboratory will no longer pass time that includes
      seconds to the PCE API. This will reduce the number of visit numbers
      generated per order.
       
      NOTE: Scheduling patch SD*5.3*227 will provide the functionality to
      correct previous PCE data containing the erroneous date/time values.
       controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.  
        
        Related NOIS:  CON-0600-12803   SDC-0700-62722   HVH-0700-11960
                       WRJ-0600-12784   SDC-0700-62542   SAG-0700-41748
                       NIN-0800-41201   ATG-0700-32318   BUT-0700-21675
                       BHS-0800-11092   ATG-0700-32273   NOP-0700-10942
                       STL-0800-40946   FAV-0700-72129   ALB-0700-50782
                       MAN-0800-10125   REN-0700-62117   FRE-0700-60219
                       IND-0600-42277   HAM-0900-22088   BHS-0900-12254
                       SAJ-1000-71270   SDC-1000-60114   LEX-1000-40050
                       FTL-1000-50009   MAD-0900-42468   PHO-0900-62454
        
                       MEM-0900-72282   BHS-0900-12254   HAM-0900-71979
                       SHR-0900-71979   MIN-0900-41468   WIN-0900-40871
                       LEB-0900-20354   DAY-0900-40304   NJH-0900-20290
                       JAC-0900-70076   IOW-0800-42214   FGH-0800-31826
                       SJA-0800-31826
       
       
       
        Test site(s):  LONG BEACH,CA
                       CONNECTICUT HCS
      
    • 265 SEQ #202
      DATE APPLIED:   2001-01-03 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE V5.2 DEVICE PRODUCT LABELING STATEMENT
      found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE control
      functions.  
        
       RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*265 have no effect on Blood
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
        
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*265 does not
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical element
      functions. 
        
      =============================
       POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains no changes to files and
      routines identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
      99-053. The changes that are made have no effect to Blood Bank
      functionality or medical device control functions. There is no adverse
      potential to sites.
       
       VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: There are no required validation
      scenarios to be completed by sites after installing this patch.
       
       This patch is informational only. The routines referenced in this patch
        
      are distributed and installed with OERR V3.0 patch OR*3*97.
       
          DESCRIPTION
       
       This project consists of five patches that bring all HL/7 date
      conversions, both to and from VA FileMan format, into compliance with the
      current HL/7 standard.  The previous standard for HL/7 dates (V2.2) listed
      the date in YYYYMMDDHHMMSS format.  The degree of precision was listed as
      a separate parameter.  The new standard format (V2.3) is
      [YYYY[MM[DD[HH[MM[SS]]]]]-zzzz] where the bracketed sections are optional
       June 10, 1999 
      depending on the existence of the subsequent set. Also, if either the
      seconds or the minutes/seconds combination consist only of zeroes, the
      minutes (if zeroes) and seconds will be omitted.  The length of the
      date/time string specifies the degree of precision.  In addition, a ZULU
      time offset (-zzzz)is also included.  This is the number of hours between
      Greenwich Mean Time and the local time where the date/time string was
      created.
       
      These patches are combined into a single build for ease of
       installation at VHA facilities: OR_3_97.KID
        
       
       
      The build is available at the following locations:
       
             OI Field Office            FTP Address        Directory
             ================================================================
             Albany                     152.127.1.5        ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
             Hines                      152.129.1.110      ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
             Salt Lake City             152.131.2.1        ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
       
       VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*265 contains no changes to software
      The NOIS calls addressed are:
              Refer to OR*3*97
       
        Requesting Site: Central Office, Washington, DC
       
        
           Test Site(s): 
              Refer to OR*3*97
       
         Reference NOIS: 
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.  
              Refer to OR*3*97
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
       ===============
        The following Laboratory package routines are distributed and installed
      with CPRS patch OR*3*97.
       
        The second line of each routine now looks like:
        
       <tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;;Sep 27, 1994
        
        
               CHECK^XTSUMBLD Results
        
       Routine Name    Before Patch     After Patch   Patch List
       ------------    ------------     -----------   ----------
        
      LR7OU0             7183809         6871123      121,187,265
       All changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank Developer and
      
    • 265
      DATE APPLIED:   2001-01-03 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE V5.2 DEVICE PRODUCT LABELING STATEMENT
      found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE control
      functions.  
        
       RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*265 have no effect on Blood
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
        
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*265 does not
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical element
      functions. 
        
      =============================
       POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains no changes to files and
      routines identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
      99-053. The changes that are made have no effect to Blood Bank
      functionality or medical device control functions. There is no adverse
      potential to sites.
       
       VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: There are no required validation
      scenarios to be completed by sites after installing this patch.
       
       This patch is informational only. The routines referenced in this patch
        
      are distributed and installed with OERR V3.0 patch OR*3*97.
       
          DESCRIPTION
       
       This project consists of five patches that bring all HL/7 date
      conversions, both to and from VA FileMan format, into compliance with the
      current HL/7 standard.  The previous standard for HL/7 dates (V2.2) listed
      the date in YYYYMMDDHHMMSS format.  The degree of precision was listed as
      a separate parameter.  The new standard format (V2.3) is
      [YYYY[MM[DD[HH[MM[SS]]]]]-zzzz] where the bracketed sections are optional
       June 10, 1999 
      depending on the existence of the subsequent set. Also, if either the
      seconds or the minutes/seconds combination consist only of zeroes, the
      minutes (if zeroes) and seconds will be omitted.  The length of the
      date/time string specifies the degree of precision.  In addition, a ZULU
      time offset (-zzzz)is also included.  This is the number of hours between
      Greenwich Mean Time and the local time where the date/time string was
      created.
       
      These patches are combined into a single build for ease of
       installation at VHA facilities: OR_3_97.KID
        
       
       
      The build is available at the following locations:
       
             OI Field Office            FTP Address        Directory
             ================================================================
             Albany                     152.127.1.5        ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
             Hines                      152.129.1.110      ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
             Salt Lake City             152.131.2.1        ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
       
       VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*265 contains no changes to software
      The NOIS calls addressed are:
              Refer to OR*3*97
       
        Requesting Site: Central Office, Washington, DC
       
        
           Test Site(s): 
              Refer to OR*3*97
       
         Reference NOIS: 
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.  
              Refer to OR*3*97
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
       ===============
        The following Laboratory package routines are distributed and installed
      with CPRS patch OR*3*97.
       
        The second line of each routine now looks like:
        
       <tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;;Sep 27, 1994
        
        
               CHECK^XTSUMBLD Results
        
       Routine Name    Before Patch     After Patch   Patch List
       ------------    ------------     -----------   ----------
        
      LR7OU0             7183809         6871123      121,187,265
       All changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank Developer and
      
    • 261 SEQ #203
      DATE APPLIED:   2001-01-03 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      LR*5.2*261
      Job hangs in LRWLST1
      
    • 266
      DATE APPLIED:   2001-01-22 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patches LA*5.2*58 and
       RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patches LA*5.2*58 and LR*5.2*266 have no
       
      Associated NOIS
      ===============
      MIA-0600-30434
      MWV-0900-21094
       
      Test Sites
      ==========
      Martinsburg, West Virginia
       
      effect on Blood Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      =================
      The following is a list of routines included in patch LA*5.2*58. The
      second line of each routine now looks like:
       
      <tab>;;5.2;AUTOMATED LAB INSTRUMENTS;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
       
                       CHECK^XTSUMBLD Results
        Routine Name    Before Patch      After Patch    Patch List
       
        ------------    ------------      -----------    ------------
        LA7DEDT            3765930          5836716      53,58
        LA7DLOC             NEW              553499      58
        LA7DVM             6983644          6949969      53,58
       
       
      The following is a list of routines included in patch LR*5.2*266. The
      second line of each routine now looks like:
       
      <tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
      **NOTE**
                       CHECK^XTSUMBLD Results
        Routine Name    Before Patch      After Patch    Patch List
        ------------    ------------      -----------    ------------
        LR266               NEW             1529899      266
        LRMIUT             3673249          3951633      254,266
        LRVER3A           10780812         10508599      1,5,42,100,121
                                                         153,190,221,254,
                                                         263,266
       
       
       
      The documentation and distribution files for patches LA*5.2*58 and
      LR*5.2*266 may be obtained using FTP from the appropriate National VistA
      Support directory:
       
          OI FIELD OFFICE       FTP ADDRESS             DIRECTORY
          ===============       ===========             ==========
           HINES               152.129.1.110      [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
           SALT LAKE CITY      152.131.2.1        [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
           ALBANY              152.127.1.5        [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
       
      Patches LA*5.2*58 and LR*5.2*266 are being released in a single
      File names are:
       
       ASCII FILE
        LA_52_P58.KID     -  KIDS distribution for LA*5.2*58 and LR*5.2*266
       
       BINARY FILE
        LA7DIG.PDF        -  CareVue Installation Guide
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      =========================
      distribution.  Because of this, patch descriptions for LA*5.2*58 and
       
        NOTE: This KIDS install does not place any options out of service
              during the install and no user options are affected.
              If KIDS prompts:
        
              "Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
               Install? YES// NO"
              "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO"
              "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
              Protocols? YES// NO"
      LR*5.2*266 are identical and contain routine summaries for both sets of
       
              The site should answer "NO" to all three questions.
                  Note: You may not receive all three prompts at your site.  
        
           1. Review your mapped set.  If any of the routines listed in
              patches LA*5.2*58 or LR*5.2*266 are mapped, they should be
              removed from the mapped set at this time.
       
           2. From the Kernel Installation & Distribution System menu (XPD
              MAIN), select the Installation menu option, then the option,
      routines.
              Load a Distribution. Enter your directory name and
              LA_52_P58.KID at the Host File prompt.
       
           3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on
              your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the 
              Transport global.
       
              On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the 
              following options:
                 Print Transport Global
       
                 Compare Transport Global to Current System
                 Verify Checksums in Transport Global
                 Backup a Transport Global
       
           4. It is recommended that this release be installed during off
              peak hours.  To prevent a possible problem with the tasking
              of the next days laboratory orders, do not install this package
              at the same time as the following nightly tasked jobs:
       
                    LRTASK ROLLOVER
      LR*5.2*266 do not contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as
      **NOTE**
                    LRTASK NIGHTLY
                    LRTASK CONJAM
                    LRTASK CUM
       
           5. No options need to be placed out of service.
       
           6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak 
              hours and less than 5 minutes during peak hours
       
           7. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the 
       
              option 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LA*5.2*58'
              and proceed with the install. When prompted 'Want to 
              DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? 
              YES//', choose 'NO'.
       
           8. This patch updates the Processing RTN field (#771) and the
              Response Processing RTN field (#772) of the Protocol file
              (#101) for the LA7D CARELIFE RESULTS and LA7D CARELIFE SERVER
              entries. The letter "Q" will be entered by the post-init
              routine LR266 if no entry exists.  The LR266 routine will
      The laboratory routines LRVER3A and LRMIUT are being modified by this
              automatically be deleted after the patch is installed.
       
           9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they 
              should be returned to the mapped set once the installation 
              has run to completion.
      patch.  These routines may have been locally modified at the sites.  The
      sites must ensure that precautions are taken to prevent loss of local
      modifications when patches to Laboratory are installed.
       
      **NOTE**
       
      When initially setting up the FOREIGN INTERFACE file (#62.487), the
      defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION
      FOREIGN COMPUTER INTERFACE NAME field (#.01) should ALWAYS be set to
      "CAREVUE" (all caps, no leading or trailing spaces, and no quotes).  The
      routines that access this file are looking specifically for CAREVUE.  The
      routines will not be able to process the results for CareVue ward patients
      if this is not done.
       
      This patch contains changes to Class I CareVue code and requires that
      patch LA*5.2*53 and LR*5.2*263 be installed before LA*5.2*58.  Patches
      LA*5.2*58 and LR*5.2*266 are contained in the same KID file
      (LA_52_P58.KID) and will be installed together.
      5.2.
       
      This patch includes the following changes:
       
      1.  This patch updates the documentation released with the CareVue
      Interface patch (LA*5.2*53).
       
      2.  This patch makes changes to the routines LRVER3A and LRMIUT, and will
      create a new routine (LA7DLOC).  Currently, two routines (LRVER3A and
      LRMIUT) contain the Class I software for the CareVue interface. This patch
      will modify these routines to call the new routine (LA7DLOC).  LA7DLOC
       
      contains the Class I code for determining if a patient is located in a
      CareVue ward.  The current condition of the Class I code checks the CHEM,
      HEM, TOX, RIA, SER, etc. field (#4) and the Microbiology field (#5) of the
      Lab Data file (#63), but the updated routines will call LA7DLOC and will
      look in the Ward Location field (#.1) of the Patient file (#2).  This
      shows the current location of the patient.  There were problems with
      patients that were not transferred to the CareVue ward until after the lab
      order was taken. The old routine was checking where the patient was
      located when the order was taken, and not the current location of the
      patient.
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patches LA*5.2*58 and
       
      3.  Updates to the HL/7 date conversion routines. The previous standard
      for HL/7 dates listed the date in YYYYMMDDHHMMSS format.  The degree of
      precision was listed as a separate parameter.  The new standard format is
      [YYYY[MM[DD[HH[MM[SS]]]]]-zzzz] where the bracketed sections are optional
      depending on the existence of the subsequent set. Also, if either the
      seconds or the minutes/seconds combination consist only of zeroes, the
      minutes (if zeroes) and seconds will be omitted.  The length of the
      date/time string specifies the degree of precision. In addition, a ZULU
      time offset (-zzzz) is also included.  This is the number of hours between
      LR*5.2*266 do not alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety
      Greenwich Mean Time and the local time where the date/time string was
      created.  Routines LA7DVM and LA7DVEXT have been modified to use the
      Kernel function ($$FMTHL7^XLFDT) to convert dates from FileMan to HL7
      instead of the HL/7 date conversion utility ($$HDATE^HLFNC).
       
      4.  This patch will use TaskMan to transfer data to the CareVue system.
      Currently, TaskMan is not invoked. This could cause a problem verifying a
      result if an error was encountered in the CareVue routines.
       
      5.  This patch changes the LA7D EDIT FOREIGN INTERFACE (Edit Foreign
      critical elements functions.
      Interface Parameters) option.  It is now easier to add a Ward to a Foreign
      Computer System Name.
       
      6.  This patch updates the Processing RTN field (#771) and the Response
      Processing RTN field (#772) of the Protocol file (#101) for the LA7D
      CARELIFE RESULTS and LA7D CARELIFE SERVER entries. The letter "Q" will be
      entered by the post-init routine LR266 if no entry exists.
       
      NOIS - MIA-0600-30434
         Reported an error, MISSING PROCESSING ROUTINE, when sending the HL7
       
         message from VistA to CareVue.  The letter "Q" will be entered by
         the post-init routine LR266 if no entry exists.
      NOIS - MWV-0900-21094
         Reported that all CareVue ward patients tests were not being sent to
         the CareVue system.  It was discovered that these patients were ones
         who were transferred from a non-CareVue ward to a CareVue ward after
         the tests were ordered. The patient was bypassed since the location
         at time of order was not a CareVue ward.  This patch will correct
         this by looking at the Ward Location field (#.1) in the Patient file
         (#2) for the current location of the patient.
      
    • 248 SEQ #205
      DATE APPLIED:   2001-02-02 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Subject: RESOLVE ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY LOGIN/REPORT PROBLEMS
      This patch is to resolve a number of Anatomic Pathology problems related to
              FS/Gross/Micro/Dx/ICD9CM Coding [LRAPDGI]
              Spec Studies-EM;Immuno;Consult;Pic, Anat Path [LRAPDSS]
              Provisional anatomic diagnoses [LRAPAUPAD]
              Autopsy protocol [LRAPAUDAP]
              Autopsy protocol & ICD9CM coding [LRAPAUDAA]
              Final autopsy diagnoses date [LRAPAUFAD]
              Special studies, autopsy [LRAPAUDAS]
              SNOMED coding, anat path [LRAPX]
              ICD9CM coding, anat path [LRAPICD]
              Supplementary report release, anat path [LRAPRS]
      log-in and reporting.
       
      Patch LR*5.2*248 adds the following new fields:
       
      LAB DATA file (#63)
       AUTOPSY SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT (field #32.4, sub-file 63.324)
        SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED multiple (field #2, sub-file 63.3242) (New)
         SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #.01)                         (New)
         PERSON MODIFYING TEXT (field #.02)                                 (New)
         PREMODIFICATION TEXT (field #1, sub-file 63.32421)                 (New)
       
       
       SURGICAL PATHOLOGY(field #8, sub-file 63.08)
        SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT (field #1.2, sub-file 63.817)
         SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #2, sub-file 63.8172)         (New)
          SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #.01)                        (New)
          PERSON MODIFYING TEXT (field #.02)                                (New)
          PREMODIFICATION TEXT (field #1, sub-file 63.81721)                (New)
       
       EM (Electron Microscopy)(field #2, sub-file 63.02)
        SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT (field #1.2, sub-file 63.207)
         SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #2, sub-file 63.2072)         (New)
      ******************************************************************************
          SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #.01)                        (New)
          PERSON MODIFYING TEXT (field #.02)                                (New)
          PREMODIFICATION TEXT (field #1, sub-file 63.20721)                (New)
       
       CYTOPATHOLOGY (field #9, sub-file 63.09)
        SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT (field #1.2, sub-file 63.907)
         SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #2, sub-file 63.9072)         (New)
          SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #.01)                        (New)
          PERSON MODIFYING TEXT (field #.02)                                (New)
          PREMODIFICATION TEXT (field #1, sub-file 63.90721)                (New)
      Patch LR*5.2*248 VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE  
        
      The Anatomic Pathology problems addressed by this patch are as follows:
        
      A.  ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY LOGIN/DATA ENTRY
       
      1.  SYSTEM HANGS DURING LOG-IN, ANAT PATH [LRAPLG] OPTION
       
      When two or more users are trying to login in patients using the Log-in, anat
      path [LRAPLG] option the system hangs after the patient location is entered
      because the record in the ACCESSION file (#68) is locked.  The solution is to
      DEVICE PRODUCT LABELING STATEMENT
      put a five second time out on the lock with the message "Someone else is
      logging in specimens.  Please wait and try again."  For example:
       
      Select Patient Name: DOE,JOHN  01-01-69     511111211     YES
       
      PATIENT LOCATION: BON-DOM CLINIC//
       
      Someone else is logging in specimens.  Please wait and try again.
       
      NOIS:  MUS-0395-70386, SHR-0595-70238
       
       
      2. CONTINUOUS LOOP OCCURS IN LOG-IN, ANAT PATH [LRAPLG] OPTION
       
      If a user is entering data using the option Log-in, anat path [LRAPLG] and the
      user does not have the LRLAB, LRSUPER, LRVERIFY, or LRLIASON security keys,
      the patient location prompt does not appear.  If the patient is a new patient
      with no data in the LAB DATA file (#63), the code tries to file '???' as the
      patient location. The Fileman DIE call does not accept '???' for patient
      location so it attempts to retrieve the patient location again.  The result is
      an endless loop which prints "This is the requesting location."  For example:
      August 23, 2000
       
      Assign SURGICAL PATHOLOGY accession #:  2 ? YES//   (YES)
      Date/time Specimen taken: TODAY//   (DEC 11, 1995)
           This is the requesting location.
           This is the requesting location.
           This is the requesting location.
       
      The fix to the problem is to replace the '???' with 'UNKNOWN' which is
      accepted by Fileman.  NOIS:  DUB-0895-32241, LEB-0899-22335, SAM-0499-22281,
      WRJ-0298-11480, SAM-0598-20421
       
       
      3.  ERROR OCCURS WHEN USING ENTER OLD ANAT PATH RECORDS [LRAPOLD] OPTION
       
      When using the Enter old anat path records [LRAPOLD] option, the variable LRA
      is not defined causing an undefined variable error while attempting to send
      female patient data to Women's Health.  For example:
       
      Enter Accession number: 377
      DATE REPORT COMPLETED: Mar 06, 1984//   (MAR 06, 1984)
      PATHOLOGIST: LAB STAFF  LAB STAFF       LS     --              
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*248 contains changes to software 
       
      RECORDING THAT AN ERROR OCCURRED ---
       
                     Sorry 'bout that
       
                $STACK=8  $ECODE=,M6,
                $ZERROR=ADD+6^LRWOMEN:1, %DSM-E-UNDEF, undefined variable LRA,
      -DSM-I-ECODE, MUMPS error code: M6
       
      To correct this error, the code now checks the LRA variable before 
      
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.  
      proceeding.  NOIS:  OKL-0799-72578, FAV-0999-71182, AUG-1299-32707,
      ANN-0200-42620, WRJ-0500-10974.
       
      4.  ACCESSION NUMBER/PATIENT NAME PROMPT DOES NOT FUNCTION PROPERLY
       
      A number of Anatomic Pathology data entry options use a common prompt to 
      request accession lookup by number or patient name.  The prompt is:
       
                Select Accession Number/Pt name:
       
       
      The options are:
       
                Clinical Hx/Gross Description/FS [LRAPDGD]
                FS/Gross/Micro/Dx [LRAPDGM]
                FS/Gross/Micro/Dx/SNOMED Coding [LRAPDGS]
                FS/Gross/Micro/Dx/ICD9CM Coding [LRAPDGI]
                Supplementary Report, Anat Path [LRAPDSR]
                Spec Studies-EM;Immuno;Consult;Pic, Anat Path [LRAPDSS]
                Provisional anatomic diagnoses [LRAPAUPAD]
                Autopsy protocol [LRAPAUDAP]
      The changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank Developer and found to
                Autopsy protocol & SNOMED coding [LRAPAUDAB]
                Autopsy protocol & ICD9CM coding [LRAPAUDAA]
                Final autopsy diagnoses date [LRAPAUFAD]
                Autopsy supplementary report [LRAPAUSR]
                Special studies, autopsy [LRAPAUDAS]
                SNOMED coding, anat path [LRAPX]
                ICD9CM coding, anat path [LRAPICD]
                Modify anat path gross/micro/dx/frozen section [LRAPM]
                Verify/release reports, anat path [LRAPR]
                Supplementary report release, anat path [LRAPRS]
      have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE control functions.
       
      When an accession number is entered at this prompt, data is retrieved 
      properly.  However, when a patient name is entered another patient name
      prompt appears requiring the user to re-enter the patient name.  A
      different name can even be used at the second prompt.  For example:
       
      Select Accession Number/Pt name: JONES
        
      Select Patient Name: SMITH
       
       
      A second problem also occurs at this prompt.  In most data entry options, the
      data entry year prompt appears just before the accession number/patient name
      prompt. For example:
       
      Data entry for 2000 ? YES//   (YES)
       
      Select Accession Number/Pt name: 1  for 2000
       
      If the accession number is used for lookup, only accessions for the year 
      chosen are allowed to be entered.  However, if patient name is used for 
      PROBLEM:   
      lookup, all accessions found for the patient are presented to the user.  If 
      the user chooses an accession for a year that is not the same as the year 
      entered at the original prompt, it is possible that accession data for the 
      wrong patient is presented to the user.  This occurs because the lookup 
      uses the year entered at the original prompt, not the actual year of the
      accession when locating the data in the ACCESSION file (#68). 
       
      These problems have been resolved by modifying the prompt to perform lookup 
      for both accession number and patient name, eliminating the second prompt.
      The prompt has also been modified to present only accessions for the chosen
      # 1.  Changes have been made to routines LRU and LRUPA to eliminate 
      year when looking up the accession by patient name.  Help text has been added
      to the prompt as well.  NOIS: HAM-1199-22006, HAM-1100-21233, BOI-0400-52235
       
      B.  ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY REPORTS
       
      1.  UNNECESSARY FORM FEEDS OCCUR WHILE PRINTING ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY REPORTS
       
      Several Anatomic Pathology reports are violating the DHCP Programming
      Standards and Conventions (SAC) by starting with a forum feed before printing
      the report and printing two form feeds at the end of the report.  These 
            unnecessary form feeds seen in some Anatomic Pathology reports.
      reports, the Surgical Pathology, Cytopathology and Electron Microscopy
      Preliminary, Final and Supplementary Reports, the Autopsy Protocol and
      Supplementary reports, and the Final Pathology Report by Accession Number have
      been corrected by removing the unnecessary form feeds so that the reports now
      conform to standards.  The related options for these reports are:
       
           Print all reports on queue [LRAP PRINT ALL ON QUEUE]
           Print single report only [LRAP PRINT SINGLE]
           Print final path reports by accession # [LRAPFICH]
           Autopsy protocol/supplementary report [LRAPAUPT]
            Blood Bank reports are unaffected.  
           Print path modifications [LRAPMOD]
           Print path gross/micr/dx/fr.sect modifications [LRAPQAM]
       
      NOIS:  WPB-0696-30073, IND-1097-41646
       
      2.  NOT ABLE TO DISTINGUISH BETWEEN THE PATIENT AND THE PHYSICIAN
          ON THE FOOTER OF THE AUTOPSY PROTOCOL REPORT.
       
      The autopsy protocol report is generated by the Print all reports on queue
      [LRAP PRINT ALL ON QUEUE], Print single report only [LRAP PRINT SINGLE], and
       
      Autopsy protocol/supplementary report [LRAPAUPT] options.  The footer of the
      autopsy protocol report has been modified to distinguish the patient's name
      from the physician's name because it is easy for those reading the report to
      confuse the two names.  Labels "Patient:" and "Physician:" were added in front
      of the names so that they are now easy to identify.  The spacing of the other
      fields has been adjusted to allow for better readability.  For example:
       
      Pathologist:  DOE,JOHN                                  wty| Date Nov 24, 1999|
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Dallas CIOFO                                                  AUTOPSY PROTOCOL
      Category:  ROUTINE
      # 2.  Changes have been made to routine LRUPT to include the Autopsy
      Patient: SMITH,JOHN                       567-44-5533  SEX:M  DOB:Sep 09, 1979
      MEDICINE               Physician:  DOE,JANE                   AGE AT DEATH:
       
      Also, the field spacing of the header for the weights, measures, and coding
      section of the report has been redesigned for better readability.  For 
      example:
        
      Jan 10, 2000 11:08    Dallas CIOFO                                    Pg: 9
      ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            accessions number on the report produced by the Show list 
      SMITH,JOHN                      567-44-5533         DOB:Sep 09, 1979
      Acc #: AU 99 2                  AUTOPSY DATA        Age:
      Date/time Died                                      Date/time of Autopsy
      May 07, 1999                    FULL AUTOPSY        Oct 14, 1999 17:19
       
      NOIS: None
       
      3.  CREATE AN AUDIT TRAIL FOR THE SUPPLEMENTARY ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY REPORTS
       
      It is possible to edit a supplementary report with no audit trail after the 
            of accessions for a patient [LRUPT] option.  Changes have also been 
      report has been released.  This patch will create an audit trail when a
      released supplementary report is edited or when the entire pathology report 
      is edited.  The audit trail information such as who modified the report, the
      date/time the modification was made, and the original text before the
      modification occurred will appear on the supplementary report. New fields have
      been created to store this data.  The fields are:
       
      a.) SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED
       
      When a user modifies an existing report, the date/time of the modification is
            made to this routine to fix a problem that occurs when an accession
      stored in this field.  If the user creates a new supplementary report for a 
      released pathology report, this audit information is also stored.
       
      b.) PERSON MODIFYING TEXT
       
      The DUZ of the user who created or modified the report is stored in this
      field.
       
      c.) PREMODIFICATION TEXT
       
            is collected in one year but tests are performed in the next year. 
      This is the original text, as it existed before the modification occurred.
      This is for existing reports only.
       
      Since supplementary reports are included in the autopsy, surgical pathology,
      electron microscopy, and cytopathology sections, these three fields were 
      added for each section in the LAB DATA file (#63) as follows:
       
      LAB DATA file (#63)
       
      AUTOPSY SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT (field #32.4, sub-file 63.324)
            In this case, some of these tests are omitted from the report created
       
      New fields:
       
         Multiple field SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #2, sub-file 63.3242)
       
                Consisting of:
       
                     SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #.01)
                     PERSON MODIFYING TEXT (field #.02)
                     PREMODIFICATION TEXT (field #1, sub-file 63.32421)
            by the Show list of accessions for a patient [LRUPT] option.  The
       
      SURGICAL PATHOLOGY(field #8, sub-file 63.08)
         SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT (field #1.2, sub-file 63.817)
       
      New fields:
        
         Multiple field SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #2, sub-file 63.8172)
       
                Consisting of:
       
            option now displays the previously omitted tests.
                     SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #.01)
                     PERSON MODIFYING TEXT (field #.02)
                     PREMODIFICATION TEXT (field #1, sub-file 63.81721)
       
      EM (Electron Microscopy)(field #2, sub-file 63.02)
         SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT (field #1.2, sub-file 63.207)
       
      New fields:
       
         Multiple field SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #2, sub-file 63.2072)
       
       
                Consisting of:
       
                     SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #.01)
                     PERSON MODIFYING TEXT (field #.02)
                     PREMODIFICATION TEXT (field #1, sub-file 63.20721)
       
      CYTOPATHOLOGY (field #9, sub-file 63.09)
         SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT (field #1.2, sub-file 63.907)
       
      RISK ANALYSIS:  Changes made by patch LR*5.2*248 have no effect on Blood 
      New fields:
       
         Multiple field SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #2, sub-file 63.9072)
       
                Consisting of:
       
                     SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #.01)
                     PERSON MODIFYING TEXT (field #.02)
                     PREMODIFICATION TEXT (field #1, sub-file 63.90721)
           
                 DATA DICTIONARY
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
      Any option that allows the input of supplementary reports has been modified
      to store these three pieces of information multiple times for each 
      modification to a supplementary report.  This is not visible to the user.  
      These options include Supplementary Report, Anat Path [LRAPDSR] and Autopsy
      supplementary report [LRAPAUSR].
        
      All options that print supplementary report information have been modified 
      to display the audit information as well.  These options include:
       
                    Print all reports on queue [LRAP PRINT ALL ON QUEUE]
       
                    Print single report only [LRAP PRINT SINGLE]
                    Print final path reports by accession # [LRAPFICH]
                    Print path modifications [LRAPMOD]
                    Autopsy Protocol/Supplementary Report [LRAPAUPT]
                    Print path gross/micr/dx/fr.sect modifications [LRAPQAM]
       
      This information is displayed for preliminary reports, final reports, autopsy
      protocol, and autopsy supplementary reports.
      E3R: 3687 NOIS: SAM-0599-21489, DAY-0499-40904, SLC-1199-52531,
      SLC-1199-51746
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS:  Patch LR*5.2*248 does not 
       
      4.  THE DUZ OF THE TECHNOLOGIST, RATHER THAN THE INITIALS, APPEARS ON
          THE 'TECH' COLUMN OF THE ACCESSION LIST BY DATE [LRUPAD] OPTION REPORT.
       
      The Accession List by Date [LRUPAD] option report is incorrectly displaying a
      numeric value that has no meaning to the user in the 'Tech' column.  The
      software has been modified to print the initials of the technologist who
      verified the report.  For example:
       
      Jan 10, 2000 11:20    Dallas CIOFO                                    Pg: 1
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements 
      CHEMISTRY (Jan 01, 1999-Jan 10, 2000)
      # = Not VA patient                                         %=Test not verified
      Acc #   Date  Patient             ID    Loc   Spec/sample    Test         Tech
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          1   01/04 STAHLMAN,ALBERTA    1263  W3E   SERUM          %LYTES         FS
          2   01/04 STAHLMAN,ALBERTA    1263  W3E   SERUM          %CALCIUM       FS
       
      NOIS:  ALN-0395-10067
       
      5.  A PATHOLOGIST IS ABLE TO ENTER A FUTURE DATE/TIME WHEN USING
      functions.
          VERIFY/RELEASE REPORTS, ANAT PATH [LRAPR] OPTION TO RELEASE A
          PATHOLOGY REPORT.
       
      When using option Verify/release reports, anat path [LRAPR] to release a
      pathology report, the pathologist may enter a future date/time at the
      'Report Release Date/Time' prompt.  Only current date/time should be
      allowed.  The prompt has been replaced with a yes/no question as follows:
       
      Release report?  No//
       
       
      !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
      ! PLEASE NOTE:  With the old prompt, the user was able to enter an   !
      ! 'N' for NOW to store the current date/time.  A response of 'N'     !
      ! at the new prompt will result in a 'No' which will leave the       !
      ! report unreleased.                                                 !
      !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
       
      If  the user answers 'Yes', the current date/time is stored in the REPORT
      RELEASE DATE/TIME field (#.11) of the SURGICAL PATHOLOGY sub-file (#63.08),
      field (#8) of the LAB DATA file (#63) for the SURGICAL PATHOLOGY section.  
      POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES:  This patch contains changes to a file 
      For the CYTOPATHOLOGY section, the current date/time is stored in the REPORT
      RELEASE DATE/TIME field (#.11) of the CYTOPATHOLOGY sub-file (#63.09), 
      sub-field (#9).  For the ELECTRON MICROSCOPY (EM) section, the current 
      date/time is stored in the REPORT RELEASE DATE/TIME field (#.11) of the EM 
      sub-file (#63.02),sub-field (#2).  For the AUTOPSY section, the current 
      date/time is stored in the AUTOPSY RELEASE DATE/TIME field (#14.7) of the 
      LAB DATA file (#63).  If the report has already been released, the following 
      text will appear:
       
               Report released JAN 06, 2000@16:47:32 by YOUNG,TIM
      identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive 99-053, group 
       
      The user will then be prompted for another accession number or patient 
      name.
       
      The "@" sign response to unrelease Provisional Anatomical Diagnosis reports
      awaiting Final Anatomical Diagnosis has been changed to a YES/NO response 
      (i.e.,Unrelease report? NO//YES).  NOIS:  REN-0197-61357
       
      6.  WEIGHTS, MEASURES, AND CODING PRINT ON AUTOPSY REPORT REGARDLESS OF
          ANSWER TO YES/NO QUESTION ON AUTOPSY PROTOCOL REPORT.
      B listing. The changes have no effect in Blood Bank functionality or 
       
      When option Print all reports on queue [LRAP PRINT ALL ON QUEUE] or option
      Print single report only [LRAP PRINT SINGLE] is used for the AUTOPSY section
      to create the Autopsy Protocol Report, the question 'Print weights, measures
      and coding (if present): ? YES// ' is asked.  Regardless of the user's
      response to this question (Yes or No), the weights, measures, and coding
      information is printed on the report.  The Autopsy Protocol report has been
      corrected so that if the user answers 'No' to this question, the weights,
      measures, and coding information will not print on the report. 
      NOIS: DAY-0595-40195
      medical device control functions. There is no adverse potential to sites.
       
      7.  ACCESSION NUMBER WRAPS ON SURGICAL PATHOLOGY REPORTS
       
      When using option Print single report only [LRAP PRINT SINGLE] or option 
      Print all reports on queue [LRAP PRINT ALL ON QUEUE]to print pathology 
      reports, if the accession number is too large, it wraps to the next line 
      when the report prints.  This problem was resolved by adjusting the print 
      position of the accession number so that no wrapping will occur.
      NOIS:  MAR-0398-22377
       
                 ENHANCEMENT
       
      8.  SYNONYMS MAY CAUSE INCORRECT TESTS TO BE DISPLAYED ON THE LAB ORDERS BY 
          COLLECTION TYPE [LRRP5] OPTION REPORT
       
      The Lab Orders by Collection Type [LRRP5] report may indicate incorrect
      tests as being ordered if a particular test has a SYNONYM (field #2, 
      sub-file #60.1) of the LABORATORY TEST file (#60) that is identical to the 
      internal entry number (IEN) of the look-up test. For example, suppose 
      GLUCOSE has an IEN of 175 in the LABORATORY TEST file (#60) and FERRITIN 
      has a SYNONYM (#2) of 175 in file #60.  When the code is executed, the return
      value is Ferritin and not Glucose. The fix to this problem is to concatenate
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION:  There are no required validation 
      an accent/grave (`)character to the beginning of the lookup value before
      performing a lookup with DIC(0). When the accent grave (`) character is 
      used, the lookup is limited to the internal entry numbers only and thus
      ignoring the SYNONYM (#2).  NOIS:  IND-0797-40657.
       
      9.  PROBLEMS WITH SHOW LIST OF ACCESSIONS FOR A PATIENT [LRUPT] OPTION
       
      Two different problems were reported with this option.  They are:
       
      (A)  When running the Show list of accessions for a patient [LRUPT] option,
      scenarios to be completed by sites after installing this patch.
      '??' displays where the accession should be when using the Autopsy section.
      This option will now display the accession number on the report for the
      Autopsy section.  NOIS:  AUG-0398-32638
       
      (B)  There is also a problem with certain tests not appearing when this option
      is run, even though the missing tests do appear on other accession list
      reports.  For example:
       
      CHEMISTRY           DANGERFIELD,RODNEY ID: 222-33-4444  TESTS ORDERED
      Spec Date/time  Acc #           Site/specimen              Tests
      ******************************************************************************
      01/15/93 10:11  CH 0115 9       SERUM                     1)CALCIUM
      12/26/92 11:00  CH 0115 8       SERUM       
      11/13/92 16:14  CH 1113 6       SERUM                     1)GLUCOSE
       
      Notice that the test is missing on the second line.  It was discovered that 
      this occurred on accessions in which the user enters a collection date for
      the previous year but the order date is in the current year.  For example:
       
      ACCESSION: CH 0115 8     ORDER #: 183   PATIENT: DANGERFIELD,RODNEY
                                                       222-33-4444
       
        LOCATION:GEN MED                      DATE ORDERED: 01/15/93
                                          **  COLLECTED: 12/26/92 11:00  **
        PRACTITIONER: BABCOCK,LISA            LAB ARRIVAL: 01/15/93 08:23
       
      This scenario occurred because routine ^LRUPT was using the wrong year when 
      looking for information in the ACCESSION file (#68.)  LRUPT has now been 
      corrected to use the correct year.  NOIS:  SYR-0193-10004
       
      10.  TYPO IN CODE EXECUTED WITH THE DISPLAY STAINS/BLOCKS FOR A PATIENT 
           [LRAPST] OPTION
      Documentation Retrieval
         
      The carat (^) is missing from the global entry in routine AU^LRAPST1 which
      causes an error that no autopsy accession exists for this patient even if one
      does exist.  The carat has now been added and the routine will now properly
      indicate whether an autopsy accession number exists for the patient.
      NOIS: AUG-0398-32638
       
      11.  REPORTS NOT QUEUED TO THE COMPLETED REPORT QUEUE
       
      A modification to routine LRAPM, released in patch LR*5.2*231, inadvertently
      =======================
      prevents reports generated by the [LRAPM] Modify anat path
      gross/micro/dx/frozen section option, from being queued to the completed
      reports print queue if the patient is male.  The code has now been corrected.
      NOIS:  There is no NOIS associated with this item.
       
      12.  ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY REPORTS BECOME UNRELEASED WHEN NO CHANGES ARE MADE 
           USING THE MODIFY ANAT PATH GROSS/MICRO/DX/FROZEN SECTION [LRAPM] OPTION
       
      A problem was reported regarding the use of the Modify anat path
      gross/micro/dx/frozen section [LRAPM] option to modify the gross description
       
      of a released/verified report.  Even though the user returned through all the
      prompts without making changes and the report is tagged as not modified, the
      report became "UNRELEASED" making it unavailable for providers to view.  This
      error has now been corrected so that if no changes are made to the report, the
      release date/time remains in place. NOIS: BHS-0600-12155
       
      Reference NOIS list:   LEB-0899-22335
                             DAY-0499-40904
                             SAM-0599-21489
                             MAR-0398-22377
      The VISTA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology User Manual V. 5.2 released in 
                             IND-1097-41646
                             REN-0197-61357
                             WPB-0696-30073
                             DUB-0895-32241
                             SHR-0595-70238
                             DAY-0595-40195
                             MUS-0395-70386
                             ALN-0395-10067
                             SAM-0598-20421
                             SAM-0499-22281
      October 1994, has been revised to include an Appendix B section and is 
                             WRJ-0298-11480
                             OKL-0799-72578
                             FAV-0999-71182
                             SLC-1199-52531
                             SLC-1199-51746
                             IND-0797-40657
                             AUG-0398-32638
                             SYR-0193-10004
                             AUG-1299-32707
                             ANN-0200-42620
      
      distributed with the release of this patch. Appendix B consists of file 
                             WRJ-0500-10974
                             HAM-1199-22006
                             BHS-0600-12155
                             BOI-0400-52235
                             HAM-1100-21233
                             E3R 3687
       
              Test Site(s):  Salt Lake City, UT
                             Indianapolis, IN
                             Long Beach, CA
      changes, newly created fields, option modifications, and examples of 
                             Boston HCS, MA
       
      Routine Summary:
      ===============
       
        The second line of the routine now looks like:
       
        <tab>     ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
       
                               Checksum Values
      reformatted reports.
       
        Routine Name           Before Patch    After Patch     Patch List
        ------------           ------------    -----------     ------------------
          LR248                      N/A         3570608                      248
          LRAP                   8960424         6775842                   72,248
          LRAPA                  5518427         5022677                   72,248
          LRAPAUPT                363769          334176                   72,248
          LRAPAUSR              13001981         7330790                1,173,248
          LRAPCUM               13885153        11172316            34,72,173,248
          LRAPD1                12517156        10636533                41,91,248
       
          LRAPDA                15350791         8740574         72,73,91,121,248
          LRAPDSR                    N/A         3990550                      248
          LRAPF                  2521051         1475553              173,201,248
          LRAPFICH               4228420         3308525               72,173,248
          LRAPLG1                8045741         5113296               72,121,248
          LRAPM                 12219262        10603100        72,91,130,231,248
          LRAPMOD                1323197         1033623                   72,248
          LRAPQAM                1890936         1547830                58,72,248
          LRAPR                 10330077         8948563                   72,248
          LRAPST1                3294764         2795806                   72,248
      The revised AP User Manual is available in the Portable Document Format 
          LRAPT                  6949633         4005558               72,173,248
          LRAPT2                13264635         7303166                    1,248
          LRAUDA                 2289072         2236387                   72,248
          LRAURPT               15587538         9211437             1,72,173,248
          LRDPA                  9160462         7837880  137,121,153,202,211,248
          LRRP5                  5707864         5885743              121,201,248
          LRSPRPT               14718178        12472946                 1,72,248
          LRSPRPTM               3560888         1356491                    1,248
          LRSPT                  5816607         5396521                 1,72,248
          LRU                   18425779        13660500             1,72,201,248
      (PDF) file (i.e., LR5_2APUM.PDF) at the following Office of Information 
          LRUPA                  8236266         8345323                   72,248
          LRUPA2                10757832         9659310                   72,248
          LRUPAD                 7596723         7616356                   72,248
          LRUPAD1                7381083         3450917                      248
          LRUPAD2                8939713         5347530                   72,248
          LRUPS                  6061957         4571479                   72,248
          LRUPT                 10235244         9461906            1,153,201,248
          LRWOMEN                 944687          953781                  231,248
       
      Installation Instructions:
      Field Office (OIFO) ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE account directories and VA Intranet 
      =========================
       
      This patch can be installed with users on the system.  However, it is 
      recommended that installation occur when there is no Anatomic Pathology
      activity or activity is at a minimum.  This will prevent 'Cannot return to 
      source routine' errors.  The Anatomic Pathology menu will be disabled 
      automatically by this patch and re-enable after installation.
       
      Install Time - approximately 1 minute
        
      web site location:
        1.  LOAD TRANSPORT GLOBAL
            ---------------------
            Choose the PackMan message containing this patch and invoke the
            INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE PackMan option.
        
        2.  DISABLE ROUTINE MAPPING   (DSM for Open VMS sites only)
            -----------------------
            Disable routine mapping on all systems for the routines listed
            in the Routine Summary above.
            
       
            NOTE:  If the routines included in this patch are not currently
            in your mapped routine set, please skip this step.
         
        3.  START KIDS
            ----------
            Start up the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu
            [XPD MAIN]:
       
                 Edits and Distribution ...
                 Utilities ...
      All sites are encouraged to use their FTP capability to obtain the PDF file.
                 Installation ...
       
            Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option:  INStallation
                                                                      ---
                 Load a Distribution
                 Print Transport Global
                 Compare Transport Global to Current System
                 Verify Checksums in Transport Global
                 Install Package(s)
                 Restart Install of Package(s)
      Description:
       
                 Unload a Distribution
                 Backup a Transport Global
        
            Select Installation Option:
       
        4.  Select Installation Option
            --------------------------
            NOTE:  The following are OPTIONAL:
       
            a.  Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a backup
      Anonymous Software Accounts:
                message of any routines exported with this patch. It will
                not backup any other changes such as DD's or templates.
            b.  Compare Transport Global to Current System - This option
                will allow you to view all changes that will be made when
                this patch is installed.  It compares all components of this
                patch (routines, DD's, templates, etc.).
            c.  Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will
                allow you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are
                in the transport global.
       
       
        5.  Select Installation Option: Install Package(s) 
            ----------------------------------------------
            **This is the step to start the installation of this KIDS patch:
       
            a.  Choose the Install Package(s) option to start the patch
                install. When prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*248.
            b.  There is no need to rebuild the menus.
            c.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the
                install? YES//' answer NO
            d.  Option Anatomic Pathology [LRAP] will be disabled by PRE^LR248
             IRM FIELD OFFICE     FTP ADDRESS        DIRECTORY
                before the install begins.  POST^LR248 will re-enable the option
                after installation is complete.
       
        6.  REBUILD MAPPED ROUTINE(S)  (DSM for Open VMS sites only)
            -------------------------
            Optional - Include the routines distributed with this patch in
            the mapped routine set.
       
             ================     ===========        =========
             ALBANY               152.127.1.5        [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
             HINES                152.129.1.110      [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
             SALT LAKE            152.131.2.1        [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
        
      The following options have been modified with the release of this patch:
      ===========
       
              Supplementary Report, Anat Path [LRAPDSR]
              Autopsy supplementary report [LRAPAUSR]
              Accession list by date [LRUPAD]
              Show List of Accessions for a Patient [LRUPT]
              Modify anat path gross/micro/dx/frozen section [LRAPM]
              Lab orders by collection type [LRRP5] 
              Verify/Release Reports, Anat Path [LRAPR]
              Enter old anat path records [LRAPOLD]
              Log-in, anat path [LRAPLG]
       
              Autopsy Protocol and SNOMED Coding [LRAPAUDAB]
              Autopsy Protocol/Supplementary Report [LRAPAUPT]
              Print path gross/micr/dx/fr.sect modifications [LRAPQAM]
              Print path modifications [LRAPMOD]
              Print final path reports by accession # [LRAPFICH]
              Print all reports on queue [LRAP PRINT ALL ON QUEUE]
              Print single report only [LRAP PRINT SINGLE]
              Clinical Hx/Gross Description/FS [LRAPDGD]
              FS/Gross/Micro/Dx [LRAPDGM]
              FS/Gross/Micro/Dx/SNOMED Coding [LRAPDGS]
      
    • 258
      DATE APPLIED:   2001-02-27 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE V5.2 DEVICE PRODUCT LABELING STATEMENT
      to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE control functions.  
      local 'LMI' mailman mail group.
         If there were no install error during the update process and the update
      was successful, all LAB NLT/CPT CODES file entries will be deleted and the
      file will only contain one entry, NLT CODE 2000, after the install.
       
       
      NOTE: Additional workload codes added to the WKLD CODE file are populated
      with CPT codes. Before the added codes are linked to LABORATORY TEST
      procedures, the CPT coding should be reviewed to ensure it is appropriate
      for the laboratory test it is being linked with.
        
      If the CPT code requires changing, use the 'Edit or Print WKLD CODES' [LR
      WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT] option. Enter an INACTIVE DATE for the incorrect CPT
      code. Then enter the correct CPT code and enter a RELEASE DATE of 'NOW'.
       
      Example:
       
      Supervisor menu
       
      Select Supervisor menu Option:  Lab liaison menu
       
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*258 have no effect on Blood
      Select Lab liaison menu Option:  LIM workload menu
       
      Select LIM workload menu Option:  Edit or Print WKLD CODES
       
      Do you want to edit ALL WKLD CODES ? NO//
           This option will allow you to Edit or Print WKLD CODES that have been
      activated on your system. Only activated WKLD CODES will be displayed
       
       
      Do you want to select a specific WKLD CODE LAB SECTION? Y// ES
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
      Select WKLD CODE LAB SECT NAME: chem  Chemistry
       
           Select one of the following:
       
                E         EDIT
                P         PRINT
       
      Would you like to: EDIT EDITING
       
           Select one of the following:
        
       
                1         ALL
                .02       DESCRIPT
                4         BILLABLE PROCEDURE
                7         COST
                8         PRICE
                9         SORTING GROUP
                13        WKLD CODE LAB SECTION
                14        DSS Feeder
                18        CODE
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*258 does not
                19        SYNONYM
                20        SPECIMEN
                21        LOCAL ACC AREA
       
      Select a field you want to edit : 18  CODE
       
       [The previous display is repeat after each field selection.]
       
       
      Use mixed case Characters e.g. Chloride 
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical element
      Start with what WKLD CODE name: Chloride
      STARTING LOOP 
       
      PROCEDURE: Chloride      WKLD CODE: 82435.0000    UNIT FOR COUNT: TEST
       
      MANUFACTURER: NOT SPECIFIED                       
      WKLD CODE LAB SECTION: Chemistry                  
       
      Select CODE: 89399// 
        CODE: 89399 PATHOLOGY LAB PROCEDURE// 
      functions. 
        RELEASE DATE: DEC 17,1999// 
        INACTIVE DATE: T-1  (DEC 10, 2000)
        REPLACEMENT CODE: 82435
        CODE NOTES:
          No existing text
          Edit? NO// YES
       
      Change from Pathology Procedure to Chloride
       
      Select CODE: CPT.82435
        
       
           Searching for a active CPT code., (pointed-to by CODE)
       
       
           Searching for a active CPT code.
        82435     ASSAY OF BLOOD CHLORIDE     
              ...OK? Yes//   (Yes)
        RELEASE DATE: T  (DEC 11, 2000)
        INACTIVE DATE: 
        REPLACEMENT CODE: 
      POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains no changes to files and
        CODE NOTES:
          No existing text
          Edit? NO// 
      Select CODE: 
       
      PROCEDURE: Chloride Sweat Test Quant              WKLD CODE: 89360.0000
       
      Options:
      ===================
       
      =============================
      routines identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
      This patch will install a new option 'NLT Mapped Code Search' [LRCAP64S]
      This option is designed to assist in management of national codes linked
      to WKLD CODE (#64) file entries.
       
      NAME: LRCAP64S            MENU TEXT: NLT Mapped Code Search
        TYPE: run routine                     CREATOR: STALLING,FRANK
        PACKAGE: LAB SERVICE
       DESCRIPTION:   This option is useful when determining what codes are
      linked to what entry in the WKLD CODE (#64) file. Several national coding
      schemes (i.e. CPT, LOINC, MORPHOLOGY) can be linked to the WKLD CODE file.
      99-053. The changes that are made have no effect to Blood Bank
      This option will search the entire WKLD CODE file to determine if specific
      national codes are linked.  
        
      The search can be done for as many codes of the same set as required. The
      report will list the national code(s) and any WKLD CODE(s) linked.  
        
      This option can be used to assist when a particular national code should
      be changed or deleted.
       
         LRMENU     Laboratory DHCP Menu
      functionality or medical device control functions. There is no adverse
       
      Select Laboratory DHCP Menu Option:  Supervisor menu
       
      Select Supervisor menu Option:  Lab liaison menu
       
      Select Lab liaison menu Option:  LIM workload menu
       
      Select LIM workload menu Option:  NLT Mapped Code Search
       
           Select one of the following:
      potential to sites.
       
                1         CPT
                2         SNOMED
                3         ICD9
                4         LOINC
       
      Select the code type: 1  CPT
      Select CPT Code: ASSAY FOR ETHANOL ??
       Answer with CPT NUMBER, or CPT CODE, or CPT CATEGORY, or DESCRIPTION
       Do you want the entire 14963-Entry CPT List? 
       
      Select CPT Code: 82055       ASSAY OF ETHANOL     
       Select another CPT code : 82060   ASSAY BLOOD ETHANOL     INACTIVE CODE
       Select another CPT code : 82065   ASSAY URINE ETHANOL     INACTIVE CODE
       Select another CPT code : 
      DEVICE: HOME//
                        CPT Listing   Dec 31, 2000 2:18:30 am Page: 1
           
        82055 ICPT - CPT [ASSAY OF ETHANOL] linked to:
          694   81506.0000 Alcohol Ethyl
          2020  81236.0000 Ethanol
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: There are no required validations
       
        82060 ICPT  CPT [ASSAY BLOOD ETHANOL]
            [ IS NOT LINKED ]
       
        82065 ICPT  CPT [ASSAY URINE ETHANOL]
            [ IS NOT LINKED ]
                Finished
       
      Related NOIS:
      =================================
      scenarios to be completed by sites after installing this patch.
       
       
      Test Site(s):
      =================================
       LONG BEACH, CA
       MUSKOGEE, OK
       MILWAUKEE, WI
       
      Routine Summary:
      ==================================
       
       
      The following is a list of the routine(s) included in this patch. The
      second line of each of these routine(s) will look like:
       
        <tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
       
                    CHECK^XTSUMBLD Results
       
      Routine Name   Before Patch   After Patch   Patch List
      ============   ============   ===========   ===========
      Patch Description:
       
      LR258           N/A           4256733       258
      LR258PO         N/A          12054813       258
      LRCAP64S        N/A           4824368       258
      LRCAPDAR       7026344        8070808    143,169,258
       
       
               Installation Instructions:
               ==========================
      The Host File for this patch can be obtained from the ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
      ===========================
      directory at one of the following OI Field Offices:
       
        OI FIELD OFFICE     FTP ADDRESS      DIRECTORY
        Albany              152.127.1.5      anonymous.software
        Hines               152.129.1.110    anonymous.software
        Salt Lake           152.131.2.1      anonymous.software
       
      The file name is LR52_258.KID 
       
       
        
      Pathology and Laboratory Medicine Service Central Office authorizes all
               1. From the Kernel Installation & Distribution System
                  select the 'Installation Menu'. Select the option
                  Load a distribution.
                  Select [disk storage location]LR52_258.KID
               2. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global 
                  on your system. You now need to use KIDS to install 
                  the Transport global.
                  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use 
                  the following options:
                      Print Transport Global (Patch size is very large)
      entries in the National Laboratory Test files. This patch adds or updates
                      Compare Transport Global to Current System
                      Verify Checksums in Transport Global
                      Backup a Transport Global
               3. Users may remain on the system however Laboratory 
                  users must be idle. This to say the laboratory users should
                  not accessioning, instrument downloads or test verification
                  during the install. Installation should be done during off
                  peak hours.
               4. No options need to be placed out of service. No
                  laboratory background jobs have to be stopped.
      National Laboratory Test (NLT) codes.
               5. Installation time is less than 15 minutes during off 
                  peak hours and less than 35 minutes during peak hours.
               6. Installation of this patch requires minimal additional 
                  disk space. Review your map set for the routine
                  LRCAPDAR. The routine LRCAPDAR should not be
                  currently mapped. If LRCAPDAR is mapped you must
                  rebuild map sets after installation.
               7. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the 
                  option
                  'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*258' 
       
                  and proceed with the install.
               8. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONS during the
                  install? YES//' respond NO.
               9. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE scheduled Options, Menu
                  Options, and Protocols? YES//' respond NO. Respond to Rebuild
                  Menu Trees? YES// YES
              10. After successful installation, routines LR258 and
                  LR258PO should be removed from the system.
      After the install has been completed. All users can now resume normal
      activities of accessioning and test verfications.
      This patch updates the WKLD CODE (#64) file with additional workload
       
      Laboratory Information Manager (LIM) should review the mail message
      containing the workload codes additions to determine if there is a need to
      link or re-link laboratory tests. Before linking any workload code the CPT
      coding should be reviewed for appropriateness.
      codes. These workload codes are sometimes referred to as (NLT) codes. New
      entries to the WKLD CODE files should never be added using FileMan Enter
      Edit option. Use instead the option 'Add a new WKLD code to File' [LRCAP
      CODE ADD].
       
       June 10, 1999 
      The Laboratory Management Index Program (LMIP) workload collection
      software will automatically make additions to the WKLD CODE as required.
       
          DO NOT USE FileMan ENTER EDIT option TO MAKE ADDITIONS TO THE WKLD
      CODE (#64) file.
       
      NOTE: The WKLD CODE (#64) file is not replaced. The file will be checked
      for name spelling errors and entries changed if required. If names are
      changed, they will be reported via mail message to the local mail group
      LMI. In previous releases, some names were exported with trailing spaces.
        
      This will be corrected with this patch install.
       
      This patch will replace the LAB NLT/CPT CODES (#64.81) file during
      installation:
       
      This patch also updates the LAB DSS LAR EXTRACT (#64.036) file data
      dictionary to include two new fields. SPECIMEN COLLECTION DATE (#10) and
      SPECIMEN COLLECTION TIME (#11). The routine LRCAPDAR has been enhanced to
      populate the new fields.
       
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*258 contains no changes to software
      NOTE: LAB DSS LAR EXTRACT file is used exclusively by the laboratory DSS
      API for collecting clinical data. This file is not used or managed by the
      Lab Service software.
       
      This patch includes a new (3rd) cross reference in the WKLD CODE (#64)
      file on the CODE (#18) subfile, CODE (.01) field. The entire file is cross
      referenced using the "AB" subscript.
       Cross Reference description:
       ^LAM("AB",VARIABLE POINTER,IEN,MULTIPLE LOCATION NUMBER)=""
       
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.  
      The WKLD SUFFIX CODES (#64.2) file contains a new field VENDOR (#19). This
      field is used to describe the original manufacturer for this suffix.
       
      Update Logic:
       
      The KIDS install populates National Laboratory Tests (NLT) with a
      complete listing of new and previously released codes if they are missing.
      These files are:
       
          WKLD CODE (#64)
        
          WKLD SUFFIX CODES (#64.2)
          WKLD CODE LAB SECT (#64.21)
          WKLD ITEM FOR COUNT (#64.22)
          WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER (#64.3)
          LAB NLT/CPT CODES (#64.81)  Only used during patch installation.
       
      NOTE: WKLD CODE (#64) file or any entries in the file are never deleted.
      Once an entry has been added to the WKLD CODE file, it remains for the
      life of the file.
       
      All changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank Developer and found
      The LAB NLT/CPT CODES (#64.81) file is populated with a complete list of
      all released WKLD CODE procedures.
         The post install routine reads entries from the LAB NLT/CPT CODES file.
      The install software first determines if the WKLD CODE number already
      exist in WKLD CODE. If the WKLD CODE number exists, the spelling is
      checked and changed if required.
         If the WKLD CODE does not already exist, the new WKLD CODE is added to
      the WKLD CODE file.
         If a spelling change was required or a new WKLD CODE is added to the
      WKLD CODE file, this information is included in a mail message sent to the
      
    • 268 SEQ #207
      DATE APPLIED:   2001-04-05 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*268 contains no changes to software
      the corrective actions.
        can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
        Suggested time to install: non-peak hours.
        The install will disable several Lab options as specified in #7 below.
       
       
      NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system
            to avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
       
            Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
            Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
        
       
       
        1.  If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
       
        2.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu.  This
            option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
       
        3.  The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
            system.  You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
       
      1.  NOIS CIN-0299-41416 reported that when using the combination of
        4.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
            select the 'Installation' menu.
       
        5.  Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
            all routines have the correct checksums.
       
        6.  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
            options:
              Print Transport Global
              Compare Transport Global to Current System
      listing by date and NOT wanting only incomplete entries, the report
              Backup a Transport Global
       
            If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this patch
            prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport Global'
            option at this time.  You may also compare the routines in your
            production account to the routines in the patch by using the 'Compare
            a Transport Global to Current System' option.
       
        7.  The install will disable the following Lab options during patch
            installation.
      did not print all entries (completed and incomplete accessions). 
       
            Long form accession list [LRACC1]
            Long form accession list for microbiology [LRMIACC1]
            Lookup accession [LR LOOKUP ACCESSION]
       
        8.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*268'.  When prompted 'Want to
            DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES//',
            choose 'NO'.
       
       
        9. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
       
       10. Routine LR268 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
       
       
      POST-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
      ===============================
      None
       
       
      The reports have been corrected to print completed accessions when the
      ************************************************************************
      Installation example:
      
      Select Installation Option: 6  Install Package(s)
      Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*268 Loaded from Distribution  12/8/00@11:51:43
           => LR*5.2*268
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Dec 08, 2000@11:51:43 with header of
         LR*5.2*268
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
      user answers "NO" to the prompt "Do you want only incomplete entries?".
           LR*5.2*268
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*268
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR268
       
       
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*268
       
       
      
      Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
       
       
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
      2.  At the prompt "Do you want only incomplete entries?" if the user
      DEVICE: HOME//
       
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*268 :
                     Dec 08, 2000@11:52:44
       
      Build Distribution Date: Dec 08, 2000
       
       Installing Routines:....
                     Dec 08, 2000@11:52:44
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
      entered a "?" the software would bypass the prompt and proceed to the 
       
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR268.
       
                     Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
       
                                *** Pre install started ***
       
                                 *** No action required ***
       
                               *** Pre install completed ***
      next prompt for device selection. Entering a "?" will now present the
       
       Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
       
       Installing OPTION...
                     Dec 08, 2000@11:52:44
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR268.
       
                                *** Post install started ***
       
      user with a help message and return to the prompt. This defect was
                                 *** No action required ***
       
                               *** Post install completed ***
       
                    Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
       
       Updating Routine file......
       
       Updating KIDS files.......
       
      identified during software review.
       LR*5.2*268 Installed.
                     Dec 08, 2000@11:52:45
       
       Install Message sent #113161
       
      Select Installation Option:
       
      3.  Printing of the lab order number and the patient name could print
      together when the order number exceeds five digits. Also patients with 
      long names could cause the printing of the patient's identifier (SSN)
      to wrap to the next line of the display. The printing of accession and
      patient information on the report has been adjusted to provide sufficient
       
      space to avoid this information printing together. This defect was 
      identified during software review.
       
      4.  The patch corrects a Vista Programming Standards and Conventions
      (SAC) violation that was identified during software review as part of
      patch development. The patch removes direct global read of global ^VA(200)
      which contains the NEW PERSON (#200) file.  Routine LRWRKLS1 was
      retrieving user's name. Call to the file has been changed to Kernel
      supported reference (DBIA # 10060) using FileMan DBS call $$GET1^DIQ.
      This defect was identified during software review.
      This patch will addresses a fix to the options Long form accession list
       
      5.  The patch converts a call to routine LRAFUNC1 to display date/time
      values. This routine is being phased out. Call has been replaced with
      calls to Kernel supported XLFDT date/time function.
       
      6. Various non-interactive calls to %DT in routines LRWRKLST and LRWRKLS1
      have been replaced with calls to corresponding Kernel supported XLFDT
      date/time functions to determine current date/time and display other
      date/time values associated with the accession.
       
      [LRACC1] and Long form accession list for microbiology [LRMIACC1]
      7. When selecting a listing for a specific test and incompletes only
      criteria the report would print information for some accessions before
      applying the selection criteria. The report has been changed to print
      patient and accession information when the accession meets the specified
      selection criteria. This defect was identified during software review.
       
      8. The options Long form accession list [LRACC1] and Long form accession
      list for microbiology [LRMIACC1] will now honor stop requests when tasked.
      Users can call the TaskMan User [XUTM USER] option to stop tasks that they
      started.
      regarding the printing of completed accessions from non-daily accession
       
       
      ASSOCIATED NOIS
      ---------------
       CIN-0299-41416 
        
       
      ASSOCIATED E3R'S
      ----------------
       None
      areas. The problem was reported in NOIS CIN-0299-41416. Additional
       
       
      TEST SITES
      ----------
       Cincinnati VAMC
       Milwaukee VAMC
       
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
      problems (item 2-8) were identified for these two options during the
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
         LR268            N/A            4332160        **268** (Deleted by KIDS)
         LRWRKLS1         6588663        4126947        **121,153,185,268**
         LRWRKLST         9455120        6742016        **1,17,38,153,185,221,268**
      software review for patch development. Listed below are the problems and
       
      List of preceding patches: 221
      Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.  
              
      ************************************************************************
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      =========================
       
        The install time for this patch is less than 5 minutes. This patch
      
    • 134 SEQ #104
      DATE APPLIED:   1996-11-15 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a Patch for a Patch.
      1.  The routine LRAUSTA which was supposed to be part of patch LR*5.2*72
      was never exported with the patch.  Since this report is rarely run by the
      sites, this was never noticed during the testing of the patch
       
      2.  During the LRAPFIX data conversion, the ^LR("AAUA", node was rebuilt
      using the new accession # format, however the old ^LR(AAUA", node was not
      deleted.  This is why the routine was picking up the Autopsies logged in
      previous to the loading of the patch.
       
      The other problem was reported by the Bronx.  A null subscript error would
       
      occur during the option Malignancy review  [LRAPQAMR] if the following
      conditions were met:
           
           1.  There were reports positive for malignancy during the time period
      the report was requested for.
       
           2.  The user responds "YES" to the prompt:
               Do you want corresponding permanent pathology reports to print
      following search ? NO// Y  (YES)
       
      It was discovered that 2 separate AP reports were not functioning
      The null subscript error would occur because the routine LRAPQAMR  was
      attempting to get a patient's LRDFN from the ^LR(LRXREF,LRY,LRAN,0)
      reference when in fact this reference should have been updated to reflect
      the new format of this node after the data conversion of LR*5.2*72.  The
      correct reference should have been ^LR(LRXREF,LRY,LRABV,LRAN,0).  The code
      was changed to this new reference as well as inserting Quit statements for
      the $O command.
       
       
       
      correctly after installation of LR*5.2*72
      Both of these issues will be resolved with this patch.
       
      First--It was discovered after patch LR*5.2*72 was released that the
      Autopsy Status Report did not capture Autopsies done after the load date
      of the patch.  This actually is the symptom of two separate problems:
       
      
    • 262 SEQ #208
      DATE APPLIED:   2001-04-23 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*262 contains no changes to software
      logic in the collection list receipt process was not submitting all
       
            Receipt of routine lab collection from wards [LRPHEXCPT]
            Itemized routine lab collection [LRPHITEM]
            Add to collection list [LRPHMAN]
        
        8.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*262'.  When prompted 'Want to
            DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES//',
            choose 'NO'.
       
      accessions on a lab order to the Lab Universal Interface Auto Download.
        9. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
       
       10. Routine LR262 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
       
       
      POST-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
      ===============================
       
      NONE
       
      Routine LRPHITEM was only submitting the accession associated with the 
       
      ************************************************************************
      Installation example:
       
      Select INSTALL NAME:    LR*5.2*262     Loaded from Distribution  6/8/00@11:32:29
           => LR*5.2*262
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Jun 08, 2000@11:32:29 with header of
         LR*5.2*262
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
      last test on a Lab order to the auto download process. This patch corrects
           LR*5.2*262
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*262
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR262
       
       
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*262
       
       
      this logic error. It will now scan all tests on a given order and submit
      Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
       
       
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
      to the auto download process those accessions associated with the lab order.
      DEVICE: HOME//   TELNET VIRTUAL
       
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*262 :
                     Jun 08, 2000@11:35:10
       
      Build Distribution Date: Jun 08, 2000
       
       Installing Routines:...
                     Jun 08, 2000@11:35:10
       
       
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR262.
       
                     Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
       
                                *** Pre install started ***
       
                                 *** No action required ***
       
                               *** Pre install completed ***
       
       
       Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
       
       Installing OPTION....
                     Jun 08, 2000@11:35:10
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR262.
       
                                *** Post install started ***
       
       
                                 *** No action required ***
       
                               *** Post install completed ***
       
                    Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
       
       Updating Routine file......
       
       Updating KIDS files.......
       
      ASSOCIATED E3R'S
       LR*5.2*262 Installed.
                     Jun 08, 2000@11:35:10
       
       Install Message sent #25038
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
      ----------------
      #13785 - LRPHMAN & LRPHEXCPT BOTH SENDING HL7 MESSAGE
       
       
      TEST SITES
      ----------
       Asheville VAMC
       Boston HCS
       Central Plains HCS
       Indianapolis VAMC
       
       Milwaukee VAMC
       San Antonio VAMC
       San Diego VAMC
       Tennessee Valley HCS
       Upstate New York HCS 
       
        
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
       
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
         LR262            N/A            4332130        **262**(deleted by Kernel)
         LRPHITEM         14270617       12142394       **121,198,208,202,221,262**
       
      List of preceding patches: 221
      DESCRIPTION
      Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
        
      ************************************************************************
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      =========================
       
        The install time for this patch is less than 5 minutes. This patch
        can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
        Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
      ===========
        The install will disable several Lab option as specified in #7 below.
        Building and receipting of collection lists should not be occurring
        within the Laboratory package.
       
       
      NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system
            to avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
       
            Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
            Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
      This patch will address a fix to the Lab Universal Interface Auto Download
       
       
        1.  If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
       
        2.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu.  This
            option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
       
        3.  The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
            system.  You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
       
      requested in E3R #13785 - LRPHMAN & LRPHEXCPT BOTH SENDING HL7 MESSAGE.
        4.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
            select the 'Installation' menu.
       
        5.  Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
            all routines have the correct checksums.
       
        6.  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
            options:
              Print Transport Global
              Compare Transport Global to Current System
      During development of patch LA*5.2*57, it was determined that the software
              Backup a Transport Global
       
            If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this patch
            prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport Global'
            option at this time.  You may also compare the routines in your
            production account to the routines in the patch by using the 'Compare
            a Transport Global to Current System' option.
       
        7.  The install will disable the following Lab options during patch
            installation.
      
    • 267 SEQ #209
      DATE APPLIED:   2001-04-23 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch provides the VistA Blood Bank Software the ability to read and
      interpret blood product barcode labels using the ISBT 128 system.  The
      ability to read and interpret blood product labels using the Codabar
      system is unaffected.  
       
      A full description of this patch can be found in the Forum Patch Module
      listing for patch LR*5.2*267.
      
    • 232
      DATE APPLIED:   2001-09-06 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch allows you to map Lab tests to a default LOINC code.
      National training will be provided to aid sites in mapping the sites' tests
      to LOINC codes.
       
      The LAB LOINC (95.3) file is updated to LOINC (R) version 1.0N.
      
    • 269 SEQ #211
      DATE APPLIED:   2001-11-06 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*269 contains no changes to software
       
       
       
      TEST SITES
      ----------
       Durham VAMC
       Lexington VAMC
       Philadelphia VAMC
       
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      1. When using option Group verify (EA, EL, EW) [LRGV] that the warning
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
         LR269            N/A            4831472        **269** (Deleted by KIDS)
         LRGP             6947313        5798854        **153,269**
      message "THIS DATA APPEARS TO BELONG TO SOMEONE ELSE" was displayed on
         LRGP1            8924262        3988622        **112,269**
         LRGV             13358239       7051872        **269**
         LRGV1            5973234        3094124        **112,153,269**
         LRGV2            11151687       3432003        **121,153,269**
       
      List of preceding patches: 153
      Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
         
      ************************************************************************
       
      each accession to be verified. This defect was caused by the inappropriate
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      =========================
       
        The install time for this patch is less than 5 minutes. This patch
        can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
        Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
        The install will disable several Lab options as specified in #7 below.
       
       
      NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system
      use of the $TEST function. Routine LRGV1 will now skip result data in
            to avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
       
            Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
            Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
       
       
        1.  If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
       
        2.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu.  This
            option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
      the ^LAH global if the data does not belong to the same accession area,
       
        3.  The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
            system.  You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
       
        4.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
            select the 'Installation' menu.
       
        5.  Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
            all routines have the correct checksums.
       
      accession date and accession number. NOIS LEX-1098-42357 and PHI-0201-21212
        6.  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
            options:
              Print Transport Global
              Compare Transport Global to Current System
              Backup a Transport Global
       
            If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this patch
            prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport Global'
            option at this time.  You may also compare the routines in your
            production account to the routines in the patch by using the 'Compare
       
            a Transport Global to Current System' option.
       
        7.  The install will disable the following Lab options during patch
            installation.
       
               Group verify (EA, EL, EW) [LRGV]
               Group unverified review (EA, EL, EW) [LRGP]
       
        8.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*269'.  When prompted 'Want to
      2. During patch development software review the following SAC violations
            DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES//',
            choose 'NO'.
       
        9. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
       
       10. Routine LR269 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
       
       
      POST-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
      ===============================
      were identified.
      None
       
       
      ************************************************************************
      Installation example:
       
      Select Installation Option: 6  Install Package(s)
       
      Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*269  Loaded from Distribution  10/31/01@14:08:53
           => LR*5.2*269 TEST v6
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
       
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Oct 31, 2001@14:08:53 with header of
         LR*5.2*269 TEST v6
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*269
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*269
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR269
       
       
                     Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
         a. Routine LRGV2 contained a direct global read of the ^DD global to
       
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*269
       
       
      Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? NO//
       
       
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
         retrieve the name of the corresponding dataname from LAB DATA file
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
      DEVICE: HOME// 0;P-OTHER;80;99999999  TELNET VIRTUAL
       
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*269 :
         (#63), CHEM, HEM, TOX, RIA, SER, etc. subfile (#4). Defect corrected
                     Oct 31, 2001@14:20:51
       
      Build Distribution Date: Mar 29, 2001
       
       Installing Routines:.......
                     Oct 31, 2001@14:20:52
       
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR269.
       
                                *** Pre install started ***
         with change to Kernel supported reference (DBIA # 2052) using
       
                                 *** No action required ***
       
                               *** Pre install completed ***
       
       Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
       
       Installing OPTION...
                     Oct 31, 2001@14:20:52
       
         FileMan DBS call $$GET1^DID.
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR269.
       
                                *** Post install started ***
       
                                 *** No action required ***
       
                               *** Post install completed ***
       
                    Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
       
       
       Updating Routine file......
       
       Updating KIDS files.......
       
       LR*5.2*269 Installed.
                     Oct 31, 2001@14:20:52
       
       Install Message sent #xxxxx
         b. Routine LRGV1 contained locks on ^LAH global without timeouts.
         Defect corrected by adding timeouts to locking of ^LAH global.
       
       
         c. Routine LRGV contained code to set variables IO and IOSL. Defect
         corrected by removing code.
       
      3. During patch development software review the following defects were
         identified and corrected.
       
         a. Comments associated with results could possibly be duplicated
         when moved from the ^LAH global to the LAB DATA file (#63), CHEM,
         HEM, TOX, RIA, SER, etc. subfile (#4), COMMENT field (#.99).
         Defect corrected in routine LRGV2.
       
       
         b. Monthly accession areas would not be processed. Routine LRGP1
         was not calculating accession date correctly for monthly accession
         areas. The defect was reported by Lloyd Milligan of Sea Island
         Systems, Inc.
           
         c. When processing/verifying by tray/cup and a corresponding entry in
         the ^LAH global did not exist for the tray/cup combination then
         processing would stop and leave remaining entries unprocessed.
         Routine LRGV will now continue to process remaining entries.
      DESCRIPTION
       
         d. If results exist for different accession areas but the same
         accession numbers then routine LRGP was not handling these results
         properly and keeping them separate. Routine has been corrected to
         keep results for different accessions but the same accession number
         separate based on accession area and accession date.
       
         e. Option Group unverified review (EA, EL, EW) [LRGP] could print
         results for accessions that are not for the same accession area,
         accession date and accession number. Routine LRGP will now skip result
      ===========
         data in the ^LAH global if the data does not belong to the same accession
         area, accession date and accession number.
       
         f. Option Group unverified review (EA, EL, EW) [LRGP] could print
         the wrong date/time on the printed report if the reported was queued
         via TaskMan. Option was printing the date/time that the user originally
         setup the report. Report will now print the date/time that the report
         actually starts to print.
       
         g. Option Group verify (EA, EL, EW) [LRGV] would verify flagged results
      This patch will address fixes to defects reported in NOIS LEX-1098-42357
         which contained critical results and or a delta check when the user
         indicated that these results should not be group verified. The option
         will now only verify results that are critical or have a delta check
         when the user indicates that flagged results should be verified.
       
         h. Option Group verify (EA, EL, EW) [LRGV] was storing verified results
         in LAB DATA file (#63) without NLT order and result codes, test units,
         performing facility, and results flags. The option will now store these
         result parameters.
       
      and PHI-0201-21212 and compliance changes for Standards and Conventions
         i. Option Group verify (EA, EL, EW) [LRGV] will now allow the user to
         abort from a verifying session and will pause when the display screen
         is filled. The test results being verified will print on the report.
       
       
      4. The options Group verify (EA, EL, EW) [LRGV] and Group unverified
      review (EA, EL, EW) [LRGP] will now honor stop requests when tasked.
      Users can call the TaskMan User [XUTM USER] option to stop tasks that
      they started.
       
      Programming Standards (SAC) violations for the group verify process.
      
      ASSOCIATED NOIS
      ---------------
       LEX-1098-42357
       PHI-0201-21212
       
       
      ASSOCIATED E3R'S
      ----------------
       None
      
    • 278 SEQ #212
      DATE APPLIED:   2001-12-10 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the 
      associated with LOINC mapping. In addition there is new functionality
      2)      Unmap/Delete Lab Tests to Default LOINC Code
              [LR LOINC UNMAP/DELETE DEFAULT]
      3)      Validate LOINC Mapping [LR LOINC VALIDATE]
       
      10. Where appropriate, FileMan lookup and options will now display the 
      LOINC code plus the check digit. In the past only the LOINC code was 
      shown (i.e. 1-8). This will provide required data for entry into RELMA 
      LOINC lookup window.
       
      11. The National Laboratory File [LR7O 60-64] option will be added to the
      provided for re-transmitting PCE CPT workload.
      LOINC Main Menu [LRLOINC] option.
       
       
      Data Dictionary Changes:
      =================
      62.06       ANTIMICROBIAL SUSCEPTIBILITY
          Screen removed from NATIONAL VA LAB CODE #64
       
      64          WKLD CODE
      Partial DD: DEFAULT LOINC CODE #25
       
         Trigger to remove data from field when DEFAULT LOINC CODE is deleted.
      Partial DD: subDD: SPECIMEN #64.01
                  subDD: TIME ASPECT #64.02      fld: TEST #3
        Creates and populates the ^LAM("AL") cross reference
       
      68.2        LOAD/WORK LIST                                 
      Partial DD:       fld: WKLK METHOD #.14
        Modifies the triggers use to populate fields:
            WKLD CODE METHOD NAME #.15
            WKLD CODE SUFFIX #.16
      Obsolete Options:
       
      95.3       LAB LOINC
        CHECK DIGIT (#15) has been made an identifier to improve display and
      lookup.
       
       
      Test Sites:
      =================
          Long Beach, CA
          Muskogee, OK
      ===========
          Durham, NC
       
       
      Routines Summary:
      ==================
      The second line of the routines now looks like:
      <tab>  ;;5.2; LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27,1994
                  Checksum values
       
      Routine       Before Patch       After Patch       Patch list.
      The Print Default LOINC/LOINC Code by Lab Tests [LR LOINC PRINT
      LR278             NA             5505096           278 (deleted by KIDS)
      LR7OU641     12240284            12410597          153,201,278
      LRCAPD       9261934             9516457           105,163,153,278
      LRCAPPHX          NA             5799903           278
      LRLNC0       11822735            14797379          215,232,278
      LRLNC1       3760103             2227160           215,278
      LRLNC1A           NA             750293            278
      LRLNCDEL     5416724             6004798           232,278
      LRLNCLK      2054143             2106203           232,278
      LRLNCMD      8362694             6826367           232,278
      DEFAULT/LOINC] option is obsolete and will be placed out of order.
      LRLNCNLT     6478052             6013193           215,278
      LRLNCPMP     4831240             7461913           215,232,278
      LRLNCPRT     4848636             4889813           215,278
      LRLNCV       4009739             3900781           232,278
      LRLNCX       6971341             7117683           232,278
       
      Installation Instructions:
      =========================
      Installation should be done during off peak hours.
      Laboratory personnel may be on the system during install but should
       
      not be active.
       
      Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak hours 
      and less than 5 minutes during peak hours.
       
      Installation of this patch requires no additional memory space.
       
      This patch is released as a KERNEL Installation and Distribution Systems
      (KIDS) MailMan message.
       
      New Options:
        1.  START FROM KERNEL 
            From the KERNEL Installation and Distribution Systems (KIDS)
            Menu, select the Installation menu [XPD INSTALLATION MENU]:  
                 Edits and Distribution ...  
                 Utilities ...  
                 Installation ...  
           
        2.  SELECT INSTALLATION OPTION 
            NOTE:  The following are OPTIONAL:
          
      ===========
           a.  Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a backup 
                message of any routines exported with this patch. It will not 
                backup any other changes, such as DDs or templates.  
           b.  Compare Transport Global to Current System.  NOTE:  This option 
                will produce a long report due to new files and is not 
                recommended.
           c.  Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will allow 
                you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the 
                transport global.  
        3. SELECT INSTALLATION OPTION: Install Package(s)
      VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA
      1. The PCE Retransmit [LRCAPCEX] option is new with this patch. 
           Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*278
        4. When prompted "Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
           install? Yes//" respond "NO".
        5. When asked "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONS during the install? YES//",
           respond "NO"
        6. When prompted "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and 
           Protocols? YES//, respond "NO".
        7. Lab users may resume their normal activities.
        8. Routine LR278 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
      This option will reset entries in the LAB ORDER ENTRY (#69) file to allow
      resending of PCE workload for a given date range. This option is useful if
      WKLD CODE did not have CPT code assigned when PCE workload reporting
      software initially ran.  
      ***CAUTION***  
      This option will only attempt to resend PCE workload if NO PCE workload
      was reported FOR THE ENTIRE SPECIMEN ORDER NUMBER during the initial scan
      of collected orders. All original requirements for PCE workload reporting
      are enforced.  
      BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
        
      This option maybe useful if linked CPT codes were inactivated during the 
      yearly upgrade of the CPT (#81) file. The LIM can edit the WKLD CODE (#64)
      file with current valid CPT codes and run this option.  
        
      This option cannot be run while the normal PCE workload reporting
      background software is running.  
        
      The option will scan the date range entered, printing a dot (".") for
      every 20th. order processed. Then the option will determine if the order
       
      should be reported to PCE. As the data is processed, every 20th. order
      number is printed.
        
      This option cannot be queued. Option invokes the routine LRCAPPHX
       
      Modified Options:
      ================
      1. Map/Unmap Antimicrobial Default LOINC Code [LR LOINC MAP ANTIMICROBIAL
      ] option was modified to correct problems with unmapping a LOINC
      code from several different WKLD CODEs.
      Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997, Regenstrief Institute and the Logical 
       
      2. Print Lab Tests Mapped/Not Mapped to LOINC Codes [LR LOINC PRINT 60/LO
      INC MAP] option has been enhanced to provide the following three methods
      to print LOINC mapped data:
         1) Print all unmapped tests
         2) Print all mapped tests
         3) Print individual tests.
       
      The option functionality was improved by the creation of an additional
      cross-reference ^LAM("AL".
      Observation Identifier Names and Codes (LOINC) Committee. All rights 
       
      3. Link Result NLT Manual [LR7O MAN RESULT NLT] option was generating an
      undefined error if the default WKLD CODE was accepted. This problem has
      been corrected. The option now properly honors '^' when entered. The 
      option will allow any WKLD CODE to be selected.
       
      4. Map/Unmap Antimicrobial Default LOINC Code [LR LOINC MAP ANTIMICROBIAL
      ] option has been modified to have the look and feel of other LOINC
      mapping  options. Note this option only sets the DEFAULT LOINC CODE (#25)
      of the WKLD CODE (#64) file.
      reserved. LOINC is a trademark of the Regenstrief Institute.
      [It is highly recommended that a different suffixed WKLD CODE be created
      to be used for antimicrobial drug mapping. The WKLD CODE selected must be
      different than the WKLD CODE used for blood analysis.]
       
      5. Extract VistA Lab Test Names [LR LOINC EXTRACT LAB NAMES] options has
      been modified to replace '*' or '?' with spaces that occur in test names.
      This is to prevent RELMA mapping program errors. The extraction logic has
      been enhanced to find duplicate laboratory test and synonym names.
       
      6. National Laboratory File [LR7O 60-64] menu was exported with an
       
      erroneous routine attached. The entire menu option is deleted and rebuilt
      with this install. The menu contains the following options:
      1) Semi-automatic Linking of file 60 to 64 [LR7O 60-64 AUTO]
      2) Manual Linking of file 60 to 64 [LR7O 60-64 MANUAL]
      3) Result NLT Auto Linker [LR7O AUTO RESULT NLT]
      4) Link Result NLT Manual [LR7O MAN RESULT NLT]
      The routine PSDNDES has been removed.
       
      7. Map Lab Tests to LOINC Codes [LR LOINC MAP] option has been enhanced to
      allow mapping of all laboratory test. In the initial release, only 'CH'
      This patch contains enhancements that improve several reports
      subscripted tests were selectable. This restriction has been removed. Only
      'CH' subscripted tests are mapped to TIME ASPECT LOINC codes. Other type
      tests (i.e. Microbiology, Anatomic Pathology) are only mapped to DEFAULT
      LOINC CODE.
       
      8. Print a Single LOINC CODE [LR LOINC PRINT LOINC CODE] option has been
      modified to display the LOINC CODE check digit beside the LOINC CODE.
       
      9. The following options will now allow selection of any subscript.
      1)      Find LOINC for Vista Lab Test [LR LOINC LOOKUP]
      
    • 275 SEQ #213
      DATE APPLIED:   2001-12-31 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch was developed to fix defects in the VistA Blood Bank Software v
      5.2 that have been discovered to cause chronic user and database integrity
      problems.
       
      A full description of this patch can be found in the Forum Patch Module
      listing for patch LR*5.2*275.
      
    • 280 SEQ #214
      DATE APPLIED:   2002-01-08 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       
       
      ************************************************************************
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      =========================
       
        The install time for this patch is less than 2 minutes. This patch
        can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
        Suggested time to install: Off peak hours.
        The install will disable a Lab option as specified in #7 below.
       
      1. When using the option Link Result NLT Manual [LR7O MAN RESULT NLT] the
       
      NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system
            to avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
       
            Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
            Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
       
       
        1.  If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
       
      option was exiting the user to the Kernel menu system after mapping a
        2.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu.  This
            option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
       
        3.  The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
            system.  You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
       
        4.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
            select the 'Installation' menu.
       
        5.  Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
      single test.  This resulted in a user answering the option prompts for
            all routines have the correct checksums.
       
        6.  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
            options:
              Print Transport Global
              Compare Transport Global to Current System
              Backup a Transport Global
       
            If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this 
            patch prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport
      each test to be mapped.  This patch will change the option dialog to
            Global' option at this time.  You may also compare the routines in
            your production account to the routines in the patch by using the
            'Compare a Transport Global to Current System' option.
       
        7.  The install will disable the following Lab option during patch
            installation.
       
               Link Result NLT Manual [LR7O MAN RESULT NLT]
       
        8.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
      allow the user to select and map multiple tests after answering the
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*280'.
       
            When prompted ' Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of 
            Install? YES//' choose 'NO'.
       
            Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
       
            When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
            Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'.
       
      option prompts.  To exit or abort from the option the user should enter
        9. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
       
       10. Routine LR280 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
       
       
      POST-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
      ===============================
      None
       
       
      a "^" which will return the user to the Kernel menu system.
      ************************************************************************
      Installation example:
       
      Select Installation Option: INStall Package(s)
      Select INSTALL NAME:    LR*5.2*280     
      Loaded from Distribution  12/20/01@10:27:28
           => LR*5.2*280
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Dec 20, 2001@10:27:28 with header of 
         LR*5.2*280
      NOIS DAY-1101-42242 and HWH-1101-42338
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*280
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*280
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR280
       
       
                     Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
       
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---
       
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*280
       
      Incoming Files:
       
       
         60        LABORATORY TEST  (Partial Definition)
      Note:  You already have the 'LABORATORY TEST' File.
       
       
         64        WKLD CODE  (Partial Definition)
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*280 contains no changes to software
      2. FileMan inquires in to files LABORATORY TEST (#60) and WKLD CODE (#64)
      Note:  You already have the 'WKLD CODE' File.
       
      Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
       
       
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
      was not displaying the check sum digit for all LOINC codes. An output
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
      DEVICE: HOME//   TELNET
       
       
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*280 :
                     Dec 20, 2001@11:45:16
       
      Build Distribution Date: Dec 12, 2001
      transform has been added to include the check digit with the LOINC code.
       
       Installing Routines:
                     Dec 20, 2001@11:45:16
       
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR280
       
                                *** Pre install started ***
       
                                 *** No action required ***
       
       
                               *** Pre install completed ***
       
       Installing Data Dictionaries: 
                     Dec 20, 2001@11:45:17
       
       Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS: 
       
       Installing OPTION
                     Dec 20, 2001@11:45:17
       
      3. In the LABORATORY TEST (#60) file, subfile SITE/SPECIMEN (#100), LOINC
                                         
      LR*5.2*280                                   
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR280
       
                                *** Post install started ***
       
                                 *** No action required ***
       
                               *** Post install completed ***
      CODE (#95.3) field was not being updated for atomic 'CH' subscript tests.
       
                    Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
       
       Updating Routine file...
       
       Updating KIDS files...
       
       LR*5.2*280 Installed. 
                     Dec 20, 2001@11:45:17
       
      This has been corrected. It has been reported that the zero node of
       Install Message sent #XXXXX
       
       
      Install Completed
      SITE/SPECIMEN field do not exist. This patch will create the zero node if
      required during mapping.
         SPO-120-50468 
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
       
      4. During patch development/software review the following defects were
         identified and corrected.
       
         A. In the option Result NLT Auto Linker [LR7O AUTO RESULT NLT] if
         a user requested printing of a List of Result NLT Linked Codes
         and device selection was unsuccessful or aborted then the Kernel IO*
         variables were not being restored to the user's home device. This
         patch will now call HOME^%ZIS when device selection is unsuccessful
         or aborted by the user to restore the user's home device settings.
       
       
         B. If a user selects the semi-auto method of linking, the option was
         exiting the user from the option when a Result NLT was not selected
         and mapped to an entry in the LABORATORY TEST file (#60). This patch
         will allow the user to continue mapping tests. To exit or abort from
         the option the user should enter a "^" which will return the user to
         the Kernel menu system.
       
         C. The entry in LABORATORY TEST file (#60) was only being locked 
         when using the manual method of linking. The Semi-auto method was
       
         not locking the file.  This patch will lock the entry being edited
         in LABORATORY TEST file (#60) when either method is selected.
       
      5. When mapping certain LOINC codes a FileMan error of 'undefined 
         variable ^(4) is' generated because of the lookup screen. This error
         has been corrected.
         SHR-1201-70505
       
       
      ASSOCIATED NOIS
      This patch will address fixes to defects reported in NOIS DAY-1101-42242
      ---------------
       DAY-1101-42242
       HWH-1101-42338
       SHR-1201-70505
       SPO-1201-50468 
       MAR-1201-21794
       
      ASSOCIATED E3R'S
      ----------------
       None
      and HWH-1101-42338 when using the option Link Result NLT Manual [LR7O MAN
       
       
      TEST SITES
      ----------
       Dayton VAMC
       Heartland-West HCS
       Milwaukee VAMC
       Shreveport VAMC
       Durham VAMC
       Long Beach VAMC 
      RESULT NLT] to map result NLT codes to a site's LABORATORY TEST file
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
      (#60).
         LR280            N/A            4831435        280 (Deleted by KIDS)
         LR7OU641         12410597       12157260       153,201,278,280
         LRLNC0           14797379       15016901       215,232,278,280
         LRLNCC           2637694        2634007        232,280
         LRLNCMD          6826367        6815286        232,278,280
       
       List of preceding patches: 232,278
       Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
       
        
      
    • 222
      DATE APPLIED:   2002-02-26 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*222 contains no changes to software
      Multi-purpose Accession [LRLEDI] to accession specimens thru the Laboratory
          ---------           --------                         ----------------
          LAB_LEDI_II.KID     LA*5.2*46 KIDS build                 ASCII
                              LR*5.2*222 KIDS build
       
          LAB_LEDI_II_IG.PDF  LABORATORY ELECTRONIC DATA           BINARY
          LAB_LEDI_II_IG.DOC   INTERCHANGE PHASE II (LEDI II)
                               INSTALLATION GUIDE
       
          LAB_LEDI_II_UM.PDF  LABORATORY ELECTRONIC DATA           BINARY
          LAB_LEDI_II_UM.DOC   INTERCHANGE PHASE II (LEDI II)
      Electronic Data Interface (LEDI). The changes contained in this patch are
                               USER MANUAL
        
         The software files are available on one of the following OI Field
         Offices' ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directories.
       
         All sites are encouraged to use their FTP capability to obtain these
         files.  Use the FTP address "download.vista.domain.ext" (without the
         quotes) to connect to the first available FTP server where the files
         are located.
       
      implemented in conjunction with patch LA*5.2*46. Patch LA*5.2*46 now builds
            OI FIELD OFFICE    FTP ADDRESS                DIRECTORY
            ===============    ===========                =========
            ALBANY             ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext   [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
            HINES              ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext    [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
            SALT LAKE          ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext      [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
       
       
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      -------------------------
      the file LAB PENDING ORDERS ENTRY (#69.6) with additional information
        The instructions for installation of the software are included in the
        installation guide.
       
       
      POST-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      ------------------------------
       
       
        The post-instructions for installation of the software are included in
        the installation guide.
      concerning mapping to local test urgency. This patch introduces changes
       
       
      INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
      ====================
       
        An installation example is included in the installation guide.
      that utilize the local urgency information stored in file #69.6 when
      accessioning LEDI specimens at the host laboratory.
       
      As of the release date of this software, there is no national solution to
      implement a laboratory electronic HL7 standard interface to a facility or
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
      other entity outside the VA wide area network.  National communication
      security concerns are still being debated by the Department of Veterans
      Affairs (VA) and are awaiting resolution.  At present, a VA medical center,
      which intends to utilize this software in conjunction with an interface to
      a commercial reference laboratory or other non-VA information system entity,
      will need to coordinate with the vendor an acceptable communication method.
      Any implementation will need to be approved by the facility and VISN
      Information Security Officer (ISO) and meet current VA security requirements
      for external electronic connections. See VHA Directive 6212, Security of
      External Electronic Connections and VHA Directive 6210, Automated Information
       
      Systems (AIS) Security for additional information and guidance. Additional
      security information may be obtained from the Health Information Security
      Service (HISS) web page at http://vaww.domain.ext/miss.
      
      Implementation of a HL7 messaging interface between the VA VistA Laboratory
      package and a non-VA information system consists basically of three parts:
       - VistA Laboratory LEDI II software.
       - certified communication software and hardware
       - non-VA information system capable of sending and receiving laboratory HL7
         order and result messages.
      ========================================
      All three must be functional to utilize the capabilities of this LEDI II
      software patch. The implementation,setup, and configuration of vendor provided
      hardware and software is NOT addressed by this documentation.  Consult the
      vendor provided documentation and instructions to interface to the VistA
      Laboratory package.
       
       
      NOIS HUN-1100-21862 reported discrepancies in patient names due to Network
      Health Exchange not maintaining name changes. This patch removes the use
      of the Network Health Exchange package to lookup patient information
      
      (patient name, patient identifier and date of birth). The link in file
      REFERRAL PATIENT (#67), field Patient Name (#3) to file VAMC NETWORK
      PATIENT (#537010) is removed as a variable pointer.
      
      
      NOIS
      ====
      HUN-1100-21862
      
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      Patch LR*5.2*222 will be distributed and installed with patch LA*5.2*46
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
         LR222            N/A            6987123        **222** (Deleted by KIDS)
         LRDPAREF         6854898        5111405        **153,222**
      LEDI INTERFACE TO NON-VA SYSTEM (LEDI II).
         LRORDB           3786248        3782224        **153,222**
       
       List of preceding patches: 153
       Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums. 
       
        
      TEST SITES
      ----------
        Alexandria VAMC
        Biloxi VAMC
       
        Birmingham VAMC
        Fayetteville VAMC
        Hines VAMC
        Houston VAMC
        Jackson VAMC
        Little Rock VAMC
        Madison VAMC
        Milwaukee VAMC
        Muskogee VAMC
        Oklahoma City VAMC
      This patch adds additional support when using the option Referral Patient
        Shreveport VAMC
       
       
      SOFTWARE RETRIEVAL:
      ===================
       
         The following software and documentation files are exported as part of
         this patch:
       
          File Name           Contents                         Retrieval Format
      
    • 279 SEQ #216
      DATE APPLIED:   2002-03-15 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*279 contains no changes to 
      LOINC mapping of CH subscripted verified results. The software will use 
      is terminated by the user. If the process runs successfully to 
      completion, there will be an END alert for each START alert for each 
      batch sequence number.
        
      It has been seen at some test sites that the LRDFN may not be in the 
      proper form.  Test sites have seen the LRDFN set to an inverse date/time 
      (LRIDT) value, and in some cases the LRDFN contained a decimal 
      (ex.123.5). If such a situation is discovered during the LOINC mapping 
      process, a properly formatted LRDFN will be created in the ^LR(0) global
      as the next available LRDFN.
      the existing LOINC mapping configuration defined in WKLD CODE (#64) file. 
      There is a special sequence number (9999999) assigned to those LRDFNs
      having LRIDT like format. This sequence will only be established if
      required. 
       
      Most sites will not have a 9999999 batch sequence number.
        
       NEW OPTIONS:
       ============
        
      The following options are provided to manage the LOINC mapping processes. 
      This file's definition will be used to determine the LOINC code to be 
      They are contained on the LOINC Historical Mapping Menu [LR LOINC 
      HISTORICAL MAP MENU]. This menu is locked with the XUPROGMODE security 
      key and located under the LOINC Mapping Utility Menu [LR LOINC UTILITY].
        
      It is highly recommend that options provided by this patch be run during 
      a 24 hour period of low system usage. Normally this would be during the 
      week end. 
       
       
      A. LAB DATA LOINC Mapping [LR LOINC HISTORICAL MAPPER 63] option
      assigned to a given result. The historical mapping process extends to the 
       
      This is the primary historical LOINC mapping option that must be run at 
      least once to update ^LR with appropriate LOINC mapping codes. This 
      option can be run multiple times if required. This option will initiate 
      the required number of background tasks to inspect the entire LAB DATA 
      file and map verified CH subscripted tests with LOINC codes. This option 
      should only be run during a 24-hour period when the system has low user 
      activity. Note: This option is used also to restart the mapping process 
      from the point of interruption. The mapping process will continue until 
      all LRDFNs have been inspected.
      past 5-6 years of verified 'CH' subscripted data.
       
      The option is Locked by the XUPROGMODE security key.
        
      Example of the option: User's responce inclosed in < >
        
      Select LOINC Mapping Utility Menu Option:
         LOINC Historical Mapping Menu
        
       Select LOINC Historical Mapping Menu Option: ?
        
       
          1       LAB DATA LOINC Mapping
          2       Restart LOINC Historical Mapping
          3       STOP LOINC Mapping
          4       Modify LOINC Historical Mapping
        
       Select LOINC Historical Mapping Menu Option: <1>  
       D STOP^LRLNC63 to stop all background historical mapping.         
        
       This option should be run during 24 hour off peak time frame!!
        
       Information on the historical LOINC mapping process:
        This option will queue multiple tasks to LOINC map               
                historical data in the LAB DATA (#63).                     
        
       Are you certain you wish to proceed? <YES>
        
       LRDFN Conversion Sequence 1-20001 Task number is 8718
       LRDFN Conversion Sequence 20001-40001 Task number is 8719
       
      End of Option example:
      ==========
        
       
      After successful completion of LOINC mapping for all tasks, the members 
      of the G.LMI mail group will receive two types of notifications:
       
      1. MailMan message containing all tests that were not LOINC mapped
      2. Mailman message containing all tests that were mapped. This message is 
      designed to be imported into a non VistA spread sheet program.
       
      Using these two reports, the LIM will be able to determine mapping 
      completeness and identify systematic mapping errors.
      The historical mapping is an option that cannot be queued. Installation 
       
      Here is an example of each.
       
      Subj: LOINC Historical Mapping Exception Report  [#89761] 15 Feb 02 10:29
      From: POSTMASTER (Sender: )  In 'IN' basket.   Page 1  *New*
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
      List of tests missing RNLT codes in LABORTORY TEST (#60) file,
      found during LOINC Historical Mapping process.
      These test(s) will have no historical LOINC mapping performed.
        
      of this patch provides options to perform historical mapping of verified  
      [Test IEN]  Test Name  Type 
       
      [37] BLEEDING TIME -- Type: BOTH
      [353] SPHEROCYTES -- Type: OUTPUT (CAN BE DISPLAYED)
      [356] HYPERSEGMENTED NEUTROPHILS -- Type: BOTH
      [357] SMUDGE CELLS -- Type: BOTH
      [137] RPR -- Type: BOTH
       
       
      Subj: LOINC Historical Mapped LOINC tests  [#89762] 15 Feb 02 10:29
      software controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK 
      'CH' subscripted tests.
      From: POSTMASTER (Sender:)  In 'IN' basket.   Page 1  *New*
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
      List of test mapped to LOINC codes formatted with '^' as field delimiter.
       
      DataName#^Test Name^Specimen^Specimen IEN^RNLT^NLT suffix^LOINC Code
      2^GLUCOSE^PHARYNX^60^84330.0000^0^2339-0
      2^GLUCOSE^BLOOD^70^84330.0000^0^2339-0
      2^GLUCOSE^BLOOD^70^84330.0000^8638^2339-0
      2^GLUCOSE^SERUM^72^84330.0000^0^2342-4
      2^GLUCOSE^SERUM^72^84330.0000^3035^2342-4
        
      2^GLUCOSE^SERUM^72^84330.0000^3103^2342-4
      2^GLUCOSE^SERUM^72^84330.0000^8638^2342-4
      3^UREA NITROGEN^RIGHT KIDNEY^11^84520.0000^0^3097-3
      3^UREA NITROGEN^SERUM^72^84520.0000^0^6299-2
      3^UREA NITROGEN^SERUM^72^84520.0000^3035^6299-2
      3^UREA NITROGEN^SERUM^72^84520.0000^3103^6299-2
      4^CREATININE^Missing^.8^82565.0000^0^2160-0
      4^CREATININE^Missing^.9^82565.0000^0^2160-0
      4^CREATININE^SERUM^72^82565.0000^0^2160-0
      4^CREATININE^SERUM^72^82565.0000^3103^2160-0
      Historical LOINC mapping is a disk and system intensive process.
       
      B. STOP LOINC Mapping [LR LOINC HISTORICAL STOP 63] option
       
      This option will stop all background LOINC historical mapping tasks. If 
      for some reason the user wishes to stop/suspend LOINC mapping, this 
      option will stop all background tasks. To continue the mapping process 
      from the last LRDFN, use the primary option, LAB DATA LOINC mapping 
      Option.
       
      Example of the option:
        
       
      Select LOINC Historical Mapping Menu Option: STOP LOINC Mapping
           Stopping all background LOINC historical mapping jobs
       
      Are you certain you want to continue? <YES>
       
      End of example
      ===========
       
      C. Restart LOINC Historical Mapping [LR LOINC HISTORICAL RESTART 63]
      Journaling has not been a problem at test sites, but with any conversion 
       
      This option will restart the mapping process from the very beginning. 
      This option will reset all counters and reinitiate the ^XTMP("LRLNC63") 
      global. After the temporary mapping globals have been reset, a call is 
      made to the LAB DATA LOINC Mapping entry point. Rerunning this option is 
      not harmful but the same 24 hours of low system usage considerations 
      should be honored. 
        
      Option is locked with the XUPROGMODE security key.
       
      process, journal files should be monitored.  Temporary data is stored in 
        Example of the option:
       
      Restart LOINC Historical Mapping
       This will re-run LOINC Historical Mapping from the beginning
                               resetting all globals to zero.
                          To restart from a stopping point use the
                               LAB DATA LOINC Mapping Option.
       
       
      Are you certain you want to proceed? <YES>
      the ^XTMP Global. A significant amount of LOINC code related data will be 
       
       D STOP^LRLNC63 to stop all background historical mapping tasks.
       
       This option should be run during 24 hour off peak time frame!!
       
       
              This option will queue multiple tasks to LOINC map
                          historical data in the LAB DATA (#63).
      Are you certain you wish to proceed? <YES> 
       
      set into the ^LR( global.
      End of option example.
       
      =================
        
      D. Modify LOINC Historical Mapping [LR LOINC HISTORICAL MODIFY]
        
      This is a very powerful utility option to be used to reconcile previous 
      LOINC historical mapping. A knowledgeable LOINC mapper (Laboratory 
      Information Manager) is required to properly implement this functionality.
         
        
      After the initial historical mapping has been completed, adjustments 
      maybe required to modify the LOINC code lookup parameters to properly map 
      past results. Careful review of current LOINC mapping should be done to 
      establish IF there is a systematic error in LOINC code assignments. File 
      definition corrections should be done to prevent future LOINC mapping 
      errors. Re-running LAB DATA LOINC Mapping [LR LOINC HISTORICAL MAPPER 63] 
      option will correct incorrectly assigned LOINC code problems.  
         
      In those situations when editing LOINC mapping definition is not 
      desirable, this option provides a method for the user to intervene in the 
      The Historical Mapper functions should be run during a 24 hour period of 
      mapping lookup logic for specific tests.
         
      The user is able to select a lab test(s) [Atomic or Panel], then assign a 
      specific suffix code to be used during LOINC mapping logic. In addition 
      the user is able to force the Result NLT CODE (#64.1) of LABORATORY TEST 
      (#60) for the test and the designated suffix code pair to override 
      previous LOINC mapping.  
         
      This is a very powerful feature, great care and study of systematic 
      errors should be used before attempting correct past LOINC mapping 
      SOFTWARE.
      low system demand. Typically this would be during a week end.
      systematic errors.
         
      After the user has completed the modify LOINC mapping procedures, the LAB 
      DATA LOINC Mapping option is called. All considerations of this option 
      still apply. Most notably, only performing this mapping exercise during 
      week ends or in a 24 period of lowest system activity. Even with the 
      increased logic iterations, the process should complete within the 24 hr 
      window of time.  
         
      This option will allow the user to manage how a specific data name (test) 
       
      will be mapped to LOINC Codes for historical data. The user is able to 
      override file definitions to correct past LOINC mappings.
        
       1. Select the CH subscripted test
       2. Indicate the suffix to be used.
       3. The user can indicate if this suffix should override previous LOINC 
          Mapping. 
        
         Example of the option:
        
      2.    Installs 'LRRESOURCE' Resource Device
      This option will REMAP your entire database using the parameters defined 
      by this option. 
        
      This option should only be run on week ends or after hours.  
         
         Do you wish to continue ? <YES> 
         
          Selection can be a 'CH' Atomic or Panel test .  
        
       Select test you want to modify mapping: <CBC> 
       
       Select Suffix Code: <.4322>    COULTER ELECTRONICS 
       Override previous LOINC mapping? <YES> 
         
                Selection can be a 'CH' Atomic or Panel test.  
        
        Select test you want to modify mapping: <CALCIUM>  
         Select Suffix Code: <AA DIRECT>   .3901   NOT SPECIFIED
        
        Override previous LOINC mapping? <ret>
         
      This patch will install a new resource device called 'LRRESOURCE'. This 
             Selection can be a 'CH' Atomic or Panel test  
         
        Select test you want to modify mapping: <ret>
         
            Here is a list of what you have selected. 
                    [O] indicates override current mapping
       .  DEVICE: HOME//     Right Margin:80//
        
        1 [0] WBC           COULTER A      /.4322
        2 [0] MCV           COULTER A      /.4322
      device is installed with eight slots. The number of slots determines the 
        3 [0] MCH           COULTER A      /.4322
        4 [0] MCHC          COULTER A      /.4322
        5 [0] RDW           COULTER A      /.4322
        6     CALCIUM       AA DIRECT      /. 3901 
         
       You wish to add more? <ret>
         
       Do you want to delete an entry? <ret>
         
      [NOTE: Those tests in the panel or atomic test that do not have a RESULT 
      number of active LOINC mapping background tasks. The maximum number of 
      NLT CODE (RNLT) assigned will be omitted. If this is the case, abort and 
      attend to the missing tests RNLT codes.] 
        
      3.   Resolving the $SELECT  statements for normal ranges
       
      This functionality provided by this patch is to resolve the normal 
      range data stored in a $SELECT format in the LAB DATA file (63). This 
      patch will determine the appropriate normal range for the result by 
      resolving the $S( statement using the age of the patient at the time the 
      specimen was collected. The $SELECT statement will be replaced with the 
      concurrently running background tasks is eight, the number of slots 
      appropriate numerical value.
        
        
      The routines LRVER4 and LRVR4 are installed with this patch to prevent 
      the storage of the $S statement in ^LR(LRDFN,"CH",LRIDT,LRSB) for future 
      results.
        
      The routine LRDAGE provides the patient's age at the time when the 
      specimen was collected. The resulting age is used to determine normal 
      range values for historical data.
      defined in LRRESOURCE. If the user adjusts the number slots of the 
        
        
       NEW FILES OR FIELDS:
       ===================
       Two new fields are added during installation of this patch.
        
       In the LABORATORY SITE (#69.9) file the following fields have been added.
        
       LOINC HISTORICAL MAPPING DATE (#95.3) field. 
       This is the date that the LOINC Historical mapping was completed. The 
      resource device, it must have at least one slot to initiate the mapping 
       LAB DATA LOINC Mapping [LR LOINC HISTORICAL MAPPER 63] option populates
       this field after it has successfully completed all mapping.
        
       LOINC HISTORICAL LAST LRDFN (#95.31) field.
       This field is populated by the primary LOINC mapping option if all batch 
       (sequences) successfully run to completion.
       This field contains the last LRDFN that was mapped by the LAB DATA LOINC 
       Mapping [LR LOINC HISTORICAL MAPPER 63] option.
        
       ASSOCIATED NOIS
       
      process. Reducing the number of slots will increase the total mapping 
       ===============
         NONE
        
        
       TEST SITES
       ==========
        Minneapolis, MN
        North Chicago, Il
        Milwaukee, WI
        Salem, NC
      processing time. Increasing the number of resource slots may NOT reduce 
        Martinez, CA
        Palo Alto, CA
        Durham, NC
        Long Beach, CA
        Muskogee, OK
        Fargo, ND
        Cincinnati, OH
       
       ROUTINE SUMMARY 
       ===============
      the total mapping processing time.
       The following routines are included in this patch. The second line of 
       these routines now looks like:
       <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patch list>;Sep 27, 1994
        
       Routine     Checksum       Checksum
       Name        Before Patch   After Patch   Patch List
       LR279       N/A            6316492       279 (Deleted
                                                     by KIDS)
       LRDAGE      N/A            1480375       279
       LRLNC63     N/A            14818231      279
        
       LRLNC63A    N/A            9008516       279
       LRLNC63B    N/A            7526980       279
       LRVER4      19181995       18527473      14,42,112,121,140
                                                171,153,188,279
       LRVR4       8661306        8664360       14,42,121,153,221
                                                263,279
        
       List of preceding required patches:
       LR*5.2*188, LR*5.2*232, LR*5.2*263, LR*5.2*278
        
        The Mapping Process in Detail
       Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
        
        
       INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
       =========================
        
      The install time for this patch is less than 5 minutes. Laboratory users 
      should be off the system during installation. All other user may remain 
      on the system.
        
       
      Patch installation should be coordinated with the Laboratory Information 
      Manager (LIM).
        
       1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for those 
       routines.
        
       2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan Menu. This 
       option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
        
       3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your system. 
      The LOINC mapping processes are divided in to batches of 20,000 LRDFN 
       You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
        
       4. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System's Menu (KIDS) 
       select the 'Installation' menu.
        
       5. Use the 'Verify Checksum in transport Global' option and verify that 
       all routines have the correct checksums.
        
       6. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following 
       options:
      records each. The number of batches are determined by the number of 
           Print Transport Global
           Compare Transport Global to Current System
           Backup a Transport Global
        
          If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this patch 
       prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport Global' 
       option. You may also compare the routines on your system to the routines 
       in the patch by using the 'Compare a Transport Global to your Current 
       System' option.
        
      records found in the LAB DATA (#63) file. One could estimate the number 
       7. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu and 
       select the package 'LR*5.2*279'.
       
       When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during install? YES// choose
      'NO'.
       
       When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
       Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'
        
       8. On mapped system, rebuild map set
      of batches by dividing the number of LRDFN records by 20,000. If more 
        
       9. Routine LR279 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
       
       POST-INSTALLTION INSTRUCTIONS:
       =============================
        
       Perform LOINC historical mapping functions.
       
       
       ******************************************
      The patch provides the following:
      than eight mapping tasks are required, the remainder tasks will 
       Installation Example:
        
       
      Select INSTALL NAME:  LR*5.2*279 Loaded from Distribution  
      2/26/02@17:15:29
           => LR*5.2*279
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Feb 26, 2002@17:15:29 with header of 
         LR*5.2*279
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
      automatically start when a resource slot becomes available. Resource 
           LR*5.2*279
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*279
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR279
       
        Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI     
       
                --- Environment Check is Ok ---        
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*279
       
      slots become available when a mapping sequence batch runs to completion.
      Incoming Files:
       
         69.9      LABORATORY SITE  (Partial Definition)
      Note:  You already have the 'LABORATORY SITE' File.
       
      Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO 
       
       
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
        
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
      DEVICE: HOME//   TELNET
                               
       Install Started for LR*5.2*279 : 
                     Feb 26, 2002@17:18:32
       
      The objective of the mapping batch size and number is to ensure mapping 
      Build Distribution Date: Feb 25, 2002
       
       Installing Routines:
                     Feb 26, 2002@17:18:32
       
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR279
       
               *** Pre install started ***          
       
               *** No action required ***    
      is completed within twenty-four (24) hours. After benchmarking timing 
       
               *** Pre install completed ***     
       
       Installing Data Dictionaries:
                     Feb 26, 2002@17:18:33
       
       Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS: 
       
       Installing OPTION
                     Feb 26, 2002@17:18:33
      exercises, it has been determined that eight batch jobs of 20,000 records 
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR279
       
                                *** Post install started ***     
       
                       Adding 'LRRESOURCE' to the Device (#3.5) file 
       
                               *** Post install completed ***   
       
                    Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI  
      each would achieve the mapping time goal.
       
       Updating Routine file
       
       Updating KIDS files
       
       LR*5.2*279 Installed. 
                     Feb 26, 2002@17:18:34
       
       Install Message sent #XXXXX
       
        
      Install Completed
       
       End of example
      Each LRDFN in a batch that is not from LAB CONTROL NAME (#62.3) file, is 
        
      checked to determine if NEW PERSON CONVERSION (.12) field of sub-multiple 
      CHEM, HEM, TOX, RIA, SER, etc. (#4) of the LAB DATA (#63) file has a 
      designation of 2. If the check is satisfied the process continues for 
      that LRDFN's inverse date time sub-file.
        
      Each data name (test) of the CH subscript is subjected to a lookup 
      process to determine the RESULT NLT CODE (#64.1) field of the LABORATORY 
      TEST (#60) file.
      This value is stored in the 
       ^XTMP("LRLNC63",1,DATANAME IEN)=Result NLT Code.
       1.      Historical LOINC mapping
       ^XTMP("LRLNC63",1,2) = 84330.0000
       ^XTMP("LRLNC63",1,3) = 84520.0000
       ^XTMP("LRLNC63",1,4) = 82565.0000
       ^XTMP("LRLNC63",1,5) = 84295.0000
        
      The software then performs a LOINC lookup using the data from the 
      DATANAME subscripted node [^XTMP("LRLNC63", 1,DATANAME)] global and the 
      file definitions of WKLD CODE file to determine the LOINC code for the 
      result. If a LOINC code is found the value is stored in the third '^' 
      piece in the third piece of '!' delimited field.
        
       
       ^LR(713,"CH",6979880.8746,357)=75^^84009.0000!84009.0000!
       [27057]!3103!1^104^72!50!220!!!!UG/ML!!!75^^^^170^1 
        
       Where [27057] is the LOINC code.
        
      The last LRDFN processed record for each batch (sequence) is stored in 
      the ^XTMP("LRLNC63","SEQ",#). Where '#' is the batch sequence number in 
      increments of 20,000.
       
      This patch contains options and software required to perform historical 
      Other information stored in the ^XTMP global are:
       ^XTMP("LRLNC63","SEQ",#,"START")=FileMan date/time
       ^XTMP("LRLNC63","SEQ",#,"END")=FileMan date/time
        
      The time difference between the START and END nodes represent the lapse 
      time for that batch's LOINC mapping.
        
      Status activity of the mapping process is reported to the LMI mail group 
      via VistA Alerts. An alert is generated when each batch process is 
      started. An alert is also generated when each batch reaches completion or 
      
    • 271 SEQ #217
      DATE APPLIED:   2002-04-23 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*271 contains no changes to software
      monthly accessions that the software was defaulting to the wrong year.
       
        4.  Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
            all routines have the correct checksums.
       
        5.  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
            options:
              Print Transport Global
              Compare Transport Global to Current System
              Backup a Transport Global
       
      Routine LRWU4 has been corrected to default to the current year when a
        6.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*271'. 
      
              When prompted "Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion
              of Install? //YES", respond NO.
       
              When prompted "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
              YES//", respond NO.
       
              When prompted "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options and Menu Options?
      user enters the accession date in the format MM00.
              YES//", respond YES.  When prompted "Enter options you wish to mark
              as 'Out of Order':", enter the following to disable all Laboratory
              options:
       
                 LR*
       
       
        7. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
       
        NOTE: Routine LR271 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
       
      2. The following defects were identified during the software review as
      part of patch development.
       
        a. When a user enters a partial accession and is prompted for an
      accession date the software was not defaulting to past dates. Defect
      corrected by including "P" in the variable %DT when calling FileMan's
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
      %DT date processing routine.
       
        b. Routine LRFASTS called by option Fast Bypass Data Entry/Verify
      [LRFASTS] does not handle non-daily accession areas correctly. The routine
      was using the order date as the accession date which is only correct when
      the accession area associated with a test is daily. LRFASTS has been
      corrected to retrieve the accession area, date and number for a test from
      LAB ORDER ENTRY file (#69). It will now function correctly when processing
      acccessions from non-daily acession areas, i.e. monthly, quarterly and
      yearly.
       
       
        c. Routine LRVERA was handling accession selection similiar to LRWU4.
      This routine has been changed to call LRWU4.
       
        d. The entry for Quarterly accession transform in the EXECUTE CODE file
      (#62.07) contains code that creates an invalid FileMan date for the 
      accession date. The post install for this patch will check the EXECUTE
      CODE file (#62.07) and ACCESSION file (#68) for entries using the
      Quarterly accession transform and correct the code.
       
      This patch addresses a fix to defects reported in NOIS BAF-0101-N2560
       
      ASSOCIATED NOIS
      ---------------
       BAF-0101-N2560  
       BED-0201-12399
       
        
      ASSOCIATED E3R'S
      ----------------
       None
      and BED-0201-12399. Additional problems (item 2) were identified during
       
       
      TEST SITES
      ----------
       Ann Arbor VAMC
       Ashville VAMC
       Bedford VAMC
       Boston HCS
       Detroit VAMC
       Milwaukee VAMC
      software review for patch development. Listed below are the problems and
       
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
      the corrective actions.
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
         LR271            N/A            8038072        **271** (Deleted by KIDS)
         LRFASTS          8519940        6423167        **30,95,121,271**
         LRVERA           8140275        690805         **153,271**
         LRWU4            8927540        5815129        **128,153,201,271**
       
         
      ************************************************************************
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
        
      =========================
       
        The install time for this patch is less than 5 minutes.
        Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
       
       
      NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system
            to avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
       
            Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
      1. NOIS'es BAF-0101-N2560 and BED-0201-12399 reported when looking up
            Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
       
       
        1.  If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
       
        2.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu.  This
            option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
       
        3.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
            select the 'Installation' menu.
      
    • 137 SEQ #105
      DATE APPLIED:   1996-11-20 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      FIX FOR LRDPA
      
    • 282 SEQ #218
      DATE APPLIED:   2002-05-16 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       This patch resolves the following problem:
       This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the
       VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 97-033 titled VISTA
       BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
       
       PROBLEM: CPRS calls a Lab API [INTERIM^LR7OGM] that extracts and formats
       lab data for reports on the LAB tab.  For results longer than
       7 characters, the data is being truncated and formatted incorrectly.
       
       RISK ANALYSIS:   Changes made by patch LR*5.2*282 have no effect on Blood
       Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
       
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS:  Patch LR*5.2*282 does not
       alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
       functions.
       
       POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES:  Patch LR*5.2*282 contains no changes to
       routines identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
       97-033. There is no adverse potential to sites.
       
       VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION:  There are no required validation
       CPRS calls a Lab API [INTERIM^LR7OGM] that extracts and formats
       scenarios to be completed by sites after installing LR*5.2*282.
       
       TEST SITES FOR THIS PATCH:
       ==========================
       North Texas HCS
       Denver
       Tennessee Valley HCS
        
       RELATED NOIS:
       =============
       lab data for reports on the LAB tab.  For results longer than
       TNV-0801-30277
       NTH-0202-72720
       DEN-1298-51612
         
       ROUTINE SUMMARY:
       ================
       The following is a list of the routine(s) included in this patch.  The
       second line of each of these routine(s) will look like:
       
           <tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
       7 characters, the data is being truncated and formatted incorrectly.
       
                                  CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
       Routine name         Before Patch          After Patch         Patch List
       ============         ============          ===========         ==========
       LR7OGMP                   5364802              5548341        187,246,282
       
       INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
       ==========================
       This patch should be loaded during non-peak hours to minimize disruption
       to users.  Installation will take less than 1 minute.  Users may remain
       This patch will correct the formatting of long results, by not
       on the system.
        
       1.  Use the INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE option on the PackMan menu.
        
       2.  Review your mapped set.  If any of the routines listed in the
           ROUTINE SUMMARY section are mapped, they should be removed
           from the mapped set at this time.
        
       3.  From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu, select
           the Installation menu.
       truncating the results and breaking the line so that units and
        
       4.  From this menu, you may elect to use the following options
           (when prompted for INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*282):
               a.  Backup a Transport Global
               b.  Compare Transport Global to Current System
               c.  Verify Checksums in Transport Global
        
       5.  Use the Install Package(s) option and select the package LR*5.2*282.
        
       6.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES//'
       reference ranges continue on the next line.
           respond NO.
         
       7.  When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
           Protocols? YES//', respond NO.
        
       8.  If routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should be returned
           to the mapped set once the installation has run to completion.
       
      
    • 272 SEQ #219
      DATE APPLIED:   2002-09-06 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*272 does not 
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
        AMA-0695-70804 - E VARIABLE FOR %DT NOT WORKING
         The date/time stamp printed to screen, but not to a printer.
         The reports were using the string 'S X="N",%DT="ET" D ^%DT"
         to print date/time.  The call has been updated to use
         '$$FMTE^XLFDT($$NOW^XLFDT,"").'  The call to STAMP^LRX is no
         longer used.
       
        HUN-0501-21203 - INCORRECT SPELLING IN LOADLIST.
         An incorrect spelling in the EXPAND PANELS ON PRINT field 
        
         (#.06) Of the LOAD/WORK LIST file (#68.2) has been corrected.
       
        LEX-0201-41741 - IMMEDIATE COLLECT SETTINGS BEING OVERRIDDEN
         Immediate collect times are being rejected if seconds are
         entered.  Label VALID+10 in routine LR7OV4 has been modified
         to allow the entry
         of seconds in the collect time.
       
        HIN-0701-42680 - QUESTION RE: Y2K DATE FORMAT
         The Y2K conversions changed the format of the date generated
        
         by PRTEST+5^LRSORA2 from MMM DD 'YY to MMM DD 'YYYY.  The
         apostrophe in the new format is not necessary.  The routine
         has been modified to eliminate the extraneous data.
       
       
       Reference NOIS:   LAH-0301-61651
                         HIN-0301-40344
                         ALB-1099-52504
                         ISF-0899-61570
                         PHO-0699-61637
       Nineteen NOIS calls are addressed in this patch.  These are:
                         NTH-0399-71865
                         FRE-0599-60964
                         CHY-0798-52175
                         MOU-0498-32262
                         PUG-1297-50924
                         MUS-0996-71712
                         ALN-0496-10819
                         TEM-0895-72227
                         BUF-0895-11662
                         SAM-0895-20499
       
                         AMA-0695-70804
                         HIN-0701-42680
                         HUN-0501-21203
                         LEX-0201-41741
       
       
       Reporting Site:   Salem
                         Upstate New York HCS
                         Muskogee
                         Puget Sound HCS
        LAH-0301-61651 - LAB RESULTS FOR URINE NOT TRIGGERING ALERT
                         Central Plains HCS
                         OIFO San Francisco
                         Mountain Home
                         Fresno
                         VA Greater Los Angeles HCS
                         North Texas HCS
                         Central Texas HCS
                         Hines
                         Albuquerque
                         Phoenix
         Providers who had notification for lab results enabled were not
                         Amarillo
        
        
       Test Site(s):     Mountain Home
                         Fresno
                         VA Greater Los Angeles HCS
                         Hines
                         Phoenix
                         Milwaukee
        
         receiving alerts for urinalysis. A line of code has been added at
        
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
         label SNEAK+39 in routine LR7OB3 to correct this problem.
         LR7OB3           12268913       12535845       **121,187,272**
         LR7OU4           11991663       12012587       **127,163,272**
         LR7OU5           12940594       13182116       **127,201,272**
         LR7OV4           5864196        5923833        **187,256,272**
         LRAC14           NEW            3263466        **272**
         LRACKL           13626594       13895634       **272**
         LRACKL1          2455270        2474094        **272**
         LRCKF            4058690        11756610       **272**
         LRCKF60          11681052       36215686       **272**
         LRCKF62          1728069        5812635        **272**
       
         LRCKF64          NEW            18720941       **272**
         LRCKF68          14560856       32159749       **272**
         LRCKF68A         NEW            25765404       **272**
         LRCKF69          4913799        18312081       **272**
         LRCKFLA          9589815        39228904       **272**
         LRCKFLAA         NEW            38310091       **272**
         LRCKPTR          10069312       15162494       **272**
         LRDIST1          14640547       15053872       **108,126,272**
         LRDRAW           8422619        8812401        **121,190,272**
         LRHDR            2828970        3185180        **272**
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA 
        HIN-0301-40344 - SPELLING NOTED
         LRMIHDR          7371024        7468554        **45,272**
         LRSORA2          3589912        3614713        **2,62,201,272**
         LRSORB           5246084        5387827        **272**
         LRWU1            3871530        4042564        **153,272**
       
      List of preceding patches: 45, 126, 153, 163, 187, 190, 201, 256
      Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
       
         NOTE: The "before" checksums may not match for the LRAC14,
               LRACKL, and LARACKL1 routines if your site was a test
         The word "Finished" was misspelled in routine LRDRAW. The word
               site for the unreleased patch LR*5.2*170.
       
        Installation Instructions:
        ==========================
       
        NOTE: This KIDS install does not place any options out of service
              during the install and no user options are affected.
              If KIDS prompts:
        
              "Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
         "Report Completed" has replaced "Finished". A report
               Install? YES// NO"
              "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO"
              "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
              Protocols? YES// NO"
       
              The site should answer "NO" to all three questions.
                  Note: You may not receive all three prompts at your site.  
        
              1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu.
                 This option will load the KIDS package in this message onto
         header has been expanded to include the date and time.
                 your system.
              2. Review your mapped set.  If the routines are mapped, they
                 should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
              3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on
                 your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
                 Transport global.
                 On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the 
                 following options:
                     Print Transport Global
                     Compare Transport Global to Current System
       
                     Verify Checksums in Transport Global
                     Backup a Transport Global
              4. Users may remain on the system, but installation should be
                 done at off peak hours.
              5. No options need to be placed out of service.
              6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak
                 hours and less the 5 minutes during peak hours.
              7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory
                 space.
              8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
        ISF-0899-61570 - LAB FILES ALLOWING LAYGO TO FILE 200
                 option 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*272'
                 and proceed with the install.
              9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should
                 be returned to the mapped set once the installation has run
                 to completion.
         The following fields were modified to not allow LAYGO in the
         NEW PERSON file (#200).
         
         LAB DATA (file #63)
      DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
           CHEM,HEM,TOX,RIA,SER,etc.(mult) (field #4)
             VERIFY PERSON  (field #.04)
                                     
         LAB ORDER ENTRY (file #69)
           SPECIMEN (mult) (field #1)
             ENTERING PERSON (field #1)
             COLLECTOR (field #12)
       
        PHO-0699-61637 - QMONTH GIVING ORDER FOR EVERY DAY, NOT EVERY
                         MONTH
        
         NTH-0399-71865 - QMONTHLY DOESN'T WORK WHEN ORDERING LABS IN CPRS
         The 30 day limit imposed by the MAX DAYS FOR CONTINUOUS ORDERS
         sub-field (#6) in the HOSPITAL SITE FIELD (#9) of the LABORATORY
         SITE file (#69.9) has been changed to allow up to 370 days.
       
        FRE-0599-60964 - IMMEDIATE COLLECT ALWAYS ON
         The IMMED COLLECT ON sub field (#8) of the IMMED LAB COLLECT DIV.
         multiple (#5.1) in the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) was not
         properly checked. The logic in the $$ON^LR7OV4 API has been
         changed to properly determine the status of this field.
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*272 does not 
       
        CHY-0798-52175 - GRAPH RESULTS
        MOU-0498-32262 - PROBLEM WITH 0.0 VALUES ON QC DISPLAY
         Values such as 0.0 are not displaying using the Quality control
         display (Levey-Jennings) option.  If the techs manually edit
         these values to 0, they will display on the graph.  Changes have
         been made to allow 0.0 and 0 to display correctly.
       
        PUG-1297-50924 - OPTION REQUIRES LOWER CASE.
         The Fast Lab Test Order (Routine) [LROW ROUTINE] will not accept
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
         lowercase answers.  Changes have been made to line label % in
         routine LRORD1 to remove case sensitivity from this option.
       
        MUS-0996-71712 - NAT'L LAB TEST FILE LINKING SUBSCRIPT ERROR
         A Logic flaw in the lab code caused a National Lab Test file
         linking subscript error.  All instances of the flawed code have
         been corrected.
       
        ALN-0496-10819 - SERUM ANTIBIOTIC LEVELS LESS THAN 1
         Sites were having problems putting in antibiotic levels in the
      elements functions.
         micro package that were less than 1.0.  Results of .75 etc would
         echo question marks back to the user.  Input transform located
         in the ANTIBIOTIC LEVEL field (#2)of sub-field of file (#63.42)
         located in the LAB DATA file (#63) has been corrected to allow
         results with 2 decimal places to be entered.
       
        TEM-0895-72227 - SEPARATE REPORT LOCATIONS NOT WORKING
         The site was instructed to put a prefix on their HOSPITAL
         LOCATION file (#44), so that they could differentiate after
         the integration. A problem arose when the cumulative used the
        
         abbreviation that was active at the time of the order.  After
         integration the location names and abbreviations contained
         the prefix, which caused the names in the Lab globals to no
         longer match file (#44).  This patch enables the printing of
         cumulative reports when multiple same name abbreviations have
         been detected in the LAB REPORTS file (#64.5).
       
        BUF-0895-11662 - USERS CHOOSE DEAD PROVIDER
        ALB-1099-52504 - LAB PACKAGE ALLOWS SELECTION OF TERMINATED USERS
         Users are able to choose a provider that recently died as the
       RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*272 have no effect on Blood 
         person ordering the lab tests.  Label P in routine LRWU1 has 
         been modified to use the DISUSER flag to check for terminated
         users.
       
        SAM-0895-20499 - CHECK FILES FOR INCONSISTENCIES
         Warnings were printed even though the "DO YOU WANT WARNINGS
         REPORTED? No//" prompt was answered with NO.  Extensive
         modifications have been made to the routines called by the
         Check files for inconsistencies [LRCHKFILES] option to correct
         this problem.
      
    • 285 SEQ #220
      DATE APPLIED:   2002-10-25 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      See patch description for details.
      
    • 288 SEQ #221
      DATE APPLIED:   2002-12-09 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is being released in support of the VBECS (Vista Blood 
                            exists (XTRCT^GMTSLRTE).  The new API will pass
                     Compare Transport Global to Current System
                     Verify Checksums in Transport Global
                     Backup a Transport Global
              4. Users may remain on the system.
              5. No options need to be placed out of service.
              6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak
                 hours and less the 5 minutes during peak hours.
              7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory
                 space.
              8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
                            the DFN, the TMP subscript location, the inverse
                 option 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*288'
                 and proceed with the install.
              9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should
                 be returned to the mapped set once the installation has run
                 to completion.
                            end and inverse beginning date of search in a
                            call to the existing routine.
       
       Get All Available Units
            AVUNIT^VBECA4   This API will be a shell to an API that already
                            exists (XTRCT^GMTSLRBE).  The new API will pass
                            the DFN, the TMP subscript location, the inverse
                            end and beginning date, and the max number of
      Establishment Computer Software) Blood Bank Modernization Project.  In 
                            records in a call to the existing routine.
       
       Blood Product Lookup for Surgery
            ^VBECA5A        The VBECA5A API has been created to allow the
                            Surgery package to convert the existing pointer
                            fields  used to list available Blood Products
                            contained in the Blood Product file (#66), with a
                            free text field.  The transition of the Blood
                            Bank system from the existing M based system to a
                            .NET/SQL based system will eliminate the ability
      the future, data will be transitioned from the existing M database to a 
                            of the Surgery package to access the Blood Product
                            data using the current method.
       
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*288 does not 
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA 
      DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
       
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*288 does not 
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
      elements functions.
      Microsoft SQL database.  The API's release in this patch will allow the 
       
       RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*288 have no effect on Blood 
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
       DBIA: 3176-A
             3176-B
             3631
       
       Reference NOIS:   None
       
      Health Summary and Surgery packages to transition to the new database 
       Reporting Site:   None
        
       Test Site(s):     Beckley, WV
                         Durham, NC
                         Puget Sound HCS
                         San Diego, CA
       
        
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
      when it is released.
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;0.5;VBECS;<patchlist>;APR 26, 2002
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
         VBECA4           NEW            4083168        288
         VBECA5A          NEW            790890         288
       
       
      List of preceding patches: None
      Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
       
        Installation Instructions:
        ==========================
       
        NOTE: This KIDS install does not place any options out of service
              during the install and no user options are affected.
              If KIDS prompts:
        
       Get Transfusion Data
              "Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
               Install? YES// NO"
              "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO"
              "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
              Protocols? YES// NO"
       
              The site should answer "NO" to all three questions.
                  Note: You may not receive all three prompts at your site.  
        
              1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu.
            TRAN^VBECA4     This API will be a shell to an API that already
                 This option will load the KIDS package in this message onto
                 your system.
              2. Review your mapped set.  If the routines are mapped, they
                 should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
              3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on
                 your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
                 Transport global.
                 On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the 
                 following options:
                     Print Transport Global
      
    • 292 SEQ #222
      DATE APPLIED:   2002-12-20 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*292 does not 
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
              6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak
                 hours and less the 5 minutes during peak hours.
              7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory
                 space.
              8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
                 option 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*292'
                 and proceed with the install.
              9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should
                 be returned to the mapped set once the installation has run
                 to completion.
        
        
       The Blood Bank Report under the Reports tab in CPRS was hard coded to 
      display "Blood Bank" as the location of the unit if the unit has been 
      crossmatched and not dispositioned.  
       
        Old Format:
                                   ---- BLOOD BANK ----
      ABO Rh:  O POS
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA 
         Antibodies identified: ANTI E; 
       
       
           Unit assigned/xmatched:            Exp date        Loc
       1)  04ABC  CPDA-1 RED BLOOD CE  O POS  Apr 25, 2002    Blood Bank
       2)  04ABC2 CPDA-1 RED BLOOD CE  O POS  Apr 25, 2002    5 DALLAS
       
       The report has been changed to display "BB-" and the institution that 
      logged the unit.
        
      DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
        New Format:
                                   ---- BLOOD BANK ----
      ABO Rh:  O POS
         Antibodies identified: ANTI E; 
       
       
           Unit assigned/xmatched:            Exp date        Loc
       1)  04ABC  CPDA-1 RED BLOOD CE  O POS  Apr 25, 2002    BB-Dallas CIOFO
       2)  04ABC2 CPDA-1 RED BLOOD CE  O POS  Apr 25, 2002    5 DALLAS
       
        
       
       Reference NOIS:   HEH-0702-41979
       
       
       Reporting Site:   HEARTLAND-EAST HCS
        
        
       Test Site(s):     HEARTLAND-EAST HEALTH CARE SYSTEM
        
        
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*292 does not 
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
       
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
         LR7OSBR1         22601409       22738094       121,201,228,
                                                        230,292
       
      List of preceding patches: 121,201,228,230
      Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
       
       
        Installation Instructions:
        ==========================
       
      elements functions.
        NOTE: This KIDS install does not place any options out of service
              during the install and no user options are affected.
              If KIDS prompts:
        
              "Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
               Install? YES// NO"
              "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO"
              "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
              Protocols? YES// NO"
       
        
              The site should answer "NO" to all three questions.
                  Note: You may not receive all three prompts at your site.  
        
              1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu.
                 This option will load the KIDS package in this message onto
                 your system.
              2. Review your mapped set.  If the routines are mapped, they
                 should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
              3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on
                 your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
       RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*292 have no effect on Blood 
                 Transport global.
                 On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the 
                 following options:
                     Print Transport Global
                     Compare Transport Global to Current System
                     Verify Checksums in Transport Global
                     Backup a Transport Global
              4. Users may remain on the system, but installation should be
                 done at off peak hours.
              5. No options need to be placed out of service.
      
    • 283 SEQ #223
      DATE APPLIED:   2002-12-20 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      LAB RESULTS REPORTING LR*5.2*283
                 ENHANCEMENT
      report which lists the performing lab name, address and site code.  This option 
      will print interim reports for a selected patient within a given time period.  
      The printout will go inverse date order.  This report will output all tests 
      for the time period specified.  This option will only print verified results.   
        ROUTINE: CUM^LRRP2
       
       
      NAME: LRAC PT     MENU TEXT: Reprint cumulative on a given patient
        TYPE: run routine
       DESCRIPTION:   THIS OPTION PRINTS IN THE INTERIM REPORT FORMAT. The report 
      
      prints site codes for tests and prints a separate page(s) at the end of the 
      report which lists the performing lab name, address and site code.  This option 
      will print interim reports for a selected patient within a given time period.  
      The printout will go inverse date order.  This report will output all tests 
      for the time period specified.  This option will only print verified results.
        ROUTINE: CUM^LRRP2
       
       
      NAME: LRAC LOC     MENU TEXT: Reprint cumulative on a given location
        TYPE: run routine 
      Description:
       DESCRIPTION:   THIS OPTION NOW PRINTS IN THE INTERIM FORMAT. The report 
      prints site codes for tests and prints a separate page(s) at the end of the 
      report which lists the performing lab name, address and site code.
        This option reports all verified results from one location for one day.
        ROUTINE: CUMSGLE^LRRS 
       
       
      NAME: LRAC LOC-LOC     MENU TEXT: Reprint cumulative from location to 
      location
        TYPE: run routine 
      ===========
       DESCRIPTION:   THIS OPTION PRINTS IN THE INTERIM REPORT FORMAT.  The report
      prints site codes for tests and prints a separate page(s) at the end of the
      report which lists the performing lab name, address and site code.
      Detailed report format for all data for one day sorted by location. This option
      will only print verified results.  The date chosen for this report is the
      collection date.  If a test is ordered on one day and verified on the next 
      day,you must select the order date to see the report with this option.
        ROUTINE: CUM^LRRS
       
       
      
      NAME: LRAC 1 PAGE     MENU TEXT: Reprint a permanent page from cumulative
        TYPE: run routine  
       DESCRIPTION:   THIS OPTION PRINTS IN THE INTERIM REPORT FORMAT.  The report
      prints site codes for tests and prints a separate page(s) at the end of the
      report which lists the performing lab name, address and site code.
      This option will print interim reports for a selected patient within a 
      given time period.  The printout will go inverse date order.  This report will 
      output all tests for the time period specified.  This option will only print 
      verified results.  
        ROUTINE: CUM^LRRP2 
       *************************************************************************
       
      NAME: LRAC MANUAL     MENU TEXT: Manual queuing of cumulative
        TYPE: run routine      
       DESCRIPTION:   THIS OPTION PRINTS IN THE INTERIM REPORT FORMAT.  The 
      report prints site codes for tests and prints a separate page(s) at the end
      of the report which lists the performing lab name, address and site code.
      This option will print interim reports for a selected patient within a 
      given time period.  The printout will go inverse date order.  This report will 
      output all tests for the time period specified.  This option will only print 
      verified results.  
           KERNEL PATCH XU*8*217 MUST BE INSTALLED BEFORE LR*5.2*283
        ROUTINE: CUM^LRRP2
       
      NAME: LRAC FULL PATIENT SUMMARY     MENU TEXT: Print a full patient summary
      TYPE: run routine    
      DESCRIPTION:   Prints a full patient summary using the interim report 
      format.  It simply captures all lab data on a patient and prints the performing
      lab sites and addresses on a separate page(s).  
      ROUTINE: SUM^LRACM2
       
       
       *************************************************************************
      NAME: LRRD      MENU TEXT: Interim report by provider
      TYPE: run routine      
      DESCRIPTION:   This option is used to obtain all data on one day for 
      selected providers.  All providers may be selected or a range of providers 
      (this may be helpful if obtaining reports for all providers but you wish to 
      split the load between multiple printers).  Multiple selections are allowed for
      selecting specific providers.  All reports are sorted by provider name. If no 
      results are available for a provider, the option will print the provider's name
      followed by the next provider's name.  This option is an alternative to 
      having the Interim report tasked to the taskmanager.  Only verified results will
       
      be printed.  This option is not part of the cumulative report and should not 
      be charted.  The date chosen for this report is the collection date.  If a 
      test is ordered on one day and verified on the next, you have to select the 
      order date to see the report.  The report prints site codes for tests.  
      You will be asked if you would like to print an address page.  The address page
      prints on a separate page(s) at the end of the report and lists the performing
      lab name, address and site code. 
      ROUTINE: LRRD
       
       
      This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the 
      NAME: LRRD BY MD     MENU TEXT: Interim reports for 1 provider (manual queue)
      TYPE: run routine    
      DESCRIPTION:   This option reports all verified results for one day for 
      one provider.  The user will request the date and provider.  This option will 
      only print verified results.  The date requested should be the date the lab 
      work was collected.  This option is to be used for information only and should 
      not be charted.  The report prints site codes for tests.  
      You will be asked if you would like to print an address page.  The address page
      prints on a separate page(s) at the end of the report and lists the performing
      lab name, address and site code.  
      
      VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by the VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled 
      ROUTINE: SINGLE^LRRD
       
       
      NAME: LRRP3     MENU TEXT: Interim report for chosen tests
      TYPE: run routine              
      DESCRIPTION:   This report will display results in inverse date order.  
      The option allows the user to select a specific test or panel of tests for a
       specified time period.  Regardless of whether the orders have been purged, 
      the results may be displayed.  The report should not be charted.  The report
      prints site codes for tests.  
      VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
      You will be asked if you would like to print an address page.  The address page
      prints on a separate page(s) at the end of the report and lists the performing
      lab name, address and site code.  
      ROUTINE: LRRP3
       
       
      NAME: LRRP2     MENU TEXT: Interim report  
      TYPE: run routine   
      DESCRIPTION:   This option will print or display interim reports for a
      selected patient, within a given time period.  The printout will go in 
       
      inverse date order.  This report will output all tests for the time period 
      specified.  If no results are available, the option will ask for another 
      patient.  This option will only print verified results.  The report prints
      site codes for tests.  
      You will be asked if you would like to print an address page.  The address page
      prints on a separate page(s) at the end of the report and lists the performing
      lab name, address and site code.  
      ROUTINE: LRRP2         
       
       
      The purpose of the LAB RESULTS REPORTING patch, LR*5.2*283, is to enhance
      NAME: LRRS     MENU TEXT: Interim reports by location (manual queue)
      TYPE: run routine             
      DESCRIPTION:   Detailed report format for all data for one day sorted by
      location.  This option is an alternative to having the Interim report 
      tasked to the taskmanager.  For tasking, see option LRTASK DAILY INTERIM 1.  If 
      no results are available for a location, the option will print out the 
      location heading followed by the next location heading.  This option will only 
      print verified results, is not part of the cumulative report and should not be
       charted.  The date chosen for this report is the collection date.  If a 
      test is ordered on one day and verified on the next day, you must select the 
      the VistA Laboratory software to print the name and address of the laboratory
      order date to see the report with this option.  The report prints site codes
      for tests.  
      You will be asked if you would like to print an address page.  The address page
      prints on a separate page(s) at the end of the report and lists the performing
      lab name, address and site code.
      ROUTINE: LRRS12
       
       
      NAME: LRRSP     MENU TEXT: Interim report for selected tests as ordered
      TYPE: run routine          
      that performed a test procedure on patients' laboratory reports.  Currently
      DESCRIPTION:   Detailed report format for an individual patient.  Report 
      is done for selected tests as they are ordered.  If the orders have been 
      purged, the results will not be found because the result look-up is dependent 
      on the orders.  This option allows the user to select a specific test or panel, 
      or select the "ANY" test default which will output all the verified tests for
      that patient during the time period specified.  If no results are available,
      the option will ask for another patient.  This option will only print 
      verified results and should be used for information only.  The option should
      not be charted.    The report prints site codes for tests.  
      You will be asked if you would like to print an address page.  The address page
      the physical address of the laboratory where the test is performed is not 
      prints on a separate page(s) at the end of the report and lists the performing
      lab name, address and site code.
      ROUTINE: LRRSP 
       
       
      NAME: LRRS BY LOC     MENU TEXT: Interim reports for 1 location (manual queue)
      TYPE: run routine              
      DESCRIPTION:   This option reports all verified results from one location 
      for one day.  The user will request the date and location.  This option will 
      only print verified results.  This option is to be used for information only 
      provided on laboratory reports, which is a Joint Commission on 
      and should not be charted.    The report prints site codes for tests.  
      You will be asked if you would like to print an address page.  The address page
      prints on a separate page(s) at the end of the report and lists the performing
      lab name, address and site code.
      ROUTINE: SINGLE^LRRS
       
      NAME: LRTASK CUM    MENU TEXT: TASK THE CUMULATIVE TO RUN EACH NITE
        TYPE: run routine             
       DESCRIPTION:   THIS OPTION NOW PRINTS IN THE INTERIM REPORT FORMAT.  The
       report prints site codes for tests and prints a separate page(s) at the 
      Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO) and College of American 
      end of the report which lists the performing lab name, address and site code.  
      This function is automatically run by the TaskManager.  This is the daily 
      interim cumulative report.  
        ROUTINE: AIDQ^LRRP2                   
        SCHEDULING RECOMMENDED: YES
       
       
      Testing Sites:
      ==============
      Detroit VAMC
      Pathologists (CAP) deficiency.  This patch will resolve any existing data
      Little Rock VAMC
      Asheville VAMC
      Bay Pines VAMC
      Muskogee VAMC
      VISN 2
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
      Associated patches: (v)LR*5.2*201  <<= must be installed BEFORE `LR*5.2*283'
      quality issues concerning the lack of the performing laboratory name and
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
       
       
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
         LR283            N/A             4564779       283 (Deleted by KIDS)
         LRACM2           9935205         10300781      201,283 
         LRMIPC           4251892         4206392       121,283
      address on patient's reports therefore bringing VA laboratories
         LRMIPSZ1         12406819        12393254      283     
         LRRD             8518201         8109636       221,283
         LRRK             5712336         5740293       283
         LRRP             11856365        11838355      195,221,283
         LRRP1            7638502         8015031       153,221,283
         LRRP2            14561533        15278779     106,121,221,283
         LRRP3            8171424         8443889       283
         LRRS             8707990         8838761       283
         LRRS12           3898956         3814610       1,283
         LRRSP            3969248         4067808       121,283
      into compliance with JCAHO and CAP standards.
         LRVER4           18527473        19639169      14,42,112,121,140,171,
                                                         153,188,279,283
         LRVER5           14580554        14564045      42,153,283
         LRVR4            8664360         8885386       14,42,121,153,221,263,279,283
         LRVR5            11729747        11950773      1,42,153,263,283
       
       Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
       
      ASSOCIATED NOIS:
      ================
      
       
      TUC-1101-60420
      FGH-0401-32373
      VAC-0401-21831
      ALB-1298-50579
      AMA-1198-70074
      GNH-0298-42213
      HVH-1097-11793 
      STX-1101-70707
       
      All Cumulative and Interim Reports are modified to include the
       When users select the Interim report for selected tests as ordered
       [LRRSP] option and enters a patient who requires a means test an undefined 
       variable error occurred.  This undefined variable I at BEGIN in routine LRRSP
       has been fixed.   
       
      ASSOCIATED NOIS:
      ================
       
      SBY-0301-31020
      TOG-0101-12404
      performing lab site (PLS) name and address information in the body of the
      MOU-0101-30818
      DAY-1197-40980
      ASH-1100-30244
       
      The Interim reports by location (manual queue) [LRRS] option does not       
      operate properly when "Selected Locations" are selected.  No output is      
      produced.  This problem is fixed.
       
      ASSOCIATED NOIS:
      ================
      report.  The performing lab site for each test is noted by the internal
       
      WPB-0100-32328
      SLC-1299-51576
      SFC-1299-60391
       
       A problem with Interim report by provider [LRRD] option which prints numerous
       provider name pages equal to the number of days the report is queued to
       print when printing a hard copy is fixed.  The provider name in large 
       letters pages are no longer printed.
       
       entry number of the performing lab site in the INSTITUTION file (#4).
      ASSOCIATED NOIS:
      ================
       
      IOW-0897-20334
      PUG-0198-52088
       
      **********************************************************************
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      =========================
      All Cumulative Report options are modified to the interim report format and
       
        The install time for this patch is less than 2 minutes. This patch
        can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
        Suggested time to install: Off peak hours when cumulative and interim 
        reports are not running.
       
       
      NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system
            to avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
      
      will include the address page(s) which will be printed at the end of the
       ***** Kernel patch XU*8.0*217 must be installed prior to this patch.*****
             This patch contains the physical location address fields and an
             option to edit these fields.  Each site must assign the 
             responsibility of data entry for the lab sites/institutions.
             The person(s) responsible should be assigned the Kernel 
             IMF address edit [XUMF IMF ADD EDIT] option to edit the physical address.
            
            Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
            Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
       
                          (v)LR*5.2*279  <<= must be installed BEFORE `LR*5.2*283'
      report.  Site codes are available for chemistry tests only.  There will be
       
        1.  If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
       
        2.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu.  This
            option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
       
        3.  The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
            system.  You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
       
        4.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
      no site codes printed for microbiology or anatomic pathology tests at this
            select the 'Installation' menu.
       
        5.  Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
            all routines have the correct checksums.
       
        6.  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
            options:
              Print Transport Global
              Compare Transport Global to Current System
              Backup a Transport Global
      time because they are unavailable.
       
            If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this 
            patch prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport
            Global' option at this time.  You may also compare the routines in
            your production account to the routines in the patch by using the
            'Compare a Transport Global to Current System' option.
       
       
        8.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*283'.
       
       
            If prompted ' Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of 
            Install? YES//' choose 'NO'.
       
            If prompted ' Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// '
            choose 'NO'.
       
            If prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
            Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'.
       
      ********************
        9. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
       
       10. Routine LR283 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
       
        
      Below is an example of modified interim report format with the performing 
      lab site names, addresses and site codes printed on a separate page:
       
      Printed at:                                                                 
                                                   page 1
                          (v)XU*8*217    <<= must be installed BEFORE `LR*5.2*283'    
      Dallas Medical Center (428)   123 Lancaster Dallas, TX 75050
       
      BLOW,BILLIE                                      Report date: 04/25/2002 2:49 pm
           SSN: 213-12-5823    SEX: F    DOB: 12/29/1956    LOC: 5N
       
             Provider: BEAR,GUMMY O
             Specimen: SERUM
      Accession [UID]: CH 0425 1 [0421150001]
       
                           Specimen Collection date: 04/25/2002 14:48
      
             Test Name       Result  Units   Ref. Range      Site Code
             ANION GAP       9 L     meq/L   10 - 22         [123]
             CAL OSM         276    mOsm/L  275 - 300        [428]
             CREATININE      1.1     mg/dL   .8 - 1.2        [456]
             UREA NITROGEN   8 L     mg/dL   11 - 24         [456]
             GLUCOSE         104     mg/dL   60 - 123        [428]
             Eval: This one has an interpretation.
             SODIUM          144     meq/L   135 - 145       [987]
             POTASSIUM       4.5     meq/L   3.8 - 5.3       [428]
             CHLORIDE        105     meq/L   100 - 108       [428]
      Subject: LAB RESULTS REPORTING
             CO2             30      meq/L   23 - 31         [428]
             CALCIUM         8.5 L   mg/dL   9 - 11          [428]
             AMYLASE         65      IU/L    14 - 110        [428]
      Comment: Demonstration purposes 
      ============================================================================
             KEY: "L"=Abnormal low, "H"=Abnormal high, "*"=Critical value
       
      BLOW,BILLIE                213-12-5823  04/25/2002 2:49 pm
       
       
      
                                                                       page 2
      BLOW,BILLIE              213-12-5823           04/25/2002 2:49 pm
       
      PERFORMING LAB SITES
      [123]  Oklahoma City    713 East 13  OKC, OK 73113
       
      [456]  Muskogee         500 Honor Heights Drive  Muskogee, OK 74401
       
      [987]  Lab Quest        624 Downtown Ave   Somewhere, USA
       
      Category:  ROUTINE
       
       
      MODIFIED OPTIONS:
      ================
       
      NAME: LRAC DISCHARGE         MENU TEXT: Patient Lab Discharge Summary 
      (Manual)
        TYPE: run routine 
         DESCRIPTION:   THIS OPTION PRINTS IN THE INTERIM FORMAT.  The report 
      prints site codes for tests and prints a separate page(s) at the end of the 
      
    • 274
      DATE APPLIED:   2003-01-09 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*274 contains no changes to software 
       
       
      Below is a listing of files exported by this patch, indicating if the 
      imported file will contain additional data.
                                                 
      FILE #      NAME                       With Data    
      ----------------------------------------------
       
      64          WKLD CODE                    NO   
      64.036      LAB DSS LAR EXTRACT          NO
      64.2        WKLD SUFFIX CODES            YES
      (2) This patch allows the user to manually encode CPT codes for a given 
      64.21       WKLD CODE LAB SECT           YES
      64.22       WKLD ITEM FOR COUNT          YES
      64.3        WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER YES
      64.81       LAB NLT/CPT CODES            YES
      68          ACCESSION                    NO    
       
       
      Note:
      The LAB NLT/CPT CODES (#64.81) file is purged during the pre-installation 
      phase. This file is only used to update THE WKLD CODE (#64) file and has 
      accession. This method of CPT coding does not use the CPT codes 
      no other purpose or function. This file will have no data after the post 
      installation routine has successfully run to completion.
       
      ====================== 
      New Fields:
       
      ES DISPLAY ORDER(#26) field has been added to the WKLD CODE (#64) file. 
      This field is used by the LAB CPT BILLING option to display a pick list 
      of those CPT codes defined by the NLT code. CPT codes can be selected by 
      using this number.
      associated by the mapping of LABORATORY TEST file (#60) entries to WKLD 
       
      PCE ENC # (#30) of ACCESSION NUMBER SUB-FIELD (#1) of ACCESSION (#68) 
      file has been added. This free text field contains a list of PCE Visit 
      numbers generated for this accession. If there are multiple visit numbers 
      for this accession they are separated by ';'. This field is only 
      populated if professional service PCE workload is generated. This is 
      usually the type of PCE workload generated by the Pathologist reporting 
      anatomic pathology services. PCE workload is only generated for those 
      hospital locations with the type of clinic, module or other. 
       
      CODE file (#64).
      Note:
      No PCE workload is generated for inpatient locations.
       
      ========================= 
      Modified Print Template:
       
      Electronic Catalog Print [LA7S PRINT CATALOG] option LA7S PRINT template 
      has been changed to display the LEDI HL7 (#.09) field instead of SNOMED 
      CODE (#2) in TOPOGRAPHY FIELD (#61) field. The LEDI HL7 field is required 
      by LEDI collecting sites when defining tests to be sent to the Host 
          The user can select any appropriate CPT code(s) to identify the 
      laboratory and shipping manifest. The LEDI HL7 specimen must match the 
      specimen the HOST laboratory requires.
       
      ==========================
      Input Template:
        Input Template [LR WKLD EDIT ALL] has been modified to allow editing of 
      all user definable fields in the WKLD CODE (#64) file. Most notable is 
      that the LOINC CODE (#4) field of the TIME ASPECT (#30) sub-file of the 
      WKLD CODE (#64) file. This template is very useful to delete or correct 
      LOINC CODE entry in the WKLD CODE (#64) file.
      professional service(s) rendered during this particular tissue exam. The 
        Input Template [LR WKLD ES CPT] is designed to allow quick editing of 
      the ES DISPLAY ORDER (#26) field and to edit all CODE (#18) sub-file 
      entries. The CODE sub-file is where CPT CODE assignments are entered. 
       
      =========================
       
      Test Sites: Muskogee, OK
                  Long Beach, CA
                  Durham, NC
                  Lake City, FL
      user can select from a pre-defined pick list or enter CPT codes 
                  Central Texas
                  Gainesville, FL
                  Boston, HCS
                  St. Louis, MO
                  
       
      ========================= 
      Routine Summary:
       
        The following is a list of the routine(s) included in this patch.  The
      individually separated by commas ",".
        second line of each of these routine(s) will look like:
        
            <tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
        
                                   CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
       
      Routine         Before      After     Patch
      Name            Patch       Patch     List
      LR274           N/A         6102494   274 (Deleted by KIDS)
      LR274PO         N/A         9865530   274 (Deleted by KIDS)
          The pick list can be defined by editing the ES DISPLAY ORDER field 
      LR274POA        N/A         4193520   274 (Deleted after install)
      LRAPBK          12411722    13558720  51,72,201,274
      LRCAPES         N/A         12983418  274
      LRCAPES1        N/A         8132160   274
      LRCAPFDS        9495229     9744247   105,119,127,163,274
      LRCAPPH1        11010117    11352750  127,136,138,158,263,264,274
      LRTT5P1         12439150    12768427  153,221,263,274
      LRTT5R1         6009458     6020078   153,201,274
      LRVER3A         10508599    10313641  1,5,42,100,121,153,190
                                            221,254,263,266,274
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.  
      (#26) of the WKLD CODE file (#64). The number entered in the ES DISPLAY 
       
      ===========================
      Required Patches:
      LR*5.2*163
      LR*5.2*201
      LR*5.2*263
      LR*5.2*264
      LR*5.2*266
      LR*5.2*258
       
      ORDER field controls the order of CPT codes in the pick list. The 
      ========================= 
      Installation Instructions:
       
      The patch LR*5.2*274 KIDS build file named LR52_274.KID stored in the 
      ASCII format can be obtained from the following Office of Information 
      Field Offices(OIFOs) ANONYMOUS SOFTWARE directories
      OIFO         FTP Address                Directory
      Albany       ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext   anonymous.software 
      Hines        ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext    anonymous.software
      Salt Lake    ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext      anonymous.software
      numerical order of the pick list uses the number entered in ES DISPLAY 
       
       
      All users may remain on the system.
       
      Note: The patch should be installed during off peak hours.
       
      No laboratory background jobs need to be stopped. No options need to be
      placed out of service.
       
      From the Kernel Installation & Distribution System (KIDS) menu 
      ORDER field for each WKLD CODE defined.
       
               1. Use the 'Load a Distribution' option to load the 
                  LR52_274.KIDS file onto your system.
               2. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global
                  on your system. You now need to use KIDS to install
                  the Transport global.
                  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use 
                  the following options:
                      Print Transport Global
                      Compare Transport Global to Current System
       
                      Verify Checksums in Transport Global
                      Backup a Transport Global
               3. Users may remain on the system, but installation 
                  should be done at off peak hours.
               4. Installation time is less than 5 minutes during off 
                  peak hours and less than 15 minutes during peak hours.
               5. Installation of this patch requires no additional 
                  memory space.
               6. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the 
                  option
      (3) The NLT Mapped Code Search [LRCAP64S] option has been changed to 
                  'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*274' 
                  and proceed with the install.
               7. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONS during the
                  install? YES//' respond NO.
               8. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE scheduled Options, Menu
                  Options, and Protocols? YES//' respond NO.
       
       
      ======================
      Example of install:
      correctly respond to the following prompt at the end of each page:
       
      Select Installation Option: INSTAll Package(s)                 
      Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*274       Loaded from Distribution  
      7/11/02@09:42:27
           => LR*5.2*274                                                      
                                                                        
      This Distribution was loaded on Jul 11, 2002@09:42:27 with header of      
         LR*5.2*274                                                           
         It consisted of the following Install(s):                            
           LR*5.2*274                                                         
      "Enter RETURN to continue or '^' to exit:"
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*274                                 
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR274                     
                                                                              
                                                                              
                     Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI        
                                                                              
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---                 
                                                                              
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*274                                        
                                                                              
       
      Incoming Files:                                                        
       
         64        WKLD CODE                                                  
      Note:  You already have the 'WKLD CODE' File.                           
       
         64.036    LAB DSS LAR EXTRACT
      Note:  You already have the 'LAB DSS LAR EXTRACT' File.
                                                                              
         64.2      WKLD SUFFIX CODES  (including data)                        
      Note:  You already have the 'WKLD SUFFIX CODES' File.                   
      ======================= 
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.                                   
                                                                              
         64.21     WKLD CODE LAB SECT  (including data)                       
      Note:  You already have the 'WKLD CODE LAB SECT' File.                  
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.                                   
                                                                              
         64.22     WKLD ITEM FOR COUNT  (including data)                      
      Note:  You already have the 'WKLD ITEM FOR COUNT' File.                 
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.                                   
                                                                              
        
      New/Enhanced Options:
         64.3      WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER  (including data)             
      Note:  You already have the 'WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER' File.        
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.                                   
                                                                              
         64.81     LAB NLT/CPT CODES  (including data)                        
      Note:  You already have the 'LAB NLT/CPT CODES' File.                   
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.                                   
                                                                              
         68        ACCESSION                                                  
      Note:  You already have the 'ACCESSION' File.                           
       
                                                                              
      Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES//NO
                                                                              
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO                
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO 
                                                                              
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.                
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.          
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.                                       
                                                                              
      1. Edit or Print WKLD CODES [LR WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT] option has been 
      DEVICE: HOME//   TELNET TO ALPHAS                                       
                                                                              
      ---------------------------------------------------------               
       Install Started for LR*5.2*274 :                                       
                     Jul 11, 2002@09:57:20                                    
                                                                              
      Build Distribution Date: Jul 11, 2002                                   
                                                                              
       Installing Routines:                                                   
                     Jul 11, 2002@09:57:20                                    
      enhanced to include the new field ES DISPLAY ORDER (#26) of WKLD CODE 
                                                                              
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR274PO                               
                                                                              
       Installing Data Dictionaries:                                          
                     Jul 11, 2002@09:57:26                                    
                                                                              
       Installing Data:                                                       
                     Jul 11, 2002@10:01:18                                    
                                                                              
       Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:                                         
      (#64) file. This option is used to print or edit fields in the WKLD CODE 
                                                                              
       Installing PRINT TEMPLATE                                              
                                                                              
       Installing INPUT TEMPLATE                                              
                                                                              
       Installing OPTION                                                      
                     Jul 11, 2002@10:01:19                                    
                                                                              
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR274PO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
      (#64) file. 
       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          
                                                                            
                             Building List Of Added WKLD CODEs              
                                                                            
                             List Of Added WKLD CODEs Complete              
                                                                            
                             Sending message to LMI Mail Group.             
                                                                            
                    Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI    
                                                                            
      2. The new option LAB CPT BILLING [LRCAPES] has been created to provide 
       Updating Routine file...                                             
                                                                            
       Updating KIDS files...                                               
                                                                            
       LR*5.2*274 Installed.                                                
                     Jul 11, 2002@10:05:28                                  
                                                                            
                                         LR*5.2*274                         
                                                                            
                                                                            
      manual CPT billing and laboratory workload capture. The LAB CPT BILLING 
      Install Completed                                                     
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
      Installation of patch LR*5.2*274 started on Jul 11, 2002@09:56:20     
      Installation of patch LR*5.2*274 completed on Jul 11, 2002@10:05:27   
       
      LIM:
       Review description for LR*5.2*274 use KIDS Utilities Build File Print 
       
      option has no security key restriction. The option has been added to the 
       
        End of installation example. 
       ===============================================
       
       
      Post Install instruction:
       
      The Laboratory Information Manager (LIM) should obtain from the Anatomic 
      Pathology department, a list containing CPT codes for the procedures most 
      frequently performed.  The entries on this list need to be ranked by 
      Verify/release menu, anat path [LRAPVR] option.
      frequency (i.e. most frequently used procedure is #1, next frequently 
      used procedure is #2, etc.) This list will provide a template for the 
      display listing. Next, the LIM need to select a NLT code from the WKLD 
      CODE (#64) file with the corresponding CPT code. Next, using the option 
      Edit or Print WKLD CODES[LR WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT] option, edit the ES 
      DISPLAY ORDER (#26) field by entering the sequence number from the 
      frequency list and edit the CODE (#18) field multiple with the 
      appropriate CPT Code(s). 
      Editing of the WKLD CODE file can be done with the Edit or Print WKLD 
      CODES [LR WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT] option.
      ==================== 
          The LAB CPT BILLING option can be used anytime after the accession 
       
      ================================================
      User Information: 
      The user performing the CPT coding for tissue exam using the LAB CPT 
      BILLING [LRCAPES] option can enter the ES DISPLAY ORDER number (the 
      sequence number from the frequency list) to select CPT codes. The user 
      can enter double question marks '??' to see a list of CPT codes 
      selectable by entering the ES DISPLAY ORDER numbers. If the appropriate 
      code does not appear on the list, the user can enter the individual CPT 
      code number(s) separated by commas.
      has been created. If the accession has been purged, the option cannot be 
       
      The coding software ensures that all CPT codes selected are active. If 
      the user does not have the PROVIDER security key, a valid active provider 
      must be entered. The user reviews the accessioned test(s) and the CPT 
      codes selected. The user is prompted to accept or reject the information.
       
      After accepting the previous information the software will determine, 
      using the TYPE (#2) field of the HOSPITAL LOCATION (#44) file, if the 
      location entered is an outpatient location. Those locations with the type 
      of clinic, module or other are considered to be out patient location. CPT 
      used. The LAB CPT BILLING option has two functions:
      coding is ONLY PASSED FOR OUT PATIENT LOCATION TYPES. If the specimen is 
      assigned to a Patient as defined by an entry in the PATIENT (#2) file, 
      the specified CPT codes are passed immediately to the Laboratory/PCE API. 
      The date/time of the visit is set to specimen collection date/time. If 
      the time is not specified, a default of 12:01 is used. The PCE API 
      returns the visit number which is stored in the PCE ENC (#30) field of 
      the ACCESSION NUMBER (#1) sub-file of the DATE (#.01) sub-file of the 
      ACCESSION (#68) file.
       
      The software will also store the WKLD CODES associated with the CPT codes 
       
      selected. These WKLD CODE are added to the Laboratory LMIP workload for 
      that accession. This is done regardless of the location type.
       
      Example of File setup
      ===============================================================
       The example does not represent true clinical situation, it is used only 
      for demonstration purposes.
       
      LRMENU       Laboratory DHCP Menu
      Select Laboratory DHCP Menu Option: SUPervisor menu
         A.  If the procedure was ordered on a patient from PATIENT (#2) file, 
      Select Supervisor menu Option: LAB LIaison menu
      Select Lab liaison menu Option: LIM workload menu
      Select LIM workload menu Option: EDIT
          1    Edit ACC Area OOS Locations       
          2    Edit or Print WKLD CODES          
      CHOOSE 1-2: 2  Edit or Print WKLD CODES
       
      Do you want to edit specific WKLD CODES/ALL fields? ? N// YES
       
      Select WKLD CODE PROCEDURE: 88551.0000 Surgical Pathology Level I
      from a location that has TYPE (#2) of CLINIC, MODULE or OTHER as defined 
      88551.0000
      PROCEDURE: Surgical Pathology Level I//   (No Editing)
      DESCRIPTION:
        No existing text
        Edit? NO// 
      PRINT NAME: ^CODE  
      Select CODE: CPT.88300
       
           Searching for a active CPT code., (pointed-to by CODE)
           Searching for a active CPT code.
      in the HOSPITAL LOCATION (#44) file, the user identified CPT codes will 
        88300     SURGICAL PATH, GROSS     
              ...OK? Yes//   (Yes)
        RELEASE DATE: T-1  (JUN 24, 2001)
        INACTIVE DATE: 
        REPLACEMENT CODE: 
        CODE NOTES:
          No existing text
          Edit? NO// 
      Select CODE: ^ES DISPLAY ORDER  
      ES DISPLAY ORDER: // 1
      be passed to the Laboratory PCE API. If the PCE API accepts the passed 
      Select OPTION NAME: LRMENU       Laboratory DHCP Menu
      Select Laboratory DHCP Menu Option:  Anatomic pathology
       ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY MENU
      Select Anatomic pathology Option:  Verify/release menu, anat path
      Select Verify/release menu, anat path Option: ?
         RR     Verify/release reports, anat path
         RS     Supplementary report release, anat path
         LU     List of unverified pathology reports
         CPT    LAB CPT BILLING
       
      data, the PCE ENC # (30) field of the ACCESSION NUMBER SUB-FIELD (#68.02 
       
      Example of CPT code capture.
      =============================================================
       
      Select Verify/release menu, anat path Option: CPT  LAB CPT BILLING
       
      Select Accession: SURG
      SURGICAL PATHOLOGY  
      SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
        Accession Date: TODAY//  (NOV 06, 2002)
      of the DATE SUB-FIELD (68.01) of the ACCESSION (#68) file will be 
        Number part of Accession:  (1-999999): 3
       
         BRADY,MOM                       389-24-0000         DOB: May 02, 1955
           Collection Date: Apr 17, 2002
                Acc #: NSP 02 3  UID: 
                     PCE ENC # 314;
                     Specimen: 
           Tissue Specimens: 
                     VAGINAL CANAL
           Test(s);  SURGICAL PATHOLOGY LOG-IN/ 
      Patch Description:
      populated with the PCE visit number. CPT billing can be done multiple 
           Releasing Pathologist
      PROVIDER:    REV. GINSBURG,RONALD
       Ordering Location: :    RED CLINIC     
      Would you like to see PCE CPT Information? No// 
      Select CPT codes:  ??
       
                             List or range e.g., 1,3,5-7,88300.
                Select from the following or enter CPT separated by a comma
       
         1   = 88300  LEVEL I - SURGICAL PATHOLOGY, GROSS EXAMINATION ONLY
      times for the same accession. 
              Surgical Pathology Level I { NLT = 88551.0000 }
       
         2   = 88302  LEVEL II - SURGICAL PATHOLOGY, GROSS AND MICROSCOPIC EX
              Surgical Pathology Level II { NLT = 88518.0000 }
       
         3   = 88304  LEVEL III - SURGICAL PATHOLOGY, GROSS AND MICROSCOPIC E
              Surgical Pathology Level III { NLT = 88553.0000 }
       
         4   = 88305  LEVEL IV - SURGICAL PATHOLOGY, GROSS AND MICROSCOPIC EX
              Surgical Pathology Level IV { NLT = 88555.0000 }
       
       
         5   = 88307  LEVEL V - SURGICAL PATHOLOGY, GROSS AND MICROSCOPIC EXA
              Surgical Pathology Level V { NLT = 88557.0000 }
       
         6   = 88309  LEVEL VI - SURGICAL PATHOLOGY, GROSS AND MICROSCOPIC EX
              Surgical Pathology Level VI { NLT = 88559.0000 }
       
         7   = 88329  PATHOLOGY CONSULTATION DURING SURGERY;
              Frozen Section Add Cut { NLT = 88360.0000 }
      Would you like to see PCE CPT Information? YES
         B. The software will also capture the WKLD CODE(s) associated with the 
       
      CPT: 88300                              PATIENT NAME: BRADY,MOM
        VISIT: APR 17, 2002@12:01             PROVIDER NARRATIVE: SURGICAL 
      PATH, GROSS
        QUANTITY: 1                           ENCOUNTER PROVIDER: 
      REV. GINSBURG,RONALD
       
      CPT: 88302                              PATIENT NAME: BRADY,MOM
        VISIT: APR 17, 2002@12:01
        PROVIDER NARRATIVE: TISSUE EXAM BY PATHOLOGIST
      ES DISPLAY ORDER number. This data will be captured as laboratory 
        QUANTITY: 1                           ENCOUNTER PROVIDER: 
      REV. GINSBURG,RONALD
       
       
      Select CPT codes:  1,2
       
         BRADY,MOM                       389-24-0000         DOB: May 02, 1955
           Collection Date: Apr 17, 2002
                Acc #: NSP 02 3  UID: 
                     PCE ENC # 314;
      workload. It will be reported based on the current LMIP workload 
                     Specimen: 
           Tissue Specimens: 
                     VAGINAL CANAL
           Test(s);  SURGICAL PATHOLOGY LOG-IN/ 
                                     Selected CPT Codes
           (1)  88300 LEVEL I - SURGICAL PATHOLOGY, GROSS EXAMINATION ON
                Surgical Pathology Level I  {88551.0000}
           (2)  88302 LEVEL II - SURGICAL PATHOLOGY, GROSS AND MICROSCOP
                Surgical Pathology Level II  {88518.0000}
       
      reporting protocol.
      Is this correct ? Yes//   YES
                                    Sending PCE Workload
                                        Visit # 314
                                   Storing LMIP Workload 
       
      End of examples:
       
      ======================================
       
      3. Electronic Catalog Print [LA7S PRINT CATALOG] option [LA7S PRINT] 
      template has been modified to display the LEDI HL7 (#.09) field of the 
       
      TOPOGRAPHY FIELD (#61) file instead of the SNOMED CODE (#2) field. This 
      is to assist LEDI collection sites with defining the LAB SHIPPING 
      CONFIGURATION (#62.9) file.
       
      4. Print log book [LRAPBK] option has been enhanced to display a list of 
      CPT codes passed to PCE for outpatients. This option can also be used to 
      provide a partial audit of CPT coding practices.
       
      =================
      Required Patch List: LR*5.2*163
      (1) WKLD CODE (#64) file is updated with the latest released National 
                           LR*5.2*264
                           LR*5.2*258
                           LR*5.2*266
      =================
      NOIS:       SAM-1102-20599
                  BHS-0990-11616 
       
      =================
      Files:
      There are no new files contained in this patch. However the following 
      Laboratory Test (NLT) codes.
      files will be updated with additional data.
      (1) WKLD CODE (#64) file will be updated with any missing National 
      Laboratory Test (NLT) codes during the post installation phase. LAB 
      NLT/CPT CODES (#64.81) contains a complete listing of NLT codes. WKLD 
      CODE (#64) file is checked to determine if an NLT code should be added. 
      If the new NLT code is successfully added to WKLD CODE (#64) file or the 
      NLT code already exists, the entry in LAB NLT/CPT CODES (#64.81) file is 
      deleted.
       
       
       
      (2) The TEST/PROCEDURE (#.01) field of the SPECIMEN # (#1) subfile of LAB 
      ORDER ENTRY (#69) file, input screen has been changed to allow the entry 
      of LABORATORY TEST (#60) that have the TYPE (#3) field set to OUPUT. This 
      screen was changed in the software of an earlier released patch. The user 
      should see no difference in software behavior.
       
       
      (3) The DSS TEST NUMBER (#.01) field of the RESULT (#8) subfile of LAR 
      DSS LAR EXTRACT (#64.036) file has been increased from 50 to 300 to 
      accommodate patch ECX*3*47 number of tests to be extract.
      
    • 300 SEQ #225
      DATE APPLIED:   2003-02-04 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*300 contains no changes to software
       
       
            Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
            Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
       
       
        1.  If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
       
        2.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu.  This
            option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
       
      2. NOIS MAN-1202-11246, PHI-1202-21644 reported an undefined variable
        3.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
            select the 'Installation' menu.
       
        4.  Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
            all routines have the correct checksums.
       
        5.  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
            options:
              Print Transport Global
              Compare Transport Global to Current System
      PNM in routine LRRP2 when printing laboratory cumulative reports via
              Backup a Transport Global
       
        6.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*300.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to
            INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES//', choose 'NO'.  When prompted
            'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?
            YES//', choose 'NO'.
       
            Note: KIDS will disable the following options during patch
            installation:
      option TASK THE CUMULATIVE TO RUN EACH NITE [LRTASK CUM]. The undefined
              Interim report [LRRP2]
              Interim report by provider [LRRD]
              Interim report for chosen tests [LRRP3]
              Interim report for selected tests as ordered [LRRSP]
              Interim reports by location (manual queue) [LRRS]
              Interim reports for 1 location (manual queue) [LRRS BY LOC]
              Interim reports for 1 provider (manual queue) [LRRD BY MD]
              Reprint cumulative on a given patient [LRAC PT]
              Reprint a permanent page from cumulative [LRAC 1 PAGE]
              Manual queuing of cumulative [LRAC MANUAL]
      variable is caused by the software attempting to print the list of
              TASK THE CUMULATIVE TO RUN EACH NITE [LRTASK CUM]
       
        
        7. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
       
      NOTE: Routine LR300 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
       
       
       ************************************************************************
       Installation example:
      performing laboratories after the reports had completed. The logic has
       
       
      Select Installation Option: 6  Install Package(s)
      Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*300  Loaded from Distribution  12/19/02@16:50:38
           => LR*5.2*300
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Dec 19, 2002@16:50:38 with header of
         LR*5.2*300 
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*300
      been corrected to print the list with each interim report.
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*300
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR300
       
       
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*300
       
       
      Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
       
       
       
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
      DEVICE: HOME// TELNET VIRTUAL
      3. NOIS SFC-1202-61678 reported an undefined variable LRIDT in routine
       
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*300 :
                     Dec 19, 2002@16:52:29
       
      Build Distribution Date: Dec 19, 2002
       
       Installing Routines:...
                     Dec 19, 2002@16:52:30
       
      LRRP2 when printing interim reports via option Interim Report [LRRP2].
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR300.
       
                     Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
       
                                *** Pre install started ***
       
                                 --- No action required---
       
                               *** Pre install completed ***
       
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
      The undefined variable is caused by the user aborting printing when
       Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
       
       Installing OPTION............
                     Dec 19, 2002@16:52:30
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR300.
       
                                *** Post install started ***
       
                        --- No actions required for post install ---
      selecting starting and ending date ranges for the report. The software
       
                               *** Post install completed ***
       
                    Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
       
       Updating Routine file......
       
       Updating KIDS files.......
       
       LR*5.2*300 Installed.
      was not detecting user aborting. The logic has been corrected to return
                     Dec 19, 2002@16:52:30
       
       Install Message sent #XXXXX
       
      Select Installation Option:
      the user to the select patient prompt when aborting from date range
      selection.
       
        
      ASSOCIATED NOIS
      ---------------
       BAY-1202-31189
       
       BUT-1202-21395
       CHA-1202-32023        
       CLL-1202-42133        
       COS-0103-40211        
       HOU-1202-72266  
       JAC-0103-70260 
       MAN-1202-11246
       MIW-0103-40485
       MON-1202-52048
       PHI-1202-21644
      Patch LR*5.2*300 corrects the following defects:
       PHO-1202-62145 
       PRO-1202-11453
       PUG-1202-51880
       SFC-1202-61678
       SPO-1202-51904
       TUA-0103-30226
       WIM-1202-21873
       
      
      TEST SITES
       
      ----------
       Battle Creek VAMC
       Bay Pines VAMC
       Charleston VAMC
       Chillicothe VAMC
       Columbus OPC
       Heartland-West HCS
       Houston VAMC
       Indianapolis VAMC
       Jackson VAMC
      1. NOIS BAY-1202-31189, PRO-1202-11453, SFC-1202-61678 reported an
       Madison VAMC
       Manchester VAMC
       Milwaukee VAMC
       Philadelphia VAMC
       Phoenix VAMC
       Puget Sound HSC 
       San Francisco VAMC
       Shreveport VAMC
       Spokane VAMC
       Wilmington VAMC
      undefined variable LRPRTPG in routine LRRP2 when printing laboratory
       
        
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
      interim reports via CPRS. The variable LRPRTPG is now defined when a
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
         LR300            N/A            4452251        **300** (Deleted by KIDS)
         LRRP2            15278779       13459970       **106,121,221,283,300**
       
       List of preceding patches: 283
       Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
        
      ************************************************************************
       
       
      user selects to print interim reports via CPRS.
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      =========================
       
        The install time for this patch is less than 5 minute. This patch
        can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
        Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
       
       
      NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
            problems loading and/or installing this patch.
      
    • 298 SEQ #226
      DATE APPLIED:   2003-02-04 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the 
      Testing Sites:
      ==============
       Long Beach VAMC
      
       
       ROUTINE SUMMARY
       ===============
      
         The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
         of each of these routines now looks like:
      VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by the VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled 
         <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
        
                           Checksum       Checksum
       
       
          Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
          ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
          LR298            N/A              2559378      298 (Deleted by KIDS)
          LRMIHDR          7468554         10376465      45,272,298
      
      VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
       ASSOCIATED NOIS:
       ================
       
       NONE
       
      **********************************************************************
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      =========================
       
      
        The install time for this patch is less than 2 minutes. This patch
        can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
       
      NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system
            to avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
       
        1.  If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
       
        2.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu.  This
            option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
      This patch updates the Health Department Report to print the new Ethnicity 
       
        3.  The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
            system.  You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
       
        4.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
            select the 'Installation' menu.
       
        5.  Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
            all routines have the correct checksums.
       
      and Race field.  The routine LRMIHDR is modified to display or print the 
        6.  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
            options:
              Print Transport Global
              Compare Transport Global to Current System
              Backup a Transport Global
       
            If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this 
            patch prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport
            Global' option at this time.  You may also compare the routines in
            your production account to the routines in the patch by using the
      new ethnicity and race fields with the release of the scheduling patch, 
            'Compare a Transport Global to Current System' option.
       
       
        8.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*298'.
       
            If prompted ' Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of 
            Install? YES//' choose 'NO'.
       
            If prompted ' Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// '
      SD*5.3*254, and registration patch, DG*5.3*415
            choose 'NO'.
       
            If prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
            Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'.
       
        9. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
       
       10. Routine LR298 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
      
      
    • 293 SEQ #227
      DATE APPLIED:   2003-03-29 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*293 does not 
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
                     Print Transport Global
                     Compare Transport Global to Current System
                     Verify Checksums in Transport Global
                     Backup a Transport Global
              4. Users may remain on the system, but installation should be
                 done at off peak hours.
              5. No options need to be placed out of service.
              6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak
                 hours and less the 5 minutes during peak hours.
              7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory
        
                 space.
              8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
                 option 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*293'
                 and proceed with the install.
              9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should
                 be returned to the mapped set once the installation has run
                 to completion.
        
       
       Some problems with the Check Files for Inconsistencies [LRCHKFILES] 
      option were reported after the release of patch LR*5.2*272.  This patch 
      LR*5.2*293 will return the routines associated with this option to their 
      original state with one exception.  The call to the Blood Bank Inventory 
      Integrity Report [LRCKF^LRBLJI] has been removed from routine LRCKF.
       
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA 
       The call to the Blood bank inventory integrity report [LRBLII] option is 
      being removed from the Check Files for Inconsistencies [LRCHKFILES] 
      option.  This is being done to further encapsulate the existing VistA 
      Blood Bank system.
       
      NOTE: The Check Files for Inconsistencies [LRCHKFILES] option will no 
      longer run an integrity check on the Blood Bank files.  You must manually 
      run the Blood bank inventory integrity report [LRBLII] option once this 
      patch LR*5.2*293 has been installed.
       
      DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
       Reference NOIS:   ASH-0802-32526
                         AUG-0802-32924
                         HAM-0802-22943
                         SDC-0802-62650
                         FAV-0802-72445
                         UNY-0502-12522
       
       
       Reporting Site:   Ashevile, NC
                         Augusta, GA
        
                         Hampton, VA
                         San Diego, CA
        
        
         Test Site(s):   ASHEVILLE, NC
                         AUGUSTA, GA (C)
                         FAYETTEVILLE, AR
                         HAMPTON, VA
                         MADISON, WI
                         SAN DIEGO, CA
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*293 does not 
       
        
        
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
         LRCKF            11756610       4420888        **272,293**
         LRCKF60          36215686       11681052       **272,293**
         LRCKF62          5812635        1728069        **272,293**
         LRCKF68          32159749       14560856       **272,293**
         LRCKF69          18312081       4913799        **272,293**
         LRCKFLA          39228904       9589815        **272,293**
         LRCKPTR          15162494       10343721       **272,293**
       
      elements functions.
      List of preceding patches: 272
      Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
       
       
        Installation Instructions:
        ==========================
       
        NOTE: This KIDS install does not place any options out of service
              during the install and no user options are affected.
              If KIDS prompts:
        
        
              "Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
               Install? YES// NO"
              "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO"
              "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
              Protocols? YES// NO"
       
              The site should answer "NO" to all three questions.
                  Note: You may not receive all three prompts at your site.  
        
       RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*293 have no effect on Blood 
              1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu.
                 This option will load the KIDS package in this message onto
                 your system.
              2. Review your mapped set.  If the routines are mapped, they
                 should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
              3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on
                 your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
                 Transport global.
                 On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the 
                 following options:
      
    • 141 SEQ #106
      DATE APPLIED:   1996-11-23 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      UNDEF IN WORKLOAD ROUTINE
      
    • 289 SEQ #228
      DATE APPLIED:   2003-08-02 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*289 does not
      to be setup in the same panel, which can be in either a new panel or, an
      about $55,000 per year per patient for preventing or delaying dialysis. This
      does not take into account the morbidity associated with dialysis that will
      be prevented.
       
      Raye-Anne Dorn, National Tumor Registry Coordinator, has submitted a New
      Service Request for the creation of a laboratory test, the estimated
      Glomerular Filtration Rate, eGFR.  Thakor G. Patel, MD, Chief of Renal
      Diseases at Veterans Administration Central Office, endorses the request. The
      endorser is seeking an alternative to the creatinine clearance test, a
      laboratory test that measures renal function and requires all urine collected
      existing panel.
      over a 24-hour period.  The request cites the difficulty of collecting such a
      specimen, particularly from elderly patients.  Additionally, the Veterans
      Health Administration (VHA) Renal Program Office has recommended a standard
      process throughout VHA for performing and reporting the eGFR. The request is
      to release this locally created delta check as Class 1 software.
       
      The four-variable MDRD Study equation is recommended.  Although it has
      short-comings, it has been more rigorously evaluated than the Cockcroft and
      Gault equation, and performs better in patients with kidney disease, gives
      results in units of ml/min/1.73 m^2, and does not require measurement of
       
      weight.  Performance can be improved by calibration of the VA lab results
      with the MDRD Study lab (Cleveland Clinic).  Is there a VA "central lab,"
      that other labs relate to?  If so, it should be possible to "calibrate" that
      lab to the MDRD Study lab.  (Of course, there is no Cockcroft Gault central
      lab, so calibration is an uncorrectable error with the use of the Cockcroft
      and Gault equation.)
       
      The view is that it is difficult to interpret GFR values above about 60
      ml/min/1.73 m^2, due to differences in creatinine calibration among labs, and
      uncertainty in the measurement of GFR in that range.  This is the reason
      -----------------------------
      that the NKF defined CKD Stage 3 as GFR <60, and that there are few
      differences in the action plan for CKD stages 1 and 2 (kidney damage and
      GFR either greater than or less than 90).  It is important to instruct
      practitioners about the limitations of GFR estimates above 60.
       
      Stages of chronic kidney disease (R, O). Among individuals with chronic kidney
      disease, the stage is defined by the level of GFR, with higher stages
      representing lower GFR levels.
       
                Table 12. Definition and Stages of Chronic Kidney Disease
      Background
       
           GFR                 With Kidney Damage*         Without Kidney Damage*
                             __________________________   __________________________
      Stages (mL/min/1.73^2) With HBP**   Without HBP**   With HBP**   Without HBP**
      ______________________________________________________________________________
       
       1      >=90             1***         1***          "High blood      "Normal"
                                                          pressure"
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       2      60-89            2***         2***          "High blood       "eGFR"
       
                                                         pressure with
                                                           eGFR"
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       3      30-59            3***         3***             3***             3***
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       4      15-29            4***         4***             4***             4***
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       5      <15(or           5***         5***             5***             5***
               dialysis)
      ______________________________________________________________________________
      Chronic kidney disease is a major public health problem. Adverse outcomes of
       
      *   Kidney damage is defined as pathologic abnormalities or markers of
          damage, including abnormalities in blood or urine tests or imaging
          studies.
      **  High blood pressure is defined as >= 140/90 in adults and >90th
          percentile for height and gender in children.
      *** Represent chronic kidney disease; numbers designate stage of chronic
          kidney disease.
         
          May be normal in infants and in the elderly.
      chronic kidney disease can be prevented through early detection and treatment.
         
         
      Table 12 illustrates the classification of individuals based on the presence
      or absence of markers of kidney disease and level of GFR, according to 
      definition and staging of chronic kidney disease proposed by this guideline.
      In addition, it includes columns for the presence or absence of high blood
      pressure, because of the complex relationship of high blood pressure and 
      chronic kidney disease.
       
      All individuals with GFR <60 mL/min/1.73 m2 for 3 months are classified as
      Earlier stages of chronic kidney disease can be detected through routine
      having chronic kidney disease, irrespective of the presence or absence of
      kidney damage. The rationale for including these individuals is that reduction
      in kidney function to this level or lower represents loss of half or more of
      the adult level of normal kidney function, which may be associated with a
      number of complications (Part 6).
       
      All individuals with kidney damage are classified as having chronic kidney
      disease, irrespective of the level of GFR. The rationale for including
      individuals with GFR 60 mL/min/1.73 m2 is that GFR may be sustained at normal
      or increased levels despite substantial kidney damage and that patients with
      laboratory measurements.
      kidney damage is at increased risk of the two major outcomes of chronic kidney
      disease: loss of kidney function and development of cardiovascular disease
      (Part 7).
       
      -----------------------------
      The four-variable MDRD Study equation
       
      Estimated GFR (ml/min/1.73m^2)
           = 186 x (Scr)^-1.154 x (Age)^-0.203 x (0.742 if female) x (1.210 if
              African - American)
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
       
       
            where:
              Scr = serum creatinine in mg/dL
              Age = age, in years
            
      ("four-variable" (abbreviated) equation in Levey AS, JASN vol. 11:2000;
         abstract - A0828) (see below)
       
      A0828                                                  F138 (PS)
       
      The USRDS provides reliable nationwide data regarding the incidence, 
      A. Simplified Equation To Predict Glomerular Filtration Rate from Serum
      Creatinine, Andrew S. Levey,(1) Tom Greene,(2) John W. Kusek,(3) Gerald J.
      Beck,(2) MDRD Study Group. (1) Boston, MA, (2) Cleveland, OH, (3) Bethesda,
      MD.
       
      We recently developed and validated an equation to predict GFR from serum 
      creatinine (Pcr), which is more accurate than creatinine clearance measured
      from 24-hour urine samples or predicted from the Cockcroft-Gault (CG) equation
      (Levey AS, Ann Intern Med 1999; l30:877-884). GFR is expressed as ml/min/l.73
      m^2.  Required variables include Pcr (mg/dl), age (y), race (black vs.
      prevalence, treatment patterns, outcomes, and cost of kidney failure treated 
      non-black), gender, serum urea nitrogen (SUN, mg/dl), and albumin (alb.g/dl).
      In clinical practice and in retrospective studies, measurements of SUN and 
      alb may not be available.  Below, we list the full MDRD Study prediction
      equation (6 variables), as well as alternative prediction equations including
      fewer variables derived from measurements in the same 1628 patients.
       
             GFR = 170 x Pcr-0.999 x age -0.176 x 1.180 (if black)
                    x 0.762 (if female) x SUN-0.170 x alb+0.318
             GFR = 270 x Pcr-l.007 x age -0.180 x 1.178 (if black)
                    x 0.755 (if female) x SUN-0.169
      by dialysis and transplantation, the most severe stage of chronic kidney 
             GFR = 186 x Pcr-l.154 x age -0.203 x 1.212 (if black)
                    x 0.742 (if female)
       
      The table below compares the performance of these equations and the CG
      equation.
       
                             R 2     median A        75th % A        90th % A
             6 variable      .903    11.3            19.8%           28.4%
             5 variables     .899    11.6%           19.9%           29.4%
             4 variable      .892    12.1%           20.5%           29.7%
      disease. This guideline provides a definition of chronic kidney disease as
             CG              .842    13.8%           26.4%           40.5%
       
      A=absolute value of the median (50th), 75th and 90th percentiles of the
      distribution of the differences between measured GFR and predicted GFR or Ccr
      for each equation (includes bias correction for CG equation).  We conclude
      that simplified versions of the MDRD Study prediction equation provide more
      accurate estimates of GFR than measured or estimated creatinine clearance.
       
      Example of Screen:
       
      well as definitions and estimates of prevalence of earlier stages of kidney
      ACCESSION:                    CH 0205 3      CH 0205 4
                                    2/5 12:01d    2/5 12:50d
      CREATININE //1.2
       
        (MISSING PARAMETER)
       
         ** eGFR: 74.6  
      VOLUME //932  
      ELAPSED TIME //5.5  
      COMPUTED CREATININE CLEARANCE //23  L
      disease.
      CREATININE EGFR     74.6//  
      Select COMMENT: MISSING PARAMETER // 
        COMMENT: MISSING PARAMETER // 
      Select COMMENT: 
       
        ***************************************************************************
        *                               NOTE:                                     *
        * If the patients race is 'Undeclared' or 'Unanswered', the COMMENT field *
        * will be populated with 'MISSING PARAMETER' text. The doctor will be able*
        * view this information within CPRS. The delta check will calculate the   *
       
        * formula without the race variable. The doctor will need to evaluate this*
        * when viewing the reports in CPRS.                                       *
        ***************************************************************************
       
      -----------------------------
      New Fields
       
       There are four new fields: three TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUEs (#60.1, #60.2,
       #60.3) and one TEST NAME FOR TEST OUTPUT VALUE (#61.1), which are stored in 
       the file DELTA CHECKS (#62.1). The new fields are pointers to file LABORATORY
      Chronic kidney disease is defined according to the presence or absence of 
       TEST (#60). The new fields will be used by the delta check routine to get 
       the DATA NAME (#400) field, which is a pointer to CHEM, HEM, TOX, RIA, SER, 
       etc. DD File SUB-FIELD (#63.04). When the delta check routine is invoked, the 
       routine calculates the eGFR from the test result, age, gender, and race. 
       The results of the calculation are stored in the local array LRSB(DATA NAME).
       
       
       
      File/Field    Field Name               Node;Piece   Field Type
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      kidney damage and level of kidney function-irrespective of the type of kidney 
      62.1,60.1     TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 1 5;1 POINTER TO LABORATORY TEST FILE
                    (#60)
       
                    LAST EDITED:     SEP 24, 2002 
                    DESCRIPTION:     This field is a pointer to a test that will
                                     contain the result value of the first incoming
                                     test. The result value should be stored in the 
                                     variable LRSB(X) - where X is the data name IEN
                                     from ^DD(63.04.  
       
      DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
      disease (diagnosis). Among individuals with chronic kidney disease, the stages
       
      62.1,60.2     TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 2 5;2 POINTER TO LABORATORY TEST FILE
                    (#60)
       
                    LAST EDITED:     SEP 24, 2002 
                    DESCRIPTION:     This field is a pointer to a test that will
                                     contain the result value of the second incoming
                                     test. The result value should be stored in the 
                                     variable LRSB(X) - where X is the data name IEN
                                     from ^DD(63.04.  
      are defined based on the level of kidney function. Identifying the presence
       
       
      62.1,60.3     TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 3 5;3 POINTER TO LABORATORY TEST FILE
                    (#60)
       
                    LAST EDITED:     SEP 24, 2002 
                    DESCRIPTION:     This field is a pointer to a test that will
                                     contain the result value of the third incoming
                                     test. The result value should be stored in the 
                                     variable LRSB(X) - where X is the data name IEN
      and stage of chronic kidney disease in an individual is not a substitute for 
                                     from ^DD(63.04.  
       
       
      62.1,61.1     TEST NAME FOR OUTPUT VALUE 1 5;4 POINTER TO LABORATORY TEST FILE 
                    (#60)
       
                    LAST EDITED:     SEP 24, 2002 
                    DESCRIPTION:     This field is a pointer to a test that will
                                     contain the calculated value of the first
                                     outgoing test. The calculated value should be
      accurate assessment of the cause of kidney disease, extent of kidney damage, 
                                     stored in the variable LRSB(X) - where X is the
                                     data name IEN from ^DD(63.04.  
       
      -----------------------------
      The eGFR delta check will need to be associated a new or existing Serum
      Creatinine test. The tests called EGFR and CREATININE (INCLUDES EGFR) will 
      need to be setup and then associated with the Serum Creatinine. 
       
      Example of Laboratory Test Setup: (THIS IS A DISPLAY OF ENTRIES IN THE FILE,
      NOT A CAPTURED EXAMPLE OF A SETUP USING FILEMAN)
      level of kidney function, comorbid conditions, complications of decreased 
       
      NAME: CREATININE,SERUM                  TYPE: OUTPUT (CAN BE DISPLAYED)
        SUBSCRIPT: CHEM, HEM, TOX, SER, RIA, ETC.
        LOCATION (DATA NAME): CH;689024;1     FIELD: DD(63.04,689024,
        HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: ROUTINE      COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: YES
        PRINT NAME: CREAT                   DATA NAME: CREATININE-EGFR
      SITE/SPECIMEN: SERUM                    REFERENCE LOW: 0.7
        REFERENCE HIGH: 1.5                   UNITS: mg/dl
        TYPE OF DELTA CHECK: EGFR             LOINC CODE: 2160-0
      COLLECTION SAMPLE: BLOOD                MIN VOL (in mls.): .2
      kidney function, or risks for loss of kidney function or cardiovascular
        SINGLE DAY MAX ORDER FREQ: 1
      INSTITUTION: WASHINGTON                 ACCESSION AREA: CHEMISTRY
      VERIFY WKLD CODE: Creatinine            VERIFY WKLD CODE #: 82565.0000
        CIS TEST CODE: CH017
      SITE NOTES DATE: JAN 17, 2002
       NOTE:   Created per Raye-Ann Dorn.  Part of Creatinine (Includes EGFR) panel.
        NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Creatinine      RESULT NLT CODE: Creatinine
       
       
      NAME: EGFR                              TYPE: OUTPUT (CAN BE DISPLAYED)
      disease in that patient. Defining stages of chronic kidney disease requires 
        SUBSCRIPT: CHEM, HEM, TOX, SER, RIA, ETC.
        LOCATION (DATA NAME): CH;689023;1     FIELD: DD(63.04,689023,
        HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: ROUTINE      PRINT NAME: EGFR
        DATA NAME: EGFR
      SITE/SPECIMEN: SERUM
      SYNONYM: ESTIMATED GLOMERULAR FILTRATION RATE
      SYNONYM: GLOMERULAR FILTRATION RATE
      INSTITUTION: WASHINGTON                 ACCESSION AREA: CHEMISTRY
      SITE NOTES DATE: JAN 17, 2002
       NOTE:   Per Raye-Ann Dorn.  Part of Creatinine (Includes EGFR) panel.
      "categorization" of continuous measures of kidney function, and the "cut-off 
       
       
      NAME: CREATININE (INCLUDES EGFR)        TYPE: BOTH
        SUBSCRIPT: CHEM, HEM, TOX, SER, RIA, ETC.
        LAB COLLECTION SAMPLE: BLOOD          HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: ROUTINE
        PRINT NAME: CR EGFR
      NUMBER: 1                               LAB TEST: CREATININE,SERUM
      NUMBER: 2                               LAB TEST: EGFR
      COLLECTION SAMPLE: BLOOD
      INSTITUTION: WASHINGTON                 ACCESSION AREA: CHEMISTRY
      levels" between stages are inherently arbitrary. Nonetheless, staging of 
      SITE NOTES DATE: JAN 17, 2002
       NOTE:   Per Raye-Ann Dorn.  Includes CREATININE EGFR and EGFR with a delta
       check of EGFR.
       
      -----------------------------
      If setting up the eGFR delta check, use FILEMAN to setup the new DELTA CHECK
      fields. The TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 1 field (#60.1) and TEST NAME FOR OUTPUT
      VALUE 1 field (#61.1) are pointers to DATA NAME field (#400) of the LABORATORY
      TEST (#60) files. These fields will be needed to run the delta check.
       
      chronic kidney disease will facilitate application of clinical practice 
      Example of Delta Check Setup: (THIS IS A DISPLAY OF ENTRIES IN THE FILE,
      NOT A CAPTURED EXAMPLE OF A SETUP USING FILEMAN)
       
      NAME: EGFR                              XECUTABLE CODE: D STRT^LREGFR(DFN,X)
       DESCRIPTION:   Created 10/17/01 by SDV for Dr. TG Patel and Raye-Ann Dorn.
       Test is CREATININE-EGFR and its delta test is EGFR which Lon Paredes set and
       tested. On 08/01/2002, JAH modified and sent out as Class I software. 
      SITE NOTES DATE: AUG 01, 2002
        TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 1: CREATININE,SERUM
        TEST NAME FOR OUTPUT VALUE 1: EGFR
       
      guidelines, clinical performance measures and quality improvement efforts to 
       
      -----------------------------
      Setting Up INPUT and OUTPUT VALUE
       
      Use FILEMAN to enter the INPUT and OUTPUT VALUE(s). These two pointers will
      store the file LABORATORY TEST (#60) IEN in the file DELTA CHECKS (#62.1). 
      This information will be used to acquire the field DATA NAME (#400) for 
      the Laboratory test, which was setup to call the delta check routine. Below
      is an example of a session:
       
      the evaluation, and management of chronic kidney disease.
       
      Select OPTION: ENTER OR EDIT FILE ENTRIES 
       
      INPUT TO WHAT FILE: DISABILITY CONDITION// DELTA CHECKS
      EDIT WHICH FIELD: ALL// ??
         
         Choose from:
         .01          NAME
         10           XECUTABLE CODE
         20           OVERFLOW 1
       
         30           DESCRIPTION  (word-processing)
         31           SITE NOTES DATE  (multiple)
         60.1         TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 1
         60.2         TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 2
         60.3         TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 3
         61.1         TEST NAME FOR OUTPUT VALUE 1
          FOLLOW A FIELD NAME WITH ';"CAPTION"' TO HAVE THE FIELD ASKED AS 'CAPTION:'
               OR WITH ';T' TO USE THE FIELD 'TITLE' AS CAPTION
      EDIT WHICH FIELD: ALL// 60.1  TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 1
      THEN EDIT FIELD: 61.1  TEST NAME FOR OUTPUT VALUE 1
      -----------------------------
      THEN EDIT FIELD:
       
       
      Select DELTA CHECKS NAME: EGFR 
      TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 1: CREATININE,SERUM//
      TEST NAME FOR OUTPUT VALUE 1: EGFR//
       
            
      ASSOCIATED NOIS
      ===============
      Reasons for estimated Glomerular Filtration Rate (eGFR)
      N/A
       
       
      TEST SITES
      ===============
      Washington D.C.
      VA Wilmington
      Long Beach VAMC Laboratory
      VAMHCS, PERRY POINT DIVISION
       
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
       
      The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line of each
      of these routines now looks like:
       
         ;;5.2;LAB SERVICES;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                       Checksum
      Routine         Old     New        2nd Line
      In February 2002, the National Kidney Foundation recognized the Glomerular
      -----------------------------------------------
      LREGFR          n/a     2309496    **289**
       
        Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
       
      ************************************************************************
       
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      =========================
      Filtration Rate as an indicator of renal function.  The eGFR is calculated
       
      The install time for this patch is less than five minutes. This patch can be
      installed when Laboratory users are on the system. Suggested time to install:
      non-peak requirement hours.
       
       
      NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid problems
      loading and/or installing this patch.
       
            Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
      rather than measured, and the Washington, DC Medical Center has developed a
            Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
       
      1.     If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
       
      2.     Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu.  This
             option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
       
      3.     On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS), select
             the 'Installation' menu.
       
      routine known as a delta check that performs the calculation.  The Washington
      4.     Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
             all routines have the correct checksums.
       
      5.     On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
             options:
       
              Print Transport Global
              Compare Transport Global to Current System
              Backup a Transport Global
       
      LR*5.2*289 is a mandated installation of the estimated Glomerular Filtration
      delta check uses the serum creatinine result, age, and sex from the local
      6.     Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu and
             select the package LR*5.2*289.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT
             LOGONs during the install? YES//' choose 'NO'.  When prompted 'Want to
             DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?
       
             YES//', choose 'NO'.
       
      7.     On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
       
      *****************************************************************************
      VISTA Laboratory package. The new program will calculate the eGFR for African-
      Americans and others according to the accepted calculation.
       
      It is important to note that National Kidney Foundation's "Kidney Disease
      Outcomes Quality Initiative (K/DOQI) Clinical Practice Guidelines for Chronic
      Kidney Disease: Evaluation, Classification, and Stratification" has stages of
      kidney disease based on eGFR and also action plan as per Guidelines 1 & 2.
      These guidelines are published in the American Journal of Kidney Diseases Vol.
      39, No 2, supplement 1, February 2002.
      Rate (eGFR) delta check routine. Site(s) can setup the two new laboratory
       
      Adverse outcomes of chronic kidney disease can often be prevented or delayed 
      through early detection and treatment. Earlier stages of chronic kidney 
      disease can be detected through routine laboratory measurements. 
       
        * The presence of chronic kidney disease should be established, based on 
          presence of kidney damage and level of kidney function (glomerular 
          filtration rate [GFR]), irrespective of diagnosis.
       
        * Among patients with chronic kidney disease, the stage of disease should 
      tests, Creatinine (including eGFR) and eGFR, in either a new or an existing
          be assigned based on the level of kidney function, irrespective of 
          diagnosis, according to the K/DOQI CKD classification Table 10. 
       
       
                  Table 10: Stages of Chronic Kidney Disease
                  
                                                      GFR
        Stage       Description                 (mL/min/1.73m^2)
      _____________________________________________________________________
        1           Kidney damage with               >=90
      Serum Creatinine test. One of the new tests holds the input value (test 
                    normal or increasing GFR
      ---------------------------------------------------------------------
        2           Kidney damage with               60-89
                    mild decreasing GFR
      ---------------------------------------------------------------------
        3           Moderate decreasing GFR          30-59
      ---------------------------------------------------------------------
        4           Severe decreasing GFR            15-29
      ---------------------------------------------------------------------
        5           Kidney failure               <15(or dialysis)
      result) and the other test holds the calculated output value. Both tests need
      _____________________________________________________________________
       
          Notes: Chronic kidney disease is defined as either kidney damage 
          or GFR <60 mL/min/1.73m^2 for >=3 months. Kidney damage is defined 
          as pathologic abnormalities or markers of damage, including 
          abnormalities in blood or urine tests or imaging studies.
       
      VHA is probably one of the few organizations nationwide that has the potential
      to report eGFR whenever serum creatinine is done.  This will help us identify
      patients with kidney disease early and take preventive action.  We will save
      
    • 287 SEQ #229
      DATE APPLIED:   2003-08-13 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*287 contains no changes to software
      A new field STORE DUPLICATE COMMENTS (#2.2) in PROFILE multiple (#68.23)
      
      NOTE: Routine LR287 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
       
        
       ************************************************************************
       Installation example:
       
      
       Select Installation Option: 6  Install Package(s)
       Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*287 Loaded from Distribution 7/10/02@09:45:39
      of file LOAD/WORK LIST (#68.2) will determine if duplicate comments are
           => LR*5.2*287
       
       This Distribution was loaded on Jul 10, 2002@09:45:39 with header of
         LR*5.2*287
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*287
       Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*287
       Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR287
       
       
      stored when processing results from a load/work list. When the Laboratory
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*287
       
      Incoming Files:
       
       
         68.2      LOAD/WORK LIST  (Partial Definition)
      Note:  You already have the 'LOAD/WORK LIST' File.
       
      result verifying software is processing comments associated with a
      Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
       
       
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
      load/work list result, this field determines how duplicate comments are
      DEVICE: HOME// TELNET VIRTUAL
       
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*287 :
                     Jul 10, 2002@10:08:09
       
      Build Distribution Date: Jul 10, 2002
       
       Installing Routines:...
                     Jul 10, 2002@10:08:09
      processed. If set to "NO" (default if no value) then a comment that
       
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR287.
       
                     Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
       
                                *** Pre install started ***
       
                                 --- No action required---
       
                               *** Pre install completed ***
      matches a previously stored comment will not be stored with the result.
       
       Installing Data Dictionaries: ..
                     Jul 10, 2002@10:08:09
       
       Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
       
       Installing INPUT TEMPLATE..
       
       Installing OPTION.....
                     Jul 10, 2002@10:08:09
      If set to "YES" then the duplicate check is not performed and the comment
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR287.
       
                                *** Post install started ***
       
                        --- No actions required for post install ---
       
                               *** Post install completed ***
       
                    Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
      is stored with the results irregardless if the comment already exists.
       
       Updating Routine file......
       
       Updating KIDS files.......
       
       LR*5.2*287 Installed.
                     Jul 10, 2002@10:08:10
       
       Install Message sent #xxxxxx
      Setting it to "YES" will allow the handling of multiple line comments which
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
      contain the same comment more than once and are still clinically significant.
       
      Edit the default parameters Load/Work list. [LRLLE DFT] option has been
      modified to allow configuring this field.
       
       
      ASSOCIATED NOIS
      ---------------
       ALB-0602-52815 
       
       
       
      TEST SITES
      ----------
       Albuquerque VAMC
       
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
      Patch LR*5.2*287 corrects a defect reported in NOIS ALB-0602-52815.
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                       Checksum      Checksum
       Routine Name  Before Patch  After Patch  Patch List
       ------------  ------------  -----------  ------------
       LR287            N/A            5220883  **287** (Deleted by KIDS)
       LRVR4            8885386        8885642  **14,42,121,153,221,263,279,283,287**
       
       List of preceding patches: 283
       Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums. 
      Duplicate comments were not being stored with results when verifying 
       
      ************************************************************************
       
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      =========================
       
        The install time for this patch is less than 5 minute. This patch
        can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
        Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
      automated instrument or load work list data. This patch will allow the
       
       
      NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
            problems loading and/or installing this patch.
       
            Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
            Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
       
       
        1.  If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
      site to specify on a load/work list basis whether duplicate comments
       
        2.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu.  This
            option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
       
        3.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
            select the 'Installation' menu.
       
        4.  Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
            all routines have the correct checksums.
       
      will be stored with lab results when verifying the accession.
        5.  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
            options:
              Print Transport Global
              Compare Transport Global to Current System
              Backup a Transport Global
       
        6.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*287.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to
            INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// choose 'NO'.  When prompted
            'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?
       
            YES//', choose 'NO'.
       
            Note: KIDS will disable the following options during patch
            installation:
               Enter/verify data (auto instrument) [LRVR]
               Enter/verify data (Work list) [LRVRW]
               Enter/verify data (Load list) [LRVRW2]
               Edit the default parameters Load/Work list. [LRLLE DFT]
       
        7. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
      
    • 294 SEQ #230
      DATE APPLIED:   2003-09-12 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is being released in support of the VBECS (Vista Blood 
                                  If none is on file, return NULL
      elements functions.
       
       RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*294 have no effect on Blood 
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
       DBIA: 3879-A
             3879-B
             3879-C 3181-A, 3181-D, and 3181-G
             3181-A
             3181-D
       
             3181-G
       
       Reference NOIS:   None
       
       Reporting Site:   None
        
       Test Site(s):     
       
        
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
         Get ABO
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;0.5;VBECS;<patchlist>;APR 26, 2002
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
         VBECA1            NEW            7650459        294
         VBECA1A           NEW            1999149        294
               ABO^VBECA1         Retrieve the ABO for a patient DFN.
         VBECA3A           NEW            6174129        294
         VBECA3B           NEW            7215596        294
       
      List of preceding patches: None
      Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
       
        Installation Instructions:
        ==========================
       
        NOTE: This KIDS install does not place any options out of service
                                  If none is on file, return NULL
              during the install and no user options are affected.
              If KIDS prompts:
        
              "Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
               Install? YES// NO"
              "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO"
              "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
              Protocols? YES// NO"
       
              The site should answer "NO" to all three questions.
       
                  Note: You may not receive all three prompts at your site.  
        
              1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu.
                 This option will load the KIDS package in this message onto
                 your system.
              2. Review your mapped set.  If the routines are mapped, they
                 should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
              3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on
                 your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
                 Transport global.
         Get Rh
                 On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the 
                 following options:
                     Print Transport Global
                     Compare Transport Global to Current System
                     Verify Checksums in Transport Global
                     Backup a Transport Global
              4. Users may remain on the system.
              5. No options need to be placed out of service.
              6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak
                 hours and less the 5 minutes during peak hours.
               RH^VBECA1          Retrieve the Rh for a patient DFN.
              7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory
                 space.
              8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
                 option 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*294'
                 and proceed with the install.
              9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should
                 be returned to the mapped set once the installation has run
                 to completion.
                                  If none is on file, return NULL
       
      Establishment Computer Software) Blood Bank Modernization Project.  In 
         Get RBC Antigens Present
               AGPRES^VBECA1      Retrieve the antigens previously found
                                  for the patient.  If none are found,
                                  return empty array.
       
         Get Antibodies Identified
               ABID^VBECA1        Retrieve the antibodies previously found
                                  for the patient.  If none are found,
                                  return empty array.
       
      the future, data will be transitioned from the existing M database to a 
         Get RBC Antigens Absent
               AGAB^VBECA1        Retrieve the absent antigens previously
                                  recorded.  If none are on record, return
                                  empty array.
       
         Get Transfusion Reactions
               TRRX^VBECA1        Retrieve any previously recorded transfusion
                                  reactions.  If none are on record, return
                                  empty array.
       
      Microsoft SQL database.  The API's release in this patch will allow CPRS 
         Get Blood Bank Comments
               BBCMT^VBECA1       Retrieve blood bank comments on the patient.
                                  If none are on record, return empty array.
       
         Get Available Autologous Units
               AUTO^VBECA1        Return quantity and component class of units
                                  available.  If none are on record return
                                  empty array.
       
         Get CPRS Report Data
      and the Lab packages to transition to the new database when it is 
               DFN^VBECA3A        The following fields are retrieved in
                                  support of the CPRS Blood Bank reports.
               CPRS^VBECA3B       This API converts the arrays produced in
                                  VBECA3A into a single cohesive array for
                                  use by CPRS.
       
            Component Request
               63.084,.01  (Blood Component Request)
               63.084,.04  (Number of Units)
               63.084,.03  (Request Date/Time)
      released.
               63.084,.05  (Date/Time Units Wanted)
               63.084,.09  (Requesting Person)
               63,.084,.08 (Entering Person DUZ)
       
            Crossmatch Data
               65,.01      (Unit ID)
               65,.04      (Component)
               65,.07      (ABO Group)
               65,.08      (RH Type)
               65,.06      (Expiration Date/Time)
       
               65,.16      (Division)
               65.03,.04   (Location) (Note: Most recent entry is
                                       reported here)
       
            Specimen Data
               63.01,.01   (Date/Time Specimen Taken)
               63.01,.03   (Date Report Completed)
               63.01,.01   (Date/Time Specimen Taken)
               63.01,10    (ABO Interpretation)
               63.01,2.9   (DIRECT AHG INTERPRETATION)
         Get ABORh
               63.01,2.1   (DIRECT AHG(POLYSPECIFIC))
               63.01,2.4   (Anti-IgC)
               63.01,2.6   (ANTI-COMPLEMENT)
               63.01,11    (RH Interpretation)
               63.01,6     (Antibody Screen Interpretation)
               63.199,.01  (Specimen Comment)
               63.01,2.91  (DIRECT AHG TEST COMMENT)
               63.012,.01  (ELUATE ANTIBODY)
               63.46,.01   (SERUM ANTIBODY)
               63.46,.02   (ANTIBODY COMMENT)
               ABORH^VBECA1       Retrieve the ABO & Rh for a patient DFN.
               63.48,.01   (ANTIBODY SCREEN COMMENT)
       
       
       
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*294 does not 
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA 
      DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
       
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*294 does not 
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
      
    • 301 SEQ #231
      DATE APPLIED:   2003-09-24 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is being released in support of the VBECS (Vista Blood 
       LR7OR1      This routine provides an API for the retrieval of Lab
                 should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
              3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on
                 your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
                 Transport global.
                 On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the 
                 following options:
                     Print Transport Global
                     Compare Transport Global to Current System
                     Verify Checksums in Transport Global
                     Backup a Transport Global
                   results for a patient.  All references to the BB subscript
              4. Users may remain on the system.
              5. No options need to be placed out of service.
              6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak
                 hours and less the 5 minutes during peak hours.
              7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory
                 space.
              8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
                 option 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*301'
                 and proceed with the install.
              9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should
                   (BLOOD BANK subfile #63.01) of the LAB DATA file (#63)
                 be returned to the mapped set once the installation has run
                 to completion.
                   have been removed.
       
       LRDPA1      The retrieval of ABO data for a patient has been
                   transitioned from direct global reads to the ABO^VBECA1
                   API (DBIA 3181-B).
                   The retrieval of RH factor data for a patient has been
                   transitioned from direct global reads to the RH^VBECA1
      Establishment Computer Software) Blood Bank Modernization Project.  In 
                   API. (DBIA 3181-C)
       
       LRDPA2      The retrieval of Blood Bank Comments for a patient has
                   been transitioned from direct global reads to the
                   BBCMT^VBECA1 API (DBIA 3181-H).
                   The retrieval of Antibodies Identified for a patient has
                   been transitioned from direct global reads to the
                   ABID^VBECA1 API (DBIA 3181-D).
                   The retrieval of Transfusion Reactions for a patient has
                   been transitioned from direct global reads to the
      the future, data will be transitioned from the existing M database to a 
                   TRRX^VBECA1 API (DBIA 3181-G).
       
       
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*301 does not 
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA 
      DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
       
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*301 does not 
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
      elements functions.
      Microsoft SQL database.  This patch will begin the Lab packages 
       
       RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*301 have no effect on Blood 
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
       DBIA: 3181-B
             3181-C
             3181-D
             3181-H
             3181-G
       
      transition to the new database.
       Reference NOIS:   None
       
       Reporting Site:   None
        
       Test Site(s):     Durham VA Medical Center
                         VA Long Beach Health Care System
                         VA Boston Healthcare System
                         Fayetteville, AR
                         Fayetteville, NC
                         Puget Sound HCS
       
       
       
        
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;0.5;VBECS;<patchlist>;APR 26, 2002
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
       
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
      LR7OR1              13239118       13188168       121,187,219
                                                        230,256,301
      LRDPA1               6551829        6578701       1,153,201,301
      LRDPA2               5207196        7419799       301
       
      List of preceding patches: 1,121,153,187,201,219,230,256
      Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
       
       Routine     Area Affected
        Installation Instructions:
        ==========================
       
        NOTE: This KIDS install does not place any options out of service
              during the install and no user options are affected.
              If KIDS prompts:
        
              "Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
               Install? YES// NO"
              "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO"
       
              "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
              Protocols? YES// NO"
       
              The site should answer "NO" to all three questions.
                  Note: You may not receive all three prompts at your site.  
        
              1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu.
                 This option will load the KIDS package in this message onto
                 your system.
              2. Review your mapped set.  If the routines are mapped, they
      
    • 297
      DATE APPLIED:   2003-09-24 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      HIPAA Code Set Versioning project.
       
      See patch LR*5.2*297 in the National Patch Module for complete 
      information on this patch.
      
    • 299 SEQ #233
      DATE APPLIED:   2003-10-02 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      See patch description for details.
      
    • 310 SEQ #234
      DATE APPLIED:   2003-10-02 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Installation of LR*5.2*301 (Released 9/15/03) has created a potential 
      patient processing, this should initiate each facility's own internal 
        
              1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu.
                 This option will load the KIDS package in this message onto
                 your system.
              2. Review your mapped set.  If the routines are mapped, they
                 should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
              3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on
                 your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
                 Transport global.
                 On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the 
      processes for performing the actual antigen typing on all units.  The 
                 following options:
                     Print Transport Global
                     Compare Transport Global to Current System
                     Verify Checksums in Transport Global
                     Backup a Transport Global
              4. Users may remain on the system.
              5. No options need to be placed out of service.
              6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak
                 hours and less the 5 minutes during peak hours.
              7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory
      potential for patient harm is possible but the likelihood that such an 
                 space.
              8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
                 option 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*310'
                 and proceed with the install.
              9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should
                 be returned to the mapped set once the installation has run
                 to completion.
      event actually occurred is low.  As a precaution, a facility should 
      review transfusion records of any patients with an antibody that occurred 
      since the installation of LR*5.2*301 to ensure that proper antigen 
      testing did get performed.
       
       
      Emergency patch LR*5.2*310 is being released to restore the routines, 
      patient safety issue.  
      LR7OR1, LRDPA1 and LRDPA2 to their pre-patch LR*5.2*301 state.  If you 
      have installed patch LR*5.2*301, because of the potential patient safety 
      issues, is it recommended that you immediately install patch LR*5.2*310. 
      Directive 2001-023 dictates it be installed within 24 hours for an 
      Emergency patch.
       
      For those sites that did NOT install LR*5.2*301, since it has now been 
      marked as "Entered In Error" in the Patch Module, LR*5.2*301 should not 
      be installed and is no longer available in the patch module.  The sites 
      that did not install LR*5.2*301, MUST still install LR*5.2*310 even 
       
      though the routines before and after install remain the same.  This is 
      required because LR*5.2*310 will make a change to the 2nd line, adding 
      310 to the patch list, which will be required in future patches.
        
       
      ****************************************************************
       
      The following checksums are for those sites that have installed 
      patch LR*5.2*301.  The Checksums Before Patch for sites that have not 
      installed patch LR*5.2*301 will match the After Patch checksums listed 
      After installation of patch LR*5.2*301, Blood Bank units that are 
      below.
       
      ****************************************************************
        
      ROUTINE SUMMARY FOR SITES THAT HAVE NOT INSTALLED LR*5.2*301
      ============================================================
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
      positive for an antigen that corresponds to a patient's antibody are not 
                          Checksum       Checksum
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
      LR7OR1               13239118       13239118       121,187,219
                                                         230,256,310
      LRDPA1                6551829       6551829        1,153,201,310
      LRDPA2                5207196       5207196        310
       
       
      List of preceding patches: 1,121,153,187,201,219,230,256
      detected by the Blood Bank Software during unit selection, unit 
      Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
       
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY FOR SITES THAT HAVE INSTALLED LR*5.2*301
      ========================================================
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
      crossmatch or unit issue.  
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
      LR7OR1               13188168       13239118       121,187,219
                                                         230,256,310
      LRDPA1                6578701       6551829        1,153,201,310
      LRDPA2                7419799       5207196        310
       
       
      List of preceding patches: 1,121,153,187,201,219,230,256,301
      Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
       
       
       
      Patch LR*5.2*301 will no longer be listed in the second line of these 
      routines.
       
        Installation Instructions:
        ==========================
       
        NOTE: This KIDS install does not place any options out of service
              during the install and no user options are affected.
      Because the patient's antibody is displayed on the screen during the 
              If KIDS prompts:
        
              "Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
               Install? YES// NO"
              "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO"
              "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
              Protocols? YES// NO"
       
              The site should answer "NO" to all three questions.
                  Note: You may not receive all three prompts at your site.  
      
    • 307 SEQ #235
      DATE APPLIED:   2003-11-26 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch implements a request from DSS to expand the lab results 
      site/specimen entries to include feces as an additional choice. At 
      present the only two choices are blood and urine. The test "Occult 
      Blood" is almost always performed on stool (i.e. feces) samples, 
      therefore feces is needed as a possible choice.
      
    • 259
      DATE APPLIED:   2004-05-07 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Description:
      within the Autopsy, Cytology, Electron Microscopy, and Surgical Pathology 
      The following software and documentation files are exported as part of
      this patch:
        
           File Name           Contents                         Retrieval Format
           ---------           --------                         ----------------
           LR_52_259.KID       LR*5.2*259 KIDS build                 ASCII
        
      The software files are available on one of the following OI Field Offices'
      ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directories.
        
      sections for the Autopsy protocol, Standard Form 515 (SF 515), and 
      All sites are encouraged to use their FTP capability to obtain these files.
      Use the FTP address "download.vista.domain.ext" (without the quotes) to
      connect to the first available FTP server where the files are located.
        
           OI FIELD OFFICE    FTP ADDRESS                DIRECTORY
           ===============    ===========                =========
           ALBANY             ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext   [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
           HINES              ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext    [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
           SALT LAKE          ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext      [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
       
      supplementary reports. This new electronic signature functionality can be 
      
      
      
      to activated or deactivated by the discretion of the site. The new Turn 
      Electronic Signature On/Off [LRAP ESIG SWITCH] option is used to activate 
      or deactivate the new electronic signature functionality. The electronic 
      signature functionality is activated during the verification/release 
      process of the Autopsy and AP reports. 
      
      Pathologists may now view and electronically sign reports rather than 
      ===========
      printing a paper copy for viewing and signature. The electronic signature 
      name is obtained from the NEW PERSON file (#200), ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE CODE 
      field (#20.4). All electronically signed released reports are stored in TIU 
      containing the electronic signature name, date, and time displayed on the 
      last page of the reports (near the bottom). Only authorized users are 
      allowed to electronically sign reports. Non-authorized users will receive a 
      message indicating that they are not authorized to electronically sign 
      reports.
      
        
      
      ASSOCIATED NOIS
      ===============
      ALB-0501-50221         e-sig for Surgical Pathology Report
      ANN-1195-41047         Can release anatomic report without pathologist's 
                                     name
      ASH-0400-31745         CONFLICT  LAB VS PATCH XU*8*134
      CHA-0601-30916         Anatomic Path result alerts
      DAY-0201-40571         LR*5.2*248 - Verification of AP Supplemental
      DET-0301-42098         Installed patch LR*5.2*248
      FTL-1000-52712         QUESTION                       
      This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the 
      IND-0501-42474         Error when trying to delete supplemental report 
                                     date
      JAC-0302-70436         Autopsy Reports
      LOU-0400-42255         Modified Report not showing    
      MAN-0100-11108         Supplemental report changes completion date in AP
      MAN-0301-10830         MD DISPLAY ON PATH REPORTS     
      MIN-0500-41991         PAP test limitations
      MIW-0497-40185         PROVIDER NAME OVER 30 CHARACTERS
      MOU-1101-32590         Autopsy type OTHER LIMITATIONS causes print problem
      MUS-0997-70156         Need to edit path date     
      VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by the VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled 
      PHI-0601-20384         Undefined variable [LRAPR
      PUG-0700-52652         Need view alert for anatomic path result
      SAM-0301-22193         SP REPORT FOOTER CONTAINS ADM: AND DX: TEXT FOR 
                                     INPATIENTS
      SDC-1101-61043         AP Reports - MODIFIED report
      SHE-0499-50108         CPRS Interface with Anat Pathology for 
                                     Notifications?
      SPO-0701-50733         Alert for pathology        
      WIC-0899-42604         REVERIFY RE'D AFTER VIEWING ANAT'L REPORT
      WIC-1298-42147         Autopsy verification needs locked
      VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
       
      E3R:      4892         NO SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT TO RELEASE' PROMPT
                5572         ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE FOR AP
                5995         SPECIMEN/DX FOR PATHOLOGIST VERIFICATION
                5592         RELEASE DATE ADDED TO ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY REPORTS
                6208         TECH TITLES
                6566         ANATOMIC PATH VIEW ALERT
                7059         CODING DOES NOT PRINT
                7536         CHANGE PATHOLOGIST AFTER REPORT VERIFIED
                9245         AUTOPSY RELEASE PROBLEM
      
                9447         ANATOMICAL PATH ALERT IS NOT FUNCTION
                9592         RELEASE DATE ADDED TO ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY REPORTS
               12872         ELECTRONIC SIGNING ANATOMIC PATH RPT
               14775         PATHOLOGY REPORT LOCK
               15456         NEED ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE
               15643         REQUEST CHANGES AFTER PATCH 248                   
               17034         AP REPORT FORMAT IGNORED BY CERTAIN CPRS DISPLAYS
                 
          
      TEST SITES
      VISTA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology Electronic Signature (Patch LR*5.2*259) 
      ==========
        Bay Pines VAMC
        Boston HCS
        Desert Pacific Healthcare Network
        Durham VAMC
        Eastern Colorado HCS
        Jackson VAMC
        Milwaukee VAMC
        Muskogee VAMC
        North Chicago VAMC
      software release implements the new electronic signature functionality 
        North Florida/South Georgia HCS
        Roudebush VAMC
        San Francisco VAMC
        VA Heartland East HCS
        VA Western New York HCS
       
       
      SOFTWARE RETRIEVAL:
      ===================
        
      
    • 305 SEQ #237
      DATE APPLIED:   2004-05-07 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Currently, the Laboratory application contains functionality that will 
       
      The new patient name NEWPATIENT,JANE is not accepted.
       
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*305 contains changes to software 
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE. 
      Changes include: NOT ALLOWING LAB TO ADD PATIENTS TO PATIENT FILE
       
      All of the above changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank 
      Developer and found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE 
      control functions.
       
      Most, if not all, sites are not using the functionality that allows a patient 
      RISK ANALYSIS:  Changes made by patch LR*5.2*305 have no effect on Blood 
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS:  Patch LR*5.2*305 does not 
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements 
      functions.
        
      POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES:  This patch contains changes to one routine and 
      one file identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive 
      99-053, group B listing. The changes have no effect in Blood Bank 
      name to be added to the PATIENT (#2) file from the patient name prompt 
      functionality or medical device control functions. There is no adverse 
      potential to sites.
       
      Software Updates:
      ----------------
      The following code has been changed in routine ^LRDPA.  Added Quit at the end
      of the first line in subroutine LAYG.
       
      From:  
      LAYG    ;Determine if DLAYGO is allowed on second pass.
      within Lab menu options.  However, the functionality is in place and may be 
              K DLAYGO S DIC(0)="EQMZ"
              Q:'$P($G(LRPARAM),"^",6)
              Q:'$D(LRLABKY)
              S DLAYGO=2 S DIC(0)="EQMZL"
              Q
      To:
      LAYG    ;Don't allow DLAYGO on second pass.
              K DLAYGO S DIC(0)="EQMZ" Q
              Q:'$P($G(LRPARAM),"^",6)
              Q:'$D(LRLABKY)
      used if the site has the ALLOW LAB TO ADD PATIENTS (#13) field of the
              S DLAYGO=2 S DIC(0)="EQMZL"
              Q
       
      DD Updates:
      -----------
      The description of ALLOW LAB TO ADD PATIENTS field (#13) in the LABORATORY
      SITE file (#69.9) has been changed to indicate that field #13 is no longer
      functional, and the set code value '1' has been removed as a valid entry.
       
      From:
      LABORATORY SITE (#69.9) file set to 'Yes.'  If this field is set to 'Yes',
      69.9,13   ALLOW LAB TO ADD PATIENTS 0;6 SET (Required)
       
                '1' FOR YES;
                '0' FOR NO; 
                LAST EDITED: MAY 01, 1984 
                DESCRIPTION: If the Lab is allowed to enter patients into
                     the system, this field must contain a 'Yes' entry.  Only 
                     lab users with the LRLAB key will make the changes and 
                     only when using lab options.  
       
      any patient name prompt will accept a new patient name, one that does not
      To:
      69.9,13          ALLOW LAB TO ADD PATIENTS 0;6 SET (Required)
       
                '0' FOR NO; 
                LAST EDITED: SEP 02, 2003 
                DESCRIPTION: This field is not functional.  It is no longer 
                     used to allow Lab to add patients to the Patient file. 
       
      Test Sites     
      ---------- 
      currently exist in the PATIENT(#2) file, if the new patient name is entered
      Muskogee, OK
      Boston HCS
      Cheyenne VAMC
      Columbus VAMC
        
        ROUTINE SUMMARY: 
        =================
        The following routine(s) are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each routine now looks like: 
        
      twice.  See the example below:
        <tab>     ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
         
                      Checksum      Checksum
        Routine Name  Before Patch  After Patch  Patch List
        ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
        LR305         N/A           5010875      **305** (Deleted by KIDS)
        LRDPA         7837880       7840899      **137,121,153,202,211,248,305** 
        
        Installation Instructions: 
        ==========================
       
        Users may remain on the system, but installation should be done at off
        peak hours.  No options need to be placed out of service.  Installation 
        time is less than 1 minute during off peak hours and less than 5 minutes
        during peak hours.  Installation of this patch requires no additional 
        memory space.
       
        1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
           option will load the KIDS package in this message onto your system.
       
        2. Review your mapped set.  If the routines are mapped, they 
      allow the user to add a new patient to the PATIENT (#2) file from within 
      Select Laboratory DHCP Menu Option: 1  Phlebotomy menu
           should be removed from the mapped set at this time
       
        3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
           system. You now need to use KIDS to install the Transport global.
           
        4. On the Kernel Installation and Distribution System (KIDS) menu, select
           the 'Installation' menu.  You may elect to use the following options:
               a. Print Transport Global
               b. Compare Transport Global to Current System
               c. Verify Checksums in Transport Global
        
               d. Backup a Transport Global
       
        5. When ready, select the Install Packages option (when prompted for the
           INSTALL NAME, enter 'LR*5.2*305'.      
        
        6. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES//',
           respond "NO".
       
        7. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and 
           Protocols? YES//', respond "NO".
                Add tests to a given accession.
       
        8. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should be
           returned to the mapped set once the installation has run to
           completion.
       
        9. Using Fileman, verify that the ALLOW LAB TO ADD PATIENTS (#13) field 
           of the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) is set to 'No.'  If not, set it to
           'No.'  'No' is the only setting allowed after patch installation.
                Add tests to an already existing order number.
                Delete entire order or individual tests
                Itemized routine lab collection
                Lab orders by collection type
                Lab test order
                List of lab orders not collected
                List of orders not collected (Long form)
      the Laboratory Application.  However, due to IT Service Request 20030306 
                Order/test status
                Print collection list/labels
                Print future collection labels
                Print single future collection label
                Receipt of routine lab collection from wards
                Test description information
                Ward lab menu ...
       
      Select Phlebotomy menu Option: LAB TEST order
       
      Patient Identity Management Services and HDR (Health Data Repository) Pilot,
      Select Patient Name: NEWPATIENT,JANE ??  <-- 1st try - Name does not exist so 
                                                   '??' displays
      Select Patient Name: NEWPATIENT,JANE     <-- 2nd try - Name is accepted as a 
                                                   new entry to the PATIENT(#2)
      file.
         ARE YOU ADDING 'NEWPATIENT,JANE' AS A NEW PATIENT (THE 239TH)? No// Y 
      (Yes)
         PATIENT SEX: F FEMALE
         PATIENT DATE OF BIRTH: 03121975  (MAR 12, 1975)
         PATIENT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER: 111223333
      it has been requested that all ancillary applications, including Laboratory
         PATIENT TYPE: ?
         PATIENT TYPE: TRICARE  
         PATIENT VETERAN (Y/N)?: Y YES
         .
         .
         .
       
      A number of patient demographic fields are prompted before resuming the 
      prompting of fields required for the LAB TEST ORDER [LROW] option.  Most 
      options in Laboratory Service permit new patient names to be entered in the 
      Service, remove such functionality.  For more information on this service
      format shown above.  Patch LR*5.2*305 was created to remove this 
      functionality from within the Laboratory Service application. 
       
      The following two changes to existing functionality are included in this 
      patch:
       
        1. The ALLOW LAB TO ADD PATIENTS (#13) field of the LABORATORY SITE 
           (#69.9) file has been modified so that it can no longer be set to
           'Yes.'  'No' is now the only answer allowed.
       
      request, view the following link:
        2. The patient name prompt in menu options within Laboratory Service, 
           has been modified to no longer allow a new patient to be added to the 
           PATIENT (#2) file from within Lab.  See the example below:
       
      Select Laboratory DHCP Menu Option: 1  Phlebotomy menu
       
                Add tests to a given accession.
                Add tests to an already existing order number.
                Add to collection list
                Delete entire order or individual tests
       
                Itemized routine lab collection
                Lab orders by collection type
                Lab test order
                List of lab orders not collected
                List of orders not collected (Long form)
                Order/test status
                Print collection list/labels
                Print future collection labels
                Print single future collection label
                Receipt of routine lab collection from wards
      http://vista.domain.ext/pas/ViewTrackingRecord.asp?RequestID=20030306
                Test description information
                Ward lab menu ...
       
      Select Phlebotomy menu Option: LAB TEST order
       
      Select Patient Name: NEWPATIENT,JANE ??
      Select Patient Name: NEWPATIENT,JANE ??
      Select Patient Name: NEWPATIENT,JANE ??
      Select Patient Name:
       
      
    • 128
      DATE APPLIED:   1996-11-29 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
    • 281
      DATE APPLIED:   2004-07-02 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*281 does not 
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none. 
      automatically generated when your site does an automated or manual run and data is sent to Austin Automation Center.  Six months of previous reports are kept as well as the current mo
      
      3) Sites now have the ability to capture and manipulate EPI data into a 
      report or spreadsheet-delimited format.  A site can also add pathogens for local use and generate reports or capture data in a spreadsheet format for local use.
      
      4) Additional data will be sent to Austin.  Including:
              LOINC codes
              Master Patient Index
              County and State for patient demographics
              MIC values
       
              The new Race and Ethnicity fields
      
      5) Provide the ability to capture 6 new pathogens:
              All Staphylococcus aureus (Reference #18)
              Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA)
              (Reference #19)
              Vancomycin-Resistant Staphylococcus aureus (VRSA)
               (Reference #20)
              Vancomycin-Resistant Coagulase Negative Staphylococci/Staph epi   
              (VRSE)(Reference #21)
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION:  Because of the nature of the changes made,
              All Streptococcus pneumoniae (Reference #22)
              All Enterococci (Reference #23)
      
      6) EPI is also enhanced to capture the approved newer Legionella Urinary Antigen test.
      
      7) A bug is fixed with the date handling for start and stop date.
      
      8) The new field PREVIOUS CYCLE (#19) in the Lab Search/Extract file(#69.5) contains a numeric entry which defines the number of previous cycles to search.  These findings will be rep
       
      NEW OPTIONS:
      no specific validation requirements exist as a result of installation of this
      NAME: LREPI DELETE LOCAL PATHOGEN       MENU TEXT: Delete Local Pathogen
        TYPE: run routine
      DESCRIPTION:   This option allows deletion of local pathogens ONLY. 
      National pathogens CAN NOT be deleted.
        ROUTINE: DELETE^LREPIPI
       
      NAME: LREPI DELETE LOCAL REPORT
        MENU TEXT: Delete Local Report or Spreadsheet
        TYPE: run routine
       DESCRIPTION:   This option allows you to delete local reports or local
      patch.
       spreadsheets.  
        ROUTINE: DELETE^LREPIRS2
       
      NAME: LREPI ENTER/EDIT LOCAL PATH       MENU TEXT: Enter/Edit Local 
      Pathogens
        TYPE: run routine
       DESCRIPTION:   This option allows you to enter or edit local pathogens 
      into the LAB SEARCH/EXTRACT FILE (#69.5)  These pathogens can be selected for the report/spreadsheet option.  Local pathogens WILL NOT be transmitted to Austin.
        ROUTINE: LREPIPI
       
      ***********************************************************************
      NAME: LREPI GENERATE REPORT/SP
        MENU TEXT: Lab EPI Generate Local Report/Spreadsheet
        TYPE: run routine
       DESCRIPTION:   This new option is used to generate reports or spreadsheets for national EPI and local pathogen data.  The job is automatically tasked after selecting the national EPI
      or spreadsheet.  The report or spreadsheet can then be viewed on the screen or printed using the new LAB EPI Print Local Report/Spreadsheet option.  Note: NO data is transmitted to Au
        ROUTINE: LREPIRS
       
      NAME: LREPI LOCAL PATHOGEN MENU         MENU TEXT: Local Pathogen Menu
        TYPE: menu
       DESCRIPTION:   This menu contains options to enter/edit and delete local pathogens.  Also, it contains options to generate and print the local report/spreadsheet.  
      Due to extensive historical data transmission requirements and mandated setups
      ITEM: LREPI ENTER/EDIT LOCAL PATH
      ITEM: LREPI DELETE LOCAL PATHOGEN
      ITEM: LREPI GENERATE REPORT/SP          SYNONYM: GEN
      ITEM: LREPI PRINT REPORT/SPSHT          SYNONYM: PRT
       
       
      NAME: LREPI PATHOGEN INQUIRY            MENU TEXT: Pathogen Inquiry
        TYPE: run routine
       DESCRIPTION:   This new option is used to inquire into the LAB
      SEARCH/EXTRACT file (#69.5) parameter description fields (i.e. INACTIVE:NO, LAG DAYS: 15, RUN DATE:ICT 07,2003, CYCLE:MONTHLY, PROTOCOL:LREPI, FOLLOW PTF:YES, REFERENCE NUMBER:23, and
      required for such, a phased installation and implementation of this patch will
        ROUTINE: INQUIRY^LREPIPI
       
      NAME: LREPI PRINT REPORT/SPSHT
        MENU TEXT: Lab EPI Print Local Report/Spreadsheet
        TYPE: run routine
       DESCRIPTION:   This option allows you to print a report or spreadsheet 
      that was generated with the Lab EPI Generate Local Report/Spreadsheet.  
        ROUTINE: LREPIRS2
       
      NAME: LREPI VERIFICATION REPORT
      be utilized for release of this patch.  The software download information will
        MENU TEXT: Print Detailed Verification Report
        TYPE: run routine
       DESCRIPTION:   This option prints the Detailed Verification Report.  This 
      report is automatically generated when your site does an automated or 
      manual run and data is sent to Austin Automation Center.  Six months of 
      previous reports are kept as well as the current month for printing.  
        ROUTINE: LREPIRP7
      
      MODIFIED OPTIONS:
      NAME: LREPI ENHANCE MANUAL RUN          MENU TEXT: Lab EPI Manual Run (Enhanced)
      be made available to sites attending one of the following national
        TYPE: run routine
      DESCRIPTION:   This option is used ONLY to manually extract national EPI data
       and transmit to the Austin Automation Center (AAC). When this option is run,
       an EPI Summary Verification Report is generated and automatically sent to the
       EPI-Report mail group. Also, a Detailed Verification Report is generated and
       can be printed using the new Print Detailed Verification Report [LREPI
       VERIFICATION REPORT] option. This option has been RENAMED from Lab
       Search/Extract Manual Run (Enhanced) [LREPI SEARCH/EXTRACT ENHANCED MANUAL
       RUN] to EPI Manual Run (Enhanced) [LREPI ENHANCE MANUAL RUN] option.  
        ROUTINE: LREPIRM
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA  
      audioconference calls:
      
      NAME: LREPI NIGHTLY TASK                MENU TEXT: Lab EPI Nightly Task
        TYPE: run routine
       DESCRIPTION:   The Lab Search/Extract Nightly Task option must be scheduled to
       run each night by TaskMan. This option will build a HL7 Message and send it
       the defined location specified in the EPI Protocols.  
        ROUTINE: AUTO^LREPIRM                 SCHEDULING RECOMMENDED: YES
      
      NAME: LREPI PARAMETER SETUP             MENU TEXT: Lab EPI Parameter Setup
        TYPE: ScreenMan
       
      DESCRIPTION:   This option is used to define the search criteria along with
       additional information associated with the EPI extracts.  This option only
       allows editing.  You are not allowed to add local pathogens with this option.  
        DIC {DIC}: LAB(69.5,                  DIC(0): AEMQ
        DR{DDS}: [LREPI9]                     DDSFILE: 69.5
      
      MODIFIED FILE:
                                                UP    SEND  DATA                USER
                                                DATE  SEC.  COMES  SITE   RSLV  OVER
       FILE #      NAME                         DD    CODE  W/FILE DATA   PTS   RIDE
      Tuesday, June 8 at 1:00 - 3:00 PM EST for VISNs 1-2-3-4-5-6 
       -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       
       69.5        LAB SEARCH/EXTRACT           YES   NO    YES    MERG   YES   NO
       
      The VistA Laboratory EPI Rollup Modifications Technical and User Manual 
      (i.e., LR_52_281_EPI_TUM.PDF) is available on the following Office of 
      Information Field Offices (OIFOs) ANONYMOUS SOFTWARE directories: 
       
      OIFOs              FTP ADDRESS                   DIRECTORY
      Albany             ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext      [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
      Thursday, June 10 at 3:00 - 5:00 PM EST for VISNs 7-8-9-10-11 
      Hines              ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext       [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
      Salt Lake City     ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext         [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
       
      VistA Laboratory EPI Rollup Modifications Technical and User Manual is 
      exported as part of Patch LR*5.2*281 in the following formats:
       
      FILE NAME                      CONTENTS                             FORMAT RETRIEVAL
      
      LR_52_281_EPI_TUM.PDF          LR EPI Technical and User Manual     BINARY
       
      Tuesday, June 15 at 4:00 - 6:00 PM EST for VISNs 12-15-16-17-23 
      Testing Sites:
      ==============
       Boston HCS
       Cincinnati VAMC
       Detroit VAMC
       Durham VAMC
       Manchester VAMC
       Togus VAMC
       
       ROUTINE SUMMARY
      Wednesday, June 16 at 2:00 - 4:00 PM EST for VISNs 18-19-20-21-22 
       ===============
       
         The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
         of each of these routines now looks like:
         <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
        
                           Checksum       Checksum
       
       
          Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
      Thursday, June 17 at 2:00 - 4:00 PM EST for those unable to attend the other
          ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
          LR281            N/A              4418686      281(Deleted by KIDS)
          LREPI            14217525         14182167     132,175,260,281
          LREPI1           10654552         11822436     132,157,175,260,281
          LREPI2           7199135          8491199   132,157,175,242,260,281
          LREPI2A          NEW              7574864      281
          LREPI3           5462995          9184652      132,175,260,281
          LREPI5           NEW              2408593      281
          LREPIPH          5818757          6144410      260,281
          LREPIPI          NEW              5220624      281
      calls. 
          LREPIRM          5260075          7566388      175,281
          LREPIRP          5973015          20442264     132,157,175,260,281
          LREPIRP1         NEW              15133552     281
          LREPIRP2         NEW              3729823      281
          LREPIRP3         NEW              29061422     281
          LREPIRP4         NEW              1812384      281
          LREPIRP5         NEW              11788836     281
          LREPIRP6         NEW              25502070     281
          LREPIRP7         NEW              17171829     281
          LREPIRP8         NEW              8376752      281
      
          LREPIRP9         NEW              4718         281
          LREPIRS          NEW              8576522      281
          LREPIRS1         NEW              16664999     281
          LREPIRS2         NEW              22133542     281
          LREPIRS3         NEW              16290972     281
          LREPISRV         12552990         15211664     260,281 
          LREPISV1         NEW              4805594      281
       
       ASSOCIATED NOIS:
       ================
      The VANTS telephone number is 1 800 767-1750 and the access code for all calls
       
       NONE
       
       E3Rs:
       =====
       
       N/A
       
      **********************************************************************
       
      DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
      is 13143.
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      =========================
       
        The install time for this patch is less than 2 minutes. This patch
        can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
       
      NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system
            to avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
       
      
        1.  If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for
            them.
       
        2.  Use the 'Load a Distribution" option to load the Host file on to your
            system.
       
        3.  The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
            system.  You now need to use KIDS to install the transport   
            global.
       
      This patch will involve reseeding of the EPI databases for each site to allow
        4.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
            select the 'Installation' menu.
       
        5.  Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify 
            that all routines have the correct checksums.
       
        6.  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the   
            following options:
              Print Transport Global
              Compare Transport Global to Current System
      the new data created by this patch to be captured.  It is imperative each site 
              Backup a Transport Global
       
            If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this 
            patch prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a 
            Transport Global' option at this time.  You may also compare the  
            routines in your production account to the routines in the patch  
            by using the 'Compare a Transport Global to Current System' 
            option.
        
        7.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
      attend an audioconference prior to installation and implementation of
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*281'.
       
            If prompted ' Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of 
            Install? YES//' choose 'NO'.
       
            If prompted ' Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?  
            YES// ' choose 'NO'.
       
            If prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
            Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'.
      LR*5.2*281.
       
        8.  On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
       
        9.  Routine LR281 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
      
      INSTRUCTIONS FOR SEEDING THE HISTORICAL DATA:
       
      Historical data must be gathered from October 1, 2000 through June 14, 2004. 
       
      Use the Lab EPI Manual Run (Enhanced) [LREPI ENHANCE MANUAL RUN] option to run/
      gather and transmit 6 manual runs (consecutive runs) at a time.
       
      ** Sites DO NOT transmit on June 16 or July 4 to avoid Austin Automation Center
       (AAC) capacity limitations. **
       
      Batch #1: October 1, 2000 -March 31, 2001
      Batch #2: April 1, 2001 - September 30, 2001
      Batch #3: October 1, 2001 - March 31, 2002
      Batch #4: April 1, 2002 - September 30, 2002
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*281 does not 
      Batch #5: October 1, 2002 - March 31, 2003
      Batch #6: April 1, 2003 - September 30, 2003
      Batch #7: October 1, 2003 - March 31, 2004
      Batch #8: April 1, 2004 - June 14, 2004 
       
      Sites will run 8 batches of reports. Each batch should contain 6 separate
      monthly extracts which are tasked separately by month, i.e., OCT 2000, NOV
      2000, DEC 2000, JAN 2001, FEB 2001, MAR 2001 = 1 batch and will generate six
      separate processing reports back to the station and transmit them over a five
      week period June 10, 2004 - July 12, 2004.
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
      You do not have to wait for one monthly extract to run before starting the next
      in a batch.
      You do not have to wait for one batch to complete running before queuing the
      next batch.
      If you receive any fatal errors and the monthly extract is rejected, you will
      need to fix the error and retransmit that month. 
       
      Sites may transmit reports to AAC on evenings and weekends following this
      schedule:
      1. VISNs with odd numbers are asked to transmit batches on Tuesday & Thursday
      elements functions.
       during the PM hours and Saturdays.
      2. VISNs with even numbers are asked to transmit on Monday & Friday during the
       PM hours and Sundays.
       
      **  NO Sites may transmit on June 16 or July 4 due to AAC limitations. **
      
      
      The EPI Enhancement patch, LR*5.2*281, contains enhancements and 
      modifications to the Emerging Pathogens Initiative (EPI) software.
      The enhancements and modifications included in this patch are:
       
      
      1) New EPI Summary Verification Report of EPI Extracted Data from Site:
         The new Verification Summary Report of EPI Extracted Data from Site   
         replaces the existing Emerging Pathogens Verification Report.  This 
         new summary report consists of the following functionality:
              1) Summary report automatically generated at the sites and sent    
                 to the EPI-REPORT mail group on the 15th day of each month
              2) Summary pages are displayed in a human readable format used 
                 for quick viewing
              3) Displays reporting site name and station number
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*281 have no effect on Blood 
              4) Summary report is only 1-2 pages long
              5) Summary report displays emerging pathogens total number of
                 occurrences during the monthly processing cycle
              6) Summary report displays emerging pathogens total number of
                 persons with occurrences during the monthly processing cycle
              7) Displays Resolution of Risk Assessment number of persons 
                 with the nationally rolled-up resolution Hepatitis C that 
                 occurred during monthly processing cycle
      
      2) New Detailed Verification Report is a detailed pathogen-specific report for validation purposes.  The Print Detailed Verification Report [LREPI VERIFICATION REPORT] option prints t
      
    • 313 SEQ #238
      DATE APPLIED:   2004-08-02 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Description
      DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
       
       
      ASSOCIATED NOIS
      ---------------
      DUR-0803-30566
      FGH-0304-32518
      NYH-1203-10526 
       
        
      TEST SITES
       
      ----------
      Albuquerque VAMC - VMS/DSM
      Durham VAMC - VMS/DSM
      Iron Mountain VAMC - VMS/Cache 
      Maryland HCS - VMS/DSM
      Milwaukee VAMC - VMS/DSM
      North Florida/South Georgia HCS - VMS/DSM
      Shreveport VAMC - VMS/DSM
      Tomah VAMC - VMS/Cache
      Upstate New York HCS - VMS/DSM
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*313 does not
        
      
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
         LR313            N/A            4332118        **313** (Deleted by KIDS)
         LREGFR           2490467        3964631        **289,313**
       
       List of preceding patches: 289
       Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
       
        
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      -------------------------
      functions.
       
       The install time for this patch is less than 5 minute. This patch can be
       installed when Laboratory users are on the system. However these users
       should not be using any of the Laboratory's package verifying options.
       Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
       
       
      NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
            problems loading and/or installing this patch.
       
       
            Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
            Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
       
       
        1.  If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
       
        2.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu.  This
            option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
       
        3.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*313 have no effect on Blood
            select the 'Installation' menu.
       
        4.  Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
            all routines have the correct checksums.
       
        5.  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
            options:
              Print Transport Global
              Compare Transport Global to Current System
              Backup a Transport Global
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
       
        6.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*313'.
       
            When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES//
            choose 'NO'.
       
            When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
            Protocols?  YES//', choose 'NO' unless site has additional local
       
            laboratory verifying options that should be disabled during install.
       
            The install will automatically disable the following options:
            Accession order then immediately enter data         LR ACC THEN DATA
            Batch data entry (chem, hem, tox, etc.)             LRSTUF
            Bypass normal data entry                            LRFAST
            Enter/verify data (Load list)                       LRVRW2
            Enter/verify data (Work list)                       LRVRW
            Enter/verify data (auto instrument)                 LRVR
            Enter/verify/modify data (manual)                   LRENTER
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION:  Because of the nature of the changes
            Fast Bypass Data Entry/Verify                       LRFASTS
            Group data review (verified & EM)                   LRGVP
            Group verify (EA, EL, EW)                           LRGV
       
       
        7. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
       
       Note: Routine LR313 will be deleted after successful patch installation. 
       
       
      ===========
      made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of installation
       
      INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
      ====================
       
      Select Installation Option: 6  Install Package(s)
      Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*313  Loaded from Distribution  1/26/04@11:22:51
           => LR*5.2*313
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Jan 26, 2004@11:22:51 with header of
         LR*5.2*313 
      of this patch.
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*313
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*313
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR313
       
       
                     Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
       
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---
       
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*313
       
       
      Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
       
       
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      1. NOIS DUR-0803-30566 and NYH-1203-10526 reported the eGFR calculation
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
      DEVICE: HOME//  TELNET VIRTUAL
       
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*313 :
                     Jan 26, 2004@11:26:28
       
      Build Distribution Date: Jan 26, 2004
      delta check was not triggered when processing creatinine results via
       
       Installing Routines:...
                     Jan 26, 2004@11:26:28
       
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR313.
       
                                *** Pre install started ***
       
                                 *** No action required ***
       
      option Enter/verify data (autoinstrument) [LRVR]. The delta check will be
                               *** Pre install completed ***
       
       Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
       
       Installing OPTION...........
                     Jan 26, 2004@11:26:28
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR313.
       
                                *** Post install started ***
      triggered when the creatinine value is entered and/or changed or when the
       
                                 *** No action required ***
       
                               *** Post install completed ***
       
                    Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
       
       Updating Routine file......
       
       Updating KIDS files.......
      eGFR has not been calculated. If the eGFR is a required test and the result
       
       LR*5.2*313 Installed.
                     Jan 26, 2004@11:26:28
       
       Install Message sent #xxxxx
      is 'pending' then the delta check will attempt to calculate the eGFR.
       
      
      2. The comment "MISSING PARAMETER" generated when the patient's race is
      'Undeclared' or 'Unanswered' is changed to "For eGFR: Race unknown, if
      African American multiply result by 1.210".
       
      3. The delta check will determine the patient's race using the following
      criteria:
       a. If specimen for a PATIENT file (#2) patient, the race is determine 
          using supported API VADPT.
       b. If specimen for a REFERRAL PATIENT file (#67) patient, the race is
          determined based on RACE field (#.06) in REFERRAL PATIENT file.
      This patch corrects several defects reported with the eGFR delta check
       c. All other patient types will not use race as a parameter in the
          calculation. These patient types will generate the 'race unknown'
          comment.
       
      4. During patch development it was determined that the lock placed on the
      accession being verified could be prematurely released. This defect could
      allow two or more users to edit the accession concurrently. The delta check
      has been changed to eliminate the releasing of the lock. The lock will now
      be released by the lab verifying options.
       
      released in patch LR*5.2*289 DELTA CHECK FOR EGFR TEST.
      5. During patch testing a potential safety issue was identified with the
      delta check with regards to display of abnormal/critical creatinine values.
      The delta check displayed eGFR exception messages as part of the display
      of creatinine abnormal/critical flags. These eGFR exception messages will
      be added as accession comments and not displayed as part of the creatinine
      result display.
       
      The eGFR exception messages that will be added as comments are.
          Condition                             Comment
          ---------                             -------
       
       no patient age   - "For eGFR: **eGFR not Calculated - No Age Recorded**"
       no patient sex   - "For eGFR: **eGFR not Calculated - No Sex Recorded**"
       race unknown     - "For eGFR: Race unknown, if African American multiply
                           result by 1.210"
       delta check
       incorrectly
       configured       - "For eGFR: **eGFR not Calculated - Delta check not
                           configured**"
                           Note: this comment generated when field TEST NAME FOR
                                 OUTPUT VALUE 1 (#61.1) is blank for the eGFR
       
                                 delta check entry in DELTA CHECKS file (#62.1).
       creatinine
       changed and eGFR
       not in editing
       profile          - "For eGFR: **eGFR not in test editing profile -
                           Creatinine Changed**"
      
      When no patient age or sex is identified, "canc" will be entered as the
      eGFR test result.
        
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*313 does not
      6. NOIS  FGH-0304-32518 reported the eGFR calculation was being performed
      and the result added to the accession when there was no ordered test for
      the eGFR. This prevents user from verifying and releasing test results.
      The eGFR delta check will check for the eGFR test in the test editing
      profile selected by the user. If the eGFR test is not in the editing
      profile then it will not be calculated. If the creatinine value is
      changed, the eGFR test is not in the editing profile and there is a
      previous eGFR result then the exception message "For eGFR: **eGFR not in
      test editing profile - Creatinine Changed**" will be generated
       
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
      7. When the eGFR delta check is called by option Group data review
      (verified & EM) [LRGVP] the delta check will quit with no action taken.
       
      8. See patch LR*5.2*289 DELTA CHECK FOR EGFR TEST for instructions on
      setting up and configuring the eGFR delta check.
       
      
      ASSOCIATED E3R
      --------------
       None
      
    • 312 SEQ #240
      DATE APPLIED:   2004-09-03 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      See patch description for details.
      
    • 320 SEQ #241
      DATE APPLIED:   2004-09-17 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*320 does not 
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none. 
       
        1.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu.  This
            option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
       
        2.  The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
            system.  You now need to use KIDS to install the transport   
            global.
       
        3.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
            select the 'Installation' menu.
       
       
        4.  Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify 
            that all routines have the correct checksums.
       
        5.  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the   
            following options:
              Print Transport Global
              Compare Transport Global to Current System
              Backup a Transport Global
       
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION:  Because of the nature of the changes made,
            If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this 
            patch prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a 
            Transport Global' option at this time.  You may also compare the  
            routines in your production account to the routines in the patch  
            by using the 'Compare a Transport Global to Current System' 
            option.
       
       
        6.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*320'.
      no specific validation requirements exist as a result of installation of this
       
            If prompted ' Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of 
            Install? YES//' choose 'NO'.
       
            If prompted ' Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?  
            YES// ' choose 'NO'.
       
            If prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
            Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'.
        
      patch.
        7.  Routine LR320 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
      
      ***********************************************************************
      
      The EPI Historical Reseeding patch, LR*5.2*320, contains modifications to the
      Emerging Pathogens Initiative (EPI) software that corrects fata errors received
      during the historical reseeding of the EPI data.  Sites were receiving fatal
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA  
      errors from Austin that caused their data to be rejected.
      The modifications included in this patch are:
      
      1) Test patients are not included in the EPI data sent to Austin.
      
      2) A string length error was fixed, MERGEOUT+34^HLTF2:1,%DSM-E-STRLEN.  This
       error was due to PID segments that were over 245 characters long.
      
      3) The 410 errors, discharge date after processing date, was corrected.  This
       problem was due to patients with a future discharge date.  This patch resolves
      DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
       this problem by not sending the discharge date to Austin if the discharge date
       is greater than the last day of the month of the extracted data.
      
      4) An undefined error is fixed.  In the Print Detailed Verification Report 
      [LREPI VERIFICATION REPORT] option an undefined error occurs when an "^" is 
      entered at the "Select Pathogen: " prompt.  Also, when selecting the Detailed
      Verification Report, the processing period is now displayed for easier
      selection.
      
      5) The 605 errors are corrected.  This problem was due to a missing date in the
       
       BACT RPT DATE APPROVED (#11 ) field of MICROBIOLOGY (#63.05) subfile of LAB 
       DATA (#63) file for organism IDs and a "0" was being sent to Austin.  This
       patch resolves this problem by sending a blank field when the completed date
       is missing instead of "0".
      
      6) A processing routine is added to the LREPI CLIENT protocol.  This resolves
      missing processing routine HL7 errors.
      
       
      Test Sites:
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*320 does not 
      ==============
       Phoenix, AZ VAMC
       Boston, MA HCS
       Cincinnati, OH VAMC
       Durham, NC VAMC
      
       ROUTINE SUMMARY
       ===============
       
         The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
         of each of these routines now looks like:
         <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
        
                           Checksum       Checksum
       
       
          Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
          ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
          LR320            N/A              2912182      320(Deleted by KIDS)
          LREPI1           11822436         11922889     132,157,175,260,281,320
      elements functions.
          LREPI2           8491199          8531292      132,157,175,242,260,281,320
          LREPI3           9184652          9874365      132,175,260,281,320
          LREPIRP          20442264         20526099     132,157,175,260,281,320
          LREPIRP5         11788836         11827526     281,320
          LREPIRP7         17171829         17482896     281,320
      
       ASSOCIATED NOIS:
       ================
       
       PHO-0604-62256
       
       DUR-0604-31907
       CTX-0604-71980
       DAY-0704-40732
      
       E3Rs:
       =====
       
       N/A
         
      **********************************************************************
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*320 have no effect on Blood 
       
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      =========================
       
        The install time for this patch is less than 2 minutes. This patch
        can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
       
      NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system
            to avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
      
    • 316 SEQ #242
      DATE APPLIED:   2004-10-29 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch will prevent a user from entering the ; and : characters when
      defining or modifying a data name using menu options Add a new data name
      [LRWU5] and Modify an existing data name [LRWU6].
      
    • 318 SEQ #243
      DATE APPLIED:   2004-12-28 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses 2 NOIS calls:
       
      1) BRK-1095-12897  PROBLEMS WITH SUMMARY LIST (SUPERVISORS')
      2) ECH-0404-50682  ERROR AT P1+10^LRLISTE
      
    • 295
      DATE APPLIED:   2004-12-28 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
        
         -------                                 -----
         LRAPDA         8740574            11974055         72,73,91,121,248.259,295
         LRAPDSR        3990550             4820936         248.259,295
         LRLOG           n/a                 305911         295
         LRMIEDZ        5380499             5420375         295
         LRMIEDZ2      12271075            12684281         23,104,242,295
         LRMINEW1       5165056             5204932         295
         LRMISTF1      13608455            13918017         121,128,202,263,264,295
         LRMIV          5001526             5041402         295
         LRMIV1        12023776            12570260         295
         LRMIV2        15031478            15300044         242,295
         Clinical Reminders                      PXRM*1.5*12
         LRMIVER1       9809595             9849471         295
         LROC           9187454             9241387         121,295
         LRPX            n/a                1901323         295
         LRPXAPI         n/a                6978402         295
         LRPXAPI1        n/a                9229397         295
         LRPXAPI2        n/a                9408086         295
         LRPXAPI3        n/a               10777199         295
         LRPXAPI4        n/a                9871300         295
         LRPXAPI5        n/a                7476080         295
         LRPXAPI6        n/a                2460984         295
         Inpatient Pharmacy                      PSJ*5*90
         LRPXAPIU        n/a                3414289         295
         LRPXAPP         n/a                6489777         295
         LRPXAPPU        n/a                3123020         295
         LRPXCHK         n/a                8866448         295
         LRPXCHKA        n/a                7391720         295
         LRPXCHKM        n/a                3210671         295
         LRPXRM          n/a                9609565         295
         LRPXSXRA        n/a                8089677         295
         LRPXSXRB        n/a                5387076         295
         LRPXSXRL        n/a                4335783         295
         Laboratory                              LR*5.2*295
         LRVER3A       10313641            10338465         1,5,42,100,121,153,190,
                                                            221,254,263,266,274,295
        
        Host File:
        ==========
        Because this is part of a multi-package build this patch will be available
        only as a host file. The name of the file is
        CLINICAL_REMINDERS_INDEX.KID.
        
       Sites will retrieve VistA software from the following FTP addresses.  The
         Mental Health                           YS*5.01*77
       preferred method is to FTP the files from download.vista.domain.ext.  This
       transmits the files from the first available FTP server. Sites may also
       elect to retrieve software directly from a specific server as follows:
        
       Albany          ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext  <ftp://ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext>
       Hines           ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext   <ftp://ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext>
       Salt Lake City  ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext     <ftp://ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext>
        
        
       Installation:
         Order Entry/Results Reporting (OE/RR)   OR*3*157
       =============
       1. Detailed installation instructions may be found in the Installation
       Guide, PXRMIG-P12.PDF.
        
       2. After successful installation, the init routine GMPLP27I may be
       deleted.
       
         Outpatient Pharmacy                     PSO*7*118
         Patient Care Encounter (PCE)            PX*1.0*119
         Pharmacy Data Management                PSS*1*62
         PIMS/Scheduling                         DG*5.3*478
       This project consists of 12 patches that work together to create a new
         Problem List                            GMPL*2*27
         Radiology                               RA*5*33
         Vitals                                  GMRV*4*15
        
       This patch (LR*5.2*295) provides the description of the Lab
       routines, but not the Lab routines themselves, which must be loaded
       from the main multi-build host file. PXRM*1.5*12 distributes these Lab
       routines. This patch provides a new global ^PXRMINDX where Lab data
       are indexed in ^PXRMINDX(63, for fast retrieval. Lab APIs are provided
       to provide easy access. APIs are documented in DBIAs 4245 and 4246.
       Clinical Reminders index global. The purpose of this index is to provide
       Changes were made to existing Lab routines that update the indexes
       whenever Lab data is added, edited, or deleted.
        
       Note: This patch is informational; the build (LR*5.2*295) will be
       distributed as part of a multi-package build,
       CLINICAL_REMINDERS_INDEX.KID.
        
        Blood Bank Clearance:
        =====================
        
       rapid access to clinical data. All of the standard Clinical Reminders
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*295 does not 
       contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA 
       DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
        
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*295 does not 
       alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
       elements functions.
        
       RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*295 have no effect on 
       Blood Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       finding types are included in the index.
        
       VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION:  Because of the nature of the 
       changes made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of 
       installation of this patch.
        
        Documentation:
        ==============
       An installation guide, PXRMIG-P12.PDF, and a technical manual,
       PXRMTM-P12.PDF, are available. This documentation will be in the form
       of Adobe Acrobat files. The documentation can also be found on the
        
       Health System Design and Development Web page: (http://vista.domain.ext/vdl/).
        
       The preferred method is to FTP the files from download.vista.domain.ext.
       This transmits the files from the first available FTP server. Sites
       may also elect to retrieve documents directly from a specific server as
       follows:
        
       Albany          ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext  <ftp://ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext>
       Hines           ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext   <ftp://ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext>
       Salt Lake City  ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext     <ftp://ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext>
       The 12 patches that comprise this project are:
        
        Test Sites:
        ===========
        Anchorage
        Augusta
        Birmingham
        Bronx
        Chicago
        Dayton
        Loma Linda
        
        Martinez
        Montana
        Puget Sound
        Salt Lake City
        San Francisco
        Tampa
        Washington DC
        White River Junction
        
        Routine Summary:
         Package                                 Patch
        ===============
        The following is a list of the routines included in this patch. The 
        second line of each routine looks like:
        
       <tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
        
                                CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
         Name          Before Patch       After Patch       Patch List
         ----------------------------------------------------------------
        
      
    • 286
      DATE APPLIED:   2004-12-28 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*286 contains changes to software
      found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE version 5.2
       
      12. Enter/verify data (auto instrument) [LRVR] and Enter/verify/modify
      data (manual) [LRENTER] options will display patient information from
      PAT. INFO. field (#.091) in LAB DATA file (#63) during result verification.
      (E3R #13408)
       
      13. Alignment of test results during verification process has been adjusted
      to avoid display of previous and current test results together. Results
      will be displayed right-justified under the date/time of each specimen.  
        
      control functions.
      14. NOIS ALB-0100-50284, FAV-1103-70892 reported a failure of UID creation
      and storage when creating a non-daily accession that is in common with
      another accession area. The failure occurs on the creation of the first
      accession for a given accession area and date. After the first accession
      for an accession date is created and stored in ACCESSION file (#68)
      subsequent accessions have the UID stored properly. Failure was due to
      missing subfile zeroth nodes for the ACCESSION DATE multiple (#68.01) and
      ACCESSION NUMBER multiple (#68.02) of the ACCESSION file (#68) when calling
      FileMan to store the UID. Routine LRWLST1 will now check and set the
      subfile's zeroth nodes before calling FileMan.
      
       
        FileMan calls have been converted from classic FileMan DIE calls to
      FileMan Database Server calls (DBS). When an error condition is
      encountered during a FileMan DBS call, the Laboratory package will
      generate a mail message with the subject "FileMan DBS call failed during
      accessioning in routine LRWLST1". This message will be sent to the local
      mail group "LMI". It will contain debugging information to assist site
      and National VistA Support in resolving the condition that produced the
      error.
        
      RISK ANALYSIS:   Changes made by patch LR*5.2*286 have no effect on Blood
      15. NOIS BON-0196-71728 reported a problem with storing the appropriate
      treating specialty associated with an accession. A bad or incorrect
      pointer to FACILITY TREATING SPECIALTY file (#45.7) could be stored in
      the TREATING SPECIALTY (#6.6) field within the ACCESSION NUMBER field
      (#68.02) multiple within the ACCESSION DATE field (#68.01) multiple of
      the ACCESSION file (#68). When a specimen is accessioned for a
      non-inpatient and the user selects an inpatient ordering location the
      software would use the specialty from SPECIALITY file (#42.4) that
      is associated with the WARD LOCATION file (#42) entry linked to the
      HOSPITAL LOCATION file (#44).
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
         Routine LRWLST1 will determine treating specialty based on the
      associated TREATING SPECIALTY field (#9.5) in the HOSPITAL LOCATION file
      (#44) when the patient is not an inpatient. When a patient is an inpatient
      then treating specialty will be determined from the PATIENT file (#2),
      TREATING SPECIALTY field (.103). Treating specialty will only be stored
      in ACCESSION file (#68) when the patient is from PATIENT file (#2).
       
      16. The following defects were identified during the software review as
      part of patch development.
      
       
        a. Ordering location and ordering provider will not be stored on
      accessions that are related to LAB CONTROL NAME file (#62.3) entries.
       
        b. During accessioning if accession area is locked by another process,
      the message displayed to user was "Accession area is locked by another
      user." Message will now include the name of the accession area that
      the software is waiting on lock.
      
        c. Interim report options and displays will display month portion of
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS:  Patch LR*5.2*286 does not
      date/times using the three letter abbreviation instead of the two number
      designation to eliminate potential confusion with day portion of dates.
      Time is displayed using 24 hour time format.
       
        d. Interim report could display the wrong ordering and collecting site
      when the specimen was received from an integrated facility. Report will
      display the correct ordering and collecting site.
       
        e. Referral Patient Multi-purpose Accession option [LR LEDI] was
      prompting the user for CPRS Nature of Order which is not used during
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
      accessioning of non-PATIENT file (#2) patients. Routine LROW3 is
      modified to only prompt the user for CPRS Nature of Order when
      accessioning a patient from the PATIENT file (#2).
        
        f. Previous test versions of previous LEDI versions may have installed 
      two versions of the "D" cross reference in LAB PENDING ORDERS ENTRY file
      (#69.6). The post-install will delete and reindex the "D" cross reference
      on file #69.6.
       
        g. Entering of accession number during lab results verification will 
      functions.
      check for invalid values or numbers out of range (1-999999).
        
      17. Referral Patient Multi-purpose Accession option [LR LEDI] will check
      for pending orders when performing accessioning without a bar code scanner.
      It will display to the user and store order comments that accompanies
      electronic orders with order in LAB ORDER ENTRY file (#69).
       
      18. When using the Enter/verify/modify data (manual) option [LRENTER] to
      amend previously released results user can now enter their verifying
      initials in mixed case. 
      
       
      19. NOIS CHS-0303-40534 reported a defect which prevented results for
      reflex tests added to a LEDI order at the host laboratory being returned
      electronically to the collecting laboratory. Routine LRWLST11 was storing
      the collecting site as both the collecting site and ordering site in the
      order created in LAB ORDER ENTRY file (#69). When a collecting site is a
      member of an integrated facility the collecting site is the site collecting
      the specimen and the ordering site is the primary facility of the
      integrated institution. Reflex test added by the host site would have the
      incorrect ordering site assigned which prevents the LEDI software from
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE
      POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES:  This patch contains changes to a Data
      returning the results of the reflex test to the collecting facility. Defect
      has been corrected to store the correct ordering and collecting sites on
      LEDI accessions.
       
      20. NOIS BRK-0499-10720, MAR-0603-21152 reported a defect during lab
      result verification using option Enter/verify/modify data (manual)
      [LRENTER] which caused the previous patient demographics to be displayed
      when entering results on an accession. If the previous selected accession
      was in an uncollected state, the option was skipping the uncollected
      accession and incrementing the default accession number to the next
      Dictionary identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
      available accession. If the user selects this or another accession, the
      patient demographics of the selected accession were not being displayed.
      Instead, the patient demographics of the uncollected accession were
      displayed. Routine LRVER will now display the patient demographics of the
      currently selected accession.
      
      21. NOIS SFC-1103-60132 reported a defect during display of lab results
      in the CPRS GUI. When a critical flag becomes part of the data for a
      patient in CPRS, the line of data containing the flag becomes split
      after the * following the high or low flag, and the units along with
      99-053. The changes have no effect in Blood Bank functionality or medical
      the reference range gets bumped to the next line down. Routine LR7OGMP
      increases the space allocated to display this information from 37 to 38
      characters to display units/normals on same line.
       
      22. When displaying results that are a Set of Codes data type, the result
      will be displayed using the external value for the set of codes.
       
      23. NOIS NYH-0700-11942 reported a defect with critical value flag not
      being triggered when entering a value of 0. Value of 0 will be evaluated
      when performing high/low/critical value checks.
      device control functions. There is no adverse potential to sites.
       
      24. When verifying results from a reference laboratory using Enter/verify
      data (auto instrument) option [LRVR], any test results that have not
      been verified will be displayed to the user after verification. The display
      will list the test names, results, abnormal flags and units if available. 
      This display will list the test(s) as not reviewed. This may indicate that
      additional or reflex testing has been added by the reference laboratory.
      These additional tests may need to be added to the accession to process
      these results.
       
       
      25. During verification of laboratory results, comments for a previous
      result are displayed along with the previous result when entering
      results manually or by automated instrument for user selected tests
      (E3R #18490). Users can indicate which tests should have previous
      test comments displayed during verification by flagging the test using
      General Lab User Parameters option [LR USER PARAM] located on the
      Information-help menu [LRHELP].
      
      26. NOIS SDC-0904-61304  Reported a defect with the display of text
      results in CPRS when using the Laboratory Results-All Test By Date and
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION:  There are no required validation
      Laboratory Results-Selected Tests By Date. When a text result was
      displayed that exceeded 10 characters and the test has no units or
      normals specified, the display of the result was corrupted with <spaces>
      inserted into the text. Test results will be displayed without corruption.
      Units, reference ranges, and site codes will be displayed on the following
      line when test results print in area usually reserved for these parameters.
       
      27. NOIS IND-0498-42538 reported a defect in display of test comments during
      lab test result verification when encountering an 'end-of-page' condition.
      All test comments will now be displayed.
      scenarios to be completed by sites after installing LR*5.2*286.
       
      
       PATIENT SAFETY ISSUES RESOLVED IN THIS PATCH:
       ============================================
       
       PSI-040260/NOIS HVH-0604-10572 - "Not Performed test Resulted
       - No Alert Generated"
        
      This patch corrects defects in software used to set laboratory tests
      to a Not-Performed (NP) state. The NP state was introduced by patch
        
      LR*5.2*221 in 1999.  The functionality introduced by this patch replaced
      the "delete-a-test" functionality. Instead of deleting tests, tests are
      now set to a not-performed state.
       
      However, tests in the NP state could still be edited such that the NP
      state is replaced with an actual result. Results entered into NP tests
      were not treated in the same manner as results entered through the normal
      results entry pathways. File updates to ACCESSION file (#68), LAB ORDER
      ENTRY file (#69), and ORDER file (#100) as well as alerts were not
      generated. This situation was documented in NOIS HVH-0604-10572
      ========================================
      - "Not Performed test Resulted - No Alert Generated". This was identified
      as a potential patient safety risk. With concurrence from the Pathology
      & Laboratory Medicine Program Office, the appropriate mechanism for
      handling the situation is to disable editing of NP tests. If the test is
      designated as NP and the user wants to edit the test result, they will
      now have to order the test(s) in a new accession.
       
        
      ASSOCIATED E3R
      --------------
       
       E3R #13408, ADDING INFECTION WARNING TO PROCESS DATA OPTIONS
       E3R #16060, CORRECT ALIGNMENT PROBLEM
       E3R #17904, LEDI BETWEEN VA AND DOD SITES
       E3R #18490, COMMENTS DISPLAY FORPRVIOUS RESULTS
       
       
      ASSOCIATED NOIS
      ---------------
       ALB-0100-50284
       BRK-0499-10720
      VERSION 5.2.  Change includes:
      Patch LR*5.2*286 VA/DOD LAB INTEROPERABILITY will be distributed and
       BON-0196-71728
       CHS-0303-40534
       DAY-0303-40775
       DEN-1299-52099
       FAV-1103-70892
       HVH-0604-10572
       IND-0498-42538
       MAR-0603-21152
       NYH-0700-11942
       PHI-0803-21507
      installed with patch LA*5.2*64 VA/DOD LAB INTEROPERABILITY
       SDC-0904-61304
       SFC-1103-60132
       TAM-0400-31033
       WPB-0900-32221
       
      
      TEST SITES
      ----------
       Albuquerque VAMC - VMS/DSM and VMS/Cache
       Boston HCS - VMS/DSM and VMS/Cache
       
       El Paso HCS - NT/Cache and VMS/Cache
       Hines VAMC - VMS/DSM and VMS/Cache
       Honolulu VAMC -  NT/Cache
       Manchester VAMC - NT/Cache NT and VMS/Cache
       Milwaukee VAMC - VMS/DSM
       North Chicago VAMC - VMS/DSM
       Salt Lake City VAMC - VMS/DSM
       San Diego VAMC - VMS/DSM and VMS/Cache
       Upstate New York HCS - VMS/DSM and VMS/Cache
       
      This patch adds support for sending/receiving Laboratory Electronic
       
       INSTALLATION FILES:
       ==================
       The following software and documentation files are exported as part of
       this patch:
       
          File Name             Contents                     Retrieval Format
          ---------             --------                     ----------------
       
      LAB_LEDI_III.KID        LA*5.2*64 KIDS build           ASCII
      Data Interchange (LEDI) orders/results with Department of Defense (DoD)
                              LR*5.2*286 KIDS build
       
       
      LAB_LEDI_III_IG.PDF     LABORATORY ELECTRONIC DATA     BINARY
                              INSTALLATION GUIDE
       
      LAB_LEDI_III_IMP_UG.PDF LABORATORY ELECTRONIC DATA     BINARY
                              IMPLEMENTATION AND USER GUIDE
       
       The files listed above may be obtained via FTP.  The preferred method is
      facilities.
       to FTP the files from:
       
          download.vista.domain.ext
       
       This transmits the files from the first available FTP server.  Sites may
       also elect to retrieve software directly from a specific server as
       follows:
       
          CIO FIELD OFFICE   FTP ADDRESS                 DIRECTORY
          ----------------   -------------------------   --------------------
       
          Albany             ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext    [anonymous.software]
          Hines              ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext     [anonymous.software]
          Salt Lake City     ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext       [anonymous.software] 
       
        
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
      Laboratory result verification has been enhanced to allow the designation
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
         LR286            N/A            5465218        **286** (Deleted by KIDS)
         LR7OB63          9973912        9132350        **121,187,286**
         LR7OGM           8016197        8279122        **187,220,312,286**
         LR7OGMC          5100174        5463477        **187,230,312,286**
         LR7OGMG          3593445        3973477        **187,230,286**
         LR7OGMP          5548341        6065382        **187,246,282,286**
      of a performing laboratory and the use of the performing laboratory's
         LR7OR2           9125008        8919494        **121,187,219,285,286**
         LR7OSUM1         12883059       12868699       **121,187,256,286**
         LR7OSUM6         7911216        5450631        **121,201,187,286**
         LRAFUNC          5202410        5809534        **286**
         LRDIDLE0         5463932        6544739        **140,171,153,286**
         LRDPAREF         5111405        7469302        **153,222,286**
         LRDPAREX         7190033        6456580        **153,286**
         LREVENT          3678954        2907416        **153,286**
         LRFAST           19691126       18799737       **100,121,201,286**
         LRFASTS          6423167        6524547        **30,95,121,271,286**
      units, normals, and normalcy status in results reporting.
         LRGP1            3988622        4165501        **112,269,286**
         LROE             14550901       11534796       **100,121,201,221,263,286**
         LRORD            12009917       12806626       **100,121,153,286**
         LRORD1           9848796        9190513        **1,8,121,153,201,286**
         LRORDB           3782224        7231598        **153,222,286**
         LROW3            7497722        6459972        **33,121,286**
         LRRP             11838355       9427993        **195,221,283,286**
         LRRP1            8015031        6556852        **153,221,283,286**
         LRRPU            N/A            3220194        **286**
         LRSTUF1          13209134       11668378       **153,286**
         The addition of the "USE FOR REFERENCE TESTING" field (#13) to the
      
         LRVER            17228890       15441873       **153,286**
         LRVER1           8587449        7330679        **42,153,201,215,239,240,
                                                        263,232,286**
         LRVER3           14311842       13055299       **42,100,121,140,171,153,
                                                        221,286**
         LRVER4           19639169       14489554       **14,42,112,121,140,171,
                                                        153,188,279,283,286**
         LRVER5           14564045       14854455       **42,153,283,286**
         LRVERA           690805         5764794        **153,271,286**
         LRVR             13316120       11130012       **42,153,263,286**
      1. User during the verification process is able to specify the performing
         LRVR1            11269859       11667912       **42,153,221,286**
         LRVR3            10486080       11176919       **42,121,153,286**
         LRVR4            8885642        9645653        **14,42,121,153,221,263,
                                                        279,283,287,286**
         LRVR5            11950773       4666781        **1,42,153,263,283,286**
         LRWLST1          18457202       12664045       **48,65,121,153,261,286**
         LRWLST11         21393713       16883055       **121,128,153,202,286**
       
       List of preceding patches: 187, 202, 222, 230, 232, 256, 261, 269, 271
       282, 283, 285, 287, 312
      laboratory. The performing laboratory is selected from the list of
       Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
       
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      =========================
       
      See LABORATORY ELECTRONIC DATA INTERCHANGE III (LEDI III) INSTALLATION GUIDE
          LA*5.2*64/LR*5.2*286
      available entries in the site's INSTITUTION file (#4). The selection of
      entries is screened as follows:
         a. User can select the division they are logged on.
         b. User can select an institution that is configured in the LAB
            SHIPPING CONFIGURATION file (#62.9) as a host facility with their
            division as the collecting facility.
       
         "SITE/SPECIMEN SUB-FIELD" (#60.01) of the LABORATORY TEST file (#60).
      2. During acceptance and verification of results received from a reference
      laboratory via an HL7 interface (LEDI), the performing laboratory, results,
      units, normals and normalcy status contained in the HL7 message are stored
      "as is".
      
      3. Receipt of amended reports from a reference laboratory will generate a
      MailMan bulletin containing the particulars of the amended report. This
      bulletin is sent to the members of the mail group specified for
      "New Result" alerts in LA7 MESSAGE PARAMETER file (#62.48) for the interface.
       
         The addition of the "USE FOR REFERENCE TESTING" field to the "LR ATOMIC
      4. Amended reports received via a LEDI HL7 interface can be processed
      via the Enter/verify/modify data (manual) option [LRENTER].
       
      5. Users using the Enter/verify/modify data (manual) option [LRENTER] to
      enter results manually from a reference laboratory can use the units and
      normals specified in LABORATORY TEST file (#60) by configuring USE FOR
      REFERENCE TESTING field (#13) within the SITE/SPECIMEN subfile (#100).
      If this field is not enabled for reference laboratory result data entry,
      then the user is prompted for units, normals, high and low reference ranges
      to store with the results. The Edit atomic tests option [LRDIEATOMIC]
          TESTS" Input Template.
      allows Labortory Information Manager (LIM) to designate this functionality
      for affected tests.
       
      6. NOIS DEN-1299-52099, NYH-0700-11942, PHI-0803-21507, TAM-0400-31033, and
      WPB-0900-32221 reported the defect of normalcy status (low/high/critical
      low/critical high) being incorrectly evaluated when the test result is
      zero (0). Evaluation of normalcy status will properly deal with test
      results of zero (0).
       
      7. Changing normalcy status and units will trigger the generation of audit
      
      trail comments.
       
      8. During verification, the ordering provider's phone and pager information
      is displayed.
       
      9. Display of lab results in the Computerized Patient Record System
      Graphical User Interface (CPRS GUI) and Laboratory Interim Reports has
      been modified to display units and normals associated with results at time
      of verification. Results that are derived from a Set of Codes will be
      reported using the external form of the code.
      The above change has been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank Developer and
       
      10. Display of performing laboratory has been added to CPRS GUI display of
      results.
      
      11. NOIS DAY-0303-40775 reported a defect in display of lab results with
      embedded spaces. When lab results contained embedded spaces these spaces
      were being removed prior to the display of the lab result. The removal of
      theses spaces resulted in corruption of the result. Routines LR7OB63 and
      LR7OR2 have been corrected to trim leading and trailing spaces but leave
      embedded spaces.
      
    • 326
      DATE APPLIED:   2004-12-28 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA 
       
      7. For each of the installation questions answer 'NO'.
       
      8. If you unmapped the routine in step 1, rebuild your map set.
       
      9. Routine LR326 will be deleted after a successful patch installation.
       
      Installation Example
      ====================
       
      DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
      Select Installation Option: 6  Install Package(s) 
      Select INSTALL NAME:  LR*5.2*327     Loaded from Distribution  
      10/15/04@12:06:10 
            => LR*5.2*326 DSS LAR SUPPORT PATCH ECX*3.0*71
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Oct 15, 2004@12:06:10 with header of  
       
         LR*5.2*326 DSS LAR SUPPORT PATCH ECX*3.0*71
         It consisted of the following Install(s): 
           LR*5.2*326 
       
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*307 
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR326 
       
        
                              --- Environment Check is Ok 
      ---                         
        
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*326 
       
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*326 does not 
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO 
       
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO 
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages. 
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt. 
      Enter a '^' to abort the install. 
       
      DEVICE: HOME//   UCX/TELNET 
       
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
        
      Install Started for LR*5.2*326 :  
                     Oct 15, 2004@09:56:40 
        
      Build Distribution Date: Oct 15, 2004 
                                         
      LR*5.2*326                                   
        
      ---------------------------------------- 
        
      elements functions.
       Installing Routines: 
                     Oct 15, 2004@09:56:40 
        
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR307 
        
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR307 
        
       Updating Routine file... 
        
       Updating KIDS files... 
       
        
       LR*5.2*326 Installed.  
       
                     Oct 15, 2004@09:56:40 
        
        
      Install Message sent  
       
      Install Completed 
       
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*326 have no effect on Blood  
      END OF INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
      =========================== 
      software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
      Description:
       
      Routine Description:
      ====================
       
      The LRCAPDAR routine has been enhanced to capture the ordering provider 
      for each accession being passed to DSS LAR API.
       
      Option Description:
      ==================
      There is no option attached to this functionality. The data extraction in 
      ===========
      activated by ECX DSS API.
       
      Data Dictionary Changes:
      =======================
      An additional field will be installed with this patch.
      PROVIDER (#12) field will be added to LAB DSS LAR EXTRACT (#64.036) file.
      This field will be populated by the Laboratory DSS LAR API.
       
       
       
       
      NOTE: This patch is a companion to the ECX*3.0*71 patch.
            LR*5.2*326 is not called by any menu option and does not
            have any user interface.  Patch LR*5.2*326 MUST
            be installed for the ECX*3.0*71 patch to work properly.
       
      Test Sites
      ==========
      Cheyenne, WY
      Little Rock, AR
      Portland, OR
      This patch implements a request from Decision Support System to expand 
      Minneapolis, MN
       
      Associated NOIS:
      ================
      N/A
       
      Routine Summary
      ===============
       
      The following is a list of routines included in this patch.  The
      the LAB DSS LAR EXTRACT (#64.036) file to include the passing ordering 
      second line of each if these routines now looks like:
       
           <tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
       
                     CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
       
        Routine Name    Before Patch   After Patch   Patch List
        ============    ============   ===========   ===========
         LR326            N/A           2022894   326
         LRCAPDAR        7334799        7585446   143,169,258,307,326  
      provider in DSS LAR API. The companion DSS patch is ECX*3.0*71. 
       
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      =========================
       
      The install time for this patch is less than 5 minutes.  This patch can 
      be installed when Laboratory users are on the system. Suggested time to 
      install: non-peak requirements hours.
       
      NOTE: Patch LR*5.2*307 must be installed BEFORE this patch.
       
       
      1. If LRCAPDAR is mapped, disable mapping for it.
       
      2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu.
         this option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
       
      3. From the 'Kernal Installation & Distribution System' (KIDS)
         menu, select the 'Installation Menu'
       
      4. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Tranport Global' option to
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*326 does not 
         confirm that the correct checksums are present.
       
      5. From the same menu select each of the following options:
       
         'Compare Transport Global to Current System'
         'Backup Transport Global'
       
      6. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
         option 'Install Package(s)'.  Select the package 'LR*5.2*326'
         and proceed with the installation.
      
    • 321 SEQ #247
      DATE APPLIED:   2005-02-12 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch resolves a problem introduced with coding changes in the 
      routine LRMIBUG in patch LR*5.2*318 that causes an undefined variable 
      error. This error will occur when the user adds antibiotics to the list 
      of antibiotics in an ordered panel.
       
      This problem was reported in NOIS calls:
       BHS-1204-10061     $ZE= <UNDEFINED>DELINT+6~LRMIBUG
       ALT-1204-20766     UNDEFINED ERROR IN MICRO
      
    • 139 SEQ #108
      DATE APPLIED:   1996-12-10 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch must be loaded by ALL sites who have loaded LR*5.2*72.  This
      patch corrects problems encountered with the option Log-in regular
      (invoices) [LRBLILR] and  Select units for patients [LRBLPIC] after
      LR*5.2*72.  For a complete description of this patch, refer to the patch
      description in the patch message from the Forum Patch Module.  The actual
      patch message itself MUST be forwarded to the BB Supervisor and/or LIM at
      every site.
      
    • 303 SEQ #248
      DATE APPLIED:   2005-02-12 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*303 does not
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       Coatesville VAMC
       Erie VAMC
       Grand Junction VAMC
       Heartland-East HCS
       Heartland-West HCS
       Lebanon VAMC
       Martinsburg VAMC
       Maryland HCS
       Milwaukee VAMC
       Montana HCS
       
       Philadelphia VAMC
       Pittsburg HCS
       Puget Sound HCS
       Roseburg VAMC
       Salt Lake City VAMC
       Sheridan VAMC
       Walla Walla VAMC
       Washington VAMC
       White City VAMC
       Wike Barre VAMC
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
       Wilmington VAMC
       
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
      made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of installation
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
         LR303            N/A            4831421        **303** (Deleted by KIDS)
         LRLNCPMP         7461913        7416816        **215,232,278,303**
         LRSRVR           16543787       5915085        **232,303**
         LRSRVR1          N/A            11247287       **303**
         LRSRVR2          N/A            12542186       **303**
         LRSRVR3          N/A            13571036       **303**
         LRSRVR4          N/A            538253         **303**
       
      of this patch.
       List of preceding patches: 232, 278
       Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
        
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      -------------------------
        The install time for this patch is less than 5 minute. This patch
        can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
        Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
       
       
       
      NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
            problems loading and/or installing this patch.
       
            Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
            Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
       
       
        1.  If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
       
      The Laboratory package, in support of the VA Health Data Repository (HDR)
        2.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
              option will load the KIDS package onto your system.
       
        3.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
            select the 'Installation' menu.
       
        4.  From this menu, you may then elect to use the following options
            (when prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*303):
              a. Print Transport Global
              b. Backup a Transport Global
      efforts, has developed the following reports to support VA Data
              c. Compare Transport Global to Current System
              d. Verify Checksums in Transport Global
       
            Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
            all routines have the correct checksums.
       
        5.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*303'.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to
            INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// choose 'NO'.  When prompted
            'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?
      Standardization of laboratory results. These reports/extracts will
            YES//', choose 'NO'.
       
        6.  On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
       
       Note: Routine LR303 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
       
       
      INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
      ====================
       
      facilitate centralized mapping and data validation of National Laboratory
      Select Installation Option:
       
      Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option:  Installation
       
      Select Installation Option:  Install Package(s)
      Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*303 Loaded from Distribution 12/21/04@13:39:35
           => LR*5.2*303
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Dec 21, 2004@13:39:35 with header of
         LR*5.2*303
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
      Test (NLT) and Logical Observation Identifiers Names and Codes (LOINC)
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*303
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*303
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR303
       
       
                     Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
       
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---
       
      within VistA Laboratory.
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*303
       
       
       
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// n  NO
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// n  NO
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
       
      DEVICE: HOME// TELNET VIRTUAL
       
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*303 :
                     Dec 21, 2004@13:40:26
       
      Build Distribution Date: Dec 21, 2004
       
       Installing Routines:........
      ************************************************************************** 
                     Dec 21, 2004@13:40:27
       
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR303.
       
                                *** Pre install started ***
       
                                 *** No action required ***
       
                               *** Pre install completed ***
       
      This patch must be installed within five days of receipt in order to
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR303.
       
                                *** Post install started ***
       
                                 *** No action required ***
       
                               *** Post install completed ***
       
                    Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
       
      provide information to a centralized LOINC mapping team which will use
       Updating Routine file......
       
       Updating KIDS files.......
       
       LR*5.2*303 Installed.
                     Dec 21, 2004@13:40:27
       
       Install Message sent #xxx
      this information to provide recommended NLT and LOINC mappings for CH
      subscript - chemistry, hematology, coagulation, urinalysis, serology type
      results) used by each facility.  These recommendations will be sent back
      to the facility for review and action. Installation of this patch is for
      DIRECTIVE 2004-058 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
      this reporting purpose only and has no effect on current laboratory
      functionality.
      ************************************************************************** 
      
       
      1. These LRLABSERVER server reports are available with this patch:
       
      LOCAL REPORT
       Send a message to: S.LRLABSERVER@domain name
                 Subject:LOCAL REPORT
       
       
         The body of the message will be ignored.  This will scan the database
      for mapped LOINC data and return the results to the person sending the
      mail message request.
       
       
      LOCAL REPORT DELIMIT
        Send a message to: S.LRLABSERVER@domain name
                  Subject: LOCAL REPORT DELIMIT
       
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*303 does not
        The body of the message will be ignored. This will scan the database
      for mapped NLT and LOINC data. Results are returned to the person sending
      the mail message request. The extracted data is returned as an attached
      file in a delimited format using the "|" character as the field delimiter.
       
        Record legend for attached file: Station #-64 ien-61 ien-Time Aspect|NLT
       Code|NLT Name|Default LOINC Code|Default LOINC Name|Default Test|Time
       Aspect|Specimen|Data Location|Data Type|Input Transform|Units|Test Name|
       LOINC Code|LOINC Name|Reference Low|Reference High|Therapeutic Low|
       Therapeutic High|Subscript|Lab Section|
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
       
       
      RELMA
        Send a message to: S.LRLABSERVER@domain name
                  Subject: RELMA
       
        The body of the message will be ignored. This will scan the local site's
      LABORATORY TEST file (#60) and ANTIMICROBIAL SUSCEPTIBILITY file (#62.06)
      and extract data in a format for input into the Regenstrief LOINC Mapping
      Assistant (RELMA) mapping tool. Results are returned to the person sending
      functions.
      the mail message request. The extracted data is returned as an attached
      file in a delimited format using the "|" character as the field delimiter.
       
       Record legend for attached file:  Station #-60 ien-Spec ien|TestName|Spec
       |Time Aspect|Units|LOINC|NLT #|Battery Code|Battery Description|Lab
       Section|Subscript|Comments|Data Type|Reference low|Reference high|
       Therapeutic low|Therapeutic high|
       
       
      2. Lab server mail messages will be purged after successful completion of
       
      the server request. Supported MailMan API ZAPSERV^XMXAPI will be called to
      delete the message from POSTMASTER server basket S.LRLABSERVER.
       
       
       ASSOCIATED E3R
       --------------
       None
       
       ASSOCIATED NOIS
       ---------------
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*303 have no effect on Blood
       None
       
       
       TEST SITES
       ----------
       Altoona VAMC
       Bay Pines VAMC
       Bulter VAMC
       Cheyenne VAMC
       Clarksburg VAMC
      
    • 311
      DATE APPLIED:   2005-03-11 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*311 have no effect on Blood 
       
      Below is a list of the routines included in this patch. The second line of
      each of these routines now looks like:
       
       <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994 
       
       
                      Checksum        Checksum
       Routine Name   Before Patch    After Patch     Patch List
       ============   ============    ===========     =============
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       LR311PST       new             3501668         311
       LRWOMEN        953781          627506          231,248,311
       
      Associated NOIS: <None>
       
      Associated E3Rs: <None>
       
      Test Sites:
      ===========
       Loma Linda, CA - VMS/Cache
       
       Northern California HCS - VMS/DSM
       Washington, DC VAMC - VMS/DSM
       
       
      Installation Instructions:
      ==========================
       
      This patch can be installed with users on the system.  However, it is 
      recommended that installation occur when there is no Anatomic Pathology
      activity or activity is at a minimum.  This will prevent 'Cannot return to
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION:  Because of the nature of the changes 
      source routine' errors.  
       
      This patch is part of a multi-KIDS transport global. Please see the patch
      description for PXRM*2*1 for instructions to load and install this patch. 
      made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of 
      installation of this patch.
       
       
        NOTE: This patch is part of a multi-KIDS build that includes PXRM*2*1
              (CLINICAL REMINDERS), WV*1*16 (WOMEN'S HEALTH) and OR*3*210
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*311 does not 
              (ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPORTING) (CPRS). Please see the patch
              description for PXRM*2*1 for information on retrieving the host
              file containing these patches.
       
       
      1) Currently the ADD^LRWOMEN utility notifies a Women's Health package
      utility whenever a Cytology or Surgical Pathology report is verified for a
      female patient. This functionality was provided with LR*5.2*231.
       
      After installation of patch LR*5.2*311, the ADD^LRWOMEN utility will also
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA 
      notify a new CPRS utility (LAB^ORB3LAB) for all patients, not just female
      patients. Integration Agreement #4287 grants the LABORATORY package
      permission to call the ORB3LAB routine.
       
      2) The code in the MOVE entry point of the LRWOMEN routine was replaced 
      with a QUIT command. With the release of LR*5.2*259, this entry point is 
      no longer called. The entry point will be deleted in a future patch.
       
      3) A new entry point, SNOMED, is added to the LRWOMEN routine. This entry 
      point is called by the new indexes created with this patch (see #4 
      DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
      below) when a SNOMED code is changed for a Cytology or Surgical Pathology 
      entry. This entry point will call a Women's Health package routine.
      Integration Agreement #4525 grants the LABORATORY package permission to
      call the WVLABCHK routine.
       
      4) Two new-style indexes are added to the LAB DATA (#63) file. These 
      indexes will be executed when a SNOMED code is changed for a Cytology or 
      Surgical Pathology entry.
       
      The first index is on Subfile 63.12, Field .01 (ORGAN/TISSUE).
       
       FILE: 63.12
       NAME: AC
       SHORT DESCRIPTION: Notify Women's Health of SNOMED change
       TYPE: MUMPS    
       EXECUTION: FIELD
       ROOT TYPE: INDEX FILE  
       ROOT FILE: 63.12
       USE: ACTION
       DESCRIPTION:   This MUMPS cross reference calls SNOMED^LRWOMEN any time a
       change to a SNOMED code is made.  The SNOMED line tag notifies the 
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*311 does not 
       Women's Health package that a SNOMED change has been made on an already
       verified pathology report for a female patient.
       SET LOGIC: Q:$D(DIU(0))  D SNOMED^LRWOMEN
       KILL LOGIC: Q
       ORDER NUMBER: 1                       
       TYPE OF VALUE: FIELD
       FILE: 63.12           
       FIELD: .01
       SUBSCRIPT NUMBER: 1       
       COLLATION: forwards
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
       
      The second index is on Subfile 63.912, Field .01 (CYTOPATH ORGAN/TISSUE).
       FILE: 63.912
       NAME: AC
       SHORT DESCRIPTION: Notify Women's Health of SNOMED change
       TYPE: MUMPS      
       EXECUTION: FIELD
       ROOT TYPE: INDEX FILE        
       ROOT FILE: 63.912
       USE: ACTION
      elements functions.
       DESCRIPTION:   This MUMPS cross reference calls SNOMED^LRWOMEN any time a
       change to a SNOMED code is made.  The SNOMED line tag notifies the 
       Women's Health package that a SNOMED change has been made on an already
       verified pathology report for a female patient.
       SET LOGIC: Q:$D(DIU(0))  D SNOMED^LRWOMEN
       KILL LOGIC: Q
       ORDER NUMBER: 1                      
       TYPE OF VALUE: FIELD
       FILE: 63.912   
       FIELD: .01
       
       SUBSCRIPT NUMBER: 1    
       COLLATION: forwards
       
      Documentation:
      ==============
      There are no documentation changes for this patch.
       
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY:
      ================
      
    • 302
      DATE APPLIED:   2005-05-25 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*302 does not 
       
      be formally requested by notifying the National Laboratory Test 
      Coordinator using the form provided on the VistA laboratory Documentation 
      Web Page. 
      http://vista.domain.ext/clinicalspecialties/lab/
       
      Forward your completed request form to the Exchange distribution group:
       VHAISD LAB NLT_LOINC
       
      ===========================
       
      ****************************IMPORTANT**********************************
      This patch will completely remove certain files, replace the files with a 
      standardized copy and then re-point the saved field entries to the 
      standardized copy. It is high desirable to determine that current fields 
      and files are free of incorrect data. This will ensure that the patch 
      installation will not introduce any new errors.
           Failure to ensure FileMan verification of fields option can be run 
      without generating warnings will result in unresolved errors, which could 
      have unpredictable results. The patch installation will not be affected 
      by an invalid field. The patch will generate error message indicating 
      those files/fields that could not be successfully re-pointed after the 
      There is considerable PRE-installation file verification and preparation 
      standardized have been installed.
       
      *** Examples of a single file verify:
      Select OPTION NAME: VA FileMan
       
                VA FileMan Version 22.0
       
      Select VA FileMan Option: Utility Functions
       
      Select Utility Functions Option: VERify Fields
      to be performed by staff familiar with the use of FileMan and Laboratory 
       
      MODIFY WHAT FILE: WKLD CODE// 60  LABORATORY TEST  (1059 entries)
      VERIFY WHICH FIELD: ALL
      DO YOU MEAN ALL THE FIELDS IN THE FILE? YES
       
      DEVICE: HOME//
       
      While the entire file should pass the verify fields check, the fields 
      listed below are the critical entries that should not produce any 
      warnings. If there are any warnings for these fields, they should be 
      file structure.  Failure to perform this pre-install testing before 
      rectified before the patch is installed or the post install re-pointing 
      procedure will not perform properly.
       
      This is a list of files and fields that will be re-pointed after the LAB 
      ELECTRONIC CODES (#64.061) is installed. These fields should be free of 
      verify field warnings. Errors or warnings in other fields WILL NOT affect 
      the post-install re-pointing process but should be addressed as soon a 
      possible.
       
      To ensure that there are not any existing pointer problems, files and 
      attempting to install this patch significantly increases the risk of 
      fields need to be validated. Data and file validation is done with the FM 
      Verify Fields option. Only those fields pointing to the replaced files 
      and the WKLD CODE file are an issue.
       
       
      File #     File Name               Field #  Field Name
      ======     =========               =======  ==========
      60         LABORATORY TEST
      60.01      SITE/SPECIMEN SUB-FIELD  95.3    LOINC CODE
       
      encountering errors, during or post installation.  The key element to 
      61         TOPOGRAPHY FIELD
      61         TOPOGRAPHY FIELD         .09     LEDI HL7
      61         TOPOGRAPHY FIELD         .0961   TIME ASPECT
       
      62.05      URGENCY
      62.05      URGENCY                  4       LEDI HL7
       
      62.4       AUTO INSTRUMENT
      62.4       AUTO INSTRUMENT          .14     WKLD METHOD
       
      ensuring a successful installation of the patch depends upon existing 
      62.8       LAB SHIPPING MANIFEST
      62.801     SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD      1.14    PATIENT HEIGHT CODE
      62.801     SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD      1.24    PATIENT WEIGHT CODE
      62.801     SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD      2.14    COLLECTION VOLUME CODE
      62.801     SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD      2.24    COLLECTION DURATION CODE
      62.801     SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD      2.34    COLLECTION WEIGHT CODE
      62.801     SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD      1.13    PATIENT HEIGHT UNITS
      62.801     SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD      1.23    PATIENT WEIGHT UNITS
      62.801     SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD      2.13    COLLECTION VOLUME UNITS
      62.801     SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD      2.23    COLLECTION DURATION UNITS
      files not containing corrupt data.  If corrupt data is present in the 
      62.801     SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD      2.33    COLLECTION WEIGHT UNITS
      62.85      LAB SHIPPING EVENT       .05     EVENT CODE
       
      62.9       LAB SHIPPING CONFIGURATION   
      62.9001    TEST/PROFILE             1.15    PATIENT HEIGHT UNITS
      62.9001    TEST/PROFILE             1.25    PATIENT WEIGHT UNITS
      62.9001    TEST/PROFILE             2.15    COLLECTION VOLUME UNITS
      62.9001    TEST/PROFILE             2.25    COLLECTION DURATION UNITS
      62.9001    TEST/PROFILE             2.35    COLLECTION WEIGHT UNITS
      62.9001    TEST/PROFILE             1.16    PATIENT HEIGHT CODE
      affected files, when the fields are re-pointed during the post 
      62.9001    TEST/PROFILE             1.26    PATIENT WEIGHT CODE
      62.9001    TEST/PROFILE             2.16    COLLECTION VOLUME CODE
      62.9001    TEST/PROFILE             2.26    COLLECTION DURATION CODE
      62.9001    TEST/PROFILE             2.36    COLLECTION WEIGHT CODE
       
      64.2       WKLD SUFFIX CODE
      64.2       WKLD SUFFIX CODE         1       WKLD SUFFIX CODE
      64.2       WKLD SUFFIX CODE         4       BILLABLE PROCEDURE
      64.2       WKLD SUFFIX CODE         7       COST
      64.2       WKLD SUFFIX CODE         8       PRICE
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA 
      installation update phase, errors will occur.  Please read and follow all 
      64.2       WKLD SUFFIX CODE         9       SORTING GROUP
      64.2       WKLD SUFFIX CODE         15      ACTIVATE WKLD CODE
       
      64         WKLD CODE
      64.02      TIME ASPECT SUB-FIELD    .01     TIME ASPECT
      64.02      TIME ASPECT SUB-FIELD    1       UNITS
       
      68.2       LOAD/WORK LIST
      68.2       LOAD/WORK LIST           .14     WKLD METHOD
       
      of the instructions outlined in this patch description.
      69.6       LAB PENDING ORDERS ENTRY
      69.6       LAB PENDING ORDERS ENTRY  6       SPECIMEN STATUS
      69.64      ORDERED TESTS SUB-FIELD   5       TEST STATUS
       
      Resolving FM Verify Fields warnings instructions
       
      The most common verify field errors are:
      1. Fields not properly cross referenced. This can be resolved by 
      re-indexing the file.
      2. Fields failing input transform. This can be resolved by either editing 
      ***********************************************************************
      the field and entering appropriate data; or deleting the existing data in 
      the field.
       
      Note: When performing FM Verify fields, an error will be produced in the 
      TOPOGRAPHY FIELD((#61) file, SNOMED CODE (#2)field by the input transform 
      logic error.
      Example:
      ENTRY#    NAME                          ERROR
      1         RIGHT LUNG                    "28100" fails Input Transform
       ALREADY AN ENTRY
       
      This input transform logic error will be corrected with the installation 
      of this patch.
      ** NO PRE-INSTALL CORRECTIVE ACTION IS REQUIRED. **
       
       
      When the Verify Field option is run on the various files, several 
      different kinds of warnings can be generated. It isn't possible to 
      describe a resolution method for the type of warning discovered using the 
      FM Verify field option, but here are some techniques used during testing. 
      If you require additional technical assistance, contact the EVS group.
      Technical post-install notes are included at the end of the patch
       
      Known problems:
       
      WKLD CODE (#64)
      ========================
      --UNIT FOR COUNT--   POINTER
       
      ENTRY#    PROCEDURE                     ERROR
      1504      Shell Vial Technique          No '68' in pointed-to File
       
      description. These technical notes can be used by the IRM service to 
      This broken pointer will be correct with the install. No action required.
      =======================
      --RELEASE DATE--   DATE
       
      1749      Misc Chem Test 5
      1         86023;ICPT(                   Missing
       
      1753      Misc Chem Test 9
      1         80100;ICPT(                   Missing
       
      prevent or resolve issues surrounding the installation of this patch. It 
      Enter a release date to correct this problem.
       
      ==========================
       
      --ACTIVATE WKLD CODE-
       
         SET OF CODES
      (CHECKING CROSS-REFERENCE)
       
      ENTRY#    PROCEDURE                     ERROR
      is impossible to anticipate all potential situations that exist; but the 
      100074    Lactic Acid~ACA IV            "1" not properly Cross-referenced
       
      Re-index the file will correct this problem.
       
      ++++++++++++++++++
       
      TOPOGRAPHY FIELD (#61) File
      ====================
      LEDI HL7 (#.09) field
       
      notes address the most common. The key element ensuring successful 
         POINTER
      (CANNOT CHECK CROSS-REFERENCE)
       
      ENTRY#    NAME                          ERROR
      22        KIDNEY                        "1275" fails Input Transform
      82        CILIARY GLAND                 "6417" fails Input Transform
       
      Should either delete the entry if not using this specimen or enter a 
      correct entry.
       
      installation of the patch depends upon existing files not containing 
      ===========================
      VERIFY WHICH FIELD: SNOMED CODE  
       
         FREE TEXT
      (CHECKING CROSS-REFERENCE)
       
      ENTRY#    NAME                          ERROR
      8729      TISSUE                        Missing
      8730      ORGANISM                      Missing
       
      DIRECTIVE 2004-058 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
      corrupt data.
      Enter missing data, if input transform failure is reported this will be 
      corrected when patch is installed.
       
      There is also a FM Verify field error 'fails Input Transform' in WKLD 
      CODE (#64) file that will be corrected with the install of LR*5.2*302. 
      The screen preventing the selection of LOINC codes with Del (delete) 
      status will be removed. This will allow LEDI sites to coordinate 
      transition from deprecated terms to active terms.
          The 'DEL' screen will be removed from the following 2 fields:
         DEFAULT LOINC CODE (#25) field.
       
         SPECIMEN (#20), sub-file TIME ASPECT (#30), LOINC CODE (#4) field.
      NO PRE-INSTALL CORRECTIVE ACTION IS REQUIRED for these errors.
       
      Other types of errors may require assistance from the EVS technical teams 
      before proceeding.
       
      PRE-INSTALL ROUTINE
      Note: The pre-install routine will produce a listing of duplicate(s) 
      contained in WKLD CODE (#64) file if any are present.
          Those duplicates listed with a proceeding '*' SHOULD be resolved 
      This patch will update the WKLD CODE (#64) file and replace several 
      before installation of the patch. However, the patch will install if the 
      duplicates are present during installation.
          Those duplicates listed with a proceeding '+' will be deleted by the 
      pre-install program. No action is required.
          Those duplicates that do not have a preceding character will not 
      affect the installation.  Those entries that do not have a proceeding 
      character are locally created NLT codes and are provided to indicate to 
      the local user that multiples do exist. This information maybe useful 
      when doing searches on the WKLD DATA (#64.1) file for a particular 
      test(s).
      laboratory standardized files associated with National Laboratory Test 
       
      Example of listing:
        Checking WKLD CODE file (#64) for duplicate names or numbers.
       
      +Blood Products Administration^2633
      +Blood Products Administration^3214
       
      +CPK MB/CPK Tot^3702
      +CPK MB/CPK Tot^3767
       
      (NLT) package and Logical Observation Identifier Naming Codes (LOINC) 
      +Coagulation Factor VIII Inhib~BLOOD CENTER OF SE WISCONSIN^100873
      Coagulation Factor VIII Inhib~BLOOD CENTER OF SE WISCONSIN^100874
       
      *CPK MB/CPT Tot~BLOOD CENTER OF SE WISCONSIN^100973
      *CPK MB/CPT Tot~BLOOD CENTER OF SE WISCONSIN^100974
       
      +Hypersensitivity Pneumonitis^1557
      +Hypersensitivity Pneumonitis^1600
       
      +89026.0000 ^1600
      coding. (See list below) This patch will remove certain WKLD CODE (#64) 
      +89026.0000 ^2828
                                 End of duplicate listing.
       
        If '*' duplicates were listed they should be resolved before patch 
      install.
       
                     Those '+' will be removed during the post install.
      =====================
       
       
      file duplicates. This patch will also correct certain field definitions 
      Routines:
      =====================
      LRDAGE
      This patch contains a NEW age calculation routine, LRDAGE. This routine 
      is used to calculate the age of the patient based on when the specimen 
      was collected instead of date of birth (DOB). For example, if the 
      specimen was collected one year ago, the age will be a year less than 
      today's age. The routine is particularly useful in pediatric patient's 
      normal ranges. This age is used to determine the appropriate normal range 
      based on collection date. This patch expands the age format to include 
      that produce invalid warnings produced by the FileMan Verify Field 
      day, month or year designation. This could affect the $SELECT statement 
      evaluation of normal range. Sites are advised to review $SELECT statement 
      in light of this age format. The format of the age is as follows:
       1hr - 30 days = 1dy - 30dy
       1 - 23 months = 1mo - 24mo
       >23 month     = 2yr - 999yr
      The default age of 99yr is return if a computation error occurs because 
      of incorrect values passed to age API. Technical information for the API 
      call is contained in the routine documentation section.
          The functionality of this routine is not implemented by the patch 
      option. In order to implement the numerous file/field corrections, it is 
      installation. However, sites requiring the ability to determine age to 
      this degree, may wish to migrate their local M code in the EXECUTE CODE 
      (#62.07) and DELTA CHECKS (#62.1) files to make use of this routine.
       
      Routine Summary:
      ================
       
      The following is a list of the routine(s) included in this patch.  The
        second line of each of these routine(s) will look like:
        
      necessary to completely replace certain referenced NLT and LOINC files. 
            <tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
        
                                   CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
       
      Routine    Checksum             Checksum
      Name       Before Patch         After Patch   Patch List
       =======    ============         ===========   ==========
      LR302      N/A                  7036526       302 (Deleted by KIDS)
      LR302A     N/A                  4415522       302
      LR302P     N/A                  3800106       302
       
      To ensure that this patch does not introduce any new data validation 
      LR302PO    N/A                  9375744       302
      LR302POA   N/A                  2988034       302
      LRDAGE     1480375              1454485       279,302
       
       
       
      ASSOCIATED NOIS:
       ===============
       MAR-1104-21653
          
      errors, it is desirable that the data currently stored pointing to 
       TEST SITES:
       ==========
      Long Beach, CA VAMC
      Durham, NC VAMC
      San Diego, CA VAMC
      Muskogee, OK VAMC
      Cheyenne, WY
      Hines, IL
      Martinsburg, WV
      Brockton, MA
      replaced files is valid and errors resolved.
      Boston Health Care System
      Cheyenne, WY
       
      Required Builds:
      ==========================
      LR*5.2*263
      LR*5.2*274
      LR*5.2*279
       
      Installation Instructions:  
       
      ========================= 
       
      The patch LR*5.2*302 KIDS build file named LR52_302.KID stored in the 
      ASCII format can be obtained from the following Office of Information 
      Field Offices (OIFOs) ANONYMOUS SOFTWARE directories
      OIFO         FTP Address                Directory
      Albany       ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext   anonymous.software 
      Hines        ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext    anonymous.software
      Salt Lake    ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext      anonymous.software
        
       
      All users may remain on the system. Installation time is less than 30 
      minutes.
       
      Note: The patch should be installed during off peak hours.
       
      No laboratory background jobs need to be stopped. No options need to be 
      placed out of service.
       
      LABORATORY USERS MUST NOT ACCESSION SPECIMENS OR ENTER/VERIFY RESULTS 
      DURING THE INSTALLATION because several reference files are being deleted 
      File #    File Name                     Update Method
      and replaced with this patch.
       
       
      ============================                           
       
      From the Kernel Installation & Distribution System (KIDS) menu 
       
               1. Use the 'Load a Distribution' option to load the 
                  LR_52_302.KID file onto your system.
               2. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global
      64.061    LAB ELECTRONIC CODES          Replaced
                  on your system. You now need to use KIDS to install
                  the Transport global.
                  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use 
                  the following options:
                      Print Transport Global
                      Compare Transport Global to Current System
                      Verify Checksums in Transport Global
                      Backup a Transport Global
               3. Users may remain on the system, but installation 
                  should be done at off peak hours.
      64.062    LAB ELECTRONIC SUBTYPES       Replaced
               4. Installation time is less than 30 minutes during off 
                  peak hours and less than 45 minutes during peak hours.
               5. Installation of this patch requires no additional 
                  memory space.
               6. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the 
                  option
                  'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*302' 
                  and proceed with the install.
               7. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONS during the
                  install? YES//' respond NO.
      64.2      WKLD SUFFIX CODES             Replaced
               8. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE scheduled Options, Menu
                  Options, and Protocols? YES//' respond NO.
       
       
      ================
      Example of install:
       
       Select Installation Option: LOAD a Distribution
      Enter a Host File: LR_52_302.KID
       
      64.3      WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER  Replaced
      KIDS Distribution saved on Dec 09, 2004@04:27:46
      Comment: NLT/LOINC v2.13 Update
       
      This Distribution contains Transport Globals for the following Package(s):
         LR*5.2*302
       
      OK to continue with Load? NO// YES
       
      Distribution OK!
       
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*302 does not 
      64.81     LAB NLT/CPT CODES             Replaced
      Want to Continue with Load? YES// 
      Loading Distribution...
       
      Build LR*5.2*302 has an Enviromental Check Routine
      Want to RUN the Environment Check Routine? YES// 
       
         LR*5.2*302
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR302
       
       
      95.3      LAB LOINC                     Replaced
                Checking WKLD CODE file (#64) for duplicate names or numbers
       
                                 End of duplicate listing.
       
       If duplicates were listed they should be resolved before patch install  
       
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---
       
                      Sending install loaded alert to mail group G.LMI
       
      95.31     LAB LOINC COMPONENT           Replaced
       
      Using VA FileMan menu "UTILITY FUNCTIONS",
       perform the option "VERIFY FIELDS",
       
                                MODIFY WHAT FILE: WKLD CODE
       
                                  VERIFY WHICH FIELD: ALL
       
                        DO YOU MEAN ALL THE FIELDS IN THE FILE? YES
       
       
      Ensure that this option runs CLEANLY before installation of this patch.
       
        
      Use INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*302 to install this Distribution.
       
       
      Select Installation Option: VERify Checksums in Transport Global
      Select INSTALL NAME:    LR*5.2*302   Loaded from Distribution 
      12/9/04@01:53:23
           => NLT/LOINC v2.13 Update  ;Created on Dec 09, 2004@04:27:46
      *64        WKLD CODE           Updated with new terms.
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Dec 09, 2004@01:53:23 with header of 
         NLT/LOINC v2.13 Update  ;Created on Dec 09, 2004@04:27:46
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*302
      DEVICE: HOME//   TELNET TO ALPHAS
       
       
         6 Routine checked, 0 failed.
       
       
       
      Select Installation Option: INStall Package(s)
      Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*302 
           => NLT/LOINC v2.13 Update  ;Created on Dec 09, 2004@04:27:46
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Dec 09, 2004@01:53:23 with header of 
         NLT/LOINC v2.13 Update  ;Created on Dec 09, 2004@04:27:46
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*302
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*302
      ============================
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR302
       
       
                Checking WKLD CODE file (#64) for duplicate names or numbers
       
                                 End of duplicate listing.
       
      If duplicates were listed they should be resolved before patch install  
       
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---
      LOINC Copyright acknowledgement:
       
                      Sending install loaded alert to mail group G.LMI
       
       
       Using VA FileMan menu "UTILITY FUNCTIONS",
       perform the option "VERIFY FIELDS",
       
                                MODIFY WHAT FILE: WKLD CODE
       
                                  VERIFY WHICH FIELD: ALL
      LOINC was Copyrighted 1995, 1996, 1997, by Regenstrief Institute and the 
       
                        DO YOU MEAN ALL THE FIELDS IN THE FILE? YES
       
      Ensure that this option runs CLEANLY before installation of this patch.  
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*302
       
      Incoming Files:
       
         61        TOPOGRAPHY FIELD  (Partial Definition)
      Logical Observation Identifier Names and Codes (LOINC) Committee.  All 
      Note:  You already have the 'TOPOGRAPHY FIELD' File.
       
         64        WKLD CODE
      Note:  You already have the 'WKLD CODE' File.
       
         64.061    LAB ELECTRONIC CODES  (including data)
      Note:  You already have the 'LAB ELECTRONIC CODES' File.
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
       
         64.062    LAB ELECTRONIC SUBTYPES  (including data)
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
      rights reserved. LOINC is a trademark of the Regenstrief Institute.
      Note:  You already have the 'LAB ELECTRONIC SUBTYPES' File.
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
       
         64.2      WKLD SUFFIX CODES  (including data)
      Note:  You already have the 'WKLD SUFFIX CODES' File.
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
       
         64.21     WKLD CODE LAB SECT  (including data)
      Note:  You already have the 'WKLD CODE LAB SECT' File.
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
      Contact information:
       
         64.22     WKLD ITEM FOR COUNT  (including data)
      Note:  You already have the 'WKLD ITEM FOR COUNT' File.
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
       
         64.3      WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER  (including data)
      Note:  You already have the 'WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER' File.
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
       
         64.81     LAB NLT/CPT CODES  (including data)
      LOINC
      Note:  You already have the 'LAB NLT/CPT CODES' File.
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
       
         68.2      LOAD/WORK LIST
      Note:  You already have the 'LOAD/WORK LIST' File.
       
         95.3      LAB LOINC  (including data)
      Note:  You already have the 'LAB LOINC' File.
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
       
      C/o Regenstrief Institute
         95.31     LAB LOINC COMPONENT  (including data)
      Note:  You already have the 'LAB LOINC COMPONENT' File.
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
       
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options,Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
      1001 West 10th Street, RHC-5
       
      DEVICE: HOME//   TELNET TO ALPHAS
      Complete                                   
      LR*5.2*302                        
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*302 : 
                     Dec 09, 2004@01:57:39
       
      Build Distribution Date: Dec 09, 2004
       
      Indianapolis, Indiana 46202 USA
       Installing Routines:     
                     Dec 09, 2004@01:57:39
       
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR302 
                                ** Saving Pointer Values **
       
                                   Saving File #60 data.
       
                                   Saving File #61 data.
       
       
                                  Saving File #62.05 data.
       
                                  Saving File #62.4 data.
       
                                  Saving File #62.8 data.
       
                                  Saving File #62.85 data.
       
                                  Saving File #62.9 data.
       
      ========================
                                  Saving File #64.2 data.
      .......
                                  Saving File #68.2 data.
       
                                  Saving File #69.6 data.
      .......................................................................
       
                                *** Preinstall completed ***
       
       Installing Data Dictionaries:        
      VistA Laboratory Package LAB LOINC (#95.3) file does not support all of 
                     Dec 09, 2004@01:59:41
       
       Installing Data: 
                     Dec 09, 2004@02:04:45
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR302        
       
                          Updating DSS Feeder Key for AP NLT Codes
       
                             Update DSS AP Feeder Key Complete
      the fields contained in the LOINC database. Refer to the LOINC user's 
                                                     
       
                              Building List Of Added NLT CODEs
       
                             Sending message to LMI Mail Group.
       
                             List Of Added WKLD CODEs Complete
       
                          Processing data for File/Subfile #60.01
       
      elements functions. 
      manual for more field details. The following fields are imported and 
                            Processing data for File/Subfile #61
       
                          Processing data for File/Subfile #62.05
       
                           Processing data for File/Subfile #62.4
       
                          Processing data for File/Subfile #62.85
       
                           Processing data for File/Subfile #64.2
                        ............
      supported within VistA.
                           Processing data for File/Subfile #68.2
       
                           Processing data for File/Subfile #69.6
      .......................................................................
       
                          Processing data for File/Subfile #69.64
      .......................................................................
       
                             Historical data restored                         
       
       
                       Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
       
                                         
      LR*5.2*302                                   
      --------------------------------------------------
       Using VA FileMan menu "UTILITY FUNCTIONS",
       perform the option "VERIFY FIELDS", 
       
                                MODIFY WHAT FILE: WKLD CODE
       
      #    Loinc Term      VistA name
                                  VERIFY WHICH FIELD: ALL
       
                        DO YOU MEAN ALL THE FIELDS IN THE FILE? YES           
       
       
       Updating Routine file...      
       
       Updating KIDS files...          
       
       LR*5.2*302 Installed.                Dec 09, 2004@02:13:10
      1    LOINC_NUM       CODE + CHECK DIGIT
       
      Install Completed
       
      Loading of patch LR*5.2*302 completed on Dec 09, 2004@01:57:10
      LIM: Review description for LR*5.2*302 use KIDS:Utilities: Build File 
      Print
       
      Installation of patch LR*5.2*302 completed on Dec 09, 2004@02:13
       
       
      2    COMPONENT       COMPONENT + LAB LOINC COMPONENT (95.31)
        POST INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
        =============================
      Review installed LOINC codes to ensure that codes with the status of 
      Deprecated (DEL) are not used in your current mapping of LOINC codes. In 
      some cases, deprecated LOINC codes [LAB LOINC (#95.3) file, MAP TO (#21) 
      field] will have the suggested replacement LOINC code populated.
      Note:
      If your site is a HOST LEDI site, changing of any LOINC or NLT codes 
      should be coordinated the collection site to ensure that both sites agree 
      in LOINC and NLT mappings.
      3    PROPERTY        PROPERTY
       
      LR*5.2*302 Technical Install Notes:
      =========================
       
      This patch is attempting to clean-up the following files:
      File #    File Name                     Update Method
      64.061    LAB ELECTRONIC CODES          Replaced
      64.062    LAB ELECTRONIC SUBTYPES       Replaced
      64.2      WKLD SUFFIX CODES             Replaced
      64.3      WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURE   Replaced
      4    TIME_ASPECT     TIME ASPECT
      64.81     LAB NLT/CPT CODES             Replaced
      95.3      LAB LOINC                     Replaced
      95.31     LAB LOINC COMPONENT           Replaced
       
      *64       WKLD CODE                     Updated
       
       
       
      The currently installed files are not compatible with the incoming LOINC 
      V2.13. Therefore these files are being completely removed and a fresh 
      5    SYSTEM          SYSTEM
      version is being installed. When the new versions are installed certain 
      pointers in other files could be broken or incorrect.
       
      To address this problem, the pre-install routine will save the existing 
      data in external format in the ^XTMP("LR302",FILE,IEN,FLD)=DATA
      This file will be purged in 90 days.
      All the fields that point to the replaced files will be saved before the 
      old files are purged.
       
      The post-install routine will:
      6    SCALE_TYPE      SCALE TYPE
      1) Add any missing WKLD CODE to your system and create a mail message 
      containing the added codes. If this process is successful the LAB NLT/CPT 
      CODES (#64.81) should be empty of WKLD CODES.
       
      2) Compare your previous WKLD SUFFIX CODES (#64.2) to the file installed 
      by the patch. A MailMan message is created listing any locally added. 
      These codes must be requested via the mail group indicated in the patch 
      description. Codes should not be locally added to any of the NLT Package 
      files.
       
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*302 have no effect on Blood 
      7    METHOD_TYPE     METHOD TYPE
      3) Re-index WKLD CODE file
       
      4) Re-point the fields stored in the ^XTMP("LR302",FILE,IEN,FLD)=DATA 
      file. If errors occur during the re-pointing process the wording "ERROR" 
      will appear during the post-install.
      The error is stored in this format.
       
      S ^XTMP("LR302","LRERR",LRCNT)=LRFILE_U_LRIEN_U_LRFLD_U_LRDATA
       
      The file will be purged in 90 days.
      9    CLASS           CLASSTYPE
      You will have to manually enter the appropriate value.
      10   SOURCE          SOURCE
      14   DT_LAST_CH      DATE LAST CHANGED
      15   CHNG_REAS       CHANGE REASON
      16   CHNG_TYPE       CHANGE TYPE
      19   STATUS          STATUS
      20   MAP_TO          MAP TO
      23   VA_CD           VA CODE
      59   SHORTNAME       SHORTNAME
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
       
      Because several standardized files are being completely replaced, the 
      pre-install routine will extract and save the values of the fields 
      pointing to the replaced files. 
       
      The complete WKLD SUFFIX CODES (#64.2) file is saved into 
      ^XTMP("LRNLT642") global for 90 days. The ^XTMP("LRNLT642") file can be 
      used to assist those sites that may have mistakenly added terms to the 
      (#64.2) file. Those local terms not included in the installed file should 
      
    • 290
      DATE APPLIED:   2005-06-11 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Blood Bank Clearance
       
       Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
        
        
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      -------------------------
      See LABORATORY POINT OF CARE (POC) INTERFACE INSTALLATION AND USER GUIDE
          PATCH LA*5.2*67 AND PATCH LR*5.2*290  Version 5.2  JUNE 2005
       
      Software and Documentation Retrieval Locations
      ============================================== 
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*290 have no effect on Blood
       
      NOTE: All sites are encouraged to use the File Transfer Protocol (FTP)
      capability. Use the FTP address "download.vista.domain.ext" (without the
      quotes) to connect to the first available FTP server where the files are
      located.
       
       
      VistA Point of Care (POC) Interface Patches LR*5.2*290 and LA*5.2*67
      software and Installation and User Guide are available at the following
      Office of Information Field Offices (OIFOs) ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directories:
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none. 
       
       
      OI FIELD OFFICE        FTP ADDRESS             DIRECTORY
      ALBANY ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext        [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
      HINES  ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext         [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
      SALT LAKE CITY ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext   [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
       
       
      Software and Documentation Retrieval Format
      ===========================================
       
        
      VistA Laboratory Point of Care (POC) Interface Patches LR*5.2*290 and
      LA*5.2*67 software and documentation files are exported in the following
      retrieval formats:
       
       
      File Names                      Contents                   Retrieval Formats
      ==========                      ========                   =================
       
      LAB_POC.KID                     KIDS build                 ASCII
      =========================================
       
      LAB_52_LR290_LA67_POC_IUG.pdf   Laboratory Point of Care   BINARY
                                      (POC) Interface Patches
                                      LR*5.2*290 and LA*5.2*67
                                      Installation and User Guide
       
      LAB _52_LR290_LA67_POC_IUG.doc  Laboratory Point of Care   BINARY
                                      (POC) Interface Patches
                                      LR*5.2*290 and LA*5.2*67
                                      Installation and User Guide
       
       
      LAB_52_POC_HL7_SPEC.doc         Laboratory HL7 Interface   BINARY
                                      Specification for Point of
                                      Care (POC)
       
      LAB_52_POC_HL7_SPEC.pdf         Laboratory HL7 Interface   BINARY
                                      Specification for Point of
                                      Care (POC)
        
       
      This patch adds support for Laboratory Point of Care (POC) interfaces.
       
      POST-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      ------------------------------
      See LABORATORY POINT OF CARE (POC) INTERFACE INSTALLATION AND USER GUIDE
          PATCH LA*5.2*67 AND PATCH LR*5.2*290  Version 5.2  JUNE 2005
       
       
      INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
      ====================
        
      It utilizes existing functionality provided by Laboratory Universal
      See LABORATORY POINT OF CARE (POC) INTERFACE INSTALLATION AND USER GUIDE
          PATCH LA*5.2*67 AND PATCH LR*5.2*290  Version 5.2  JUNE 2005
      Interface (UI) and Laboratory Electronic Data Interchange (LEDI) software.
      It supports the transmission, processing and storing of POC test results
      ====================
      in the VistA Laboratory package. The ability of POC interfaces to subscribe
      to VistA HL7 ADT messages for patient demographics and location information
      is provided as needed.
       
       
      NOTE: THIS PATCH WILL BE INSTALLED WITH LA*5.2*67
       
       
      1. Laboratory orders created by this interface will have a CPRS Nature of
      Order 'AUTO' assigned.
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*290 does not
       
      2. It creates a 'non-human' user 'LRLAB,POC' in NEW PERSON file (#200)
      which is used to create the order and accession associated with the point
      of care test result. This entry has been approved by the VA VistA Data Base
      Administrator. Local site personnel should assign divisions to this user 
      that corresponds to the accession areas used for POC results.
       
      3. Options Summary list (supervisors') [LR SUP SUMMARY] and Summary list
      (extended supervisors') [LRLISTE] have been modified to display the
      performing user, performing laboratory, LOINC code and Equipment Instance
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
      Identifier (EII) for each test result when the long or extended format is
      chosen. The EII contains the vendor's make/model/serial number of the 
      instrument/equipment that produced the test result. When the vendor's
      instrument interface transmits this information, it will be stored with
      the test results.
       
      4. CPRS Lab Display of Recent Results will display performing laboratory
      name and address of tests in accordance with College of American Pathology
      (CAP) requirements. Routine LR7OGMG was modified to add performing
      laboratory information to comments section of the CPRS display.
      DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
        
      5. NOIS MAR-0105-20968 reported the CPRS Lab Worksheet did not display the
      external value of 'set of codes' data types. Values that are set of codes
      will be displayed using the external value of the set of codes. Routine
      LR7OGG was modified to return external values of set of codes to CPRS.
       
       
      ASSOCIATED E3R
      --------------
       
       
       
      ASSOCIATED NOIS/Remedy Ticket
      -----------------------------
      MAR-0105-20968/HD0000000071181
      SBY-0501-32827/HD0000000069437 
       
       
      TEST SITES
      ----------
       Madison VAMC
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*290 does not
       New Jersey HCS
       Salt Lake City VAMC
       Shreveport VAMC
       Upstate New York System HCS
       
        
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
         LR290            N/A            4831439        **290** (Deleted by KIDS)
         LR7OGG           11097271       10933227       **187,290**
         LR7OGMG          3973477        5478031        **187,230,286,290**
         LRDIQ            10128715       2599216        **86,153,263,290**
         LRGP2            6353513        6108916        **153,221,263,290**
      functions.
         LRORDST          14420120       12502665       **100,107,121,153,202,290**
         LROW2            8572259        8727104        **121,290**
         LRUER            12281075       11948802       **201,290**
         LRVRPOC          N/A            10290202       **290**
         LRVRPOCU         N/A            8876916        **290**
         LRWLST           17313871       14863929       **46,65,100,121,153,202,
                                                        290**
         LRX              13923654       15315863       **65,153,201,217,290**
       
       List of preceding patches: 202, 217, 263, 286
      
    • 257 SEQ #252
      DATE APPLIED:   2005-06-25 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Blood Bank Clearance:
      
      
      BEFORE:
      
      63.04,.111      REQUESTING LOC/DIV   0;13         VARIABLE POINTER
       
                      FILE  ORDER  PREFIX    LAYGO  MESSAGE
                         44   1    SC(          n   Hospital Location 
                         4    2    DIC(4,       n   Ordering Institution 
                      SCREEN ON FILE 4: S DIC("S")="I $G(^DIC(4,Y,99)),$G(^DIC(4,Y,6)
                                      )"
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*257 have no effect on Blood Bank
      
                      LAST EDITED:    FEB 01, 1997 
                      HELP-PROMPT:    Enter the hospital location or institution 
                                      ordering this test. 
                      DESCRIPTION:    This is the hospital location or institution
                                      ordering this test.  
      
      AFTER:
      
      63.04,.111      REQUESTING LOC/DIV   0;13         VARIABLE POINTER
      software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
      
                      FILE  ORDER  PREFIX    LAYGO  MESSAGE
                         44   1    SC(          n   Hospital Location 
                         4    2    DIC(4,       n   Ordering Institution 
      
                      LAST EDITED:    FEB 01, 1997 
                      HELP-PROMPT:    Enter the hospital location or institution 
                                      ordering this test. 
                      DESCRIPTION:    This is the hospital location or institution
                                      ordering this test.  
      
      
      
      Software Retrieval
      ==================
      VistA Laboratory Multidivisional Antimicrobial Trend Report LR*5.2*257 is
      distributed by Packman. 
      
      
      Documentation Retrieval Locations:
      ==================================
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION:  Because of the nature of the changes made,
      NOTE: All sites are encouraged to use the File Transfer Protocol (FTP)
      capability.  Use the FTP address "download.vista.domain.ext" (without the
      quotes) to connect to the first available FTP server where the files are
      located.
      
      VistA Laboratory 5.2 User Manual and VistA Laboratory Planning and
      Implementation Guide with change pages are available at the following
      Office of Information Field Offices (OIFOs) ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directories:
      
        OI FIELD OFFICE          FTP ADDRESS               DIRECTORY
      no specific validation requirements exist as a result of installation of this
      ---------------------------------------------------------------
      ALBANY                  ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext   [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
      HINES                   ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext    [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
      SALT LAKE CITY          ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext      [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
      
      Documentation Retrieval Format
      ==============================
      VistA Laboratory 5.2 User Manual and Vista Laboratory 5.2 Planning and
      Implementation Guide with change pages are exported in the following
      retrieval formats:
      patch.
      
             File Names                Contents              Retrieval Formats
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------
      lab5_2um.doc                 Laboratory 5.2 User Manual    BINARY 
      
      
      lab5_2pi.doc                 Laboratory 5.2 Planning and   BINARY
                                   Implementation Guide
      
      
      
      VistA Website Locations:
      ========================
      The Laboratory 5.2 User Manual and Laboratory 5.2 Planning and Implementation
      Guide with change pages are accessible at the following locations:
      
      Laboratory Version 5.2 Home Page
      ---------------------------------
      http://vista.domain.ext/ClinicalSpecialties/lab/
      
      VistA Documentation Library (VDL)
      This patch provides the ability to print an Antimicrobial Trend Report by
      ---------------------------------
      http://www.domain.ext/vdl/
      
      
      
      Related NOIS/Remedy: 
      ====================
       FGH-0200-31523/HD0000000069224
       ALB-0600-50112/HD0000000069278
      
      division.  There are three new additions to the LAB DATA (#63) file-
      
      E3RS:
      =====
       11438
      
      Test Sites:
      ===========
       Durham, NC
       Gainesville, FL
       VA Boston Healthcare System
      =====================
      one new field for the "CH" subscript and two new fields for the "MI" subscript.
      
      
      ROUTINE SUMMARY:
      ================
      The following is a list of the routine(s) included in this patch.  The
      second line of each of these routine(s) will look like:
      
         <tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
      
                                CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
      These fields will be used to capture the ordering location and institution
      Routine name    Before Patch          After Patch          Patch List
      ============    ============          ===========          ==========
      LR257              NONE                 2442358               257(Deleted by
                                                                        KIDS) 
      LRMITSE          6478419                8737276              96,257
      LRMITSES         7787667                7819718              96,257
      LRMITSPE         6091299                7314510              96,257
      LRMITSPS         3052409                3271788               257
      LRMITSR          11570196               11570170             96,257
      LRMITSRH         2059425                2320614               257
      during accessioning.  In the MICROBIOLOGY (#63.05) sub-file of the LAB DATA 
      
      
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      =========================
        The install time for this patch is less than 5 minutes.  This patch
        can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
        Suggested time to install:  non-peak requirement hours.
      
            Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
            Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
      (#63) file, the new fields are REQUESTING LOC/DIV (#63.05,.111) and
      
        1.  If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
      
        2.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu.  This
            option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
      
        3.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
            select the 'Installation ' menu.
      
        4.  Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
      ACCESSIONING INSTITUTION (#63.05,.112).  In the CHEM, HEM, TOX, RIA, SER,
            all routines have the correct checksums.
      
        5.  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
            options:
              Print Transport Global
              Compare Transport Global to Current System
              Backup a Transport Global
      
        6.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*257'.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to
      etc. (#63.04) sub-file of the LAB DATA (#63) file, the new field is
            INHIBIT LOGONS during the install? YES//', choose 'NO'.  When prompted
            'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?
            YES//', choose 'NO'.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees
            Upon Completion of Install? YES//"', choose 'NO'.
      
        7.  On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
      
      NOTE:  Routine LR257 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
      ACCESSIONING INSTITUTION (#63.04,.112).  In the CHEM, HEM, TOX, RIA, SER, etc.
      (#63.04) sub-file of the LAB DATA (#63) file, the REQUESTING LOC/DIV
      (#63.04,.111) field is modified to remove the screen on INSTITUTION file (#4)
      since sites need to be able to point to entries in the INSTITUTION file (#4)
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*257 does not
      that are not VA facilities such as DoD and commercial/civilian facilities.
      
      ALB-0600-50112/HD0000000069278:
      Patch LR*5.2*257 also corrects two typographical errors. The query portion of
      the Microbiology Trend Entry routine has two typographical errors. The word
      misspelled as susceptability should be susceptibility. Also, the misspelled
      word procede should be proceed.
      
      MODIFIED OPTION
      ===============
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
      NAME: LRMITS                      MENU TEXT: Microbiology Trend Report
        TYPE: run routine
        HELP FRAME: LRMITS OPTION       PACKAGE: LAB SERVICE
      DESCRIPTION:  The antimicrobial trend report is used to compare counts of
      organisms and patterns of antibiotic susceptibility.  Different types of
      reports can be generated.  The types of reports are categorized by: organism,
      specimen, collection sample, patient, physician, and location.  Specific
      criteria can be applied to all report types.  Criteria include: specific types
      of organisms, isolates collected after a specified time from admission, merge
      criteria, antibiotic patterns, and detailed reports.  These reports can be
      DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
      printed by division or selected divisions.
        ROUTINE: LRMITS
      
      
      
      DATA DICTIONARY CHANGES:
      ========================
      
      NEW FIELDS:
      ===========
      
      
      In the MICROBIOLOGY (#63.05) sub-file of the LAB DATA (#63) file: 
      
      63.05,.111      REQUESTING LOC/DIV   0;13         VARIABLE POINTER
      
                      FILE  ORDER  PREFIX    LAYGO  MESSAGE
                         44   1    SC(          n   Enter Hospital Location 
                         4    2    DIC(4,       n   Select appropriate Institution 
                                               
                      LAST EDITED:    AUG 04, 2004 
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*257 does not alter
                      DESCRIPTION:    Enter the hospital location or institution
                                      ordering this test.  
      
      63.05,.112    ACCESSIONING INSTITUTION 0;14 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
      
                    LAST EDITED:      AUG 04, 2004 
                    DESCRIPTION:      This field contains the pointer to the
                                      institution where the specimen was accessioned.
                                      This field can be blank if LEDI or POC specimen 
                                      is accessioned. The field will be set if an
      or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
                                      actual user accepts the specimen.  
      
      In the CHEM, HEM, TOX, RIA, SER, etc. (#63.04) sub-file of the LAB DATA (#63)
      file:
      
      63.04,.112    ACCESSIONING INSTITUTION 0;14 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
      
                    LAST EDITED:      AUG 04, 2004 
                    DESCRIPTION:      This field contains the pointer to the
                                      institution where the specimen was accessioned.
      functions.
                                      This field can be blank if LEDI or POC specimen 
                                      is accessioned. The field will be set if an
                                      actual user accepts the specimen.  
      
       
      MODIFIED FIELD:
      ===============
      
      In the CHEM, HEM, TOX, RIA, SER, etc. (#63.04) sub-file of the LAB DATA (#63)
      file:
      
    • 323 SEQ #253
      DATE APPLIED:   2005-09-05 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      During the verification of Micro Data, an undefined error has occurred at 
      line APP+5^LRMIUT1. This patch corrects this defect.
      
    • 330 SEQ #254
      DATE APPLIED:   2005-09-05 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Blood Bank Clearance
      functions.
              a. Print Transport Global
              b. Backup a Transport Global
              c. Compare Transport Global to Current System
              d. Verify Checksums in Transport Global
       
            Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
            all routines have the correct checksums.
       
        5.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*330'.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to
       
            INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// choose 'NO'.  When prompted
            'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?
            YES//', choose 'NO'.
       
           The install will automatically disable the following options:
       
             Accession order then immediately enter data [LR ACC THEN DATA]
             Batch data entry (chem, hem, tox, etc.) [LRSTUF]
             Bypass normal data entry [LRFAST]
             Enter/verify data (Load list) [LRVRW2]
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*330 have no effect on Blood
             Enter/verify data (Work list) [LRVRW] 
             Enter/verify data (auto instrument) [LRVR]
             Fast Bypass Data Entry/Verify [LRFASTS]
             Group verify (EA, EL, EW) [LRGV]
             Special test accessioning [LRNONCOM]
             Group data review (verified & EM) [LRGVP] 
       
        6.  On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
       
       Note: Routine LR330 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
       
      INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
      ====================
       
      Select Installation Option:
       
      Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option:  Installation
       
      Select Installation Option:  Install Package(s)
       
      Select INSTALL NAME:  LR*5.2*330  Loaded from Distribution  Loaded from
      Distribution  1/24/05@13:44:22
           => LR*5.2*330
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Jan 24, 2005@13:44:22 with header of
         LR*5.2*330
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*330
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*330
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR330
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
       
       
                     Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
       
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*330
       
       
      Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
      made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of installation
       
       
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
      DEVICE: HOME//  TELNET
      of this patch.
       
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*330 :
                     Jan 24, 2005@13:46:54
       
      Build Distribution Date: Jan 24, 2005
       
       Installing Routines:
                     Jan 24, 2005@13:46:54
       
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR330
       
                                *** Pre install started ***
       
                                 *** No action required ***
       
                               *** Pre install completed ***
       
       Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
       
       
       Installing OPTION
                     Jan 24, 2005@13:46:54
       
                                         LR*5.2*330
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR330
       
                                *** Post install started ***
       
                                 *** No action required ***
      ==================== 
         
       
                               *** Post install completed ***
       
                    Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
       
       Updating Routine file...
       
       Updating KIDS files...
       
       LR*5.2*330 Installed.
      NOIS FAV-0105-71385 reported the inability to verify Laboratory Electronic
                     Jan 24, 2005@13:46:55
       
       Install Message sent #3905
       
       Install Completed
      Data Interchange (LEDI) results when one or all of the lab results being
      processed have 'comment' as the result. Functionality, released in patch
      LR*5.2*286, to prevent editing of reference laboratory results using option
      Enter/verify data (auto instrument) [LRVR] prevented user from releasing
      LEDI results.
       
      NOIS ASH-0105-31055 reported the inability to verify LEDI results when
      one or all of the lab results being processed have 'canc' as the
       
      result. Functionality, released in patch LR*5.2*286, to prevent
      editing of reference laboratory results using option Enter/verify data
      (auto instrument) [LRVR] prevented user from releasing LEDI results.
       
      This patch allows users verifying reference laboratory results to
      release results that consist only of 'comment' or 'canc' type results.
       
       
       
       ASSOCIATED E3R
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*330 does not
       --------------
       None
       
       ASSOCIATED NOIS
       ---------------
       ASH-0105-31055/Remedy ticket HD0000000071185
       FAV-0105-71385/Remedy ticket HD0000000071204
       
       
       TEST SITES
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
       ----------
       
       Asheville VAMC (Medium site) 
       Boston HCS (Integrated/Large site)
       Fayetteville AR, VAMC (Medium site)
       Milwaukee VAMC (Large site)
       New Orleans VAMC (Large siet)
       
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      DIRECTIVE 2004-058 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
         LR330            N/A            4831418        **330** (Deleted by KIDS)
         LRVR4            9645653        9819762        **14,42,121,153,221,263,
       
                                                        279,283,287,286,330**
       
       List of preceding patches: 286
       Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
        
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      -------------------------
        The install time for this patch is less than 5 minute. This patch
        can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*330 does not
        Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
       
       
      NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
            problems loading and/or installing this patch.
       
            Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
            Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
       
       
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
        1.  If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
       
        2.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
              option will load the KIDS package onto your system.
       
        3.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
            select the 'Installation' menu.
       
        4.  From this menu, you may then elect to use the following options
            (when prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*330):
      
    • 336 SEQ #255
      DATE APPLIED:   2005-09-24 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch will up date the LR reference to Person Class codes to conform 
      with the new codes released in XU*8*377.
      
    • 340 SEQ #256
      DATE APPLIED:   2005-09-24 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch updates the retrieval of Lab Results to only return verified 
      Results when called on by CPRS via the Orders tap. 
       
      This patch removes unused Blood Bank functionality from the routine LR7OR1
      in support of the VBECS (Vista Blood Establishment Computer Software) 
      Blood Bank Modernization Project.
      
    • 322 SEQ #257
      DATE APPLIED:   2005-10-20 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      The three problems addressed in this patch were originally described in
      the following NOIS calls:
      DAY-0204-42022 - EN+13~LRUPS undefined variable
      BHS-0804-11324 - <UNDEFINED>B+2^LRAUDA ERROR
      LON-0904-61172 - MAJOR SECTION REPORT, BOTH SCROLLING AND PRINTING
      
    • 107 SEQ #109
      DATE APPLIED:   1996-12-24 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Multidivisional Printer Problems- This patch is for multidivisional sites that
      wish to print lab collect order copies at separate divisions.  Also, this
      patch allows the site to change the default label printer from LABLABEL to
      a division specific printer.
      
    • 324 SEQ #258
      DATE APPLIED:   2005-10-20 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      STOP SNOMED CODING OLD AP REPORTS FROM SENDING ALERTS
      
    • 339 SEQ #259
      DATE APPLIED:   2005-10-20 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      THIS IS A PATCH TO A PATCH (324) IT CORRECTS AN UNDEFINDED ERROR. THE 
      PREVIOUS PATCHES ARE NOT REQUIRED SINCE THEY CAUSED ERRORS.
      
    • 341 SEQ #260
      DATE APPLIED:   2005-10-20 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch updates routine LRUMD to only include patients in the 
      requested sorting group when printing the data by test list.
      
    • 347 SEQ #261
      DATE APPLIED:   2005-12-02 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch corrects a problem with Batch Data Entry where
      executable code in a delta check is not executed.
      
    • 348 SEQ #262
      DATE APPLIED:   2005-12-02 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      THIS CORRECTS A CODE ERROR IN 340, THE STATEMENT WAS IF 'X WHICH ONLY 
      WORKS WHEN X IS NUMERIC. IN THIS CASE IT WAS  ALPHA NUMERIC. THE 
      STATEMENT WAS CHANGED TO IF X="". X IS EXAMPLE VARIABLE.
      
    • 344 SEQ #263
      DATE APPLIED:   2005-12-21 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch corrects problems with the way reference ranges are
      displayed in search options and in CPRS and also fixes a bug 
      which generates a SYNTAX error in option LRSORA (Search for HI/Lo
      Values). The patch also fixes a problem with the Microbiology
      Trend Report where no data is printed when specific locations are
      selected.
      
    • 351 SEQ #264
      DATE APPLIED:   2006-04-10 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch corrects 3 reporting problems:  one with the Critical
      Value Report, one with Workload Code List Report, and one with
      the Print List of Non-Draw Orders.
      
    • 338 SEQ #265
      DATE APPLIED:   2006-04-10 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch corrects report print problems with Reprint a WARD
      Collect Order and with Sum of Accessions by Date - AP
      
    • 353 SEQ #266
      DATE APPLIED:   2006-04-10 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Description:
      ============
      This patch will add a new Kernel look-up screen to the Laboratory Site
      file (#69.9) in support of Orders Data Standardization.
      
    • 349 SEQ #267
      DATE APPLIED:   2006-04-10 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      INCORRECT OOS (OCCASION OF SERVICE) LOCATION GOING TO PCE
      
    • 152 SEQ #110
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-01-22 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
    • 291 SEQ #268
      DATE APPLIED:   2006-05-25 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      VISTA Laboratory Clinical Indicator Data Capture (Patch LR*5.2*291)
      
    • 355 SEQ #269
      DATE APPLIED:   2006-06-08 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch corrects a SUBSCRIPT error causing the HAM report to error
      out.
      
    • 357 SEQ #270
      DATE APPLIED:   2006-06-14 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch corrects 2 seperate problems in 3 different Remedy tickets.
      
    • 342 SEQ #271
      DATE APPLIED:   2006-08-07 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch corrects a data integrity problem caused by an input
      transform setting data at the wrong global node and removes a
      menu option that is obsolete.
      
    • 358 SEQ #272
      DATE APPLIED:   2006-08-07 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch corrects problems with the LEDI Turnaround Time Report and
      the Worksheet Accession List.
      
    • 361 SEQ #273
      DATE APPLIED:   2006-08-07 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      ADDING NEW LAB TEST WITH DOUBLE QUOTES
      
    • 343 SEQ #274
      DATE APPLIED:   2006-08-07 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Blood Bank Team Coordination
       
      N/A
       
       
      Associated PSI:
      ===============
      PSI-05-068 
       
       
      Test Sites
      ==========
      All of the above changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank 
      DURHAM, NC -VAMC (Large site)
      NORTHERN CALIFORNIA HCS (Large site) 
       
       
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
            <tab> ;; 5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patch list>;Sep 27, 1994
      Developer and found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE 
       
                        Checksum       Checksum
       Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
           LR343        N/A            12851791       343
           LR7OEVNT     5021306        deleted by KIDS
       
           Routines deleted by KIDS: LR343,LR70EVNT
           List of preceding patches: n/a
           Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
       
      control functions.
       
      PROTOCOLS
          LR7O MOVEMENT EVENT  (deleted)
          LR7O MOVEMENT EVENT TASK  (deleted)
       
       
      DATA DICTIONARIES
          LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9)
              CANCEL ON ADMIT field (#150.3)  (deleted)
              CANCEL ON DISCHARGE field (#150.4)  (deleted)
       
              CANCEL ON SPECIALTY TRANSFER field (#150.5)  (deleted)
       
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      =========================
       
        The install time for this patch is approximately 6 minutes.
        Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
        This patch can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
       
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*343 have no effect on Blood 
       
                           I  M  P  O  R  T  A  N  T
                         =============================
                       THIS INSTALLATION MUST BE QUEUED
       
       
        NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
              problems loading and/or installing this patch.
       
            Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
            Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
       
       
        1.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu.  This
            option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
       
        2.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
            select the 'Installation' menu.
       
        3.  Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify
       
            that all routines have the correct checksums.
       
        4.  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
            options:
              Print Transport Global
              Compare Transport Global to Current System
              Backup a Transport Global
       
        5.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*343*'
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*343 does not 
       
            If prompted "Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
            Install?" choose "NO".  Note: Responding "Yes" to the prompt for
            rebuilding menu trees can significantly increase install time.
       
            If prompted "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?"
            choose "NO".
       
            If prompted "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
            Protocols? YES//" choose "NO" unless the site has additional local
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
            laboratory options that should be disabled during install.
       
        6.  When prompted for the DEVICE, enter "Q" to queue the build.  If you
            do not queue the installation KIDS will abort the install.  When
            you try to restart the install you may encounter an <UNDEF> error
            due to a bug in KIDS.  If this happens you will need to use FileMan
            to modify the INSTALL file (#9.7) for entry LR*5.2*343 which 
            currently has the status of "Start of Install" and set its' STATUS 
            field to "Install Completed".  Reload the transport global and 
            install the patch again. 
      ============================
      elements functions.
       
        7.  Check your system for errors which may have occurred during the 
            time this patch was installed.  If the PROTOCOL DGPM MOVEMENT 
            EVENTS was called during this patch installation, system errors 
            (such as "Can't return to source" for routine LR7OEVNT) may have 
            been generated.  If so, those patient movements will have to be re-
            created. 
       
       
      INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
       
      ====================
       
      Select Installation Option:  Install Package(s)
      Select INSTALL NAME:    LR*5.2*343     Loaded from Distribution  
      10/20/05@12:39:58
           => LR343 KIDS  ;Created on Oct 20, 2005@11:59:59
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Oct 20, 2005@12:39:58 with header of 
         LR343 KIDS  ;Created on Oct 20, 2005@11:59:59
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
      POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to 0 routines and 
           LR*5.2*343
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*343
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR343
       
                      Environment is okay 
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*343
       
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? NO// 
       
      1 file identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive 
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
      DEVICE: HOME// QUEUE TO PRINT ON
      DEVICE: HOME// P-MAIN
       
      Request Start Time: Oct 20, 2005@12:42:41//   (OCT 20, 2005@12:42:41)
      Install Queued!
       
      2004-058, group B listing. The changes have no effect on Blood Bank 
       
       
      Sample Installation Output
      ==========================
       
      Install Started for LR*5.2*343 : 
             Oct 20, 2005@12:42:42
       
      Build Distribution Date: Oct 20, 2005
       
      functionality or medical device control functions. There is no adverse 
       Installing Routines:...
             Oct 20, 2005@12:42:42
       
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR343.
       
             Pre install started at Oct 20, 2005@12:42:42
       
            Sent install started alert to mail group G.LMI
       
            Setting DISABLE and ACTION fields for Protocols
      potential to sites.
       
                  No actions required for pre install
       
            Pre install completed at Oct 20, 2005@12:47:42
       
       Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS: 
       
       Installing PROTOCOL...
                     Oct 20, 2005@12:47:42
       
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR343.
       
             Post install started at Oct 20, 2005@12:47:42
       
                  File #69.9 field data update started
       
                 File #69.9 field data deletion finished
       
        Post install completed at Oct 20, 2005@12:47:42
       
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: 
           Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
       
       Updating Routine file......
       
       Updating KIDS files.......
       
       LR*5.2*343 Installed. 
                     Oct 20, 2005@12:47:42
       
       Install Message sent
      There are no validation requirements for this patch.
       
       
       
      Sample MailMan Message
      ======================
      Pre install started at Oct 20, 2005@12:48:15
      Sent install started alert to mail group G.LMI
      Setting DISABLE and ACTION fields for Protocols
      No actions required for pre install
      Pre install completed at Oct 20, 2005@12:48:55
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*343 contains changes to software 
       
      Post install started at Oct 20, 2005@12:53:59
      File #69.9 field data update started
      File #69.9 field data deletion finished
      Post install completed at Oct 20, 2005@12:54:45
      Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
      MINIMAL TEST CASE SCENARIOS BY OPTION, INCLUSIVE OF ALL CONTROL FUNCTIONS:
      There are no test case scenarios for this patch.
      ************************************************************************
       
      Remove the LABORATORY package's rules for managing laboratory order 
      auto-discontinuance on admission, transfer, or discharge events and let 
      the existing rules in the OERR (ORDER ENTRY RESULTS REPORTING) package 
      handle the order auto-discontinuance process.
       
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 2004-058, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE. 
      The LABORATORY package's process that is used to decide if an order 
      should be discontinued when a patient move event is triggered will be 
      disabled.  This business rule is already being handled by the OERR 
      package and the Lab's business rules do not perform all of the needed 
      checks that the OERR package performs.  For example, the Lab's process 
      does not check that a new movement is actually tied to the current 
      admission.  An edit of a patient movement can result in erroneous auto 
      discontinue of a patient's laboratory orders.  OERR also provides checks 
      in the software to establish whether the patient event is new or an edit 
      to an existing event.
      Changes include: 
       
      The Lab's process has caused erroneous auto discontinuance of laboratory 
      orders because it does not check if a new movement is actually tied to 
      the patient's current admission.  In the case outlined by the Patient 
      Safety Issue (PSI) report it appeared that a user deleted and re-entered 
      a movement for a prior admission to make a correction.  Since it was a 
      new movement the Lab code executed and the orders were discontinued.  
      This problem would especially impact sites with patients that are 
      transferred from the acute hospital to the nursing home.
       
       File #69.9 (Laboratory Site)
       
       
      Technical Description
      =====================
      When the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS of the PROTOCOL file (#101) is triggered 
      the LR7O MOVEMENT EVENT protocol may be called (if it is an item of the 
      DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol).  In this situation the business rule 
      processing in the LABORATORY package fails to make all of the needed 
      checks to properly determine if the order should be discontinued.  If 
      Lab's logic discontinues the order there will be no order for OERR to 
          Field #150.3 (CANCEL ON ADMIT) - Removed
      apply its more detailed set of business rules against when the OERR code 
      is called from the patient movement event.
       
      Lab will no longer perform any package-level checks for order 
      auto-discontinuance based on patient movements.  These checks will be 
      performed by the OERR package.  This change is accomplished by:
       
      Deletion of PROTOCOL file (#101) entries:
               LR7O MOVEMENT EVENT and LR7O MOVEMENT EVENT TASK
      Deletion of routine LR7OEVNT
          Field #150.4 (CANCEL ON DISCHARGE) - Removed
      Deletion of the following Data Dictionary for LABORATORY SITE file 
      (#69.9):
          CANCEL ON ADMIT field (#150.3)
          CANCEL ON DISCHARGE field (#150.4)
          CANCEL ON SPECIALTY TRANSFER field (#150.5)
       
       
       
      New Service Request:
      ====================
          Field #150.5 (CANCEL ON SPECIALTY TRANSFER) - Removed
      #20050802 -- Remove Lab Package Options to DC Order on Patient Movement
       
       
      Associated Remedy:
      ==================
      HD0000000104211
       
       
      Associated E3R:
      ===============
      
    • 354 SEQ #275
      DATE APPLIED:   2006-08-24 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch corrects 2 PROBLEMS WITH THE TURNAROUND TIME REPORT
      (LR CAPTT).
      
    • 359 SEQ #276
      DATE APPLIED:   2006-08-24 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
    • 329 SEQ #277
      DATE APPLIED:   2006-09-23 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*329 does
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       ANN ARBOR, MI  
       BAY PINES, FL  
       BLACK HILLS HCS
       BOSTON HCS     
       BRONX, NY      
       CENTRAL PLAINS HCS 
       CENTRAL TEXAS HCS  
       CLEVELAND, OH
       DAYTON, OH   
       DETROIT, MI  
       
       DUBLIN, GA   
       DURHAM, NC   
       FARGO, ND    
       FRESNO, CA   
       HAMPTON, VA  
       HINES, IL    
       HOUSTON, TX  
       LEXINGTON, KY
       LOMA LINDA, CA
       LONG BEACH, CA
       
       MADISON, WI   
       MANCHESTER, NH
       MARYLAND HCS  
       MILWAUKEE, WI 
       MINNEAPOLIS, MN
       MUSKOGEE, OK   
       NEW YORK HCS   
       NORTH CHICAGO, IL
       NORTHPORT, NY    
       OKLAHOMA CITY, OK
      1. Remedy ticket HD0000000088913 reported the Laboratory software was
       PHILADELPHIA, PA 
       PROVIDENCE, RI   
       RICHMOND, VA     
       SAN FRANCISCO, CA
       SAN JUAN, PR     
       SHERIDAN, WY     
       SHREVEPORT, LA   
       SIOUX FALLS, SD  
       ST CLOUD, MN     
       TAMPA, FL        
      creating Laboratory Unique Identifiers (UID) which used the prefix '00'
       TENNESSEE VALLEY HCS
       UPSTATE NEW YORK HCS
       WEST PALM BEACH, FL 
       
      
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
      instead of the site's two character identifier assigned to each accession
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
         LR329            N/A            5595661        **329** (Deleted by KIDS)
         LROC             9241387        7783203        **121,295,329**
       
       List of preceding patches: 295
       Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
      area. This situation exists when the UIDs from old previously purged
       
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      -------------------------
        The install time for this patch is less than 5 minute. This patch
        can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
        Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
       
       
      NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
      accessions are still in the "C" cross-reference of the ACCESSION file
            problems loading and/or installing this patch.
       
            Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
            Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
       
       
        1.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
              option will load the KIDS package onto your system.
       
        2.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
      (#68), many from when the UID was first implemented in 1995.
            select the 'Installation' menu.
       
        3.  From this menu, you may then elect to use the following options
            (when prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*329):
              a. Print Transport Global
              b. Backup a Transport Global
              c. Compare Transport Global to Current System
              d. Verify Checksums in Transport Global
       
            Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
       
            all routines have the correct checksums.
       
        4.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*329'.
      
            When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of 
            Install? YES//' choose 'NO'. Responding 'Yes' to the prompt for 
            rebuilding menu trees can significantly increase install time.
      
            When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES//
      not contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined
      One of the checks performed during UID creation is to check if the UID
            choose 'NO'.
       
            When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options,
            and Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'.
       
            During install KIDS will place the Purge old orders & accessions
            option [LROC] out of order.
       
       Note: Routine LR329 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
       
      being generated exists in the "C" cross-reference. If it does and it is not
       
      INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
      ====================
       
      Select Installation Option:
       
      Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option:  Installation
       
      Select Installation Option: 6  Install Package(s)
      Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*329  Loaded from Distribution  4/11/05@16:15:44
      for the accession being created then the software replaces the accession
           => LR*5.2*329
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Apr 11, 2005@16:15:44 with header of
         LR*5.2*329
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*329
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*329
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR329
       
       
      area identifier the site has specified for the accession area and uses "00"
                     Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
       
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*329
       
       
      Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
       
       
      in its place to insure creation of a unique identifier.
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
      DEVICE: HOME// TELNET VIRTUAL
       
       
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*329 :
                     Apr 11, 2005@16:16:28
       
      Build Distribution Date: Apr 11, 2005
       
       Installing Routines:...
                     Apr 11, 2005@16:16:28
       
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR329.
       
      Example: LRO(68,"C",1550180008,25,2950118,8)
                                *** Pre install started ***
       
                                 *** No action required ***
       
                               *** Pre install completed ***
       
       Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
       
       Installing OPTION..
                     Apr 11, 2005@16:16:28
      Where: LRO = LRO global
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR329.
       
                                *** Post install started ***
       
       *** Tasking check/cleanup "C" cross reference on ACCESSION file (#68) ***
       
                             *** Task #XXXX tasked to run ***
       
                               *** Post install completed ***
              68 = ACCESSION file (#68)
       
                    Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
       
       Updating Routine file......
       
       Updating KIDS files.......
       
       LR*5.2*329 Installed.
                     Apr 11, 2005@16:16:28
       
             "C" = cross reference
       Install Message sent #XXXX
      
      
      
      
      
      by VHA DIRECTIVE 2004-058 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
       155018008 = UID
              25 = accession area
         2950118 = accession date (Jan 18 1995)
               8 = accession number portion
      
      If the software wanted to assign the normally generated accession UID
      1550180008 to accession area 25, accession date of Jan 18 2005, accession
      number of 18 but found the UID already exist for 1995 accession for the
      same day and number then UID generating software would replace 15 with 00
      to create a UID 0050180008 to allow accessioning to continue. 
       
      
      Note: The UID generating software will always produce an unique number.
      No two accessions will ever have the same UID based on the "C" cross reference.
       
      The routine LROC is modified to check for purged accessions and remove
      purged accession's UID from the "C" and "D" cross reference of the
      ACCESSION (#68) file. This will correct the problem of 10 year
      overlapping accession UID. This routine is invoked by Purge old orders
      & accessions option [LROC].
       
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*329 does
      Note: After installation of this patch the Laboratory software will
      continue to create UIDs using the "00" prefix when an existing accession
      is still currently on the system and using the UID. This is to assure that
      the UID assigned to an accession is unique. The Laboratory software is
      capable of handling UIDs correctly when the UID has a "00" prefix. There
      is no inherent requirement that a specific UID conform exactly to its
      related accession.
       
      2. The check and purge of these cross-references will be tasked by the
      post-install of this patch to cleanup any existing entries in file #68.
      not alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
      The post-install of this patch tasks a back-ground job to cleanup any
      existing entries in file #68 that have been previously purged. After
      this back-ground job has run to completion, the "C" and "D" should not
      contain any UIDs related to purged accessions.
       
      3. As part of developer review, the Purge old orders & accessions option
      [LROC] has been made 'TaskMan aware'. Stopping of this tasked process can
      be accomplished using standard TaskMan utilities.
       
       
      elements functions.
       ASSOCIATED E3R
       --------------
       None
       
       ASSOCIATED REMEDY
       ---------------
       HD0000000088913
        Duplicates:
        HD0000000096348
        HD0000000141232
       
        HD0000000141237
        HD0000000141258
        HD0000000141298
        HD0000000141977
        HD0000000142004
        HD0000000142663
        HD0000000143065
        HD0000000144052
        HD0000000145774
        HD0000000146357
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*329 have no effect on Blood
        HD0000000147586
        HD0000000147794
        HD0000000148645
       
      
       TEST SITES
       ----------
       
       ALEXANDRIA, LA
       ALTOONA, PA    
      
    • 132 SEQ #111
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-03-21 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Under the auspices of the Program Office for Infectious Diseases 
      
      
      
      The Laboratory EPI program is designed to automatically provide data 
      on emerging pathogens to Veterans Affairs Headquarters (VAHQ) 
      without additional individual data entry at the site level. The data will 
      be sent to Austin Automation Center (AAC) for initial processing and 
      coupling with denominator data related to workload. VAHQ data 
      retrieval and analysis can then be accomplished.
      
      VAHQ the Laboratory Emerging Pathogens Initiative (EPI) software 
      
      package is to allow the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) to track 
      Emerging Pathogens on the national level without the necessity for 
      additional local data entry. Using this objective information, plans can 
      be formulated on the national level for intervention strategies and 
      resource needs. Results of aggregate data can also be shared with 
      appropriate public health authorities for planning on the national level 
      for the non-VA and private health care sectors.
      
    • 360 SEQ #278
      DATE APPLIED:   2006-11-22 22:23:22
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses several issues with accessioning. This patch will
      prevent the re-accessioning of accessioned and the accessioned part of 
      partly accessioned lab orders. It will not allow the input of order
      numbers exceeding eight characters in length. It adds to chemistry and 
      microbiology accessioning (both standard and batch) a warning message the 
      patient the test is for has died and the patient's date of death.
      
    • 346 SEQ #279
      DATE APPLIED:   2006-11-22 23:16:35
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       Blood Bank Clearance
      functions.
      |Data Type|Reference low|Reference high|Therapeutic low|Therapeutic high
       
      |     18    |    19      |       20    |    21   |      22     |  23     |
      |Use Ref Lab|Site Comment|Test Synonyms|Test Type|Default LOINC|Extract Ver|
       
       
      3. Due to migration within Veterans Health Administration from Microsoft
      Exchange 2000 to Exchange 2003 the Microsoft Exchange system dropped support
      for 4 character Unix file permission which are part of the header used to
      uuencode the file attachment. The extract changes the uuencode file header
       
      from "begin 0664 "_filename to "begin 664 "_filename to enable successful
      processing of the uuencoded file by Exchange.
       
       
       ASSOCIATED E3R
       --------------
       None
       
       ASSOCIATED REMEDY
       ---------------
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*346 have no effect on Blood
       None
       
       
       TEST SITES
       ----------
       Biloxi VAMC
       Boston HCS VAMC
       El Paso VAMC
       Milwaukee VAMC
       San Antonio VAMC
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       Upstate New York HCS
       
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
       
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
         LR346            N/A            4832883        **346** (Deleted by KIDS)
         LRSRVR           5915085        5140630        **232,303,346**
         LRSRVR2          12542186       9040430        **303,346**
         LRSRVR2A         N/A            6229869        **346**
         LRSRVR3          13571036       13681273       **303,346**
         LRSRVR6          N/A            8991310        **346**
         LRSRVR7          N/A            7316475        **346**
       
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
       List of preceding patches: 303
       Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
       
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      -------------------------
        The install time for this patch is less than 5 minute. This patch
        can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
        Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
       
      made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of installation
       
      NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
            problems loading and/or installing this patch.
       
            Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
            Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
       
       
        1.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
              option will load the KIDS package onto your system.
      of this patch.
       
        2.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
            select the 'Installation' menu.
       
        3.  From this menu, you may then elect to use the following options
            (when prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*346):
              a. Print Transport Global
              b. Backup a Transport Global
              c. Compare Transport Global to Current System
              d. Verify Checksums in Transport Global
      ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
       
            Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
            all routines have the correct checksums.
       
         4.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*346'.
       
            When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
            Install? YES//' choose 'NO'. Responding 'Yes' to the prompt for
            rebuilding menu trees can significantly increase install time.
       
       
            When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES//
            choose 'NO'.
       
            When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options,
            and Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'.
       
            During install KIDS will place the LR LAB SERVER option [LRLABSERVER]
            out of order.
       
       ====================
      As part of the VA/DoD Laboratory Data Sharing Interoperability (LDSI) Phase
       Note: Routine LR346 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
       
       
      INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
      ====================
       
      Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option: Installation
       
      Select Installation Option: 6  Install Package(s)
      Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*346 Loaded from Distribution  9/16/05@15:38:31
      2 project supporting the exchange of microbiology and anatomic pathology
           => LR*5.2*346
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Sep 16, 2005@15:38:31 with header of
         LR*5.2*346
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*346
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*346
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR346
       
       
      laboratory test orders and results, enhancements have been made to the
                     Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
       
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*346
       
       
      Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
       
       
      Laboratory server LRLABSERVER to extract selected VistA Laboratory files
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
      DEVICE: HOME//  TELNET VIRTUAL
       
       
      for SNOMED CT mapping.
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*346 :
                     Sep 16, 2005@17:07:36
       
      Build Distribution Date: Sep 16, 2005
       
       Installing Routines:
                     Sep 16, 2005@17:07:36
       
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR346
       
       
                                *** Pre install started ***
       
                                 *** No action required ***
       
                               *** Pre install completed ***
       
       Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
       
       Installing OPTION
      1. The following are new LRLABSERVER server reports made available with
                     Sep 16, 2005@17:07:36
       
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR346
       
                                *** Post install started ***
       
                                 *** No action required ***
       
                               *** Post install completed ***
      this patch:
       
                    Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
       
       Updating Routine file...
       
       Updating KIDS files...
       
       LR*5.2*346 Installed.
                     Sep 16, 2005@17:07:36
       
       
       Install Message sent #nnnnnn
       
      Install Completed
      
      a. SNOMED
       
         Send a message to: S.LRLABSERVER@domain name
                   Subject: SNOMED
       
         The body of the message will be ignored. The following files are
         scanned and data is extracted and extract data in a format for input
         into Standards and Terminology Service (STS) mapping SNOMED tool:
       
         File #    File Name
         ------    ---------
         61        TOPOGRAPHY FIELD
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*346 does not
         61.1      MORPHOLOGY FIELD
         61.2      ETIOLOGY FIELD
         61.3      FUNCTION FIELD
         61.4      DISEASE FIELD
         61.5      PROCEDURE FIELD
         61.6      OCCUPATION FIELD
         62        COLLECTION SAMPLE
       
         Results are returned to the person
         sending the mail message request. The extracted data is returned as an
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
         attached file in a delimited format using the "|" character as
         the field delimiter.
       
         Record legend for attached file:
          Station #-File #-IEN|Entry Name|SNOMED I|VUID|SNOMED CT|
          SNOMED CT TERM|Mapping Exception|Related Specimen|Related Specimen ID|
          Extract Ver|
       
          Note: the fields RELATED SPECIMEN & RELATED SPECIMEN ID in the
                record are only valued when the record relates to an entry
      DIRECTIVE 2004-058 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
                in COLLECTION SAMPLE file (#62) and indicates the related
                specimen in TOPOGRAPHY FIELD file (#61).
       
       
      b. NLT/CPT
         Send a message to: S.LRLABSERVER@domain name
                   Subject: NLT/CPT
       
         The body of the message will be ignored. The database is scanned
         for mapped NLT, LOINC and CPT data. Results are returned to the person
       
         sending the mail message request. The extracted data is returned as an
         attached file in a delimited format using the "|" character as the field
         delimiter.
       
         Record legend for attached file:
         Station #-NLT IEN-CPT IEN-Spec-Time Aspect|NLT Code|NLT Name|CPT Code|CPT
         Name|Specimen|Time Aspect|LOINC Code|LOINC Short Name|
       
       
      2. The existing LRLABSERVER report RELMA has been modified to extract
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*346 does not
      additional information requested by VA Data Standardization service.
         a. The extract will now include an extract version number. This patch
            will set the version number to 1.1.
         b. Include site's Laboratory Test site notes.
         c. Include laboratory test's synonyms
         d. Include laboratory test's type
         e. Include laboratory test's default LOINC code.
         f. Include mappings to suffixed NLT codes when laboratory code is mapped
            to a generic NLT code and suffixed codes also exist.
       
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
      The modified record layout of the extract is:
       
       Legend:
      |           1                   |    2    |  3 |     4     |  5  |   6
      |Station #-60 ien-Spec ien-Index|Test Name|Spec|Time Aspect|Units|LOINC
       
      |  7  |    8       |     9             |     10    |   11    |   12
      |NLT #|Battery Code|Battery Description|Lab Section|Subscript|Comment
       
      |    13   |    14       |     15       |      16       |       17
      
    • 328 SEQ #280
      DATE APPLIED:   2006-11-22 23:46:08
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*328 does not
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
       
        1.  If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
       
        2.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
              option will load the KIDS package onto your system.
       
        3.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
            select the 'Installation' menu.
       
       
        4.  From this menu, you may then elect to use the following options
            (when prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*328):
              a. Print Transport Global
              b. Backup a Transport Global
              c. Compare Transport Global to Current System
              d. Verify Checksums in Transport Global
       
            Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
            all routines have the correct checksums.
       
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
        5.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*328'.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to
            INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// choose 'NO'.  When prompted
            'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?
            YES//', choose 'NO'.
       
            During install KIDS will place the "Accession order then immediately
            enter data option [LR ACC THEN DATA] out of order.
       
        6.  On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
      made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of installation
       
       Note: Routine LR328 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
       
       
      INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
      ==================== 
       
      Select Installation Option: 6  Install Package(s)
      Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*328 Loaded from Distribution Loaded from
      Distribution  4/21/05@16:56:33
      of this patch.
           => LR*5.2*328
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Apr 21, 2005@16:56:33 with header of
         LR*5.2*328
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*328
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*328
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR328
       
       
       
                     Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
       
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*328
       
       
      Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
       
       
       
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*328 :
                     Apr 21, 2005@16:58:02
       
      Build Distribution Date: Apr 21, 2005
       
       Installing Routines:
                     Apr 21, 2005@16:58:02
      Nature of Problem:
       
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR328
       
                                *** Pre install started ***
       
                                 *** No action required ***
       
                               *** Pre install completed ***
       
       Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
       PSI-04-059 identified a patient safety issue identified during the
       
       Installing OPTION
                     Apr 21, 2005@16:58:02
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR328
       
                                *** Post install started ***
       
                                 *** No action required ***
       
       testing phase of the Laboratory Electronic Data Interchange (LEDI III)
                               *** Post install completed ***
       
                    Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
       
       Updating Routine file...
       
       Updating KIDS files...
       
       LR*5.2*328 Installed.
                     Apr 21, 2005@16:58:03
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
       software patches LA*5.2*64 and LR*5.2*286.
       
       Install Message sent #XXXX
       
      Install Completed
      
      
      
      
      
      
       
       Two test sites reported an undefined error related to the variable SEX
       which contains the patient's sex. During analysis of the reported error,
       it was determined, by the laboratory development team, that the variable
       that referenced the patient's sex was being killed between accessions when
       a laboratory order created two or more accessions.
       
       The problem occurs when laboratory users enter laboratory test results
       using the VistA Laboratory option "Accession order then immediately enter
      DIRECTIVE 2004-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
       data [LR ACC THEN DATA]".  If the laboratory order being processed
       creates two or more accessions, the second and any subsequent accessions,
       may calculate age and/or sex based normals and abnormals incorrectly.
       
       We believe this to be a pre-existing problem; however, we cannot
       determine how long the problem has been occurring. It is unknown as to
       whether any specific incidents have occurred if any.  Also, but most
       importantly, no patients were harmed.
       
      Solution:
       
       The LR*5.2*328 patch was developed which will set patient's demographics
       between processing of accessions when using the "Accession order then
       immediately enter data [LR ACC THEN DATA]" option.  This will ensure that
       the patient's age/sex is defined before calculating any age/sex based
       normals and determining abnormality flags.
       
       The routine LRFAST is modified to define the applicable patient 
       demographic values for sex, date of birth, and age when processing each
       accession associated with the order.
       
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*328 does not
       
       ASSOCIATED E3R
       --------------
       None
       
       ASSOCIATED REMEDY
       ---------------
       None
       
       ASSOCIATED PSI
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
       ---------------
       PSI-04-059 PATIENT SAFETY ISSUE: Laboratory, 11/3/2004 5:20:06 PM
       
        
       TEST SITES
       ----------
       Durham VAMC 
       Manchester VAMC
       Milwaukee VAMC
       North Chicago VAMC
      functions.
       
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY
      ===============
        The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line
        of each of these routines now looks like:
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
       
                          Checksum       Checksum
         Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
       
         ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
         LR328            N/A            4831454        **328** (Deleted by KIDS)
         LRFAST           19472230       19464995       **100,121,201,286,291,328**
       
       List of preceding patches: 291
       Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
       
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      -------------------------
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*328 have no effect on Blood
        The install time for this patch is less than 5 minute. This patch
        can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
        Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
       
       
      NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
            problems loading and/or installing this patch.
       
            Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
            Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
      
    • 337 SEQ #281
      DATE APPLIED:   2007-06-29 19:23:27
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch corrects 2 problems with "DELETE TEST" and a problem
      with exiting the "INTERIM REPORT".  An issue is also addressed with
      "ELECTRONIC CATALOG".
      
    • 356 SEQ #282
      DATE APPLIED:   2007-09-04 22:35:28
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch will correct a problem with the display of Reference, Critical
      HIGH (60.01), THERAPEUTIC LOW (60.01,9.2), and THERAPEUTIC HIGH (60.01, 
      9.3) has been changed.
      & Therapeutic ranges in the Laboratory Test Description in the Lab Test 
      Information option of the Tools menu in CPRS GUI by routine LR7OR4. It 
      will correct a problem with the display of reference ranges with a 
      patient's laboratory test data in both CPRS GUI and the Laboratory 
      Package by routines LR7OGMC, LR7OGU, and LRRP1.
       
      In the SITE/SPECIMEN SUB-FILE (60.01) the description for fields REFERENCE
       LOW (60.01,1), REFERENCE HIGH (60.01,2), CRITICAL LOW (60.01,3), CRITICAL
      
    • 308 SEQ #283
      DATE APPLIED:   2007-09-04 23:49:33
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      =====================
      1.  Currently:  If a Current Procedural Terminolgy (CPT) code is not
       
      The updates described above are displayed in the following screen format.  
      This screen format is used in the menu options listed below it:
       
      Provider: PROVIDER, ONE//        PRO          PHYSICIAN
       
      Select CPT codes:  88302
       
      TEST, PATIENT1                        000-99-1234         DOB: Mar 05, 1955
           Collection Date: Jan 06, 2005@11:52
      found or is marked inactive in the CPT file (#81), a general message,
                Acc #: NSP 05 1                                   Loc: 5N
                     Specimen: 
           Tissue Specimens: 
                     TAIL
           Test(s);  SURGICAL PATH REPORTING/ SURGICAL PATHOLOGY LOG-IN/ 
           Pathologist: PHYSICIAN, ONE
       
                                     Selected CPT Codes                           
          
           (1)  88302 LEVEL II - SURGICAL PATHOLOGY, GROSS AND MICROSCOP
      "Nothing Selected" displays, or no message at all displays.  The CPT 
                Surgical Pathology Level II  {88518.0000}
       
      Menu Options:
             Lab CPT Billing [LRCAPES]
             Verify/release reports, anat path [LRAPR], 
                     CPT Coding selection
             Provisional anatomic diagnoses [LRAPAUPAD]
             Autopsy protocol [LRAPAUDAP]
             Autopsy protocol & SNOMED coding [LRAPAUDAB]
             Autopsy protocol & ICD9CM coding [LRAPAUDAA]
      code is not selected and passed to PATIENT CARE ENCOUNTER (PCE).
             FS/Gross/Micro/Dx [LRAPDGM]
             FS/Gross/Micro/Dx/SNOMED Coding [LRAPDGS]
             FS/Gross/Micro/Dx/ICD9CM Coding [LRAPDGI]
       
      9. A couple of general corrections are included in this patch.  For
      certain $D statements which read, "'$DATA()#2", the modulo is incorrectly 
      applied to the result of the "'$DATA()".  Instead, the NOT operator "'" 
      should be applied to the evaluation of "$DATA()#2" to correctly read,
      "'($DATA()#2)".  The following statements have been corrected:
       
       
      a. In SETWKL+13^LRCAPES1, Q:'$D(^LAM(LRP,0))#2, has been changed to
         Q:'($D(^LAM(LRP,0))#2).
      b. In EN5+4^LRCAPPH1, Q:'$D(^LRO(69,LRCDT,1,LRSN,2,LRTST,0))#2, has been
         changed to Q:'($D(^LRO(69,LRCDT,1,LRSN,2,LRTST,0))#2).
       
      Data Dictionary Changes
      =======================
      VistA Laboratory AP CPT Code Corrections Patch LR*5.2*308 software release
      contains the following data dictionary changes:
       
      Update:  If one or more CPT's are not found in the CPT file (#81), 
      WKLD CODE file (#64)
      ------------------------
      WKLD CODE file (#64), ES DISPLAY ORDER field (#26) has been modified 
      to increase the quantity allowed from 100 to 1000.
       
      ======================
      Associated E3Rs - None
      ---------------
       
      Associated NOISs -
      the following message displays and lists the CPT codes:
      ----------------  
       
       
      CPH-0103-41645 / HD0000000069980
      FGH-0103-31657 / HD0000000069982
      MIN-0103-41656 / HD0000000069981
      BHS-0103-12034 / HD0000000069988
      UNY-0103-11749 / HD0000000069985
      WBP-0103-21809 / HD0000000069986
      SAM-0603-21566 / HD0000000070159
                "The following CPT Code(s) are not selected:
      JAC-1103-70158 / HD0000000070386
      ALT-0304-20022 / HD0000000070580
      SBY-0304-31852 / HD0000000070614
      BIL-0304-31578 / HD0000000070606
      WRJ-0404-10360 / HD0000000070654
      HVH-0404-11404 / HD0000000070684
      CPH-0804-41938 / HD0000000070965
      MIN-1204-40394 / HD0000000071122
      HEH-0304-41954 / HD0000000070618
       
                  Not found in #81: #####,#####,".
      =====================
      Test Sites:
      ===========
       
      Boston HCS - VMS/CACHE (large integrated site)
      Durham VAMC - VMS/CACHE (large site)
      Iowa City VAMC - VMS/CACHE (large integrated site)
      Long Beach VAMC - VMS/CACHE (large site)
       
      ================
      For one or more CPTs that are marked inactive in the CPT 
      Routine Summary:
      ================
       
      The following list of the routine(s) included in this patch.  The
      second line of each of these routine(s) will look like:
       
      <tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27 1994
       
                     CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
       
      Patch Description
      file (#81), the following message displays and lists the CPT codes:
      Routine      Before    After       Patch
      Name         Patch     Patch       List
       
      LR308       N/A       3577348    **308**  (Deleted by KIDS)
      LRAPLG1     5113296   5107203    **72,121,248,308**
      LRAPUTL     9752029   9713709    **259,308**
      LRCAPES    13104305  13495108    **274,259,349,308**
      LRCAPES1    8132160  13575476    **274,308**
      LRCAPPH1   13504461  14078305    **127,136,138,158,263,264,274,291,359,308**
       
                "The following CPT Code(s) are not selected: 
       
      Software Retrieval
      ------------------
      VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology Current Procedural Terminology 
      Corrections Patch LR*5.2*308 software is distributed by Packman.
       
      Documentation Retrieval
      -----------------------
      VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology (AP) Current Procedural 
      Terminology(CPT)Corrections Patch LR*5.2*308 software User Guide
                  CPT(s) inactive in #81: #####,#####".
      is available at the following Office of Information Field Offices (OIFOs) 
      ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directories: 
       
      OI Field Office    FTP Address                 Directory
      ---------------    -----------                 ---------
      ALBANY             ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext    [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
      HINES              ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext     [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
      SALT LAKE CITY     ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext       [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
       
       
      All CPTs that are inactive or not found in file #81 will not be 
      Documentation Retrieval Formats
      -------------------------------
      VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology (AP) Current Procedural 
      Terminology(CPT)Corrections Patch LR*5.2*308 User Guide files are 
      exported in the following retrieval formats:
       
      File Name           Contents                          Retrieval Formats
      ---------           --------                          -----------------
      LAB_52_308_UG.doc    VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology
                           (AP) Current Procedural Terminology
      passed to PCE.
                           (CPT)Corrections Patch LR*5.2*308
                           User Guide                            BINARY
       
      LAB_52_308_UG.pdf   VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology
                           (AP) Current Procedural Terminology
                           (CPT)Corrections Patch LR*5.2*308
                           User Guide                            BINARY
       
       
      VistA Website Locations:
       
      -----------------------
      VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology (AP) Current Procedural 
      Terminology(CPT)Corrections Patch LR*5.2*308 User Guide is accessible in 
      MS Word (.doc) and Portable Document Format (.pdf) at the following 
      VistA locations:
       
      Laboratory Version 5.2 Home Page
      --------------------------------
      http://vista.domain.ext/ClinicalSpecialties/lab/
       
      2.  Currently:  CPTs marked inactive in the WKLD CODE file (#64) 
      VistA Documentation Library (VDL)
      ---------------------------------
      www.domain.ext/vdl/
      can be selected and are passed to PCE.
       
      Update:  If a selected CPT is marked inactive in file (#64), a 
      ================= 
      search is made for another active CPT linked to the same workload code.  
      If another active CPT is found, the active CPT replaces the inactive CPT
      and is passed to PCE.  The following message will display if an active
      replacement is found:
        "The following CPT Code(s) are not selected: 
          Inactive in #64\Active Replacement Found: ##### \ #####; ##### \
      #####".
       
      If no active replacement found, the selected CPT is not passed to 
      PCE and is displayed in the following message:
      Several updates and enhancements have been identified as requiring 
                "The following CPT Code(s) are not selected: 
                  CPT(s) inactive in #64: #####,#####".  
       
      3.  Currently:  Inactive CPTs found in the WKLD CODE file (#64) 
      can be entered and passed to PCE for non-AP accessions.  When an inactive
      CPT is selected and passed to PCE, the entire order is marked invalid for
      workload and no workload is passed, and a mail message is generated at the
      site which states "No lab OOS location defined".
       
      Update:  If a CPT is found inactive in file #64, a search will be 
      immediate action after the installation of patch LR*5.2*274, AP CPT 
      made for another active replacement CPT linked to the same workload code.
      If another active CPT is found, the active CPT replaces the inactive
      CPT.  If no active replacement CPT is found, the original CPT is not
      passed to PCE, and thus no misleading mail message is generated.
       
      4. Currently:  Any subsequent CPT codes entered on an accession 
      will replace or overlay the quantity previously passed to PCE.
      Example:  CPT 88302 with quantity of 2 entered on day 1; PCE shows
      quantity of 2.  On day 2, CPT 88302 with quantity of 1 entered; PCE shows
      updated quantity of 1.  It should show 3.
      Coding & NLT Code Update.  This patch LR*5.2*308 includes updates
       
      Update:  All subsequent CPT code quantities entered for an 
      accession will be added to existing quantities stored in PCE.
       
      5. Currently:  If a selected CPT is not linked to a workload code 
      in the WKLD CODE file (#64), the CPT is passed to PCE, and the message
      "Storing in LMIP".  This message incorrectly identifies the CPT as 
      having been stored in the WKLD CODE file (#64).
       
      Update:  Selected CPT codes that are not linked to a workload code 
      that have been identified in the NOIS's listed below.  
      in the WKLD CODE file (#64) will not be passed to PCE, and the following
      message will display:
                "The following CPT Code(s) are not selected: 
                  Not linked to workload in #64: #####, #####".
       
      6.  Currently:  If a selected CPT code is linked to multiple workload 
      codes, the workload code with the lowest IEN is selected.  This cannot be 
      changed; however, the problem has been reduced by increasing the number of 
      allowed ES Display Order numbers that can be assigned to a specific 
      CPT-workload code combination.  The limit has been increased from 100 to 
      The following updates are included.  
      1000.  
       
      7.  Currently:  When more than one accession is entered for a patient on 
      the same date, at the same location, and the specimen collection date/time 
      does not contain a unique time, then each accession for this patient will 
      have the same encounter/visit number assigned when CPT codes are entered 
      and passed to PCE.  
       
      Update:  Within Anatomic Pathology (AP) Login, the "Date/time Specimen
      taken:" prompt default has been changed from TODAY (date only) to NOW
       
      (date and time).  This helps decrease the chance of having the same
      encounter number assigned to more than one accession entered on the same
      patient on the same date, at the same location.
       
      8. A couple of minor cosmetic updates are included in this patch:
      a.  The prompt "Releasing Pathologist:" has been changed to "Provider:" 
      since the name entered at this prompt must be an active provider.  
      b.  The pathologist or cytotechnologist name, if entered on the accession,
      is included in the header information that displays at the time CPT coding 
      is entered.
      
    • 362 SEQ #284
      DATE APPLIED:   2007-09-04 23:58:10
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses a number of minor issues in the Lab Package.
      
    • 317 SEQ #285
      DATE APPLIED:   2007-09-05 00:30:50
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Description:
      *************************************************************************
      the AUTOPSY SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT for Autopsy.  The field is a flag, when 
      set to '1', indicates a released supplementary report is being modified, 
      and has not yet been released.
       
      63.207,.03    RELEASE SUPP REPORT MODIFIED 0;3 SET
       
                                       '1' FOR YES; 
                                       '0' FOR NO; 
                    LAST EDITED:      SEP 08, 2004 
                    DESCRIPTION:      This flag will be set to '1' when a
                     ************************************
                        released supplementary report is modified. It is
                        removed when the modified supplementary report is
                        released.  
       
      63.817,.03    RELEASE SUPP REPORT MODIFIED 0;3 SET
       
                                       '1' FOR YES; 
                                       '0' FOR NO; 
                     LAST EDITED:      SEP 08, 2004 
                     DESCRIPTION:      This flag will be set to '1' when a 
       
                      released supplementary report is modified. It is 
                      removed when the modified supplementary report is
                      released.  
       
      63.907,.03    RELEASE SUPP REPORT MODIFIED 0;3 SET
       
                                       '1' FOR YES; 
                                       '0' FOR NO; 
                     LAST EDITED:      SEP 08, 2004 
                     DESCRIPTION:      This flag will be set to '1' when a 
      BLOOD BANK CLEARANCE
                       released supplementary report is modified.  It is
                       removed when the modified supplementary report is
                       released.  
       
      63.324,.03    RELEASE SUPP REPORT MODIFIED 0;3 SET
       
                                       '1' FOR YES; 
                                       '0' FOR NO; 
                     LAST EDITED:      SEP 08, 2004 
                     DESCRIPTION:      This flag will be set to '1' when a 
      ====================
                      released supplementary report is modified. It is        
                      removed when the modified supplementary report is
                      released. 
       
      Modifications:
      --------------
      The following options have been modified. Please refer to the User 
      Guide distributed with this patch for detailed information and examples.
       
      Supplementary Report, Anat Path [LRAPDSR] option
       
      Supplementary report release, anat path [LRAPRS] option
      Autopsy supplementary report [LRAPAUSR] option
      Modify released pathology report [LRAPMRL] option 
      Print all reports on queue [LRAP PRINT ALL ON QUEUE] option
      Print single report only [LRAP PRINT SINGLE] option
      Print final path reports by accession # [LRAPFICH] option
       
       
      This patch addresses the following E3R's:
      ========================================
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*317 contains changes to 
      N/A
       
       
      This patch addresses the following NOIS / Remedy Ticket:
      =======================================================
      BRX-0704-11083 / HD0000000070862
      CPH-0904-40215 / HD0000000070983
      MIA-0604-31201 / HD0000000070788
      PRO-0604-10213 / HD0000000070762
      SLC-0604-50484 / HD0000000070766
      software controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 2004-053, titled VISTA BLOOD 
      SLC-0604-50594 / HD0000000070769
      SLC-0604-51082 / H00000000070778
       
       
      Overview of NOIS / Remedy Tickets:
      =================================
       
      BRX-0704-11083 / HD0000000070862
      Problem:  Pathologists are complaining about changes in procedure done
      by the Electronic Signature patch. When a supplemental report is added 
      BANK SOFTWARE. Changes include: 
      the system un-verifies the parent report. This unverified report becomes 
      available for other Pathologists and transcriptionists to edit it. Before 
      once a report was verified it could not be changed. The Chief Pathologist 
      is very concerned with the legal and clinical ramifications of this change.
       
      Resolution: The resolution of this issue is contained in the section 
      above that describes the resolution to patient safety issues #1 and #2.
       
      CPH-0904-40215 / HD0000000070983 - 
      Problem:  Our pathologists are concerned that post patch 259, addition of 
      File     Sub-file     Field   Field Name                      Action
      supplemental reports (additional information) must be added under MM Modify 
      option, thus un-releasing the original report, and necessitating the 
      re-release of both original and supplemental reports.  They feel modified 
      reports should be reserved for edition/correction of previous released 
      reports. They feel this is a patient safety issue.  
      The post 259 options [LRAPDSR] and [LRAPDSS] are redundant when they are 
      operable only with un-released reports.  
       
      Resolution: The resolution of this issue is contained in the section 
      above that describes the resolution to patient safety issues #1 and #2.
      ===========
      ----     --------     -----   ----------                      ------
       
      MIA-0604-31201 / HD0000000070788 - 
      Problem:  According to our lab folks in Anatomic path they used to go in to 
      an option called Supplementary Report, Anat Path to make a correction to 
      the original after it is released.  They don't want to go under the edit 
      modify to reopen the report any ideas on how they can go into the 
      supplementary to attach to the original accession report or something like 
      that.  
       
      Resolution: The resolution of this issue is contained in the section 
      63       63.207       .03     RELEASE SUPP REPORT MODIFIED    New Field
      above that describes the resolution to patient safety issues #1 and #2.
       
      PRO-0604-10213 / HD0000000070762 - 
      Problem:  Our LAB Service Chief does not want IRM to install patch 
      LR*5.2*259 for the following  Patient Safety, integrity, and additional 
      keystrokes reasons.  For example the Surgical Pathology Reports, the new 
      patch, takes the Supplemental report feature away (ie. For a special 
      stain), it's replaced with a modified report feature, which allows you to 
      make changes to the original report in addition to adding.  Also, while  
      using the  modify report feature, while your in it, it makes the original 
      63       63.324       .03     RELEASE SUPP REPORT MODIFIED    New Field
      report unavailable for the Providers to view.  He feels that this is a 
      Major Patient Safety issue, that if a Doctor is with the patient, he won't 
      be able to view the report.  
        
      Resolution: The resolution of this issue is contained in the section 
      above that describes the resolution to patient safety issues #1 and #2.
       
      SLC-0604-50484 / HD0000000070766 - 
      Problem:  I've just reviewed the NOIS MEM-0504-71296, and we are struggling 
      with the same issues of supplementary reports that they are. (Post install 
      63       63.817       .03     RELEASE SUPP REPORT MODIFIED    New Field
      of patch LR*5.2*259).  We currently do not have the electronic signature 
      turned on.  The concern is, that once a report is unreleased, the 
      previously released portion of the report is not viewable on CPRS, and the 
      way we operate here is that the secretaries transcribe the report, and the 
      pathologist signs them sometime later.  We have only had the patch 
      installed for a couple of days, and the path lab has already received calls 
      that reports have "disappeared" on CPRS ... are there any suggestions for a 
      process change that could help with this?  
       
      Resolution: The resolution of this issue is contained in the section 
      63       63.907       .03     RELEASE SUPP REPORT MODIFIED    New Field
      above that describes the resolution to patient safety issues #1 and #2.
       
      SLC-0604-50594 / HD0000000070769 - 
      Problem:  Post installation of LA*5.2*259 we have encountered the usual 
      problems with any software install that changes the daily routine of 
      workflow, but there is a problem that we feel does affect patient care .  
      We now have to "unrelease" a report prior to adding a supplementary report, 
      the secretaries then transcribe the supplemental report, then the 
      pathologists must review/correct and sign it prior to the secretaries 
      re-releasing the report.  This leaves a window of several hours during 
       
      which the original report is not viewable on the computer, we have already 
      received calls about "disappearing" path reports.  Our pathologists feel 
      that a supplemental report should truly be regarded as an addendum to the 
      original report, and should not make the original report unviewable while 
      the supplemental report is being processed.    
       
      Resolution: The resolution of this issue is contained in the section 
      above that describes the resolution to patient safety issues #1 and #2.
       
      SLC-0604-51082 / H00000000070778 -
      All of the above changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank 
      Problem:  We have found a problem with the electronic signature patch.  Our 
      transcriptionist mistakenly selected the field to add a date to the 
      supplementary report field (thru edit/modify), but didn't add text to the 
      free text field.  He was unable to sign a supplementary report (the 
      computer says it doesn't exist), but when he tries to release the original 
      report, it says that the supplementary needs to be released first.  The lab 
      figured out a way to release this, but it is an issue.  
       
      Resolution: The resolution of this issue is contained in the section 
      above that describes the resolution to patient safety issues #1 and #2.
      Developer and found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK 
       
       
      TEST SITES
      ==========
      Ann Arbor VAMC  - CACHE/VMS, large site
      Boston HCS      - CACHE/VMS, large integrated site
      Long Beach VAMC - CACHE/VMS, large site
      Providence VAMC - CACHE/VMS, medium site
      Salem VAMC      - CACHE/VMS, medium site
       
      SOFTWARE control functions.
      ROUTINE SUMMARY:
      ================
      The following is a list of the routines included  in this patch.  
      The second line of each of these routines look like:
       
         <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**<patch list>;Sep 27, 1994
       
      Using old logic:
       
                             CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
       
         Routine        Before     After        
         Name           Patch      Patch                Patch List
         -----------    --------   ---------    ----------------------------
         LR317            N/A       6221288     **317** (DELETED BY KIDS)
         LR7OSAP        16576063   17166196     **121,187,230,256,259,317**
         LR7OSAP1        8012437    8222916     **121,227,230,259,317**
         LR7OSAP2       17315095   18146154     **230,256,259,317**
         LRAPAUSR        7980343    8097532     **1,173,248,259,317**
         LRAPBR1         8346961    8691424     **259,317**
         LRAPBR4         5636439    5950657     **259,317**
       
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*317 have no effect on 
         LRAPD1          5673315    5050395     **41,91,248,259,317**
         LRAPDA         11977101   13331988     **72,73,91,121,248,259,295,317**
         LRAPDSR         4820936    5708731     **248,259,295,317**
         LRAPMRL         8314291    8358357     **259,295,317**
         LRAPMRL1        4140484    5097223     **259,317**
         LRAPR          12791716   12536700     **72,248,259,317**
         LRAPR1           N/A       5253992     **317**
         LRAPRES        10849835   10161024     **259,295,317**
         LRAPV           3996189    4248185     **72,201,259,317**
         LRSPRPT        12082607   12449414     **1,72,248,259,317**
      Blood Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
       
      Using new logic:
                             CHECK1^XTSUMBLD results
         Routine        Before     After        
         Name           Patch      Patch                Patch List
         -----------    --------   ---------    ----------------------------
         LR317            N/A       18182916     **317** (DELETED BY KIDS)
         LR7OSAP        34114559    37919526     **121,187,230,256,259,317**
         LR7OSAP1       24974232    26109314     **121,227,230,259,317**
       
         LR7OSAP2       52834321    59162352     **230,256,259,317**
         LRAPAUSR       34065623    34793694     **1,173,248,259,317**
         LRAPBR1        54673575    58834636     **259,317**
         LRAPBR4        30127062    32957954     **259,317**
         LRAPD1         24077474    22198195     **41,91,248,259,317**
         LRAPDA         64317056    76606340  **72,73,91,121,248,259,295,317**
         LRAPDSR        17788838    25438900     **248,259,295,317**
         LRAPMRL        66524711    21952067     **259,295,317**
         LRAPMRL1       15484610    21952067     **259,317**
         LRAPR          89817361    84430863     **72,248,259,317**
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*317 does 
         LRAPR1           N/A       19317428     **317**
         LRAPRES       103360947    94733481     **259,295,317**
         LRAPV         13932043     15077938     **72,201,259,317**
         LRSPRPT       88845330     92562557     **1,72,248,259,317**
       
         NOTE:  LR317 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
       
       
      SOFTWARE RETRIEVAL:
      ===================
      not alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety 
        
      Software Retrieval
      ------------------
      VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology Modifications/Enhancements 
      to Address PSI-04-025 Patch LR*5.2*317 software is distributed by 
      Packman.
       
      Documentation Retrieval
      -----------------------
      VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology (AP) Modifications/Enhancements 
      critical elements functions.
      to Address PSI-04-025 Patch LR*5.2*317 User Guide is available at the 
      following Office of Information Field Offices (OIFOs) ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE 
      directories:
       
      OI Field Office    FTP Address                 Directory
      ---------------    -----------                 ---------
      ALBANY             ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext    [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
      HINES              ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext     [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
      SALT LAKE CITY     ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext       [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
       
       
       
      Documentation Retrieval Formats
      -------------------------------
      VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology Supplementary Report Enhancements 
      Patch LR*5.2*317 User Guide files are exported in the following retrieval 
      formats:
       
      File Name           Contents                        Retrieval Formats
      ---------           --------                        -----------------
      LAB_52_317_UG.doc   VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology
      POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to 0 
                           (AP) Modifications/Enhancements 
                           to Address PSI-04-025 Patch 
                           LR*5.2*317 User Guide                   BINARY
       
       LAB_52_317_UG.pdf   VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology
                           (AP) Modifications/Enhancements
                            to Address PSI-04-025 Patch
                            LR*5.2*317 User Guide                  BINARY
       
      VistA Website Locations:
      routines and 1 file identified in Veterans Health Administration 
      -----------------------
      VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology (AP) Modifications/Enhancements 
      to Address PSI-04-025 Patch LR*5.2*317 User Guide is accessible in 
      MS Word (.doc) and Portable Document Format (.pdf) at the following 
      VistA locations:
       
      Laboratory Version 5.2 Home Page
      --------------------------------
      http://vista.domain.ext/ClinicalSpecialties/lab/
       
      (VHA) Directive 2004-053, group B listing. The changes have no 
      VistA Documentation Library (VDL)
      ---------------------------------
      www.domain.ext/vdl/
       
       
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      =========================
      This patch can be installed with users on the system.  However, it is 
      recommended that installation occur when there is no Anatomic Pathology
      activity or activity is at a minimum.  This will prevent 'Cannot return to 
                     ************************************
      effect on Blood Bank functionality or medical device control 
      source routine' errors.  The Anatomic Pathology menu will be disabled 
      automatically by this patch and re-enabled after installation.
       
      Install Time - less than 5 minutes.
       
      PRE-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      =============================
       
      ***************************************************************************
      *** IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT YOU FOLLOW THE PRE-INSTALLATION           ***
      functions. There is no adverse potential to sites.
      *** INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE INSTALLING THE PATCH.                           ***
      ***                                                                     ***
      *** All outstanding (unreleased) supplementary reports from July 23,    *** 
      *** 2003, the date LR*5.2*259 Anatomic Pathology Electronic Signature   ***
      *** patch was first installed in a production account, until the present***
      *** MUST be released before installing this patch.  If there are        ***
      *** unverified supplementary reports, THE PATCH WILL NOT INSTALL.       *** 
      ***                                                                     ***
      *** The appropriate Laboratory personnel should check for unverified    ***
      *** supplementary reports and make sure all are reviewed and released   ***
       
      *** before proceeding with this installation.  The following option     ***
      *** can be used to check for outstanding unreleased supplementary       ***
      *** reports:  List of unverified pathology reports [LRAPV] option.      ***
      *** Selection #2 will create a listing of unverified supplementary      ***
      *** reports.                                                            ***
      **************************************************************************
      **************************************************************************
       
      1.     LOAD TRANSPORT GLOBAL
             ---------------------------------------
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: 
             Choose the PackMan message containing this patch and invoke the 
             INSTALL/CHECK   MESSAGE PackMan option.
       
      2.     START UP KIDS
             Start up the Kernel Installation and distribution System 
             Menu [XPD MAIN]:
                     Edits and Distribution ...
                              Utilities ...
                              Installation ...       
             Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option:  INStallation
      There are no validation requirements associated with this patch.
                                                                       ----
                     1      Load a Distribution
                     2      Verify Checksums in Transport Global
                     3      Print Transport Global
                     4      Compare Transport Global to Current System
                     5      Backup a Transport Global
                     6      Install Package(s)
                            Restart Install of Package(s)
                            Unload a Distribution
                     DD     DD, 2nd Line Comparison
       
             
             Select Installation Option:                 
       
       
      3.     Select Installation Option:
             -------------------------------
             NOTE:  The following are OPTIONAL - (When prompted for the 
             INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*317):
             a.  Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a 
                 backup message of any routines exported with this patch. 
      MINIMAL TEST CASE SCENARIOS BY OPTION, INCLUSIVE OF ALL CONTROL FUNCTIONS:
                It will not backup any other changes such as DD's or templates.
             b.  Compare Transport Global to Current System - This option 
                 will allow you to view all changes that will be made when this 
                patch is installed. It compares all components of this patch 
                (routines, DD's, templates, etc.).
             c.  Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will  
                 allow you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in 
                 the transport global.
           
      4.     Select Installation Option:  Install Package(s) 
      There are no test case scenarios associated with this patch.
                                          ------------------
             **This is the step to start the installation of this KIDS patch: 
         
             a.  Choose the Install Package(s) option to start the patch install.
                (When prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*317.)
             b.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? 
                 YES//' answer NO (unless otherwise indicated)
             c.  When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options,
                 and Protocols? YES//' answer NO (unless otherwise indicated)
                       
       
      5.   If you have any unreleased supplementary reports from July 23, 2003
             until the present, the install will abort.  To print the unreleased
             supplementary reports, you can print the install file.
             Here's an example:
       
      Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option: utilities
       
      Select Utilities Option: install File Print
      Select INSTALL NAME: lr*5.2*317   Loaded from Distribution  8/25/06@14:37:36       
       
      =================
      DEVICE: HOME// ;;1000  UCX/TELNET
       
       
      PACKAGE: LR*5.2*317     Aug 25, 2006 2:39 pm                         PAGE 1
                                                   COMPLETED            ELAPSED
      ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
      INSTALLED BY: IRM,PERSON
      NATIONAL PACKAGE: LAB SERVICE
       
      INSTALL STARTED: 
      *************************************************************************
       
       
      ROUTINES:                                                        
       
      PRE-INIT CHECK POINTS:
      XPD PREINSTALL STARTED                                           
      XPD PREINSTALL COMPLETED                                         
       
      FILES:
      LAB DATA                                                         
       
      VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology (AP) Modifications/Enhancements patch 
      POST-INIT CHECK POINTS:
      XPD POSTINSTALL STARTED                                          
      XPD POSTINSTALL COMPLETED                                        
       
      MESSAGES:
       
                 Sending transport global loaded alert to mail group G.LMI 
                  
       
      Unreleased supplemental report(s) from July 23,2003 until present- must 
      LR*5.2*317 addresses two patient safety issues (PSI) reported in PSI-04-025 
      be released before install.
       
       
                           Name: TEST,PATIENT  Accession: NSP 04 2 
                            
       
                          --- Install Environment Check FAILED 
      ---                    
       
      LR*5.2*317 Build will not be installed
      that arose from the release and implementation of the VistA Laboratory 
                     Aug 25, 2006@14:38:55
       
       
      Select Utilities Option: 
               
       
      **NOTE: Routine LR317 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
      Anatomic Pathology Electronic Signature Patch LR*5.2*259.
       
      The patient safety issues are described as follows:
       
      1. Users that should not be allowed to modify an Anatomic Pathology SF515 or 
      Autopsy Protocol released report are given access to the Modify released report 
      SPECIAL NOTE:  
      [LRAPMRL] option in order to allow the user to add supplementary reports.
       
      2. The original Anatomic Pathology SF515 or Autopsy Protocol report is not 
      viewable in the Computer Patient Records System (CPRS) during the time a 
      supplementary report is underway. Personnel are unable to view the report 
      during this time.
       
      The VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology Electronic Signature Patch 
      LR*5.2*259 changed the location and the method by which supplementary 
      reports are added. The Modify released report [LRAPMRL] option is used to add 
      Installation of this patch MUST be coordinated with Laboratory personnel.  
      supplementary reports to the original report. Laboratory personnel allowed to 
      add supplementary reports to Anatomic Pathology released reports must have 
      access to the Modify released report [LRAPMRL] option. This access opened up 
      the potential for errors in which the report could be accidentally modified 
      when a supplementary report was added.
       
      Patch LR*5.2*317 resolves this problem by removing the supplementary report 
      addition functionality from the Modify released reports [LRAPMRL] option and 
      placing the functionality back to the Supplementary Report, Anat Path 
      [LRAPDSR] option for Cytology, Electron Microscopy, and Surgical Pathology 
      The Pre-Installation instructions within the Installation Section below, 
      released reports and the Autopsy supplementary report [LRAPAUSR] option for 
      Autopsy released reports.
       
      Another concern had to do with the addition of a supplementary report to a 
      released Anatomic Pathology report, which unreleased the original report and 
      made it unavailable for viewing in Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS).
      The time span in which the original report remained unavailable for viewing by 
      the Providers could be crucial. It was considered a major patient safety issue 
      if a doctor, who was with a patient, was not able to view the report at that 
      time.
      MUST be followed and completed before installation can begin.
       
      Patch LR*5.2*317 resolves this problem by leaving the original report in 
      released status during the time a supplementary report is being added. The 
      original report remains available for viewing in CPRS during this time.
       
      Enhancements to LAB DATA file (#63):
      -------------
      A new field, RELEASE SUPP REPORT MODIFIED (#.03), has been added to the 
      SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT SUB-FILE for the anatomic pathology sections 
      Cytopathology, Electron Microscopy, and Surgical Pathology; and to 
      
    • 369 SEQ #286
      DATE APPLIED:   2007-09-05 00:38:07
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses several issues in the Lab Service
      package.
      
    • 331 SEQ #287
      DATE APPLIED:   2007-09-05 00:45:45
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Blood Bank Clearance
        
                       HD0000000112457
                       HD0000000122951
                       HD0000000131510
                       HD0000000138475
                       HD0000000138900
                       HD0000000142655
                       HD0000000154545
                       HD0000000155087
                       HD0000000160742
                       HD0000000170863
        The IN COMMON ACCESSION field (#15.1) is added to the ACCESSION
                       HD0000000179768
                       HD0000000180175
       
       
      PARTICIPATING TEST SITES:
      =========================
      ASHEVILLE, NC 
      CENTRAL TEXAS HCS 
      CLEVELAND, OH 
      MARYLAND HCS
        NUMBER sub-file (#68.02) of the ACCESSION file (#68).
      MILWAUKEE, WI 
      NORTH CHICAGO, IL 
      SALISBURY, NC 
      VA GREATER LOS ANGELES HCS
       
       
      REMEDY OVERVIEW:
      ================
       
      1.1. HD0000000071160:
       
      ---------------------
      A user reported encountering "FileMan DBS call failed during accessioning
      in routine LRWLST1" MailMan bulletins during accessioning. The generation
      of this bulletin occurs when Laboratory was making a duplicate FileMan DBS
      call during accessioning that involved an accession area being 'in common'
      with another accession area.  This duplicate call would occur when the
      accession area has a lower internal entry number in ACCESSION file (#68)
      than the accession area it is 'in common' with.
       
       
        STANDARD DATA DICTIONARY #68.02 -- ACCESSION NUMBER SUB-FILE
      1.2. HD0000000071160:
      ----------------------
      During internal software review, the following issues were identified:
       
        a. It was determined that the "AD" CROSS-REFERENCE on ACCESSION field
           (#15) in ACCESSION NUMBER sub-file (#68.02) of ACCESSION file (#68)
           was not setting the reference to the 'in common' accession correctly
           on the accession. The patch will remove this cross-reference from
           the data dictionary. See 2b. for storing 'in common' accession
           reference.
        STORED IN ^LRO(68,D0,1,D1,1,
       
        b. Field IN COMMON ACCESSION (#15.1) in ACCESSION NUMBER sub-file
           (#68.02) of ACCESSION file (#68) is added to the data dictionary
           to store the reference to the 'in common' accession when this
           relationship exists.  Routine LRWLST11 will update this field when
           appropriate.
       
         STANDARD DATA DICTIONARY #68.02 -- ACCESSION NUMBER SUB-FILE
         STORED IN ^LRO(68,D0,1,D1,1,
       
        
         DATA        NAME                  GLOBAL        DATA
         ELEMENT     TITLE                 LOCATION      TYPE
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
       
         68.02,15    ACCESSION              .2;1 FREE TEXT
       
                    PRINTABLE ACCESSION
                    INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!
                                      ($L(X)<7) X
                    LAST EDITED:      MAR 03, 2005
        DATA        NAME                  GLOBAL        DATA
                    HELP-PROMPT:      ANSWER MUST BE ACCESSION, e.g., CH 0428 125
                    DESCRIPTION:      The printable form of the Accession is
                                      stored here.
       
       
         68.02,15.1  IN COMMON ACCESSION    AD;1 FREE TEXT
       
                    INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<7) X
                    LAST EDITED:      MAR 03, 2005
                    HELP-PROMPT:      Answer must be 7-15 characters in length
        ELEMENT     TITLE                 LOCATION      TYPE
                    DESCRIPTION:      When this accession area is 'in common'
                                      with another accession area the printable
                                      form of the 'in common' accession is stored
                                      here.
       
         c. Field LOG (#.001) in ACCESSION NUMBER sub-file (#68.02) of ACCESSION
            file (#68) is modified to increase the upper limit of accession
            numbers from 9999 to 999999.
       
            STANDARD DATA DICTIONARY #68.02 -- ACCESSION NUMBER SUB-FILE
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------
            STORED IN ^LRO(68,D0,1,D1,1,
       
            DATA         NAME                  GLOBAL        DATA
            ELEMENT      TITLE                 LOCATION      TYPE
            --------------------------------------------------------------------
       
            68.02,.001   LOG                                 NUMBER
       
                 INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>999999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1.N) X
                 LAST EDITED:     MAR 14, 2005
      ====================
        
                 HELP-PROMPT:     Type a number between 1 and 999999, 0 Decimal
                                  Digits
                 DESCRIPTION:     The numeric part of the accession.
       
       
         d. The functionality to allow the user to force an accession to a
            specific number could cause a 'stack overflow' error due to how the
            M NEW command was implemented. Coding changes to LRWLST1 will only
            NEW certain variables once.
       
        68.02,15    ACCESSION              .2;1 FREE TEXT
         e. Direct READs in routine LRWLST1 have been replaced with FileMan
            supported DIR reader API calls.
       
       
      2. HD0000000093193:
      -------------------
      A user reported an <UNDEFINED>WN1A^LRWLST1 error when accessioning. This
      would occur when attempting to force an accession number for an accession
      area that did not have any accessions for the current accession day.
      Routine LRWLST1 will now handle displaying a default accession number 1
        
      when there are no existing accessions for the current accession day.
       
       
      3. HD0000000102626:
      -------------------
      A user reported a <SUBSCRIPT>GRID+21^LR7OGMG error when using the CPRS Lab
      Reports tab to display recent laboratory results.  This would occur when
      there are three or more tests on an accession, at least two of the tests
      were performed at different laboratories and a third test had a 'pending'
      result and therefore no performing laboratory designated.  The software
                   PRINTABLE ACCESSION
      was attempting to determine the performing laboratory for the pending
      test. Routine LR7OGMG will now ignore tests that do not have a performing
      laboratory when constructing the list of performing laboratories
      associated with an accession's test results.
           
        
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
      -------------------------
        The install time for this patch is less than 5 minute. This patch
        can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
                   INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!
        Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
       
       
      NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
            problems loading and/or installing this patch.
       
            Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
            Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
       
       
                                     ($L(X)<7) X
        1.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
              option will load the KIDS package onto your system.
       
        2.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
            select the 'Installation' menu.
       
        3.  From this menu, you may then elect to use the following options
            (when prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*331):
              a. Print Transport Global
              b. Backup a Transport Global
                   LAST EDITED:      MAR 03, 2005
              c. Compare Transport Global to Current System
              d. Verify Checksums in Transport Global
       
            Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
            all routines have the correct checksums.
       
        4.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*331'.
          
            When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
                   HELP-PROMPT:      ANSWER MUST BE ACCESSION, e.g., CH 0428 125
            Install? YES//' choose 'NO'. Responding 'Yes' to the prompt for
            rebuilding menu trees can significantly increase install time.
       
            When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
            YES// choose 'NO'. 
       
            When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
            Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'.
       
           The install will automatically disable the following options:
                   DESCRIPTION:      The printable form of the Accession is
       
             Accession order then immediately enter data [LR ACC THEN DATA]
             Batch data entry (chem, hem, tox, etc.) [LRSTUF]
             Bypass normal data entry [LRFAST]
             Fast Bypass Data Entry/Verify [LRFASTS]
             Special test accessioning [LRNONCOM]
             Merge Accessions [LRACC MERGE]
             Add tests to a given accession [LRADD TO ACC]
             Add tests to an already existing order number. [LRADD TO ORDER]
             Lab add test(s) to an existing order [LRADDTST]
                                       stored here.
             Delete entire order or individual tests [LRCENDEL]
             Remove an accession [LRDELOG]
             Referral Patient Multi-purpose Accession [LRLEDI]
             Accessioning, standard (Microbiology) [LRMICROLOGIN]
             Accessioning tests ordered by ward order entry [LROE]
             Lab test order [LROW]
             Fast lab test order (IMMEDIATE COLLECT) [LROW IMMED COLLECT]
             Fast lab test order (ROUTINE) [LROW ROUTINE]
             Fast lab test order (SEND PATIENT) [LROW SEND PAT]
             Fast lab test order (WARD COLLECT) [LROW WARD COL]
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*331 contains changes to software
        
             Receipt of routine lab collection from wards [LRPHEXCPT]
             Itemized routine lab collection [LRPHITEM]
             Manually accession QC, Environmental, etc. [LRQCLOG]
             Multipurpose accessioning [LRQUICK]
             Delete test from an accession [LRTSTOUT]
       
       
       Note: Routine LR331 will be deleted after successful patch installation. 
       
        
        
      INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
      ====================
       
      Select Installation Option:
       
      Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option:  Installation
       
      Select Installation Option: 6  Install Package(s)
      Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*331 Loaded from Distribution  Loaded from
      Distribution  3/10/05@16:26:40
        68.02,15.1  IN COMMON ACCESSION    AD;1 FREE TEXT
           => LR*5.2*331 
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Mar 10, 2005@16:26:40 with header of
         LR*5.2*331 
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*331
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*331
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR331
       
       
        
                     Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
       
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*331
       
      Incoming Files:
       
       
         68        ACCESSION  (Partial Definition)
                   INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<7) X
      Note:  You already have the 'ACCESSION' File.
       
      Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
       
       
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
                   LAST EDITED:      MAR 03, 2005
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
      DEVICE: HOME//  TELNET
       
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*331 :
                     Mar 10, 2005@16:27:01
       
      Build Distribution Date: Mar 10, 2005
       
                   HELP-PROMPT:      Answer must be 7-15 characters in length
       Installing Routines:
                     Mar 10, 2005@16:27:01
       
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR331
       
                                *** Pre install started ***
       
                         Deleting Field #15 in file #68, ACCESSION
       
                    Field will be installed as part of KIDS installation
                   DESCRIPTION:      When this accession area is 'in common'
       
                               *** Pre install completed ***
       
       Installing Data Dictionaries:
                     Mar 10, 2005@16:27:01
       
       Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
       
       Installing OPTION
                     Mar 10, 2005@16:27:01
                                     with another accession area the printable
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR331
       
                                *** Post install started ***
       
                                 *** No action required ***
       
                               *** Post install completed ***
       
                    Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
                                     form of the 'in common' accession is stored
       
       Updating Routine file...
       
       Updating KIDS files...
       
       LR*5.2*331 Installed.
                     Mar 10, 2005@16:27:01
       
       Install Message sent #xxxx
       
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 2004-058, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
                                     here.
      Install Completed
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY:
      ================
      The following routines are included in this patch.  The second line of
      each of these routines now looks like:
       
        <tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patchlist]**;Sep 27, 1994
       
                       Checksum       Checksum
        
      Routine Name     Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
      ------------     ------------   -----------    ------------
      LR331             N/A            5261822       331  (Deleted by KIDS)
      LR7OGMG          5478031        5490638        187,230,286,290,331
      LRWLST1          12664045       11171614       48,65,121,153,261,286,331
      LRWLST11         16883055       15996378       121,128,153,202,286,331
      
        The LOG field (#.001) in the ACCESSION NUMBER sub-file (#68.02) of
        the ACCESSION file (#68) is modified to increase the upper limit
        of accession numbers from 9999 to 999999.
        
           STANDARD DATA DICTIONARY #68.02 -- ACCESSION NUMBER SUB-FILE
           STORED IN ^LRO(68,D0,1,D1,1,
        
           DATA         NAME                  GLOBAL        DATA
      Changes include: 
           ELEMENT      TITLE                 LOCATION      TYPE
           --------------------------------------------------------------------
        
           68.02,.001   LOG                                 NUMBER
        
                INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>999999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1.N) X
                LAST EDITED:     MAR 14, 2005
                HELP-PROMPT:     Type a number between 1 and 999999, 0 Decimal
                                 Digits
                DESCRIPTION:     The numeric part of the accession.
       
       
      All of the above changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank
      Developer and found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE
      control functions.
       
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*331 have no effect on Blood
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*331 does not
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
        The patch will remove the "AD" cross-reference from the ACCESSION
      functions.
       
      POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to 0 routines and 1
      file identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive 2004-058,
      group B listing. The changes have no effect on Blood Bank functionality or
      medical device control functions. There is no adverse potential to sites.
       
       
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: 
      There are no validation requirements for this patch.
        field (#15) in the ACCESSION NUMBER sub-file (#68.02) in the
       
      MINIMAL TEST CASE SCENARIOS BY OPTION, INCLUSIVE OF ALL CONTROL FUNCTIONS:
      There are no test case scenarios for this patch.
      ============================================================================
       
      Patch Description:
      ==================
      This patch addresses 3 issues in the Laboratory package pertaining to 
      accessioning.
       
        ACCESSION file (#68).
       
      ASSOCIATED REMEDY TICKETS:
      ==========================
      1.  HD0000000071160 - LOCKED ACCESSION AREA
       
      2.  HD0000000093193 - <UNDEFINED>WN1A^LRWLST1
       
      3.  HD0000000102626 - Error -  <SUBSCRIPT>GRID+21^LR7OGMG
          Duplicates:  HD0000000102632
                       HD0000000103751
      
    • 158 SEQ #112
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-03-26 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Patch LR*5.2*158
      -----------------
      Routine List
                        Before         After            Patch
      Routine          Check Sum     Check Sum          List
       
      LRCAPPH         9623897         10294589     1,19,127,136,138,158
      LRCAPPH1        7546206         4949612      127,136,138,158
       
      -----------------
      Files/Fields
      Default PCE Provider/Phlebotomy Workload Capture
       
      File: LABORATORY SITE (#69.9)
      Field:  PCE DEFAULT PROVIDER (#617)
      File: LAB ORDER ENTRY
      Field: PCE ENC (#30)
       
      ------------------
      Installation Instructions:
       
      1. All users may remain on the system.
       
      2. No options need be placed out of order.
      3. Install patch during non-peak hours.
      4. Laboratory specimens should not be accessioned or verified during
         installation of the patch.
      5. The Auto-Instruments 'LAB' job does not have to be stopped.
      6. Installation time of this patch is less than ten minutes.
      7. Journal requires no special attention.
      8. No options are contained in this patch
       
      NOIS List (Partial List)
      Purpose of the Patch:
      ===========================
      MILW-1196-41783
      MOU-1196-31178
      SEP-1196-62013
      MAD-0297-41389
      ===========================
      Test Site:
      Alpha Test Site: Long Beach
       
      ------------------
      This patch contains two enhancements. (1) Provide a PIMS certified Default
      Patch Description:
       
      This patch provides a new field, PCE DEFAULT PROVIDER, in the LABORATORY
      SITE (#69) file to support the Laboratory PCE API workload data capture.
      The default provider is defined locally based on PCE/PIMS workload
      provider screening criteria. It is the responsibility of the LIM to
      coordinate with the PCE/PIMS Coordinator to ensure that this field is
      properly defined and maintained.
       
      Failure to enter a default provider will cause PCE and Laboratory
      Provider to be used for laboratory Patient Care Database workload
      phlebotomy workload data NOT TO BE PROCESSED. NONE of the workload data is
      lost. No default provider causes the workload data processing software to
      stop and wait until the field is properly defined.
       
      The software logic will check the ordering provider for no termination
      date and person class for the encounter date. If the ordering provider
      fails this check the default provider will be used instead.
       
      A cleanup utility will be provided to deal with previous provider
      rejection errors by reprocessing encounters using the default provider
      collected via PCE API. (2) Correct excessive counting of laboratory
      instead of the ordering provider of record.
      ---------------------
      Second Enhancement:
       
      Laboratory phlebotomy counts were being credited for non patient
      specimens. Also other factors were inflating phlebotomy workload. A code
      change now screens all workload to ensure that only patients from the
      Patient (#2) file are processed. Software logic has been change to capture
      1 phlebotomy count for each LAB ORDER with a collection type of Send
      Patient (SP), Immediate Collect (I) or Lab Collect (LC).
      phlebotomy workload.
       
      The inflated phlebotomy counts coincide with the installation of patch
      LR*5.2*138. It is recommended that the manual counts be used for the date
      range between this patch and LR*5.2*138 instead of the LMIP generated
      totals. After this patch is installed the manual totals should match
      auto-captured phlebotomy totals +/- 5%. 
       
      
    • 368 SEQ #289
      DATE APPLIED:   2007-09-05 01:25:23
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch corrects an improperly formatted FileMan call.
      
    • 364 SEQ #290
      DATE APPLIED:   2007-12-12 22:22:27
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch corrects a problem with 2 CPRS displays which show a 
      collection time that is not correct. 
      
    • 363 SEQ #291
      DATE APPLIED:   2007-12-12 23:00:23
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch corrects a problem whereby a partial AP report is
      sent to TIU.
      
    • 373 SEQ #292
      DATE APPLIED:   2008-02-03 22:33:51
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a general purpose lab patch.
      
    • 377 SEQ #293
      DATE APPLIED:   2008-02-03 22:38:47
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch adds a new routine LREGFR2 to support a new constant value of 
      175 for the eGFR formula. It details the creation of a new delta check 
      EGFR2 to call the new routine and how to edit the existing Creatinine 
      record in the LABORATORY TEST file (file # 60) to use the new delta check.
      
    • 378 SEQ #294
      DATE APPLIED:   2008-05-26 15:14:09
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       
       
       
      This patch corrects a problem with the Labserver reports
      whereby the reports are held up because the subject line 
      in the MailMan message is too long (greater than 65 characters).
      
    • 375 SEQ #295
      DATE APPLIED:   2008-05-26 15:45:40
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch corrects a problem related to "in common" accession
      areas when tests with unique accession numbers are involved.
      
    • 379 SEQ #296
      DATE APPLIED:   2008-05-26 19:37:23
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       
       
       
      This patch corrects a problem whereby a <SUBSCRIPT> error occurs
      in routine LA7ADL because of an inability to get a lock for setting
      data into file 68 (Accession file) in routine LRWLST1.
      
    • 365
      DATE APPLIED:   2009-04-21 15:49:38
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*365 does not 
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
      in the Clinical Reports section under the Reports tab of the CPRS GUI or 
      to a List manager display of the associated report results.
       
      This patch provides action alerts for Anatomic Pathology reports including
      Electron Microscopy (EM), Surgical Pathology (SP), Cytology (CY), and 
      Autopsy (AU) reports.  These action alerts are sent automatically to the
      ordering provider and the primary care physician (PCP) at the time the
      report is released.  If requested, alerts may be sent to additional
      person(s).  These additional alerts are also action alerts.  This
      functionality is now the same whether electronic signature (ES) is 
       
      turned ON or OFF.  Before this patch, additional alerts could not be
      requested with electronic signature (ES) turned OFF.
       
      The Supplementary report release, anat path [LRAPRS] option now sends 
      action alerts automatically to the ordering provider and the PCP at the
      time the supplementary report is released.  If requested, alerts may be
      sent to additional person(s).  These additional alerts are also action
      alerts.  These alerts are sent whether electronic signature is turned ON
      or OFF.
       
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes 
       Modified options:
       ================
        NAME: LRAPR
        MENU TEXT: Verify/release reports, anat path
        TYPE: run routine
        LOCK: LRVERIFY
        DESCRIPTION:   This option is used to verify/release pathology reports.
       The user is prompted for the accession number of the report to be
       released.  If electronic signature is not activated, the user is asked if
       the report is to be released, yes or no. If electronic signature has been
      made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of 
       activated, the option is used to electronically sign and store pathology
       reports.  It also allows CPT coding to be performed regardless of the
       release status of the chosen report.  Another feature is the ability to
       print SNOMED codes for the given accession/report.  Action alerts are
       sent automatically to the ordering provider and the primary physician or
       PCP at the time the report is released. If requested, alerts may be sent
       to additional person(s) and/or mail group(s). These additional alerts are
       also action alerts.
        ROUTINE: LRAPR  
       
      installation of this patch.
        NAME: LRAPRS
        MENU TEXT: Supplementary report release, anat path
        TYPE: run routine
        DESCRIPTION:   Releases supplementary reports for Surgical Pathology,
       Cytopathology, Electron Microscopy, or Autopsy.  If all supplementary 
       reports that exist for the chosen accession have already been released or
       if no supplementary reports exist for the accession, the user will be
       notified.  If electronic signature is not activated, the user is asked if
       the report is to be released, yes or no.  If electronic signature has
       been activated, the option is used to sign and store the supplementary
       
       report. Action alerts are sent automatically to the ordering provider and
       the primary physician or PCP at the time the supplementary reports are
       released.  If requested, alerts may be sent to additional person(s)
       and/or mail group(s). These additional alerts are also action alerts.
       These alerts are sent whether electronic signature is on or off.
        ROUTINE: EN^LRAPR
       
      3) This patch provides a new option, Send an AP Alert [LRAP ALERT] 
      available on the Verify/release menu, anat path [LRAPVR] menu which
      allows a pathologist to send an action alert to a provider or other
      This patch is being distributed in the OR*3*243 CPRS v27 build.
      person(s) or mail group(s) after the case has been released.  The use
      of this option requires the LRVERIFY key.  Before, if they did not answer
      YES to the prompt to send an alert after a report was released, an alert
      could not be sent unless the case was reopened and re-released.
       
       
       New Option:
       ===========
        NAME: LRAP ALERT                      MENU TEXT: Send an AP Alert
        TYPE: run routine
       
        LOCK: LRVERIFY
        DESCRIPTION:   This option allows a pathologist to send an action alert 
       to a provider or other person(s) or mail group(s) after the case has been
       released.  
        ROUTINE: LRAPALRT  
       
      The following option was modified to include the new option, Send an AP 
      Alert [LRAP ALERT] on the Verify/release menu, anat path [LRAPVR] menu.
       
       Modified Option:
      VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology (AP) Alerts and Clinical Patient 
       ================
        NAME: LRAPVR
        MENU TEXT: Verify/release menu, anat path
        TYPE: menu
        DESCRIPTION:   Anatomic pathology verify and release option menu.  
       ITEM: LRAPR                             SYNONYM: RR
        DISPLAY ORDER: 1
       ITEM: LRAPV                             SYNONYM: LU
        DISPLAY ORDER: 3
       ITEM: LRAPRS                            SYNONYM: RS
      Record System (CPRS) Report Changes Patch LR*5.2*365 software 
        DISPLAY ORDER: 2
       ITEM: LRCAPES                           SYNONYM: CPT
        DISPLAY ORDER: 4
       ITEM: LRAP ALERT                        SYNONYM: SA
       
       Associated E3R:
       ===============
       19879
       18132
       19040
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA 
      release addresses 7 Patient Safety Issues (PSIs). Individual reports 
       19516
       19106
       
       
       
       Associated Remedy:
       ==================
       HD0000000087038
       HD0000000145148
       HD0000000175194
      are displayed as one continuous scrolling display. A single row of 
       HD0000000071165
       HD0000000175887
       
       Duplicate Remedy:
       =================
       HD0000000200282
       HD0000000161040
       HD0000000117241
       HD0000000131803
       HD0000000159885
      the equal (=) sign is used to separate one report from the next. 
       
       Associated PSI:
       ===============
       PSI-05-027
       PSI-07-135
       PSI-05-001
       PSI-06-134
       PSI-06-068
       PSI-07-031
       PSI-07-014
      Additionally, the text- "Next SURGICAL PATHOLOGY Specimen..." is 
       
       
       Test Sites:
       ===========
       
      Charleston, SC - Large
      Cleveland, OH - Large
      Heartland-East HCS - Large/Integrated
      Hudson Valley HCS - Medium/Integrated
      Loma Linda, CA - Large
      also used to separate reports. However, with multiple reports and 
      Northern California HCS - Large
      Palo Alto HCS - Large/Integrated
      Philadelphia, PA - Large
      Puget Sound HCS - Large/Integrated
      San Diego, CA - Large
      Tampa, FL - Large
       
       
      Software Retrieval
      ==================
      the use of single dashed lines in each report, it can be difficult 
      VistA Laboratory AP Alerts and CPRS Report Changes Patch LR*5.2*365
      software is distributed by PackMan.
       
      Documentation Retrieval
      =======================
      VistA AP Alerts and CPRS Report Changes Patch LR*5.2*365 
      User Guide is available at the following Office of Information Field
      Offices (OIFOs) ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directories:
       
      OI Field Office     FTP Address                 Directory
      to distinguish the separation between AP reports. A new API has been 
      ---------------     -----------                 ---------
      ALBANY              ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext    [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
      HINES               ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext     [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
      SALT LAKE CITY      ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext       [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
       
       
      Documentation Retrieval Formats
      ===============================
      VistA AP Alerts and CPRS Report Changes Patch LR*5.2*365 User 
      Guide files are exported in the following retrieval formats:
      created (EN^LR7OSAP4) for retrieving a detailed report for an 
       
      File Name          Contents                       Retrieval Formats
      ---------          --------                       -----------------
      LAB_LR_52_365_UG.doc AP Alerts and CPRS Report Changes  
                           Patch LR*5.2*365 User Guide      BINARY
       
      LAB_LR_52_365_UG.pdf AP Alerts and CPRS Report Changes
                           Patch LR*5.2*365 User Guide      BINARY
       
      VistA Website Locations:
      individual Anatomic Pathology Specimen. This helps resolve the PSI 
      ========================
      VistA AP Alerts and CPRS Report Changes Patch LR*5.2*365 User Guide is
      accessible in MS Word (.doc) and Portable Document Format 
      (.pdf) at the following VistA locations:
       
      Laboratory Version 5.2 Home Page
      --------------------------------
      http://vista.domain.ext/ClinicalSpecialties/lab/
       
      VistA Documentation Library (VDL)
      by allowing a package interface, like CPRS, to present each 
      ---------------------------------
      www.domain.ext/vdl/
       
       
      Installation Instructions:
      ==========================
      This patch is being distributed in the OR*3.0*243 CPRS v27 build.
       
      This patch may be installed with users on the system; however, it should
      be installed at a non-peak time to minimize disruption to the users.
      DIRECTIVE 2004-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
      accession and related specimens to the user and then display the 
      Installation of this patch should take less than 1 minute.
       
      1.  Use the INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE option on the PackMan Menu.  
        
      2.  From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System (KIDS) Menu, 
          select the Installation menu.  
       
      3.  From the Installation menu, you may select to use the following 
          options (when prompted for INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*365): 
       
      related report for the accession/specimens.
          a.  Backup a Transport Global 
          b.  Compare Transport Global to Current System
          c.  Print Transport Global 
          d.  Verify Checksums in Transport Global
       
      4.  Use the Install Package(s) option and select the package LR*5.2*365.
       
      5.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of 
          Install? YES//', respond YES.  Responding "Yes" to this prompt can
          significantly increase install time.
       
       
      6.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES//',
          respond NO.
       
      7.  When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and 
          Protocols? YES//', respond NO.
       
       Note: Routine LR365 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
       
      Routine Information:
      Patches OR*3*210 and LR*5.2*311 implemented informational alerts 
      ====================
      The second line of each of these routines now looks like:
       ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[Patch List]**;Sep 27, 1994
       
      The checksums below are new checksums, and
       can be checked with CHECK1^XTSUMBLD.
       
      Routine Name: LR365
          Before:       n/a   After:  B3322693  **365**
      Routine Name: LR7OSAP2
      generated for AP pathology results. Recipients of VA view alerts for 
          Before: B59162352   After: B59966352  **230,256,259,317,365**
      Routine Name: LR7OSAP4
          Before:       n/a   After:  B2801060  **365**
      Routine Name: LRAPALRT
          Before:       n/a   After:  B3310137  **365**
      Routine Name: LRAPDA
          Before: B76606340   After: B81540087  
      **72,73,91,121,248,259,295,317,365**
      Routine Name: LRAPR
          Before: B84430863   After: B88035016  **72,248,259,317,365**
      Anatomic Pathology complained that clicking on the alert did not 
      Routine Name: LRAPRES1
          Before: B43595923   After: B43214564  **259,336,369,365**
      Routine Name: LRWOMEN
          Before:  B1458269   After:  B1173687  **231,248,311,324,365**
       
      Routine list of preceding patches: 317, 324, 369
      open up or display the report to them in the same manner as other 
      lab alerts are displayed. Once the recipients click on the alert, it 
      is gone from view. If they did not make a note as to who the patient 
      was, they can not get the alert back. Providers can easily erase the 
       
      alerts without recording the patient's name. A potential malignancy 
      report could be missed. Problem was identified from complaints of 
      surgeons and oncologists/hematologists. To correct this issue the 
      new action alert is provided to display AP reports. The Anatomic 
      Pathology informational alerts are now modified into action alerts 
      that upon processing will direct the user to the associated report 
      in the Clinical Reports section under the Reports tab of the CPRS 
      GUI or to a List manager display of the associated report results. 
       
      This patch provides action alerts for Anatomic Pathology tests 
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*365 does
      including Electron Microscopy (EM), Surgical Pathology (SP), 
      Cytology (CY), and Autopsy (AU) results. These action alerts are 
      sent automatically to the Ordering Provider, Primary Physician, or 
      Primary Care Provider at the time the report is released. If 
      requested, alerts may be sent to additional person(s) and 
      mail group(s). These additional alerts are also action alerts. This 
      functionality is now the same whether electronic signature (ES) is 
      turned ON or OFF. Before this patch, additional alerts could not be 
      requested with electronic signature (ES) turned OFF.
       
      not alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
      This patch provides the new Send an AP Alert [LRAP ALERT] option 
      that is available on the Verify/release menu, anat path [LRAPVR] 
      which allows a pathologist to send an action alert to a provider, 
      other individuals, or mail group(s) after the report has been 
      released. Before this software release if the user did not answer 
      YES to the prompt to send an alert after a report was released, an 
      alert could not be sent unless the AP report was reopened and 
      re-released.
       
      1) PSI-05-027 and PSI-07-135 identified a patient safety issue using the
      elements functions.
      CPRS Graphic User Interface (GUI) Lab Tab, Laboratory Results- Anatomic
      Pathology (AP).  The individual reports are displayed as one continuous
      scrolling display.  A single row of equal (=) signs is used to separate
      one report from the next.  Additionally, the text- "Next SURGICAL
      PATHOLOGY Specimen..." is also used to separate reports.  However, with
      multiple reports and the use of single dashed lines in each report, it
      can be difficult to distinguish the separation between AP reports.
       
      Resolution:
      A new API has been created (EN^LR7OSAP4) for retrieving a detailed report 
       
      for an individual Anatomic Pathology Specimen.  This resolves the 
      PSI by allowing a package interface, like CPRS, to present each specimen 
      to the user and then get the report on the specimen.
       
      2) PSI-06-068, PSI-07-014, PSI-05-001, PSI-06-134, and PSI-07-031
      identified a patient safety issue with the Anatomic Pathology notification
      alerts. Patches OR*3*210 and LR*5.2*311 implemented informational alerts
      generated for pathology results.  Recipients of VA view alerts for 
      Anatomic Pathology have complained that clicking on the alert does not
      open up or display the report to them in the same manner as other lab
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*365 have no effect on Blood 
      alerts do (CH subscripted).  Once they click on the alert, it's gone from
      view.  If they didn't make a note as to who the patient was, they can't
      get it back.  It would be helpful to have an action alert for these
      results. Providers can easily erase them without recording the patient's
      name.  A potential malignancy report could be missed. Problem was
      identified from complaints of surgeons and oncologists/hematologists.
       
      Resolution:
      The Anatomic Pathology informational alerts are now modified into action
      alerts that upon processing will direct the user to the associated report
      
    • 384 SEQ #298
      DATE APPLIED:   2009-04-21 16:02:05
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a general purpose lab patch that addresses 2 issues.
      It corrects a formatting issue in the option Search for Criticals
      (LRSORC).  It also resolves an issue in LR7OSUM1 where 2 identical
      values are compared and they are evaluated as different because
      one of the values has a trailing or leading 0.
      
    • 100 SEQ #91
      DATE APPLIED:   1996-06-25 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch to combine multiple alerts for Lab results.  It requires
      the installation of patch OR*2.5*47.
      
    • 150 SEQ #113
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-04-01 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Workload Archiving Patch
      
    • 381 SEQ #299
      DATE APPLIED:   2009-04-22 12:39:30
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
       
       
      This patch resolves an <UNDEF> scenario in the Short Accession List.
      
    • 372 SEQ #300
      DATE APPLIED:   2009-04-22 13:04:44
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Patch LR*5.2*356 made changes to the way Laboratory Test results are 
      displayed on the Labs Tab of CPRS GUI.
       
      This patch will make further modifications to the reports on the Labs Tab 
      and Coversheet of CPRS GUI.
      
    • 386 SEQ #301
      DATE APPLIED:   2009-04-22 13:04:55
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM general purpose lab patch that addresses 3 issues.
      It corrects a problem with the DSS Lab Results Extract whereby results
      that are greater than 10 characters long cause the record to be omitted
      from the extract.  It also addresses a merge problem whereby "ghost"
      tests are added to a merged patient because of a failure to cleanup
      after the previous merge attempt.  The third issue that is addressed 
      allows for a result that is supposed to be numeric to be entered with
      2 decimal points. This should not be allowed.
      
    • 385
      DATE APPLIED:   2009-04-22 15:23:06
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
    • 388 SEQ #303
      DATE APPLIED:   2009-04-23 10:57:25
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM general purpose lab patch that addresses 3 issues.
      It corrects a problem with the inability to enter antibiotic 
      concentrations,
      addresses a problem in file #64.1 (Workload Data) whereby incorrect data
      gets stored in the file when the order date is different from the 
      collection
      date, and also addresses a problem whereby the draw time designator of
      RANDOM is not displayed on the patient report.
      
    • 352 SEQ #304
      DATE APPLIED:   2009-04-23 13:44:16
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
    • 387 SEQ #308
      DATE APPLIED:   2009-06-09 12:02:02
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch will allow the Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS) to 
      ===========================
      Documentation is available for the entire VBECS package on the 
      ANONYMOUS.SOFTWRE directory at one of the following Office of Information 
      (OI) Field Offices.  Sites may retrieve documentation in either the 
      ".PDF" or "DOC" format in one of the following ways:
       
      1.      The preferred method is to FTP the files from :
      Download.vista.domain.ext
       
      2.      Sites may also elect to retrieve documentation directly from a 
      specific server as follows:
       
             Albany                  ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext
             Hines                   ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext
             Salt Lake City          ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext
       
      NOTE:  The documentation files listed below will be listed in each of the 
      VBECS and LR patches that are part of the VBECS package and associate 
      patches, they only need to be downloaded once.
       
      File Name                                   Retrieval format:  Binary
      ===========                                 ==========================
      REQUIRED PATCHES:
       
      Known Defects and Anomalies.doc
      Known Defects and Anomalies.pdf
      VBECS Application Interfacing Support Software Installation and User 
      Configuration Guide.doc
      VBECS Application Interfacing Support Software Installation and User 
      Configuration Guide.pdf
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Installation 
      Guide.doc
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Installation 
       
      Guide.pdf
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Technical 
      Manual-Security Guide.doc
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Technical 
      Manual-Security Guide.pdf
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) Version 1.4.0.0 User 
      Guide Version.doc
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) Version 1.4.0.0 User 
      Guide Version.pdf
       
      LR*5.2*292
       
      Installation Instructions:
      ==========================
      This patch may be loaded with users on the system.  You may wish to 
      install it during non-peak hours.  Installation will take less than 2 
      minutes.
       
       1.  Use the INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE option on the Packman menu.  [Note: 
           TEXT PRINT/DISPLAY option in the PackMan menu will display the 
           patch text only.]
       
       
       2.  From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu, select
           the Installation menu.
       
       3.  From this menu, you may elect to use the following options (when
           prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*387).
       
           (a)  Backup a Transport Global - this option will create a backup
                message of any routines exported with the patch.  It will NOT
                backup any other changes such as DDs or templates.
      ===========================
       
           (b)  Compare Transport Global to Current System - this option will
                allow you to view all changes that will be made when the
                patch is installed.  It compares all components of the patch
                (routines, DDs, templates, etc.).
       
           (c)  Verify Checksums in Transport Global - this option will allow
                you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the
                transport global.
       
       
           (d)  Print Transport Global - this option will allow you to view the
                components of the KIDS build.
       
       4.  Use the Install Package(s) option and select the package LR*5.2*387.
       
       5.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
           YES//', respond NO.
       
       6.  When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
           Protocols? YES//', respond NO.
      NEW PROTOCOLS:
       
      retrieve data for the Cumulative report from the pre-existing VBECS API's.
      N/A
       
      ===========================
       
      BLOOD BANK CLEARANCE
       
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*387 contains changes to software 
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 2004-058, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE. 
      Changes include: 
        Routine: LR7OSBR
       
        Routine: LR7OSBR1
       
      All of the above changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank 
      Developer and found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE 
      control functions.
       
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*387 have no effect on Blood 
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*387 does not 
      ===========================
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
      elements functions.
       
      POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to 2 routines and 
      0 files identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive 
      2004-058, group B listing. The changes have no effect on Blood Bank 
      functionality or medical device control functions. There is no adverse 
      potential to sites.
       
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: 
       
      There are no validation requirements or options to be validated.
       
      MINIMAL TEST CASE SCENARIOS BY OPTION, INCLUSIVE OF ALL CONTROL FUNCTIONS:
      There are no validation scenarios necessary with this patch.
       
      ===========================
       
      ASSOCIATED NOIS:
       
      N/A
      NEW OPTIONS:
       
      ===========================
       
      ASSOCIATED E3R:
       
      N/A
        
      ===========================
       
      TEST SITES:
       
      CENTRAL TEXAS HCS
      HEARTLAND-EAST HCS
      NORTH CHICAGO, IL
      OKLAHOMA CITY, OK
      PHILADELPHIA, PA
      SAN DIEGO, CA 
       
       
      Installation Sequence 
      ======================
      N/A
      The files listed below represent the patches that have either been 
      released or will be part of the controlled phased release.  The first 5 
      patches have been released and already installed.  Patches starting with 
      number 6 and are prefixed with an (*)
      will need to follow the sequence listed below when your phased 
      installation occurs.
       
        1. OR*3.0*243 (released 8/20/08)
        2. XT*7.3*116 (released ????
        3. SR*3.0*168 (released ???
       
        4. ECX*3*102  (released 8/25/08)
        5. LR*5.2*387 (released ???
        6. *LR*5.2*335
        7. *LR*5.2*367
        8. *VBECS Bundle (consisting of VBECS 1.0 and LR*5.2*325)
        9. *VBEC*1.0*1
       10. *OR*3.0*212
       
      Documentation Retrieval:
       
      
    • 335
      DATE APPLIED:   2009-06-09 15:33:12
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      LR*5.2*335 is being exported as part of the VBECS package release. The 
      clinically and historically relevant information. This patch will install 
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 141     PT CELLS(ser)+ANTI A IS
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 142     PT CELLS(sal)+ANTI A IS
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 143     PT CELLS+ANTI A SLIDE
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 144     PT CELLS(ser)+ANTI B IS
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 145     PT CELLS(sal)+ANTI B IS
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 146     PT CELLS+ANTI B SLIDE
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 147     PT CELLS(ser)+ANTI A,B IS
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 148     PT CELLS(ser)+ANTI A,B (RT)
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 149     PT CELLS(sal)+ANTI A,B (IS)
      63.01     BLOOD BANK               149.1     PT CELLS(sal)+ANTI A,B (RT)
      the software necessary to prepare the data for extraction from the VistA 
      63.01     BLOOD BANK              149.11     PT CELLS+ANTI A,B SLIDE
      63.01     BLOOD BANK              149.12     PT SERUM+A1 CELLS
      63.01     BLOOD BANK              149.13     PT SERUM+B CELLS
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 151     INTERPRETATION OF ABO TESTING
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 152     ABO TESTING COMMENT
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 153     INTERPRETATION ABO 
      GROUP(cell)
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 154     INTERPRETATION ABO GROUP(ser)
      63.011    RBC ANTIGEN PRESENT        .01     RBC ANTIGEN PRESENT
      63.011    RBC ANTIGEN PRESENT        .02     COMMENT
      database, and extract the data to text files for transfer to the VBECS 
      63.0112   RBC ANTIGEN ABSENT         .01     RBC ANTIGEN ABSENT
      63.0112   RBC ANTIGEN ABSENT         .02     COMMENT
      63.0114   HLA ANTIGEN ABSENT         .01     HLA ANTIGEN ABSENT
      63.0114   HLA ANTIGEN ABSENT         .02     COMMENT
      63.012    ELUATE ANTIBODY            .01     ELUATE ANTIBODY
      63.013    HLA ANTIGEN PRESENT        .01     HLA ANTIGEN PRESENT
      63.013    HLA ANTIGEN PRESENT        .02     COMMENT
      63.014    SCREEN CELL METHOD         .01     SCREEN CELL METHOD
      63.014    SCREEN CELL METHOD         .02     TECHNIQUE
      63.014    SCREEN CELL METHOD           1     SCREEN CELL
      system. Some of the VistA data will be standardized to nationally 
      63.015    SCREEN CELL                .01     SCREEN CELL
      63.015    SCREEN CELL                .02     SOURCE
      63.015    SCREEN CELL                .03     INTERPRETATION
      63.015    SCREEN CELL                .04     IS
      63.015    SCREEN CELL                .05     37 C
      63.015    SCREEN CELL                .06     AHG
      63.015    SCREEN CELL                .07     CONTROL CELL
      63.015    SCREEN CELL                .08     ROOM TEMP
      63.015    SCREEN CELL                .09     12-18 C
      63.015    SCREEN CELL                 .1     4 C
      recognized Blood Bank definitions during the extraction. Logical checks 
      63.018    RBC TYPING METHOD          .01     RBC TYPING METHOD
      63.018    RBC TYPING METHOD          .02     TECHNIQUE
      63.018    RBC TYPING METHOD            1     ANTISERUM
      63.019    ANTISERUM                  .01     ANTISERUM
      63.019    ANTISERUM                  .02     LOT #
      63.019    ANTISERUM                  .03     INTERPRETATION
      63.019    ANTISERUM                  .04     IS
      63.019    ANTISERUM                  .05     37 C
      63.019    ANTISERUM                  .06     AHG
      63.019    ANTISERUM                  .07     CONTROL CELL
      in the software will ensure data integrity. Once the data on the VistA 
      63.019    ANTISERUM                  .08     ROOM TEMP
      63.019    ANTISERUM                  .09     12-18 C
      63.019    ANTISERUM                   .1     4 C
      63.199    SPECIMEN COMMENT           .01     SPECIMEN COMMENT
      63.46     SERUM ANTIBODY             .01     SERUM ANTIBODY
      63.46     SERUM ANTIBODY             .02     ANTIBODY COMMENT
      63.48     ANTIBODY SCREEN COMMENT    .01     ANTIBODY SCREEN COMMENT
      65.50     Entire File
      66.20     Entire File
      66.50     Entire File
      side have been evaluated and converted to the new database, specific 
      66.90     Entire File
       
      The following options are placed out of order:
      Option Name   Option Text
      =======================================================================
      LRBLAD        Print data change audits
      LRBLAR        Remove data change audits
      LRBLDA        Donor collection/deferral edit
      LRBLDAWARD    Acknowledge donor award by deletion
      LRBLDC        Donor collection/processing
      VistA Blood Bank options will be deactivated (placed out of order) so 
      LRBLDCP       Collection disposition/component preparation
      LRBLDCU       Cumulative donations and awards
      LRBLDCX       Edit donor consent
      LRBLDD        Donor demographics
      LRBLDDAT      ABO/Rh testing of donor units
      LRBLDEDIT     Blood donor group/type edit
      LRBLDEF       Permanent deferral/special comments
      LRBLDK        Remove ex-donors
      LRBLDLG       Donor registration
      LRBLDLT       Enter/edit donor letters
      that the legacy database cannot be altered. These options are listed 
      LRBLDMV       Move a blood donation
      LRBLDO        Old blood donor records
      LRBLDPH       Donor phenotyping
      LRBLDR        Donor history, physical and consent form
      LRBLDRR       Test review/Component labeling/release
      LRBLDT        Lab tests(not ABO/Rh) on donor units
      LRBLDUC       Donor unit ABO/Rh recheck
      LRBLIDN       Disposition -not transfused
      LRBLIDR       Disposition -relocation
      LRBLILA       Unit CAUTION tag labels
      below under "The following options are placed out of order." More details 
      LRBLILR       Log-in regular (invoices)
      LRBLILS       Enter blood inventory typing charges
      LRBLISH       Shipping invoices for blood components
      LRBLIUC       Unit ABO/Rh confirmation
      LRBLIUP       Unit phenotyping
      LRBLIUR       Units release to stock (cancel) by patient
      LRBLIW        Inventory ABO/Rh testing worksheet
      LRBLJM        Edit pooled blood product
      LRBLJTR       Transfer unit to new division
      LRBLPC        Request/select/xmatch blood components
      installation of this patch will be controlled by a phase release. An 
      can be found in the "Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, 
      LRBLPCS       Blood component requests
      LRBLPED       Pediatric unit preparation
      LRBLPEDIT     Patient ABO/Rh edit
      LRBLPER       Previous records
      LRBLPET       Enter test data
      LRBLPH        Patient Medication List
      LRBLPIC       Select units for patients
      LRBLPLOGIN    Specimen log-in
      LRBLPOST      File 81 conversion
      LRBLPSI       Special instructions
      Mapping, and Conversion ADPAC Guide" document. The inadvertent or 
      LRBLPT        Blood transfusion results
      LRBLPTXR      Unknown unit transfusion reaction
      LRBLPX        Enter crossmatch results
      LRBLRIN       Supplier invoices (inventory)
      LRBLRIS       Special typing charges (inventory)
      LRBLRIT       Supplier transactions (inventory)
      LRBLSEB       Edit blood product file
      LRBLSEC       Edit unit - patient fields
      LRBLSED       Edit unit disposition fields
      LRBLSEE       Free autologous/directed donor units
      unintentional deactivation of these options could cause a disruption in 
      LRBLSEF       Edit blood bank descriptions file
      LRBLSEH       Edit donor history questions
      LRBLSEL       Edit unit log-in
      LRBLSER       Remove units with final disposition
      LRBLSET       Tests for inclusion in transfusion report
      LRBLSEU       Edit blood bank utility file
      LRBLSF        Edit number of lines in a label
      LRBLSI        Blood bank inventory edit options
      LRBLSLL       Edit lab letter file
      LRBLSMS       Maximum surgical blood order edit
      Blood Bank operations. 
      LRBLSNO       Edit Corresponding Antigen/Antibody
      LRBLSP        Blood bank patient edit options
      LRBLSPP       Edit previous transfusion record
      LRBLSRI       Remove inappropriate transfusion requests
      LRBLSRQ       Edit Blood Component Request File
      LRBLSSP       Edit blood bank site parameters
      LRBLST        Tests for display on patient look-up
      LRBLTTW       Test worklist
      LRBLTX        Tests for transfusion follow-up
      LRBLVAL       Blood bank validation documentation
       
       
      RISK ANALYSIS: The changes made by patch LR*5.2*335 affect Blood Bank 
      software functionality, however the RISK is considered to be low.
        Inappropriate use of the "Disable VistA Blood Bank components"
        [VBEC BB COMPONENTS DISABLE] option can disable the VistA 5.2
        Blood Bank system.  This risk is minimal since the "Enable VistA
        Blood Bank components" [VBEC BB COMPONENTS ENABLE] option can be
        used to restore full operations.
       
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*335 does not 
      Please read and follow the instructions in the "Blood Bank 
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
      elements functions.
       
      POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to 0 routines and 
      4 files identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive 
      2004-058, group B listing. The changes have no effect on medical device 
      control functions.
        This is the final step prior to the transfer of Blood Bank operations
        to the VBECS system. All future impact will be dealt with through VBECS
        development
      Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion Installation 
       
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION:
        No VistA Blood Bank 5.2 options are released with this patch.
        However, the options listed above should be tested to ensure that
        they have been disabled after the completion of the data conversion.
         
       
      FILES CREATED DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THIS PATCH:
      FILE #      NAME
      ======      ====
      and User Guide" before proceeding with the installation.
      6000        VBECS SITE PARAMETERS
      6001        VBECS DATA INTEGRITY/CONVERSION STATISTICS
      6003        VISTA BLOOD BANK RESTRICTED OPTIONS LIST
      6005        VBECS MATCHING TABLE
      6007        STANDARD VBECS DATA
      6009        VBECS FILE & FIELD LEVEL SECURITY
       
      MAIL GROUPS CREATED DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THIS PATCH
      MAIL GROUP:
      ===========
       
      VBECS DATA CONVERSION
       
      ROUTINES INSTALLED DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THIS PATCH:
      ROUTINE:
      ========
      VBECDC00
      VBECDC01
      VBECDC02
      VBECDC19
      VBECDCDC
       
      VBECDCHX
      VBECDCM
      VBECDCM0
      VBECDCM1
      VBECDCM2
      VBECDCMP
      VBECDCNM
      VBECDCR
      VBECDCSP
      VBECDCST
      Implementation Manager will be assigned to your site and will contact 
      BLOOD BANK CLEARANCE: 1/6/2009
      VBECDCU
      VBECDCU1
      VBECDCU2
      VBECDCX
      VBECDCX1
       
      OPTIONS CREATED DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THIS PATCH:
      Option Name                    Option Text
      ===========                    ===========
      VBEC ANTIBODY/ANTIGEN UTIL.    Utilities that manipulate Antibody/Antigen 
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*335 contains changes to software 
      data
      VBEC BB COMPONENTS DISABLE     Disable VistA Blood Bank components
      VBEC BB COMPONENTS ENABLE      Enable VistA Blood Bank components
      VBEC CONVERSION UTILITIES      Utilities used for the data conversion
      VBEC DATA CONV. TO HOST FILES  Convert VistA Blood Bank data to host files
      VBEC DATA CONVERSION STATS     Display data conversion statistics
      VBEC DATA VALIDATION           Run Legacy VistA Blood Bank Data Validation
      VBEC DELETE ANTIBODY/ANTIGEN   Delete Antibody/Antigen temporary matching 
      files 
      VBEC DELETE CONV. STATS        Delete data conversion and anomaly check 
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 2004-058, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
      histories
      VBEC DELETE EXTRACTED DATA     Delete all Blood Bank Data in Temporary 
      Globals
      VBEC DELETE SYSTEM LEVEL FILES Delete Blood Bank Data in System Level 
      Files
      VBEC DELETE TRANS. REACTION    Delete Transfusion Reaction temporary 
      match files
      VBEC INVALID DATA REPORT       Invalid Blood Bank Data Report
      VBEC MAIN MENU                 VBECS Data Matching/Conversion Menu
      VBEC MATCH ANTIBODY/ANTIGEN    Match VistA antibody/antigen data
      Changes include:
      VBEC MATCH TRANSFUS REACTION   Match VistA transfusion reaction data
      VBEC POST-CONVERSION UTILITIES Utilities used after the data conversion 
      has run
      VBEC PRE-CONVERSION UTILITIES  Utilities used prior to the data conversion
      VBEC PRINT SQL/VISTA MATCHES   Matched Blood Bank data report
      VBEC SITE PARAMETER ENTER/EDIT Enter/Edit Site Parameter Data 
      VBEC STANDARD ANTIBODIES       Standard Antigens and Antibodies Print
      VBEC STANDARD TRANS. REACTIONS Standard Transfusion Reactions Print
      VBEC TRANS. REACTION UTILITIES Utilities that manipulate Trans. Reaction 
      data
      Access is restricted on the following files:
      VBEC UNDO ANTIBODY/ANTIGEN     Undo all antibody/antigen matches
      VBEC UNDO SINGLE MATCHING      Unmatch a single matched VistA record 
      VBEC UNDO TRANS. REACTIONS     Undo all transfusion reaction matches
      VBEC UNMATCHED VISTA DATA RPT  Unmatched VistA Blood Bank Data Report
      VBEC UPDATE ANTIBODY/ANTIGEN   Update antibody/antigen records in 
      matching file
      VBEC UPDATE TRANS. REACT. REC  Update trans. reaction records in matching 
      file
       
      Associated Remedy Tickets:  None
      File #    File Name              Field #     Field Name
      ==========================
       
      Test Site(s):
      ==============
       HEARTLAND-EAST HCS
       PHILADELPHIA, PA
       SAN DIEGO, CA
       
      Installation Sequence 
      ======================
      =====     =========              =======     ==========
      The files listed below represent the patches will be part of the 
      controlled phased release.  Follow the sequence listed below when your 
      phased installation occurs.
       
        1. LR*5.2*335
        2. LR*5.2*367
        3. VBECS Bundle (consisting of VBEC*1*0 and LR*5.2*325)
        4. VBEC*1.0*1
        5. OR*3.0*212
       
      62.55     AGGLUTINATION STRENGTH     .01     NAME
      COMPONENT SUMMARY:
      ==================
      This patch installs ROUTINES, FILES, OPTIONS and a MAIL GROUP. For full 
      details about the components being imported with this patch, please see 
      the Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and 
      Conversion Technical Manual
       
      Documentation Retrieval:
      ========================
      Although this is a controlled, phased released, the user & technical 
      62.55     AGGLUTINATION STRENGTH       1     WILL STAND FOR
      documentation will be available to all sites when the patch is officially 
      released and the phased implementations start. This will allow sites the 
      opportunity to retrieve the documents before their phased installation 
      date
       
      Documentation is available for the VBECS package on the 
      ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directory at one of the following Office of 
      Information (OI) Field Offices. Sites may retrieve documentation either 
      the ".PDF" or "DOC" format in one of the following ways:
       
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 .01     DATE/TIME SPECIMEN TAKEN
      The preferred method is to FTP the files from:
      Download.vista.domain.ext
       
      This transmits files from the first available FTP server. Sites may also 
      elect to retrieve documentation directly from a specific server as 
      follows:
             Albany                  ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext
             Hines                   ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext
             Salt Lake City          ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext
       
      your POC for VBECS and will provide your site with the location of the 
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 .03     DATE REPORT COMPLETED
      NOTE:  The documentation files listed below will be listed in each of the 
      VBECS and LR patches that are part of the VBECS package and associate 
      patches, they only need to be downloaded once.
       
      File Name                                   Retrieval format:  Binary
      ===========                                 ==========================
      Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion 
      ADPAC Guide.doc
      Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion 
      ADPAC Guide.pdf
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 .04     ENTERING PERSON
      Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion 
      Installation and User Guide.doc
      Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion 
      Installation and User Guide.pdf
      Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion 
      Technical Manual.doc
      Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion 
      Technical Manual.pdf
      VBECS Data Conversion Recommended Validation Method.xls
      VBECS Application Interfacing Support Software Installation and User 
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 .05     SPECIMEN
      Configuration Guide.doc
      VBECS Application Interfacing Support Software Installation and User 
      Configuration Guide.pdf
      VBECS Implementation Process.xls
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Installation 
      Guide.doc
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Installation 
      Guide.pdf
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Technical 
      Manual-Security Guide.doc
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                .055     COLLECTION SAMPLE
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Technical 
      Manual-Security Guide.pdf
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 User Guide.doc
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 User Guide.pdf
      Known Defects and Anomalies.doc
      Known Defects and Anomalies.pdf
       
        Installation Information:
        ==========================
       
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 .06     ACCESSION NUMBER
      This patch is exported as part of the VBECS Blood Bank System and allows 
      the conversion of limited existing Blood Bank data from VistA to VBECS. 
      Please refer to the "Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, 
      Mapping, and Conversion Installation and User Guide" for installation 
      information. The files listed below may be obtained via FTP. The 
      installation of VBECS and its related patches are being handled as a 
      controlled release. The implementation manager will contact you with the 
      location of the KIDS Host Files prior to your scheduled installation 
      date. The documentation files will be available for download in advance 
      of installation through the anonymous download site as shown below.
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 .07     PHYSICIAN
       
        Installation Files: 
        ===================
      The following files are exported for LR*5.2*335:
         LR_52_335.KID
       
         VBECSBATCH.COM
       
      LR_52_335.KID and VBECSBATCH.COM files will be made available by the 
      Implementation Manager prior to your site's implementation schedule along 
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 .08     WARD
      with instruction to retrieve.
       
      Installation Instructions:
      ==========================
      This patch may be loaded with users on the system.
      Installation will take less than 5 minutes.
       
          1) Use the 'LOAD A DISTRIBUTION' option on the KIDS Installation
             menu. The Host File name is LR_52_335.KID. Answer YES to the
             question: "Want to Continue with Load? YES//"
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 .09     PHLEBOTOMIST
          2) From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu,
             select the Installation menu.
          3) From this menu, you may elect to use the following options
             (when prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*335).
             a) Backup a Transport Global - this option will create a backup
                message of any routines exported with the patch. It will NOT
                backup any other changes such as DDs or templates.
             b) Compare Transport Global to Current System - this option will
                allow you to view all changes that will be made when the patch
                is installed. It compares all components of the patch
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                  .1     DATE/TIME RECEIVED
                (routines, DDs, templates, etc.).
             c) Verify Checksums in Transport Global - this option will allow
                you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the
                transport global.
             d) Print Transport Global - this option will allow you to view the
                components of the KIDS build.
          4) Use the Install Package(s) option and select the package
             LR*5.2*335.
          5) When prompted "Enter the Coordinator for Mail Group 'VBECS DATA
             CONVERSION':" Enter the name of the person who will manage the
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 .12     ACCESSION LINK
             VBECS DATA CONVERSION mailgroup.
          6) When prompted  'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion
             of Install? YES//  respond YES 
          7) When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? 
             YES//', respond NO.
          8) When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
             Protocols? YES//', respond NO.
      KIDS Host Files prior to your scheduled installation date installation 
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 .99     SPECIMEN COMMENT
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 2.1     DIRECT AHG(POLYSPECIFIC)
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 2.2     DIRECT AHG(5 min incub)
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 2.3     DIRECT AHG CC
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 2.4     ANTI-IgG
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 2.5     ANTI-IgG CC
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 2.6     ANTI-COMPLEMENT
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 2.7     ANTI-COMPLEMENT (5 min incub)
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 2.8     ANTI-COMPLEMENT CC
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 2.9     DIRECT AHG INTERPRETATION
      Sequence.
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                2.91     DIRECT AHG TEST COMMENT
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                   3     ELUATE ANTIBODY
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                   4     SCREEN CELL METHOD
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                   6     ANTIBODY SCREEN 
      INTERPRETATION
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 6.1     RBC ANTIGEN PRESENT
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 6.2     RBC ANTIGEN ABSENT
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 6.3     HLA ANTIGEN PRESENT
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 6.4     HLA ANTIGEN ABSENT
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                   7     SERUM ANTIBODY
       
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                   8     ANTIBODY SCREEN COMMENT
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                   9     RBC TYPING METHOD
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                  10     ABO INTERPRETATION
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                10.2     ABO TYPING TECH
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                10.3     ABO TESTING COMMENT
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                  11     RH  INTERPRETATION
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                11.2     RH TYPING TECH
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                11.3     RH TESTING COMMENT
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 121     PT CELLS+ANTI D (sal)
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 122     PT CELLS+RH CTRL (sal)
      Select elements of VistA data must be transferred to the VBECS Blood Bank 
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 123     PT CELLS(sal)+ANTI D(hp IS)
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 124     PT CELLS(ser)+ANTI D(hp IS)
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 125     PT CELLS+ANTI D (hp 37)
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 126     PT CELLS+ANTI D (hp AHG)
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 127     PT CELLS+ANTI D SLIDE (hp)
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 128     PT CELLS(sal)+RH CTRL (hp IS)
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 129     PT CELLS(ser)+RH CTRL(hp IS)
      63.01     BLOOD BANK               129.1     PT CELLS+RH CTRL (hp 37)
      63.01     BLOOD BANK              129.11     PT CELLS+RH CTRL (hp AHG)
      63.01     BLOOD BANK              129.12     PT CELLS+RH CTRL SLIDE (hp)
      system prior to its initial operation. This will preserve patient related 
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 131     INTERPRETATION OF RH TESTING
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 132     RH TEST COMMENT
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 133     PT Cells(sal)+Anti D(mod) IS
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 134     PT Cells(ser)+Anti D(mod) IS
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 135     PT Cells+Anti D(mod) 37
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 136     PT Cells+Anti D(mod) AHG
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 138     PT Cells(sal)+RH Ctrl(sal) IS
      63.01     BLOOD BANK                 139     PT Cells(ser)+RH Ctrl(sal) IS
      63.01     BLOOD BANK               139.1     PT Cells+RH Ctrl(sal) 37
      63.01     BLOOD BANK              139.11     PT Cells+RH Ctrl(sal) AHG
      
    • 367
      DATE APPLIED:   2009-06-09 15:33:51
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      The installation of LR*5.2*367 will be controlled by phase release to 
      the accession for the specified test and the associated Computerized 
      opportunity to retrieve the documents before their phased installation 
      date
       
       
      Documentation is available for the entire VBECS package on the 
      ANONYMOUS.SOFTWRE directory at one of the following Office of Information 
      (OI) Field Offices.  Sites may retrieve documentation either the ".PDF" 
      or "DOC" format in one of the following ways:
       
      The preferred method is to FTP the files from :
      Patient Record System (CPRS) order
              download.vista.domain.ext
       
      This transmits files from the first available FTP server.  Sites may also 
      elect to retrieve documentation directly from a 
      specific server as follows:
             Albany                  ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext
             Hines                   ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext
             Salt Lake City          ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext
       
      NOTE:  The documentation files listed below will be listed in each of the 
       
      VBECS and LR patches that are part of the VBECS package and associate 
      patches, they only need to be downloaded once.
       
      File Name:                                  Retrieval format:  Binary
      ==========                                  ==========================
      Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion 
      ADPAC Guide.doc
      Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion 
      ADPAC Guide.pdf
      Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion 
      ROUTINE: LR7OVB
      Installation and User Guide.doc
      Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion 
      Installation and User Guide.pdf
      Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion 
      Technical Manual.doc
      Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion 
      Technical Manual.pdf
      VBECS Data Conversion Recommended Validation Method.xls
      VBECS Application Interfacing Support Software Installation and User 
      Configuration Guide.doc
      ========
      VBECS Application Interfacing Support Software Installation and User 
      Configuration Guide.pdf
      VBECS Implementation Process.xls
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Installation 
      Guide.doc
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Installation 
      Guide.pdf
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Technical 
      Manual-Security Guide.doc
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Technical 
       
      Manual-Security Guide.pdf
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 User Guide.doc
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 User Guide.pdf
      Known Defects and Anomalies.doc
      Known Defects and Anomalies.pdf
       
      Installation Files: 
      ===================
       
      LR_52_367.KID
      OPTIONS: None
       
       
      The host file LR_52_367 will be made available by the Implementation 
      Manager prior to your site's implementation schedule along with 
      instruction to retrieve.
       
      Installation Instructions:
      ==========================
      This patch may be loaded with users on the system.
      Installation will take less than 5 minutes.
      ========
       
      The installation of VBECS and its related patches are being handled as a 
      controlled release. The implementation manager will contact you with the 
      location of the KIDS Host Files prior to your scheduled installation date.
       
          1) Use the 'LOAD A DISTRIBUTION' option on the KIDS Installation
             menu. The Host File name is LR_52_367.KID .  Answer YES to the
             question: "Want to Continue with Load? YES//"
          2) From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu,
             select the Installation menu.
       
       
          3) From this menu, you may elect to use the following options
             (when prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*367).
             a) Backup a Transport Global - this option will create a backup
                message of any routines exported with the patch.  It will NOT
                backup any other changes such as DDs or templates.
             b) Compare Transport Global to Current System - this option will
                allow you to view all changes that will be made when the patch
                is installed.  It compares all components of the patch
                (routines, DDs, templates, etc.).
      PROTOCOL: LR7O VBECS RECEIVE
             c) Verify Checksums in Transport Global - this option will allow
                you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the
                transport global.
             d) Print Transport Global - this option will allow you to view the
                components of the KIDS build.
          4) Use the Install Package(s) option and select the package
             LR*5.2*367.
          5) When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? 
             YES//', respond NO.
          6) When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
      support the new blood bank software Vista Blood Establishment Computer 
      =========
             Protocols? YES//', respond NO.
       
      BLOOD BANK CLEARANCE
       
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*367 does not 
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA 
      DIRECTIVE 2004-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
       
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*367 does not 
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
      System, VBECS. An Implementation Manager will be assigned to your site 
      elements functions.
       
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*367 have no effect on Blood 
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes 
      made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of 
      installation of this patch.
       
       
      and will contact your POC for VBECS and will provide your site with the 
      ASSOCIATED Remedy Tickets: None
      ==========================
       
      ASSOCIATED NSR/E3R: None
      ===================
       
      XINDEX Warnings:
      ================
      XINDEX displays the following warning. The referenced routine (^ORMVBEC) 
      will be installed with patch OR*3*212. This patch is part of the 
      location of the KIDS Host Files prior to your scheduled installation date.
      controlled release of VBECS and will be installed as part of the VBECS 
      system installation.
       
      LR7OVB   * *  105 Lines,  4318 Bytes, Checksum: B19945746
         COMPLETE+38  F - Reference to routine '^ORMVBEC'. That isn't in this 
      UCI.
       
      --- Routine Detail ---
      *****   ERRORS & WARNINGS IN LR7OVB   *****
         COMPLETE+38  F - Reference to routine '^ORMVBEC'. That isn't in this 
       
      UCI.
       
      *****   INDEX OF LR7OVB   *****
       
      TEST SITES:
      ===========
      HEARTLAND-EAST HCS
      PHILADELPHIA, PA
      SAN DIEGO, CA
       
      This patch will allow the VistA Blood Establishment Computer System 
      REQUIRED BUILDS: None
      ================
       
      Installation Information:
      ==========================
       
      This patch LR*5.2*367 is being exported as part of the VBECS package 
      release. This installation of these patches will be controlled by phase 
      release. An Implementation Manager will be assigned to your site and will 
      contact your POC for VBECS and will provide your site with the location 
      (VBECS) to use HL7 order update messages to complete orders created 
      of the KIDS Host Files prior to your scheduled installation date 
      Installation Sequence
       
      Installation Sequence 
      ======================
      The files listed below represent the patches will be part of the 
      controlled phased release.  Follow the sequence listed below when your 
      phased installation occurs.
       
        1. LR*5.2*335
      through the Blood Bank Accession Area.  The functionality will complete 
        2. LR*5.2*367
        3. VBECS Bundle (consisting of VBEC*1*0 and LR*5.2*325)
        4. VBEC*1.0*1
        5. OR*3.0*212 
       
      Documentation Retrieval:
      ========================
      Although this is a controlled, phased released, the user & technical 
      documentation will be available to all sites when the patch is officially 
      released and the phased implementations start.  This will allow sites the 
      
    • 325
      DATE APPLIED:   2009-06-09 15:34:57
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      LR*5.2*325 is being exported as part of the VBECS_BUNDLE_1.KID package 
      ROUTINES:
      Guide.pdf
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Technical 
      Manual-Security Guide.doc
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Technical 
      Manual-Security Guide.pdf
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 User Guide.doc
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 User Guide.pdf
      Known Defects and Anomalies.doc
      Known Defects and Anomalies.pdf
       
      =========
      Installation Instructions:
      ==========================
      This patch is exported as part of VBECS_BUNDLE_1.KID.  Please refer to 
      VBEC*1*0 install instructions for installation sequence information. 
      LR325 
      LRCAPBB 
      LRCAPBV 
      LRCAPBV1 
       
      Options:  None
      ========
       
      release.  The installation of this bundle will be controlled by phase 
       
      Protocols: None
      ========== 
       
      Remote Procedures: None
      ===============
       
       
      Files: None
      ======
      release.  An Implementation Manager will be assigned to your site and 
       
      Associated ICRs: None
      =============== 
       
       
      Associated Remedy:  None
      ==================
       
       
      Associated NSR/E3R: None
      will contact your POC for VBECS and will provide your site with the 
      ==============
       
       
      Installation Sequence
      =====================
       
      The files listed below represent the patches will be part of the 
      controlled phased release.  Follow the sequence listed below when your 
      phased installation occurs.
       
      location of the KIDS Host Files prior to your scheduled installation date 
        1. LR*5.2*335
        2. LR*5.2*367
        3. VBECS Bundle (consisting of VBEC*1*0 and LR*5.2*325)
        4. VBEC*1.0*1
        5. OR*3.0*212
       
      Documentation Retrieval:
       
      Although the software installation will be phased, the documentation will 
      be available for the entire VBECS package on the ANONYMOUS.SOFTWRE 
      Installation Sequence.  The VBECS BUNDLE is a host file that consists of 
      directory or at one of the following Office of Information (OI) Field 
      Offices. Sites may retrieve documentation either the ".PDF" or "DOC" 
      format in one of the following ways:
       
      1.      The preferred method is to FTP the files from : 
      Download.vista.domain.ext
       
      2.      Sites may also elect to retrieve documentation directly from a 
      specific server as follows:
             Albany                  ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext
      both VBEC*1*0 and LR*5.2*325.  Installation of the VBECS BUNDLE will 
             Hines                   ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext
             Salt Lake City          ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext
       
      NOTE: The documentation files listed below will be listed in each of the 
      VBECS patches that are part of the VBECS package and associate patches, 
      they only need to be downloaded once.
       
      File Name                                   Retrieval format:  Binary
      =========                                   =========================
      Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion 
      automatically install both VBEC*1*0 and LR*5.2*325
      ADPAC Guide.doc
      Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion 
      ADPAC Guide.pdf
      Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion 
      Installation and User Guide.doc
      Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion 
      Installation and User Guide.pdf
      Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion 
      Technical Manual.doc
      Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion 
       
      Technical Manual.pdf
      VBECS Data Conversion Recommended Validation Method.xls
      VBECS Application Interfacing Support Software Installation and User 
      Configuration Guide.doc
      VBECS Application Interfacing Support Software Installation and User 
      Configuration Guide.pdf
      VBECS Implementation Process.xls
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Installation 
      Guide.doc
      VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Installation 
      
    • 160 SEQ #114
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-04-21 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      MISCELLANEOUS- HOUSEKEEPING
      -includes fix for wrong lab sample when a UA is ordered
      
    • 309 SEQ #309
      DATE APPLIED:   2009-06-17 16:50:42
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      BLOOD BANK
      63.09,20      DESCRIPTION         Delete
        
      INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS: 
      ========================== 
      This patch can be installed with users on the system.  It is recommended 
      to disable the Anatomic Pathology [LRAP] option at the "DISABLE Scheduled
      Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?" prompt.
        
      Install Time - less than 5 minutes. 
        
      1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This 
       
         option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
        
      2. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS), select 
         the 'Installation' menu.
        
      3. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that 
         all routines have the correct checksums.
        
      4. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following 
         options: 
      All of the above changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank
              Print Transport Global 
              Compare Transport Global to Current System 
              Backup a Transport Global 
        
      5. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu and 
         select the package 'LR*5.2*309'.
       
      6. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// 
         choose 'NO'.
       
      Developer and found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE
      7. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and 
         Protocols? YES//', disable the Anatomic Pathology [LRAP] option. 
       
        
        
      INSTALLATION EXAMPLE: 
      ===================== 
       
      Example #1 without data:
      ========================   
      control functions.
      Select Installation Option: install Package(s)
      Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*309       Loaded from Distribution  
      8/5/08@14:25:46
           => LR*5.2*309
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Aug 05, 2008@14:25:46 with header of 
         LR*5.2*309
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*309
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*309
       
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR309
       
       
                     Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
       
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*309
       
       
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*309 have no effect on Blood
       
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? NO// 
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// 
       
      Enter options you wish to mark as 'Out Of Order': LRAP
           1   LRAP       Anatomic pathology
           2   LRAP ADD       Add patient(s) to report print queue
           3   LRAP ALERT       Send an AP Alert
           4   LRAP DELETE       Delete report print queue
           5   LRAP ESIG SWITCH       Turn Electronic Signature On/Off
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
      Press <RETURN> to see more, '^' to exit this list, OR
      CHOOSE 1-5: 1  LRAP     Anatomic pathology
       
      Enter options you wish to mark as 'Out Of Order': 
       
      Enter protocols you wish to mark as 'Out Of Order': 
       
      Delay Install (Minutes):  (0-60): 0// 
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
        
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
      DEVICE: HOME// ;;1000  UCX/TELNET
       
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*309 : 
                     Aug 05, 2008@14:26:27
       
      Build Distribution Date: Aug 01, 2008
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*309 does not
       
       Installing Routines:
                     Aug 05, 2008@14:26:27
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR309
       
                                *** Post install started ***
       
      Searching for data in DESCRIPTION field (#20) in CYTOPATHOLOGY sub-file 
      (#63.09) in LAB DATA file (#63).
      ==========
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
       
                                         
      LR*5.2*309                                   
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Search finished
       
                          No Data found in ^LR(D0,"CY",D1,"WP",0)
       
                               *** Post install completed ***
       
      elements functions.
                    Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
       
       Updating Routine file...
       
       Updating KIDS files...
       
       LR*5.2*309 Installed. 
                     Aug 05, 2008@14:26:27
       
       
        
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                +------------------------------------------------------------+
        100%    |             25             50             75               |
      Complete  +------------------------------------------------------------+
       
       
      Install Completed
       
      Example #2 with data:
      =====================
      POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to 0 routines
       
      Select Installation Option: install Package(s)
      Select INSTALL NAME:    LR*5.2*309     Loaded from Distribution  
      8/5/08@10:06:42
           => LR*5.2*309
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Aug 05, 2008@10:06:42 with header of 
         LR*5.2*309
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*309
      and 1 files identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*309
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR309
       
       
                     Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
       
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*309
       
      2004-058, group B listing. The changes have no effect on Blood Bank
       
       
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? NO// 
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// 
       
      Enter options you wish to mark as 'Out Of Order': LRAP
           1   LRAP       Anatomic pathology
           2   LRAP ADD       Add patient(s) to report print queue
           3   LRAP ALERT       Send an AP Alert
           4   LRAP DELETE       Delete report print queue
      functionality or medical device control functions. There is no adverse
           5   LRAP ESIG SWITCH       Turn Electronic Signature On/Off
      Press <RETURN> to see more, '^' to exit this list, OR
      CHOOSE 1-5: 1  LRAP     Anatomic pathology
       
      Enter options you wish to mark as 'Out Of Order': 
       
      Enter protocols you wish to mark as 'Out Of Order': 
       
      Delay Install (Minutes):  (0-60): 0// 
       
      potential to sites.
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
      DEVICE: HOME// ;;1000  UCX/TELNET
       
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*309 : 
                     Aug 05, 2008@10:07:55
       
       
      Build Distribution Date: Aug 01, 2008
       
       Installing Routines:
                     Aug 05, 2008@10:07:55
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR309
       
                                *** Post install started ***
       
      Searching for data in DESCRIPTION field (#20) in CYTOPATHOLOGY sub-file 
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: 
      (#63.09) in LAB DATA file (#63).
       
                                      Search finished
       
                   Data entries have been found in ^LR(D0,"CY",D1,"WP",0)
       
      The data found is sent in a mail message to all users
      who hold the security keys LRLIASON and LRAPSUPER. 
      The data will automatically be purged from the
      ^XTMP("LR309", global in 180 days. 
       
        
       
       
                                         
      LR*5.2*309                                   
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
       
      Data deleted from DESCRIPTION field (#20) in CYTOPATHOLOGY sub-file 
      (#63.09) in LAB DATA file (#63).
       
                               *** Post install completed ***
      There are no Validation requirements or options to be validated
       
                    Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
       
       Updating Routine file...
       
       Updating KIDS files...
       
       LR*5.2*309 Installed. 
                     Aug 05, 2008@10:07:56
       
      in this patch.
       
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                +------------------------------------------------------------+
        100%    |             25             50             75               |
      Complete  +------------------------------------------------------------+
       
       
      Install Completed
       
      Routine Information:
        
      ====================
                                              
       
      The second line of each of these routines now looks like:
       ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[Patch List]**;Sep 27, 1994;Build 21
       
      The checksums below are new checksums, and
       can be checked with CHECK1^XTSUMBLD.
       
      Routine Name: LR309
      MINIMAL TEST CASE SCENARIOS BY OPTION, INCLUSIVE OF ALL CONTROL 
          Before:       n/a   After: B56461511  **309**
      Routine Name: LRAUAW
          Before:  B5818727   After:  B5111264  **72,115,121,309**
       
      Routine list of preceding patches: 121
      FUNCTIONS:
        
      There are no Test Case Scenarios associated with this patch.
         
      DESCRIPTION: 
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*309 contains changes to 
      ============ 
      This patch removes one field, the DESCRIPTION field (#20), in the
      LAB DATA file (#63) CYTOPATHOLOGY sub-file (#63.09), and a reference to
      this field in routine ^LRAUAW.
       
      Although it is highly unlikely that data exists in the DESCRIPTION 
      field (#20), the patch also checks for data that may have been entered in
      the field.  Any data that is found is moved to the ^XTMP("LR309")
      global and stored for 180 days before it is purged. If data is found,
      the installation routine also generates and sends a mail message to the
      software controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 2004-058, titled VISTA 
      holders of security keys LRLIASON and LRAPSUPER to be used as a source
      document to determine how the data should be handled if at all.
      The message contains the LR*5.2*309 Data Report which lists the data 
      found, the accession number, the patient's name, social security number
      and gender.
       
      DATA DICTIONARY CHANGES: 
      ======================== 
       The following is a list of the Data Dictionary entry in LAB DATA file 
      (#63) that will be deleted by this patch:
      BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE. Changes include: 
        
      63.09,20      DESCRIPTION            WP;0    WORD-PROCESSING #63.91
       
                    DESCRIPTION:
                                      Word processing field for description
        
       
      MODIFICATION OF THE LRAUAW ROUTINE:
      ===================================
      Patch LR*5.2*309 also makes changes to the LRAUAW routine to remove a
        
      reference to the DESCRIPTION field (#20) of the CYTOPATHOLOGY sub-file
      (#63.09) in the LAB DATA file (#63).  The change will be transparent to
      the user.
       
      NEW SERVICE REQUEST (NSR): 
      ========================== 
      N/A. 
        
      ASSOCIATED E3R: 
      =============== 
       File          Field               Action
      N/A.                                                                     
       
      ASSOCIATED NOIS: 
      ================ 
      N/A. 
        
      ASSOCIATED REMEDY TICKETS: 
      ========================== 
       HD0000000093288 
        
         
      TEST SITES: 
      =========== 
         Altoona, PA - small
         Wilmington, DE - medium
         Biloxi, MS - large
       
        
      SOFTWARE RETRIEVAL: 
      ==================== 
       This patch is distributed by KIDS as a Packman message. 
      
    • 394 SEQ #310
      DATE APPLIED:   2009-06-23 10:36:24
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
    • 392 SEQ #311
      DATE APPLIED:   2009-09-14 13:59:02
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM general purpose lab patch that addresses 2 issues.
       
         1. When printing an autopsy report through option "Entries by dates,
            patient and accession number", an <UNDEFINED> error occurs.
       
         2. There are 3 indicators for DRAW TIMES related to antibiotics: PEAK,
            TROUGH, and RANDOM.  The designator "RANDOM" does not appear on
            a report under the LABS tab in CPRS GUI, as do the designators 
            "PEAK" and "TROUGH".
      
    • 315 SEQ #312
      DATE APPLIED:   2009-09-28 11:32:21
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      BLOOD BANK Clearance:
       LRBLPCSS
       Old call: D NEW^TIUPNAPI(.LRTIUPTR,DFN,DUZ,LRNTIME,LRTITLE,,,,DUZ)
       New call: 
      D NEW^TIUPNAPI(.LRTIUPTR,DFN,DUZ,LRNTIME,LRTITLE,,,,DUZ,,1)
      where 1 is the new parameter.
       
      When the new parameter is set to 1 the following functionality is 
      evoked:
       
      a. Triggers the TIU API to abort creation and storage of the AP 
      Report in TIU if the electronic signature fails. 
       LRBLS
       
      b. An error message provides detailed information on the aborted 
      storage of the AP Report in TIU when an electronic signature fails.  The 
      error message is:
       
           *** Report is being processed for storage in TIU.  One moment please.
      ***    
       
       
          *** Signature in TIU failed. ***
       
       
       
      Possible causes:
       
      1. Report contains 3 sequential characters matching those defined
      in the BLANK CHARACTER STRING field (#1.06), TIU PARAMETERS file 
      (#8925.99)
      which are @@@.
       
      To correct this situation use a data entry option to remove
      All of the above changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank 
      these characters from this report.
       
      2.  There is some other TIU document setup problem.
       
      Report this situation to the Laboratory ADP Coordinator.
       
       
           *** Report storage in TIU failed. ***
       
       
      Developer and found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE 
      2). The patch updates routine: LREPI3 and LREPI5 to point to the correct
          ICD9 code for LEGIONNAIRES' DISEASE. Changed from 482.80 to 482.84
       
      3). API Updates:
          ------------ 
          a. The ICD DIAGNOSIS file (#80) has unsupported fields: (#3) DIAGNOSIS
             and (#10) DESCRIPTION. The following APIs have been provided
             to retrieve these fields:
             $$ICDDX^ICDCODE and $$ICDD^ICDCODE.
             The Lab Service routines affected are as follows:
      control functions.
             LR7OB63C, LR7OB63D, LR7OSAP1, LRAPCUM1, LRAPQAT1, LRAPT3, LRAUSICD,
             LRBEBA, LRBEBA2, LRBLJPP1, LRBLPC1, LREPI1A, LREPI3, LRSPRPT1,
             LRSPSICD and LRPXAPIU.
       
          b. The ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE file (#80.1) has unsupported fields:
             (#4) OPERATION/PROCEDURE and (#10) DESCRIPTION. The following API
             has been provided to retrieve these fields:
             $$ICDOP^ICDCODE
             The Lab Service routines affected are as follows:
             LRBLPC1, LRBLJPP1 and LRAPQAT1.
       
       
          c. The CPT file (#81) has an unsupported field: (#2) SHORT NAME.
             The following APIs have been provided to retrieve the field:
             $$CPT^ICPTCOD and $$CPTD^ICPTCOD.
             The Lab Service routines affected are as follows:
             LRBEECPT, LRBLPCSS and LRBLS.
       
       
      Associated E3R:
      ===============
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*315 have limited effect on 
      N/A
       
      Associated NOIS / Remedy Ticket:
      ================================
      HVH-0804-11491 / HD0000000070948
       
           Duplicates:
           UNY-0904-11549 / HD0000000071019
           MUS-1004-71347 / HD0000000071048
           N/A            / HD0000000098477
      Blood Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is low.
           N/A            / HD0000000226508
           N/A            / HD0OOOOOO275681
       
      Test Sites:
      ===========
      Canandaigua Health Care System (HCS)- Large/Integrated
      Durham VAMC- Large
      Lexington VAMC - Medium
      Wilmington VAMROC - Medium 
       
       
       
      Software Retrieval
      ==================
      AP Report Causes Unsigned CPRS Alert and New CPT APIs patch LR*5.2*315 
      software is distributed by Packman.
       
      Documentation Retrieval
      =======================
      Veterans Health Information Systems and Architecture (VistA) Laboratory
      Anatomic Pathology (AP) Report Causes Unsigned Computerized Patient Record
      =====================
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*315 does not 
      System (CPRS) Alert and New Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) 
      Application Programming Interface (APIs) Patch LR*5.2*315 User Guide is
      available at the following Office of Information Field Offices (OIFOs)
      ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directories:
       
      OI Field Office     FTP Address                 Directory
      ---------------     -----------                 ---------
      ALBANY              ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext    [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
      HINES               ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext     [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
      SALT LAKE CITY      ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext       [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
       
       
      Documentation Retrieval Formats
      ===============================
      VistA Laboratory AP Report Causes Unsigned CPRS Alert and New CPT APIs
      Patch LR*5.2*315 User Guide files are exported in the following retrieval
      formats:
       
      File Name          Contents                       Retrieval Formats
      ---------          --------                       -----------------
      elements functions.
      LAB_52_315_UG.doc  VistA Laboratory AP Report     BINARY
                         Causes Unsigned CPRS Alert
                         and New CPT APIs Patch 
                         LR*5.2*315 User Guide      
       
      LAB_52_315_UG.pdf  VistA Laboratory AP Report     BINARY
                         Causes Unsigned CPRS Alert
                         and New CPT APIs Patch 
                         LR*5.2*315 User Guide      
       
       
       
      VistA Website Locations:
      ========================
      VistA Laboratory AP Report Causes Unsigned CPRS Alert and New CPT APIs
      Patch LR*5.2*315 User Guide is accessible in MS Word (.DOC) format and
      Portable Document Format (.PDF) at the following VistA locations:
       
      Laboratory Version 5.2 Home Page
      --------------------------------
      http://vista.domain.ext/ClinicalSpecialties/lab/
      POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to 4 routines and 
       
      VistA Documentation Library (VDL)
      ---------------------------------
      www.domain.ext/vdl/
       
      Installation Instructions:
      ==========================
      This patch may be loaded with users on the system.  You may wish to
      install it during non-peak hours.  Installation will take less than 1 
      minute.  It is recommended to disable the Anatomic Pathology [LRAP] option
      0 files identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive 
      at the "DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?" prompt.
       
      1.  Use the INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE option on the Packman Menu.  
        
      2.  From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System (KIDS) Menu, 
          select the Installation menu.  
       
      3.  From the Installation menu, you may select to use the following 
          options (when prompted for INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*315): 
       
      2004-058, group A listing.
          a.  Backup a Transport Global 
          b.  Compare Transport Global to Current System
          c.  Print Transport Global 
          d.  Verify Checksums in Transport Global
       
      4.  Use the Install Package(s) option and select the package LR*5.2*315.
       
      5.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? NO//',
          respond NO.
       
       
      6.  When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and 
          Protocols? YES//', Anatomic Pathology [LRAP] option.
       
       Note: Routine LR315 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
       
      Installation Example:
      =====================
       
      Select Installation Option: 6  Install Package(s)
      Select INSTALL NAME:    LR*5.2*315     Loaded from Distribution  
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: 
      10/18/08@16:48:47
            => LR*5.2*315
       
       This Distribution was loaded on Oct 18, 2008@16:48:47 with header of
          LR*5.2*315
          It consisted of the following Install(s):
            LR*5.2*315
       Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*315
       Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR315
       
      ---
        
                      Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
        
        
                               --- Environment Check is Ok ---
        
       
       Install Questions for LR*5.2*315
       
       
      VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*315 contains changes to software 
      OPTION: (EF-MS) Maximum surgical blood order edit  [LRBLSMS]
       
       Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? NO// 
       Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES//
       
       Enter options you wish to mark as 'Out Of Order': LRAP
            1   LRAP       Anatomic pathology
            2   LRAP ADD       Add patient(s) to report print queue
            3   LRAP DELETE       Delete report print queue
            4   LRAP ESIG SWITCH       Turn Electronic Signature On/Off
            5   LRAP PRINT ALL ON QUEUE       Print all reports on queue
       
       Press <RETURN> to see more, '^' to exit this list, OR
       CHOOSE 1-5: 1  LRAP     Anatomic pathology
       
       Enter options you wish to mark as 'Out Of Order': 
       
       Enter protocols you wish to mark as 'Out Of Order': 
       
       Delay Install (Minutes):  (0-60): 0// 
       
       Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
       NORMAL:
       You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
       Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
       DEVICE: HOME// ;;1000  UCX/TELNET
       
        
        Install Started for LR*5.2*315 : 
                      Oct 18, 2008@16:49:53
        
       Build Distribution Date: Oct 18, 2008
       
        
        Installing Routines:
                      Oct 18, 2008@16:49:53
        
        Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR315
        
                                 *** Pre install started ***
        
        
                                          
       1.  Enter a valid entry from the Current Procedure Terminology
      LR*5.2*315                                 
        
       -------------------------------------------------------------------
       
                                *** Pre install completed ***
        
        
        Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR315
        
                                 *** Post install started ***
           File (#81) at the "Select OPERATION" prompt.
        
        
                                *** Post install completed ***
        
        
                     Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
        
        
        Updating Routine file...
        
       2.  Verify that the text displayed is the correct text for the
        Updating KIDS files...
        
        LR*5.2*315 Installed. 
                      Oct 18, 2008@16:49:53
        
        Install Message sent #87004
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                +------------------------------------------------------------+
        100%    |             25             50             75               |
      Complete  +------------------------------------------------------------+
           procedure selected.
       
       
      Install Completed
       3.  Press "Enter" at the "Selection OK ? YES//" prompt
       4.  Verify that the "Select BLOOD COMPONENT REQUEST:" prompt is 
      controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 2004-058, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE. 
      displayed.
       5.  Enter "^" at the "Select BLOOD COMPONENT REQUEST:" prompt and "Enter"
           at the "Select OPERATION:" prompt to exit.
        
         **EXPECTED OUTCOME:
             The correct text is displayed for the procedure selected.
       
       EXCEPTIONAL:
       N/A for coding changes made
       
      Changes include: 
       BOUNDARY:
       This scenario applies to all sites.
       
       STRESS:
       Repeat this scenario for 3 different procedures.
      ---
      OPTION: (UR-TX) Transfusion follow-up tests  [LRBLTXA]
       
       NORMAL:
       
       Routines:
       1.  Enter a valid start date at the "Start with Date TODAY//" prompt.
       2.  Press "Enter" at the "Go to Date TODAY//" prompt.
       4.  Verify that the descriptive text listed for the ICD 9 codes is 
      accurate.
       
        
         **EXPECTED OUTCOME:
             The correct text is displayed for the ICD 9 code displayed.
       
       EXCEPTIONAL:
       ---------
       N/A for coding changes made
       
       BOUNDARY:
       This scenario applies to all sites.
       
       STRESS:
       N/A.
      ---
       
      MINIMAL TEST CASE SCENARIOS BY OPTION, INCLUSIVE OF ALL CONTROL FUNCTIONS:
       LRBLJPP1
      There are no test case scenarios for this patch.
       
       
      Description:
      ============
      1). This patch corrects the following problem which can occur when an 
      Anatomic Pathology (AP) report is released:
      PROBLEM (HVH-0804-11491/HD0000000070948): When an AP report is released 
      containing 3 sequential characters defined in the BLANK CHARACTER STRING 
      field (#1.06), of the TIU PARAMETERS file (#8925.99), the Text 
       LRBLPC1
      Integration Utility (TIU) electronic signature fails without giving 
      notification to the user.  The AP report is successfully created and 
      stored in TIU, but is marked in TIU as an unsigned document, which in 
      turn, may generate an alert in Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS).
       
      RESOLUTION: This patch adds a new parameter to the code that 
      calls the TIU API, NEW^TIUPNAPI. This TIU API is called at the time the 
      AP report is released; it creates and stores the AP report in the TIU 
      DOCUMENT file (#8925).
       
      
    • 398 SEQ #313
      DATE APPLIED:   2009-10-01 16:20:16
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
       
      This patch will modify routine LRPHLIST (collection label print)
      to allow the print job to be queued to a printer through TASKMAN.
      
    • 395 SEQ #314
      DATE APPLIED:   2009-11-02 17:08:46
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM general purpose lab patch that addresses 3 issues.
      It corrects a problem with the inability to enter antibiotic 
      concentrations,
      addresses a problem in file #64.1 (Workload Data) whereby incorrect data
      gets stored in the file when the order date is different from the 
      collection
      date, and also addresses a problem whereby the draw time designator of
      RANDOM is not displayed on the patient report.
      
    • 397 SEQ #315
      DATE APPLIED:   2010-01-05 16:59:24
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM general purpose lab patch that addresses 3 issues.
       
         1.  Turnaround time report for AP yields incorrect calculation of days
              sometimes when holiday occurs mid-week.
       
         2.  Alerts are being sent for patients from REFERRAL file (#67).
       
         3.  Modifying released pathology reports leads to incorrectly
              stored data.
      
    • 396 SEQ #316
      DATE APPLIED:   2010-01-05 17:00:12
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
       
      This patch is a VM general purpose lab patch that addresses 3 issues.
      It corrects a problem with the inability to enter antibiotic 
      concentrations,
      addresses a problem with the WorkLoad Report whereby data from yearly
      accession areas is not picked up,  and modifies a comment that is
      automatically generated when a test is cancelled after a result has been
      entered.
      
    • 399 SEQ #317
      DATE APPLIED:   2010-07-08 11:49:52
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM general purpose lab patch that addresses 2 issues.
             The error also occurs when there is no RESULT NLT CODE on file
             and the user <returns> through this prompt.
       
         1.  The DSS Laboratory Extract gets a <SYNTAX> error when FileMan
             attempts to set an entry into the LAB DSS LAR EXTRACT FILE
             (# 64.036) when the entry has a text test result containing
             a semi-colon (;).
       
         2.  A <SUBSCRIPT> error occurs when a user enters an "^" at the
             RESULT NLT CODE prompt in option LR LOINC UNMAP/DELETE DEFAULT.
      
    • 402 SEQ #318
      DATE APPLIED:   2010-10-20 12:32:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM general purpose lab patch that addresses 2 issues.
       
         1.  The option MODIFY AN EXISTING DATA NAME allows for the modification
             of the input parameters for data elements that are not DATA NAMEs,
             leading to, in some cases, a corrupted database.
       
         2.  The option LRENTER (Enter/verify/modify data (manual)) sometimes
             prompts the user to select an accession area twice.
      
    • 165 SEQ #115
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-05-28 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      MISSING COLLECTION TYPE PROMPT
      
    • 403 SEQ #319
      DATE APPLIED:   2010-12-14 14:26:30
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
    • 401
      DATE APPLIED:   2011-03-09 15:13:29
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch contains changes to the VBECS Blood Bank package. Refer to the 
      patch listed in the Forum patch module for more details.
      
    • 407 SEQ #321
      DATE APPLIED:   2011-05-09 16:18:49
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM lab patch that addresses 2 LOINC mapping issues.
             confused and prompts one to "unmap" when one is in the "map" 
             option.
       
         1.  When exiting the option "Map Lab Tests to LOINC Codes" after no
             matches are found related to an affirmative response to the
             prompt "Do you want to see possible LOINC code matches?", an
             <UNDEFINED> error results.
       
         2.  The option to map a default LOINC code and the option to unmap a
             default LOINC code use the same routines.  Sometimes the code gets
      
    • 406 SEQ #322
      DATE APPLIED:   2011-05-11 10:24:36
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses Patient Safety Issue PSPO #1384 which involves
      critical lab test result alerts.  When a lab test result is verified
      and that result lies outside the normal boundaries defined for the
      test, alerts are generated that are sent to the physicians who are
      responsible for the patient's care.  In some cases these alerts are
      not being generated.
      
    • 408 SEQ #323
      DATE APPLIED:   2011-07-18 14:53:12
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
    • 410 SEQ #324
      DATE APPLIED:   2011-10-27 10:47:15
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM lab patch that addresses a minor DD change, a change
         2.  The option descriptions for option LR WKLD REQUEST and option LR
             WKLD SERVICE are reversed.
       
         3.  During extraction of lab data for the Decision Support Software
             (DSS) it was discovered that some lab test names included a tilde
             character (~) or an exclamation point (!) which caused the record
             parser to incorrectly identify the end of the record and thus
             skip pertinent data.
      to 2 menu options, and a modification to the DSS extract for LAB.
       
         1.  The DELETE cross-reference code for field #10 (Cancelled By) of
             the TEST multiple of the SPECIMEN subfile (#69.03) of the LAB
             ORDERS file (#69) has faulty syntax which leads to a <SUBSCRIPT>
             error when a deletion of an entry in the CANCELLED BY field
             occurs.
       
      
    • 405 SEQ #325
      DATE APPLIED:   2012-01-09 11:53:34
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      BLOOD BANK STATEMENT
      BLOOD BANK STATEMENT
              25          ORDER LABEL TESTS                   NEW
              30          EXCLUDE URGENCY                     NEW
              32          GREETING                            NEW
              40          WELCOME TO                          NEW
              42          YOUR HOST IS                        NEW
              44          HOST TITLE                          NEW
              45          SPACER LABEL PRINTER                NEW
              50          ATLERNATIVE LABEL ROUTINE           NEW
              51          NUMBER OF SCAN RE-TRY               NEW
              52          DELETE SAME DAY DUPLICATES          NEW
      ====================
              54          BINGO BOARD DEVICE                  NEW
       
      HOWDY SPECIMEN TIMES BY UID FILE(#69.87): This file is used to capture and
      retain the specimen demographics.
       
      FILE #   FIELD #    FIELD NAME                 NEW/MODIFIED item(s)
      -------- ---------  -----------------          --------------------
      69.87   .01         SPECIMEN UID                        NEW
              2           INITIAL SCAN TIME                   NEW
              4           TIME LABELS PRINTED                 NEW
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*405 does not 
              6           COLLECTOR                           NEW
              8           COLLECTION TIME                     NEW
              10          LAB ARRIVAL TIME                    NEW
              12          RECEIVER                            NEW
       
       
      The following is a list of menu options included in this patch:
      ==============================================================
       
      Option Name                      Type                New/Modified
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA 
      -----------                      ----                ------------
      HOWDY BCE MAIN MENU             menu                    NEW
      HOWDY MAIN MENU                 menu                    NEW
      LRHY BCE LABEL PRINT            action                  NEW      
      LRHY PATIENT CARD SCAN          run routine             NEW    
      LRHY PATIENT CARD SCAN (BCE)    run routine             NEW        
      LRHY PATIENT WAIT TIME          run routine             NEW      
      LRHY PHLEBOTOMY LOG             run routine             NEW        
      LRHY SCAN SPECIMENS INTO LAB    action                  NEW  
      LRHY SITE FILE EDIT             run routine             NEW  
      DIRECTIVE 2004-058 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
      LRHY TRACK COLLECTION           run routine             NEW
       
      Summary of new entries in the Options (File #19):
      ================================================
      1.  LRHY PATIENT CARD SCAN 
      This option initiates the Howdy process using the greeting from Howdy site
      file & prints labels.
       
      2.  LRHY PHLEBOTOMY LOG
      This is the log used to track the collector's phlebotomy performance 
       
      times.
       
      3.  LRHY SCAN SPECIMENS INTO LAB
      This option allows the Receiver to scan collected specimen labels to 
      capture Lab Receipt Time.
       
      4.  LRHY TRACK COLLECTION 
      This option is used to display patient specimen collection demographics.
       
      5.  LRHY PATIENT WAIT TIME
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*405 does not 
      This option displays how long a Patient waits to have a sample drawn.
           
      6.  LRHY SITE FILE EDIT
      This option enables the Keyholder to edit the Howdy site file.
       
      7.  LRHY BCE PT CARD SCAN
      This option enables Howdy to scan the Patient's VIC card when the Patient
      arrives at the phlebotomy area.
       
      8.  LRHY PRINT BCE PPID LABEL 
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
      Bar Code Expansion (BCE) Compatible - This is the option the collector
      uses when verifying Positive Patient Identification (PPID) at time of
      collection.  Each collecting station will have a dedicated PC, scanner and
      bar code label printer.  Howdy will recognize this person as the collector
      and date and time of collection.  The collector will scan the patient's
      VIC card, armband or can type their SSN on their keyboard.  The patient's
      demographics appear on the screen with the current accessioned orders.  
      The collector then verifies each specimen in the presence of the patient
      to assure PPID.  The labels then print and specimens are labeled
      accordingly.
      elements functions.
       
      9.  HOWDY MAIN MENU
      This option provides access to the traditional Howdy Main Menu.  
       
      10. HOWDY BCE MAIN MENU
      This option provides access to the Howdy BCE Main Menu.
        
      Documentation Retrieval:
      =======================
      Documentation describing the functionality introduced by this patch is 
       
      available in the [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE] directories at the following
      Internet addresses:
        
       Preferred or Specific Server     Internet address
       ----------------------------     -------------------------
       First available ftp server       download.vista.domain.ext  <-- preferred
       Albany                           ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext
       Hines                            ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext
       Salt Lake City                   ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext
        
      ====================
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*405 have no effect on Blood 
       Below is a list of the documentation files related to this patch and 
       available via the FTP sites listed above.
        
       Document File Description          File Name           FTP Mode
       -------------------------------    -------------       --------------
       Howdy Computerized Login Process   LR_52_405_UM.PDF    binary
       User Manual   
       Howdy Computerized Login Process   LR_52_405_TM.PDF    binary
       Technical Manual       
       Howdy Computerized Login Process   LR_52_405_IG.PDF    binary
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       Installation Guide
       Howdy Computerized Login Process   LR_52_405_RN.PDF    binary
       Release Notes
        
       After this patch is released, the updated manuals may also be retrieved 
       from the Internet at http://www.domain.ext/vdl
                       
       Test Sites:
       ==========
       To be determined.
       
       
       VISTA Software Application Requirements:
       =======================================
       Prior to installing VistA Howdy Computerized Phlebotomy Login 
       Process, the following required software applications must be installed:
       
       Software Applications          Versions:
       ---------------------          --------
       Kernel                           8.0
       VistA Laboratory                 5.2
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes 
       VA FileMan                      22.0
       VA Mailman                       7.1 or greater
       Kernel Toolkit                   7.3
          
       INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
       =========================
       The install time for this patch should take less than 5 minutes.  It is 
       best if this patch is installed outside of normal working hours.
        
       NOTE:  MailMan and Kernel patches must be current on the target system 
      made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of 
       to avoid problems loading and installing this patch.
        
        1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of your PackMan menu to load 
      the KIDS distribution onto your system.
         
        2. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS), 
      select the 'Installation' menu.
         
           From this menu you may choose the following options prior to 
      installing this patch:
      installation of this patch.
        
           - Backup a Transport Global - this option creates a backup message 
      of any routines exported with the patch. It does NOT backup any other
      changes, such as data dictionaries or templates.
        
           - Compare Transport Global to Current System - this option allows 
      you to view all changes that are made when the patch is installed. It
      compares all components of the patch (routines, DDs, templates, etc.).
       
           -  Verify Checksums in Transport Global - this option allows you to 
       
      ensure the integrity of the routine that is in the transport global.
         
        3. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu.
        
           When prompted for INSTALL NAME, enter: LR*5.2*405.
       
           Install Questions for LR*5.2*405:
       
           When prompted "Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of 
           Install? NO//", respond NO.  Responding "Yes" to the prompt for
      Howdy Computerized Phlebotomy Login Process (Howdy) is an automated 
           rebuilding menu trees can significantly increase install time.
       
           When prompted "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? NO//",
           respond NO.
       
           When prompted "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
           Protocols? NO//", respond NO.
       
        4. Verify that the installation of the patch completed correctly by 
      using the Kernel Installation & Distribution System [XPD MAIN]
      laboratory check-in application used in Veterans Health Information 
      options:
       
              KIDS 'Utilities...' [XPD UTILITY] option 'Install File Print' [XPD
              PRINT INSTALL FILE] and selecting this patch (LR*5.2*405).
      Systems and Technology Architecture (VistA) Laboratory system to 
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*405 does not
      provide phlebotomy labs with the ability to:
       
      1. Read the Veteran Information Card (VIC) and instruct the patient 
         to wait until called to the phlebotomy area.
      2. Search the VistA database for any phlebotomy orders pending on
         the patient.
      3. Process lab orders and print specimen labels.
      4. Verify that the correct lab specimens are drawn from the correct 
         patient.
      5. Calculate and provide timeliness reports for Phlebotomy Lab 
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
         performance.
      6. Provide barcode technology for patient identification and 
         positive specimen identification.
      7. Capture accurate collection and lab receipt times that allows the 
         laboratory users to track outpatient lab samples from collection to 
         verification.
      8. Assist in accomplishing the VA strategic plan, which specifies 
         that 90% of laboratory specimens will be collected utilizing barcode 
         technology.
       
      DIRECTIVE 2004-058 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
      The Howdy bar code technology allows the lab personnel to use scanners to 
      verify a veteran's identity and to track drawn sample(s) until the 
      results are entered into the VistA Laboratory system.
       
      Howdy addresses privacy issues. The scanning of the VIC feature eliminates
      a hand-written log book for sign in, where the patient's name and SSN can
      be viewed.
       
      This patch addresses the following Remedy Ticket(s):
      ===================================================
       
      N/A
       
      This patch addresses the following Electronic Error & Enhancement Report 
      (E3R):
      ========================================================================
      E3R Entry #:    15882   20037   19545
                      19477   19221   19091
                      18805    1270    6247
                       8772    8807    9239
                       9496    9808   12301
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*405 does not
                      12981   13485   13638
                      13714   13865   14981
                      15124   15186   15249
                      15632   15715   16053
                      17038   17126   17923
       
      This patch addresses the following Patient Safety Issues (PSIs):
      ===============================================================
      N/A
       
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
      Data Dictionary Changes:
      =======================
      This patch installs the following two new files:
       
      HOWDY SITE FILE (#69.86): This file is used to run the Howdy software
      and to reflect the site's business rules.
       
      FILE #   FIELD #    FIELD NAME                 NEW/MODIFIED item(s)
      -------- ---------  -----------------          --------------------
      69.86   .01         NAME                                NEW
      elements functions.
              2           LAB TEST (TO EXCLUDE)               NEW
              4           COLLECTION SAMPLE (TO EXCLUDE)      NEW
              6           SITE SPECIMEN (TO EXCLUDE)          NEW
              8           COLLECTION TYPES (TO EXCLUDE)       NEW
              10          PRINTERS                            NEW
              11          ORDER LABEL ROUTINE                 NEW
              12          FW ORDER LABELS                     NEW
              16          EXCLUDE CLINICS                     NEW
              18          CHECK FOR FUTURE ORDERS             NEW
              20          CHECK FOR PAST ORDERS               NEW
      
    • 413 SEQ #326
      DATE APPLIED:   2012-02-27 14:30:30
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM patch that addresses 3 issues related to the
      will create a situation whereby that provider will not be able to
      verify/electronically sign Anatomic Pathology reports.  This happens
      even if the date is a future date.
       
      3.       If more than one Special Studies is included in an Anatomic 
      Pathology report, the text of the subsequent Special Studies 
      is not stored properly in the TIU document and thus doesn't display
      in CPRS.
      Anatomic Pathology area of the Lab package.
       
      1.       When using option LRAPMOD (Print path modifications) an 
      <UNDEFINED> error is encountered.
       
       
      2.       Any date in the EXPIRATION DATE FIELD (#3) of the PERSON CLASS
      multiple (#200.05) of the NEW PERSON file (#200) for a provider
      
    • 411 SEQ #327
      DATE APPLIED:   2012-08-29 10:32:32
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM patch that addresses 3 issues in the Lab package.
      3.       <UNDEFINED> error occurs when trying to delete old user-defined
      patient/test lists. 
       
      1.       When trying to accession an order user gets the message "TEST 
      NAME does not have an appropriate accession area. Order xxxxx IS 
      NOT ACCESSIONED."
       
      2.       The option GROUP DATA REVIEW (LRGVP) does not always show the
      proper report routing location.
       
      
    • 415 SEQ #329
      DATE APPLIED:   2012-08-29 12:22:41
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM patch that addresses a problem in the Lab package
      related to accessioning with in-common accession areas. When an
      "in-common" accession area is added to an existing accession area, it
      is possible that data in file #68 (ACCESSION) will be overlaid and 2
      patients will have the same accession number.
      
    • 140 SEQ #118
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-07-09 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
    • 419 SEQ #328
      DATE APPLIED:   2012-08-29 12:22:51
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM patch that addresses Patient Safety issue PSPO #2070.
      A lab test ordered through CPRS (Computerized Patient Record System) can
      be placed on an order for the wrong patient in file #69(LAB ORDER ENTRY).
      
    • 382
      DATE APPLIED:   2012-09-24 15:25:28
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
       Description
       Computer System (VBECS). VBECS must be installed prior to installing 
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*382
       
       
      Incoming Mail Groups:
       
      Enter the Coordinator for Mail Group 'LRADT INTERFACE ADMIN': 
       
      Enter TCP/IP address of LRADT LOGICAL LINK: 0.0.0.0
      Enter TCP Port of LRADT LOGICAL LINK:  (1-9999999): 1234
       
       this patch.
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? NO// 
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? NO// 
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
      DEVICE: HOME//   UCX TELNET SESSION
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*382 : 
       
                     May 27, 2008@23:06:32
       
      Build Distribution Date: May 27, 2008
       
       Installing Routines:
                     May 27, 2008@23:06:32
       
       Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS: 
       
       Installing MAIL GROUP
       Included in this patch is one routine, LRADT, that builds the ADT HL7 
                                         
      LR*5.2*382                                   
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
       
       
       Installing HL LOGICAL LINK
       
       Installing HL7 APPLICATION PARAMETER
       
       Installing PROTOCOL
       messages, one HL LOGICAL LINK file (#870) entry named LRADT, two HL7 
                     May 27, 2008@23:06:32
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: EN^LR382
       
       Updating Routine file...
       
       Updating KIDS files...
       
       LR*5.2*382 Installed. 
                     May 27, 2008@23:06:33
       APPLICATION PARAMETER file (#771) entries named LRADT and LRADT TRIGGER, 
       
       Install Message sent #10850169
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
       
                +------------------------------------------------------------+
        100%    |             25             50             75               |
      Complete  +------------------------------------------------------------+
       
       
      Install Completed
       and the following PROTOCOL file (#101) entries:
        
        LRADT TRIGGER, LRADT-GMRA TRIGGER
        LRADT-A01 SERVER, LRADT-A01 CLIENT, VBECS-A01 CLIENT
       ===========
        LRADT-A02 SERVER, LRADT-A02 CLIENT, VBECS-A02 CLIENT
        LRADT-A03 SERVER, LRADT-A03 CLIENT, VBECS-A03 CLIENT
        LRADT-A04 SERVER, LRADT-A04 CLIENT, VBECS-A04 CLIENT
        LRADT-A08 SERVER, LRADT-A08 CLIENT 
        LRADT-A11 SERVER, LRADT-A11 CLIENT, VBECS-A11 CLIENT
        LRADT-A12 SERVER, LRADT-A12 CLIENT, VBECS-A12 CLIENT
        LRADT-A13 SERVER, LRADT-A13 CLIENT, VBECS-A13 CLIENT
       
       The LRADT TRIGGER protocol is associated with existing VAFC ADT
       event protocols. The LRADT-GMRA TRIGGER protocol is associated with GMRA 
       
       protocols triggered when patient allergies are signed or marked 
       entered in error.
       
       Each TRIGGER protocol invokes routine LRADT to build the appropriate ADT 
       message, which then transmits the message using the CLIENT/SERVER
       protocol pair associated with the ADT event.
       
       
       Test Sites
       ==========
       External Commercial Off the Shelf (COTS) applications and Vista 
       
       
       Installation Instructions
       =========================
       
       1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
          option will load the KIDS package onto your system.
       
       2. From the Kernel Installation & Distribution System menu, select
          the Installation menu.
       applications that interface with the Laboratory application may
       
       3. From this menu, select the option Load a Distribution.  When prompted
          for a file name, type in the directory where you have stored the host
          file, followed by the file name.
       
       4. From this menu, you may select to use the following options
          (when prompted for INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*382. 
       
       a. Compare Transport Global to Current System - this option will
           allow you to view all changes that will be made when the patch
       additionally require patient information contained in ADT HL7
           is installed. It compares all components of the patch (routines,
           DDs, templates, etc.).
        b. Verify Checksums in Transport Global - this option will ensure
           the integrity of the routines that are in the transport global.
       
       5. Use the Install Package(s) option and at the INSTALL NAME prompt,
          enter LR*5.2*382.
       
       6. When prompted to enter a coordinator for the LRADT INTERFACE ADMIN
          mail group, enter the person or persons who will be responsible for
       messages. This patch contains the components necessary to transmit
          these mail groups.
                                                            
       7. At the prompt "TCP/IP address, enter the address of the system that
          will be receiving the ADT messages created by LAB ADT interface.
        
       8. At the prompt "Port", enter the port associated with the TCP/IP 
           address of the third party system that will be receiving the ADT 
           messages created by the LAB ADT interface.
       
       9. When prompted "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES//"
       patient information, within ADT HL7 messages, to two different receiving
          respond NO.
       
       10. When prompted "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
           Protocols? YES//" respond NO.
        
       
       Example Installation:
       =====================
       
      Select Installation Option: INSTall Package(s)
       systems: a third party COTS system and the Vista Blood Establishment 
      Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*382       Loaded from Distribution  
      5/27/08@23:06:14
           => PATCH 382         ;Created on May 27, 2008@11:25:30
       
      This Distribution was loaded on May 27, 2008@23:06:14 with header of 
         PATCH 382 MAY 275  ;Created on May 27, 2008@11:25:30
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*382
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*382
       
      
    • 412
      DATE APPLIED:   2012-09-24 15:25:57
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is being released in conjunction with VBEC*1*27. Install patch 
      VBEC*1*27 to install the routines associated with this patch.
      
    • 334
      DATE APPLIED:   2012-09-24 15:42:53
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      BLOOD BANK CLEARANCE
      elements functions.
      59   SHORTNAME          SHORTNAME field (#81)
        
      Those local terms not included in the installed files should be formally 
      requested by notifying the National Laboratory Test Coordinator using the 
      form provided on the VistA Laboratory Documentation Web Page. 
      http://vista.domain.ext/clinicalspecialties/lab/
       
      Forward your completed request form to the Exchange distribution group:
      VHAISD LAB NLT_LOINC
       
       
      ===========================
      OPTIONS:
       
      NEW OPTION:
      Print LOINC Code Status [LR LOINC STATUS PRINT]
      This patch will provide an option to list LOINC deprecated terms. The 
      option will also provide a list of currently mapped/linked laboratory 
      tests that are linked to LOINC deprecated terms. This new option is 
      located on the LOINC Mapping Utility Menu [LR LOINC UTILITY] menu. 
       
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*334 have no effect on Blood 
      MODIFIED OPTION:
      Map Lab Tests to LOINC Codes [LR LOINC MAP]
      This option has been modified to permit the use of suffixed WKLD CODE 
      in the NATIONAL VA LAB CODE (#64) field, of the LABORATORY TEST (#60) 
      file. This modified option is located on the LOINC Main Menu [LRLOINC] 
      menu.
       
      =========================
       
      DATA DICTIONARY MODIFICATIONS:
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
      The screen has been removed from "NATIONAL VA LAB CODE" (#64) field, of 
      the "LABORATORY TEST" (#60) file. This will permit the use of suffixed 
      WKLD CODE in the NATIONAL VA LAB CODE (#64) field, of the LABORATORY 
      TEST(#60) file.
       
      A cross-reference has been created on the "STATUS" (#20) field of the 
      "LAB LOINC" (#95.3) file.
       
      The patch creates the following fields in the LAB LOINC (#95.3) file: 
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENT BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes 
      MASTER ENTRY FOR VUID field (#99.98), VUID field (#99.99), and EFFECTIVE 
      DATE/TIME field multiple (#99.991) with an Effective DATE/TIME field 
      (95.3099,.01) and STATUS field (95.3099,.02) which includes a date/time 
      stamp and a status of 'active' or 'inactive' in the files being 
      standardized.
       
      This patch also modifies data dictionaries to prevent future modification 
      to these files at a local site.
       
      Routine Summary:
      made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of 
      ================
       
      The following is a list of the routine(s) included in this patch. The
        second line of each of these routine(s) will look like:
        
            <tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
        
                                   CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
       
      Routine         Checksum         checksum
      installation of this patch.
      Name            Before Patch     After Patch   Patch List
       =======        ============     ===========   ==========
      LR334           N/A              4244176       334 (deleted by patch)
      LR334P          N/A              3802010       334
      LR334PO         N/A              9206370       334
      LR334POA        N/A              2989047       334
      LR7OU5          13182116         12982551      127,201,272,334
      LRLNCC          2634007          2869430       232,280,334
      LRLNCST         N/A              5628677       334
       
      ====================== 
       
      ASSOCIATED NOIS:
      ===============
      N/A
       
      ASSOCIATED E3R:
      ==============
      N/A
         
      TEST SITES:
       
      ==========
      Biloxi VAMC, MS
      Boston HCS, MA
      El Paso HCS, TX
      North Chicago VAMC, IL
      Salt Lake VAMC, UT
      San Antonio VAMC, TX
      Shreveport VAMC, LA
      Tucson VAMC, AZ
       
      ENHANCEMENTS:
       
      Required Builds:
      ==========================
      LR*5.2*272
      LR*5.2*302
      LR*5.2*232
      LR*5.2*280
      XU*8.0*299
      XT*7.3*93
      HDI*1.0*1
      ====================
       
       
      Installation Instructions:  
      ========================= 
       
      The patch LR*5.2*334 KIDS build file named LR_52_334.KID is stored in the 
      ASCII format.
       
      LAB_52_p334_IMPG.doc; VistA National Laboratory Test (NLT)/Logical 
      Observation Identifier Naming Codes (LOINC) V2.14 Update Implementation 
      Guide Patch LR*5.2*334 Version 5.2 - stored in a BINARY format.
      Map Lab Tests to LOINC Codes [LR LOINC MAP]
       
      LAB_52_p334_IMPG.pdf; VistA National Laboratory Test (NLT)/Logical 
      Observation Identifier Naming Codes (LOINC) V2.14 Update Implementation 
      Guide Patch LR*5.2*334 Version 5.2 - stored in a BINARY format.
       
      All files can be obtained from the following Office of Information 
      Field Offices (OIFOs) ANONYMOUS SOFTWARE directories. All sites are 
      encouraged to use the File Transfer Protocol (FTP) capability. Use the 
      FTP address "download.vista.domain.ext" (without the quotes) to connect  
      to the first available FTP server were the files are located.
      This option has been modified to permit the use of suffixed WKLD CODE 
      OIFO         FTP Address                Directory
      Albany       ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext   anonymous.software 
      Hines        ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext    anonymous.software
      Salt Lake    ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext      anonymous.software
        
      All users may remain on the system. Installation time is less than 30 
      minutes.
       
      Note: The patch should be installed during off peak hours.
       
      in the NATIONAL VA LAB CODE (#64) field, of the LABORATORY TEST (#60) 
      No laboratory background jobs need to be stopped. No options need to be 
      placed out of service.
       
      LABORATORY USERS MUST NOT ACCESSION SPECIMENS OR ENTER/VERIFY RESULTS
      DURING THE INSTALLATION because several reference files are being deleted 
      and replaced with this patch.
       
      ============================                           
       
      From the Kernel Installation & Distribution System (KIDS) menu 
      file. This modified option is located on the LOINC Main Menu [LRLOINC] 
       
               1. Use the 'Load a Distribution' option to load the 
                  LR_52_334.KID file onto your system.
               2. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global
                  on your system. You now need to use KIDS to install
                  the Transport global.
                  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use 
                  the following options:
                      Print Transport Global 
                      Compare Transport Global to Current System
      menu
                      Verify Checksums in Transport Global
                      Backup a Transport Global
               3. Users may remain on the system, but installation 
                  should be done at off peak hours.
               4. Installation time is less than 30 minutes during off 
                  peak hours and less than 45 minutes during peak hours.
               5. Installation of this patch requires no additional 
                  memory space.
               6. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the 
                  option
       
                  'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*334' 
                  and proceed with the install.
                7. Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? 
                   YES// respond 'YES'
       
                    Note: Answering yes can significantly increase install time.
       
                8. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONS during the
                  install? YES//' respond NO.
                9. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE scheduled Options, Menu
      Print LOINC Code Status [LR LOINC STATUS PRINT]
                  Options, and Protocols? YES//' respond NO.
       
      ================
      Example of install:
       
      Select INSTALL NAME:    LR*5.2*334
           Loaded from Distribution  10/13/05@14:50:38
           => NLT/LOINC v2.14 Update  ;Created on Oct 13, 2005@13:46:31
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Oct 13, 2005@14:50:38 with header of 
      This patch will provide an option to list LOINC deprecated terms. The 
         NLT/LOINC v2.14 Update  ;Created on Oct 13, 2005@13:46:31
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*334
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*334
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR334
       
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---
       
                      Sending install loaded alert to mail group G.LMI
       
      option will also provide a list of currently mapped/linked laboratory 
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*334
       
      Incoming Files:
       
         60        LABORATORY TEST  (Partial Definition)
      Note:  You already have the 'LABORATORY TEST' File.
       
         64        WKLD CODE
      Note: You already have the 'WKLD CODE' File.
       
       
      tests that are linked to LOINC deprecated terms. This new option is 
         64.061    LAB ELECTRONIC CODES  (including data)
      Note:  You already have the 'LAB ELECTRONIC CODES' File.
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
       
         64.062    LAB ELECTRONIC SUBTYPES  (including data)
      Note:  You already have the 'LAB ELECTRONIC SUBTYPES' File.
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
       
         64.2      WKLD SUFFIX CODES  (including data)
      Note:  You already have the 'WKLD SUFFIX CODES' File.
      located on the LOINC Mapping Utility Menu [LR LOINC UTILITY] menu. 
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
       
         64.22     WKLD ITEM FOR COUNT  (including data)
      Note:  You already have the 'WKLD ITEM FOR COUNT' File.
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
       
         64.3      WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER  (including data)
      Note:  You already have the 'WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER' File.
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
       
       
         64.81     LAB NLT/CPT CODES  (including data)
      Note:  You already have the 'LAB NLT/CPT CODES' File.
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
       
         95.3      LAB LOINC  (including data)
      Note:  You already have the 'LAB LOINC' File.
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
       
         95.31     LAB LOINC COMPONENT  (including data)
      Note:  You already have the 'LAB LOINC COMPONENT' File.
       
      I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
       
      Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES//YES 
       Note: Answering yes can significantly increase install time.
       
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
      This patch will support "Veterans Health Administration Unique 
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
      DEVICE: HOME//   UCX/TELNET
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*334 : 
                     Oct 13, 2005@15:07:27
       
      Build Distribution Date: Oct 13, 2005
       
       Installing Routines:
      Identifiers (VUID) standard. This patch will provide the necessary LAB 
                     Oct 13, 2005@15:07:27
       
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR334
       
       .                         *** Preinstall completed ***
       
       Installing Data Dictionaries: 
                     Oct 13, 2005@15:07:27
       
       Installing Data: 
      LOINC (#95.3) file data dictionary modifications in support of Data 
                     Oct 13, 2005@15:17:30
       
       Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS: 
       
       Installing OPTION
                     Oct 13, 2005@15:17:30
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR334 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
      . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
      . . . . .
      Standardization (DS) and the maintenance of those standards by Enterprise 
       
       .                       Building List Of Added NLT CODEs
       .
       .                      Sending message to LMI Mail Group.
       .
       .                       List Of Added WKLD CODEs Complete
      ..........................................................................
      .....
       
                    Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
      Reference Terminology (ERT).
       
       .                       Updating Routine file...
       
       Updating KIDS files...
       
       LR*5.2*334 Installed. 
                     Oct 13, 2005@15:20:24
       
       Install Message sent #XXXXX
       
       
       Call MENU rebuild
       
      Starting Menu Rebuild:  Oct 13, 2005@15:20:26
       
      Collecting primary menus in the New Person file...
       
       .                   Primary menus found in the New Person file
       .                   ------------------------------------------
       
       
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*334 does not 
      LAB LOINC (#95.3) file protection has been significantly enhanced to 
      DIUSER      VA FileMan        1          06/04/92   10/05/05
       
      Building secondary menu trees....
       
      Merging.... done.
       
      Menu Rebuild Complete:  Oct 13, 2005@15:20:40
                
       
      Install Completed
      prevent field editing of the file. All fields will be populated by the DS 
       
       
      LIM: Review description for LR*5.2*334 use KIDS:Utilities: Build File 
      Print
       
      POST INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
      =============================
      Review installed LOINC codes to ensure that codes with the status of 
      Deprecated (DEL) are not used in your current mapping of LOINC codes. In 
      some cases, deprecated LOINC codes [LAB LOINC (#95.3) file, MAP TO (#21) 
      authority, there are no fields in this file that are site editable.
      field] will have the suggested replacement LOINC code populated.
       
      Note:
      If your site is a HOST LEDI site, changing of any LOINC or NLT codes 
      should be coordinated with the collection site to ensure that both sites 
      agree in LOINC and NLT mappings.
       
      Note:
       Please refer to the VistA NLT/LOINC V2.14 UPDATE Patch LR*5.2*334 
       Implementation Guide which provides the Laboratory Information 
       
       Manager (LIM) a task-oriented approaches with step-by-step 
       instructions and examples for mapping LOINC V2.14 codes.
      LAB LOINC (#95.3) file contents will be updated to the Regenstrief issued 
      LOINC version 2.14.
       
      This patch will update the WKLD CODE (#64) file and several laboratory 
      standardized files associated with National Laboratory Test (NLT) package 
      and Logical Observation Identifier Naming Codes (LOINC) coding. (See list 
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA 
      below) 
       
      File #          File Name               Method
       
      64.061  LAB ELECTRONIC CODES            Replaced
      64.062  LAB ELECTRONIC SUBTYPES         Replaced
      64.2    WKLD SUFFIX CODES               Replaced
      64.22   WKLD ITEM FOR COUNT             Replaced
      64.3    WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER    Replaced
      64.81   LAB NLT/CPT CODES               Replaced
      DIRECTIVE 2004-058 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
      95.3    LAB LOINC                       Replaced
      95.31   LAB LOINC COMPONENT             Replaced
      64      WKLD CODE                       Updated
       
      ============================
       
      LOINC Copyright acknowledgement:
      LOINC was Copyrighted 1995, 1996, 1997, by Regenstrief Institute and the 
      Logical Observation Identifier Names and Codes (LOINC) Committee.  All 
      rights reserved. LOINC is a trademark of the Regenstrief Institute.
       
      Contact information:
      LOINC
      C/o Regenstrief Institute
      1001 West 10th Street, RHC-5
      Indianapolis, Indiana 46202 USA
      ========================
       
      VistA Laboratory Package LAB LOINC (#95.3) file does not support all of 
      the fields contained in the LOINC database. Refer to the LOINC user's 
      manual for more field details. The following fields are imported and 
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*334 does not 
      supported within VistA. The field "(#X)" refers to the field in the LAB 
      LOINC (#95.3) file were the data is stored.
       
      #    Loinc Term         VistA name
      1    LOINC_NUM          CODE field (#.01) + CHECK DIGIT field (#15)
      2    COMPONENT          COMPONENT field (#1)+LAB LOINC COMPONENT file
                                      (95.31)
      3    PROPERTY           PROPERTY field (#2)
      4    TIME_ASPCT         TIME ASPECT field (#3)
      5    SYSTEM             SYSTEM field (#4)
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
      6    SCALE_TYP          SCALE TYPE field (#5)
      7    METHOD_TYP         METHOD TYPE field (#6)
      9    CLASS              CLASSTYPE field (#41)
      10   SOURCE             SOURCE field (#8)
      14   DT_LAST_CH         DATE LAST CHANGED field (#22)
      15   CHNG_REAS          CHANGE REASON field (#24)
      16   CHNG_TYPE          CHANGE TYPE field (#23)
      19   STATUS             STATUS field (#20)
      20   MAP_TO             MAP TO field (#21)
      23   VA_CD              VA CODE field (#34
      
    • 350
      DATE APPLIED:   2012-09-24 15:45:53
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Refer to National Patch Module.
      
    • 420 SEQ #333
      DATE APPLIED:   2012-11-01 11:57:40
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
    • 418 SEQ #334
      DATE APPLIED:   2012-12-14 11:33:46
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM patch that addresses 3 LOINC-related issues in the Lab
          when it should only print individual tests (atomic tests).
      package.
       
      1.      Option LR LOINC LOOKUP won't accept default.
       
      2.      Option LR LOINC PRINT RESULT NLT prints MI (Microbiology) and BB 
          (Blood Bank) tests when it should only print CH (Chemistry) tests.
       
      3.      Option LR LOINC PRINT RESULT NLT prints profiles (cosmic tests)
      
    • 423 SEQ #335
      DATE APPLIED:   2013-04-10 17:42:21
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
       
      2.      Laboratory-related locking issues when doing accessioning
      This patch is a VM patch that addresses 2 issues in the Lab package.
       
       
       
      1.      In building the collection list, if an order fails to accession,
          sometimes subsequent orders fail to accession for the same reason
          even though the subsequent orders are ok.
       
      
    • 426 SEQ #336
      DATE APPLIED:   2013-04-22 10:45:03
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      INPUT TRANSFORM ERROR IS CAUSING DATA VERIFICATION ERROR.
      
    • 417 SEQ #337
      DATE APPLIED:   2013-06-14 09:07:29
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM patch that addresses 7 HOWDY-related issues in the Lab
       
      3.      MI subscripted (Microbiology) tests will not accession in HOWDY
          if the MI test is on its own order and the site/specimen is not
          urine.
       
      4.  The option LRHY PATIENT WAIT TIME reports inaccurate times.
       
      5.  True accession number not appearing on LRHY PATIENT WAIT TIME
          report.
       
      package.
      6.  <SUBSCRIPT> error in option LRHY TRACK COLLECTION.
       
      7.  Invalid link in HOWDY document.
       
      1.      Option LRHY PPOC LABEL PRINT does not print an accession label
          when only one accession is selected from a group of 2 or more 
          accessions.
       
      2.      Option LRHY PPOC LABEL PRINT has sequence numbers, accession
          numbers, and collection samples running together on the screen.
      
    • 143 SEQ #119
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-07-17 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      LR*5.2*143 Patch Description:
      File Installed:
      guidelines:
       
      Each sendout test should be coded with an appropriate specific WKLD Code
      prefix. If there is not an appropriate specific WKLD Code available,
      submit a request for WKLD Code addition(s) to the P&LMS Informatics Manage
      at the Dallas CIOFO. Forms are available in Patch LR*5.2*138 for making
      these requests.
       
      Each sendout test should have a .8XXX suffix. All nationally recognized
      sendout laboratories have a suffix code numbers in the range of
      LAB DSS LAR EXTRACT  ^LAR(64.036)
      .8000-.8999. Each sendout test should be assigned an .8XXX suffix
      indicating the laboratory that the specimen was sent for analysis. If the
      same sendout test is sent to two or more laboratories, one method, is to
      have a separate test for each sendout laboratory. Separate test for each
      sendout laboratory will allow different normal ranges and specimen
      requirements and test cost. At the very least the sendout tests should be
      coded to include the ordered test and the sendout laboratory whenever
      possible. In certain situations, sendout testing represents a significant
      percentage of total patient care cost. This cost requires better tracking
      to determine patient's overall treatment cost.
       
       
      The Lab DSS API (routine LRCAPDSS) will be enhanced by patch LR*5.2*143 to
      extract all sendout tests based on the .8XXX suffix. It is not necessary
      to set the DSS Feeder Key to 'YES'.
       
      Example 
      CEA done at VA Milwaukee
      86617.8694  CEA~VA MILWAUKEE
      CEA done at Smith Kline Beecham
      86617.8001  CEA~SMITH KLINE BEECHAM
      ==================
       
      With the new Lab DSS API enhancement, WKLD Codes conforming to any of the
      following patterns will be extracted and passed to the DSS Workload API.
       
      WKLD CODE marked as Billable Procedure [LMIP Unit] (Austin Database)
      WKLD CODE with the suffix of .9999 (DSS ACC)
      WKLD CODE with the suffix of .8XXX (Sendout laboratory destination )
      WKLD CODE with the DSS Feeder Key (#14) field in the WKLD CODE file (#64)
      marked YES
       
       
      Note:
      National Laboratory Tests (NLT)and WKLD Codes can be considered to be the
      same codes. NLT is the name of the VistA Package responsible for
      distributing and updating WKLD Code files.
      Installation Instructions:
      NOTE: This patch is invoked by patch ECX*2*18 and does not function
      independently. There are no laboratory options associated with the patch.
       
      1. All users may remain on the system.
      DSS Clinical Data Extract API
      2. No options need be placed out of order.
      3. Install patch during non-peak hours.
      4. This patch has no effect on routine laboratory operations.
      5. The Auto-Instruments 'LAB' job(s) does not have to be stopped.
      6. Installation time of this patch is less than ten minutes.
      7. Journalling requires no special attention.
       
      ===========================
      NOIS List 
      None
      ==================
      DSS Program Office Request
      ===========================
      Test Sites:
      Alpha Test Site: Long Beach
      Beta Test Sites : Portland, Murfreesboro
       
      ----------------
      Functionality:
       
      The Laboratory Clinical Extraction API replaces the earlier clinical data
      ROUTINE SUMMARY:
      extraction software that utilized the LABORATORY SITE file (#69) and the
      ACCESSION file (#68). In an earlier guideline, DSS requested that the LIM
      adjust the purge date for these two files to retain 300 days of data. This
      request could not be done by numerous sites because of the lack of disk
      storage capacity. Patch LR*5.2*143 will relieve the sites from retaining
      300 days of ORDERS and ACCESSION, and the normal PURGE OLD ORDERS AND
      ACCESSION option date range can be restored.
       
      Implementation:
       
       
      The DSS LAR Data (Patch LR*5.2*143 and the companion DSS patch ECX*2*18)
      extract utilizes the LAB DATA file (#63) and does not require the LAB
      ORDERS file (#69) or the ACCESSION file (#68). Implementation of the DSS
      LAR API DOES require that the LIM link the 12 DSS LAR tests in the DSS LAB
      TEST file (#727.2) to all local corresponding tests in the LABORATORY
      TESTS file (#60). For DSS purposes, these corresponding laboratory tests
      must be linked to the WKLD CODE file and must be individually orderable
      (atomic) tests. The link between LABORATORY TESTS file and the WKLD CODE
      file is accomplished by assigning a WKLD CODE. The NATIONAL LABORATORY
      TEST field (#64) of the LABORATORY TESTS file (#60) provides this linkage.
      Routine Name      Before Patch       After Patch    Patch List
      The NATIONAL LABORATORY TEST field is not used by LMIP data capture
      software and will not effect LMIP counts. Patch LR*5.2*127 provided a
      menu, "National Laboratory Test" [LR70 60-64], to link the LABORATORY
      TESTS file to the WKLD CODE file. 
       
      NOTE: When linking the DSS LAR tests to local laboratory tests, only
      atomic Laboratory Tests are selectable. Panel tests are NOT permitted to
      be linked to any DSS survey test.
       
      The DSS LAR extract also requires the LIM to identify all specimens that
      LRCAPDAR              NA               5854094         143
      are derived from blood or urine, i.e., plasma, serum, clean catch. The LAB
      DSS LAR API will use these specimens to screen patient's results in the
      LAB DATA file and extract information for the 12 DSS tests.
       
      The local DSS Coordinator will seek the LIM's assistance to identify tests
      and specimens. This should require less than 30 minutes to complete. The
      LIM is not required to actually initiate the data extraction. This will be
      done by the local DSS Coordinator.
       
      The LIM SHOULD coordinate the purging/archiving of the LAB DATA and the
      LRCAPDSS            5467821            5610986       127,143
      WKLD DATA files with the DSS Coordinator.
       
      The data for the DSS LAR extract will be stored during processing in a new
      file LAB DSS LAR (#64.036) and the data is stored in the global
      ^LAR(64.036). This global will be purged by the calling DSS option when
      the data has been transferred to the DSS laboratory clinical database.
      Normally this file will be empty. The design and functionality are the
      same used by the WKLD LOG file (#64.03) for the DSS LAB extract. Neither
      the LIM nor the Laboratory Package is responsible for purging data from
      the WKLD LOG file (#64.03) or the LAB DSS LAR file (#64.036).
      ==================
       
       
      ------------------------------------------------------------
      Laboratory Management Index Program (LMIP) and DSS sendout tests setup and
      referral lab identification guidelines:
       
      LMIP and DSS are reviewing data collected for laboratory sendout testing.
      The collected data indicates that a consistent nation wide coding method
      for capturing sendout tests is not being used.  Each site should review
      the WKLD Codes for sendout tests to assure that it follows these
      
    • 429 SEQ #338
      DATE APPLIED:   2013-09-18 11:39:44
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM patch that replaces a direct read of file #80 (ICD
      Diagnosis) with a call to a standard API ($$ICDDX^ICDCODE) in the form
      LREPI9.
      
    • 432 SEQ #339
      DATE APPLIED:   2013-09-30 10:10:59
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is general maintenance patch for the laboratory
      package by the Vista Maintenance team that addresses
      issues related to screening for file #44 (Hospital
      Location) and an accessioning issue.
      
    • 427
      DATE APPLIED:   2013-09-30 10:18:08
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
    • 425 SEQ #341
      DATE APPLIED:   2013-09-30 10:19:10
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      The following Lab changes or enhancements are included in this build:
       
       
       1) CPRS API for Lab to call when a test is modified
       2) Changes to identify File 60 changes that impact CPRS Quick Orders
       3) National Lab Release: Hospital Location Change Management Tool
       4) National Lab Release: Lab Test File 60 Audit Tool
       5) National Lab Release: Inactivation of Collection Samples File Entries
       6) National Lab Release: Inactivation of Topography File Entries
       7) National Lab Release: Lapsed Orders
      
    • 436 SEQ #342
      DATE APPLIED:   2014-01-14 15:18:02
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses the following issue(s):
      1. When printing a CAPTIONED template report in VA FileMan with the 
      printing of computed fields turned on for the ACCESSION (#68) file all of
      the values printed for the HOSPITAL ID (#.09) computed field will be the
      same. It will print a different value for each different AREA (#.01) and
      use that value for all patients with accessions in that AREA (#.01)
      
    • 430 SEQ #343
      DATE APPLIED:   2014-02-21 10:13:09
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a general maintenance patch for the laboratory
      package by the Vista Maintenance team that addresses
      issues with the Howdy software relating to exclusionary
      functionality and also issues with the Howdy Wait Time
      report and the Howdy Track Collection report.
      
    • 435 SEQ #344
      DATE APPLIED:   2014-03-03 14:38:28
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM patch that addresses issues in the lab package
      related to the VHIC 4.0 card.
      
    • 416 SEQ #345
      DATE APPLIED:   2014-03-03 14:38:38
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM patch that addresses 3 issues in the Lab package.
       
      3.  Autopsy reports not viewable in CPRS.
       
      1.  Option LRCENLKUP (Review By Order Number) gives misleading
          information when 1 sample of a multi-sample order is not
          collected.
       
      2.  The option LRAPFICH (Print final path reports by accession number)
          prints the wrong year on the SNOMED CODE LISTING which is printed
          at the end of the pathology report for some AP accessions.
      
    • 433 SEQ #346
      DATE APPLIED:   2014-03-04 12:10:14
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Lab Version 5.2 Patch 433 - Anatomical Pathology Image Framework
      LRUDEL    new value = 25303229
       
       
      Routines:
      LR7OB63D    new value = 29564352
      LRAPED    new value = 33912945
      LRAPEDC    new value = 5938079
      LRAPLG1    new value = 169348471
      LRAPRES    new value = 188361634
      
    • 424 SEQ #347
      DATE APPLIED:   2014-03-06 10:04:32
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch will resolve the following issues in the Laboratory package:
       
      -Lab test accessioned without appropriate accession area
      -<SUBSCRIPT> error when using Enter/verify data (auto instrument) option
      -<UNDEFINED> error when editing Autopsy Acc #
      -LOINC code not appearing in panel tests
      
    • 164 SEQ #120
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-07-28 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
    • 434 SEQ #348
      DATE APPLIED:   2014-03-19 11:29:07
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM patch that addresses 2 issues in the Lab package.
       
      1. Incomplete test definition leads to "ghost" tests showing up in
         CPRS (Computerized Patient Record System).
       
      2. Panel tests sometimes get wrong urgency stored in file
         #68 (ACCESSION) when ordered with an atomic test with a higher
         urgency than the panel test.
      
    • 440 SEQ #349
      DATE APPLIED:   2014-07-09 15:33:22
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM patch that addresses 3 issues in the Lab package:
       
      1.      Some data in file 69 is overlaid (wiped out) during
              accessioning.
       
      2.      A DC'ed test (discontinued) was accessioned.
       
      3.      Some panel tests not going to PCE.
      
    • 428 SEQ #350
      DATE APPLIED:   2014-08-07 10:08:02
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      1. Cannot add NHCU station number to Associated Division in File #68
       
      2. AP Edit Log-In option handles patient location edit incorrect
      
    • 422 SEQ #351
      DATE APPLIED:   2014-08-18 12:03:22
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
    • 421 SEQ #352
      DATE APPLIED:   2014-08-18 12:03:30
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
       
      This patch will modify routine LRPHLIST (collection label print)
      to allow the print job to be queued to a printer through TASKMAN.
      
    • 437 SEQ #353
      DATE APPLIED:   2014-09-10 10:59:54
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM patch that addresses 3 issues in the Lab package.
       
      1.      Execute code does not perform correctly when a lab test is added 
              to a previously verified accession.
       
      2.      Convert delta checks to new format.
       
      3.      <STORE> error when array fills up in micro
      
    • 441 SEQ #354
      DATE APPLIED:   2014-10-31 15:56:42
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
    • 446 SEQ #355
      DATE APPLIED:   2014-12-08 16:57:29
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM patch that addresses 3 issues in the Lab package:
       
      1.      Semi-colon in lab test name prevents results entry.
       
      2.      Confusing times in phlebotomy log.
       
      3.      No warnings when panel test can't be accessioned.
      
    • 444 SEQ #356
      DATE APPLIED:   2015-01-08 10:19:35
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM patch that addresses 5 issues in the Lab package:
       
      4.      Howdy accessioning sometimes generates an <UNDEFINED> error.
       
      5.      Accession labels sometimes don't print in Howdy.
       
      1.      Properly defined tests on an order not accessioning when one
              test is not properly defined.
       
      2.      Improperly defined test causes subsequent tests/orders to not
              be accessioned.
       
      3.      No warnings when panel test can't be accessioned.
      
    • 439 SEQ #357
      DATE APPLIED:   2015-01-08 16:10:47
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM patch that addresses 2 issues in the Lab package.
       
      1.      Results can be entered on a test that is being cancelled.
       
      2.      Problems with a date/time stamp in LRUMDP.
      
    • 171 SEQ #121
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-07-28 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       Patch LR*5.2*171 is a complete replacement for patch LR*5.2*140.
            reverse video. The control characters caused erratic 
            printing in which the printer had to be powered off 
            and on to clear the problem.
         
        2.  The problem of Incorrectly reported as comments not 
            stored when the combined text strings are greater than 68
            characters has been resolved. In addition a date/time stamp
            and DUZ ID of the person making the change has been added 
            to each incorrectly reported as comment.
         
       If you have not already installed Patch LR*5.2*140, do not install it.
        3.  Data names in the LAB DATA file (#63) have been limited to 50 
            characters.
        
        4.  The option Review Data Names [LR REVIEW DATA NAMES] will
            permit the user to review the data base for entries > 50
            characters.
        
        
         Reference NOIS:   KAN-0395-40200
                           MAN-O694-10052
       
        
         E3R               E3R #9370
       
          
         Test Site(s):     Muskogee, OK
                           Asheville, NC
                           Lexington, KY
                           Loma Linda, CA
       
        This patch corrects these issues and also the following issues.
        Patch LR*5.2*140 corrected the following issues:
        
        1.  When using the Enter/Verify/Modify data (manual) [LRENTER] option to
            edit more than one result on a verified accession, an undefined
            variable DIE occurred.
       
        2.  When using the Enter/Verify/Modify data (manual) [LRENTER]
            to edit a result,the user is allowed to edit the results
            without entering their initials.
       
        
        
         Reference NOIS:   NYN-0797-10830
                           MAN-0797-10794
        
          
         Test Site(s):     Manchester, NH
                           New York, NY
                           Durham, NC
                           
        Installation:
        
        1.  The problem of erratic printing from the Group data 
          1.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
              option will load the KIDS package onto your system.
          2.  The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
              system. You now need to use KIDS to install the Transport global.
              On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
              options:
                 Print Transport Global
                 Compare Transport Global to Current System
                 Verify Checksums in Transport Global
                 Backup a Transport Global
            review (verified & EM) [LRGVP] option has been resolved. 
          3.  On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
              options:
                 Install Package(s)  'LR*5.2*171'
      
          4.  Assign the option Review Data Names [LR REVIEW DATA NAMES] to
              appropriate lab person(s).
       
          5.  Remove the Environment Check Routine, LR171, from your system.
          
       
            Tests that were STAT or had critical results are 
      
      
            displayed with control characters that produce the
      
    • 438 SEQ #358
      DATE APPLIED:   2015-02-23 12:45:51
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      The patch addresses three (3) issues:
      the verification of results marked as Not Performed.
         NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
               problems loading and/or installing this patch.
       
         1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
            option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
       
         2. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
            system. You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
       
         3. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
       
            select the 'Installation' menu.
       
         4. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify
            that all routines have the correct checksums.
          
         5. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
            options:
                    Print Transport Global
                    Compare Transport Global to Current System
                    Backup a Transport Global
      Associated NSR(s):
       
            To preserve a copy of the routines exported in this patch prior to 
            installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport Global' option 
            at this time. You may also compare the routines in your production
            account to the routines in the patch by using the 'Compare a
            Transport Global to Current System' option.
       
         6. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
            and select the package 'LR*5.2*438'.
       
      ------------------
            If prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES//,
            choose 'NO'.
       
            If prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
            Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'.
      N/A
       
      Associated Remedy ticket(s):
      ==========================
      1.      INC000000500271 - MRSA testing on death
      2.      INC000000069164 - LRGEN missing results
       
      -       INC000000069285 (d)
      -       INC000000069419 (d)
      -       INC000000180798 (d)
      -       INC000000069205 (d)
      3. INC000000937699 - Group Verify ignoring NP
       
      Associated NSR(s):
      ==================
      N/A
       
      1.      Users report being unable to perform MRSA testing on deceased 
      Participating Test Sites:
      =========================
      TBD
       
      Remedy Overview:
      ================
       
      1.      INC000000500271 - MRSA Testing on Death
       
      Problem:
      patients but they are allowed to proceed through the accessioning process 
      --------
      Laboratory staff indicates that they are not able to perform MRSA testing 
      on patients who are deceased.  The application will not allow them to 
      accession specimens or enter results for the MRSA test on deceased 
      patients. Further, the user is allowed to progress through the 
      accessioning session without an early warning that an order has been 
      canceled.
       
      Resolution:
      -----------
      without an early warning that the test has been cancelled.
      To avoid having MRSA tests cancelled at either patient death or 
      discharge, the desired test should be added as an Exempt Orderable Item 
      for the Death and/or Discharge event in the Delayed Orders/Auto-DC Set-up 
      function.
       
      Additionally, the routine LROE is modified to provide clear, early 
      feedback to the user that a test has been cancelled and will not be 
      accessioned.
       
      2.      INC000000069164 - LRGEN Missing Results
      2.      LRGEN skips rows of results when the SITE/SPECIMEN prompt is 
        
      Problem:
      --------
      The defect occurs when using the LRGEN option (General report for 
      selected tests) and when there are more than six (6) analytes on the 
      selected tests.  When the SITE/SPECIMEN prompt is answered with the 
      default (ANY), the application only displays the first set of headings 
      and results - that is: it only properly displays the first six results 
      and skips the remaining results.  This typically occurs on the results 
      for the last date of service.  Though no results are displayed, 
      answered with the default (ANY) and it frequently displays/prints 
      unnecessary headers are displayed or printed.
       
      Resolution:
      -----------
      Multiple modifications and the addition of a function to routine LRGEN1, 
      correct the missing results and unnecessary header issues.
       
      3.      INC000000937699 - Group Verify Ignoring NP
        
      Problem:
      unnecessary headers.
      --------
      When Group Verify (GA) is used to verify results for a Work Load Area 
      that contains accessions that have tests that have been marked as Not 
      Performed on a prior date, the option can erroneously verify results that 
      may have been entered for the accession.
       
      Resolution:
      -----------
      A modification to routine LRGV2 prevents the verification of any results 
      that may be associated with Not Performed test(s).
      3.      Under certain circumstances, the Group Verify (GA) option allows 
       
      Components:
      ===========
      N/A
       
      Installation Instructions:
      ==========================
         The install time for this patch is less than 2 minutes. This patch can
         be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
       
      
    • 449 SEQ #359
      DATE APPLIED:   2015-03-03 10:38:03
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM patch that addresses 3 issues in the Lab package:
       
      1.      Time ignored in searching date/time period.
       
      2.      Units can be wrong in Search options.
       
      3.      EGRF issue related to patient sex.
      
    • 448 SEQ #360
      DATE APPLIED:   2015-03-16 16:09:13
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM patch that addresses 2 issues related to CPT coding
      (Current Procedural Terminology) in the Laboratory package:
       
      1.      Problems with ES Display List selections.
       
      2.      Active CPT codes in file 64 are rejected as inactive.
      
    • 445 SEQ #361
      DATE APPLIED:   2015-03-23 11:02:31
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      The patch addresses four (4) issues:
      un-queued output to P-Message, a Cache NOT OPEN error occurs.
       
      1.      Clinical Reminder programs are referencing an incorrect subfield 
      when retrieving a lab test pointer.
      2.      When printing Future Labels, a Unique Identifier (UID) for an
      unrelated order can occasionally print on the label.
      3.      In certain circumstances, lab results are not transmitted to the 
      Health Data Repository (HDR).
      4.      When the Infection Control Survey Report is run specifying 
      
    • 442
      DATE APPLIED:   2015-09-16 11:10:11
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
    • 450 SEQ #363
      DATE APPLIED:   2015-09-29 14:10:44
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      The patch addresses three (3) issues:
      1. Under certain conditions, the Anatomic Pathology option LRAPKILL
         (Delete accession #, anat path) gives the user ambiguous feedback
         about whether the delete of the accession was successful.
      2. The ORDERED TESTS BY PHY option misses AP and Howdy tests when an
         Accessioning Division is specified.
      3. Orders generated in CPRS and rejected in VBECS can be accessioned
         in VistA Lab.
      
    • 459 SEQ #364
      DATE APPLIED:   2015-10-15 12:22:49
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is a VM patch that addresses 2 issues in the Lab package.
       
      1.      Lab results search routine expands start/end search times.
       
      2.      QC labels print with accession labels.
      
    • 455 SEQ #365
      DATE APPLIED:   2015-11-03 10:41:22
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
    • 453 SEQ #366
      DATE APPLIED:   2016-01-05 13:03:03
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses four (4) issues:
         laboratory, and ordering provider are displaying in CPRS Laboratory
         progress notes for a patient's ordered test even though results are not
         verified for that test.
       
      4. Multiple updates to Microbiology preliminary comments sent by the 
         Laboratory Electronic Data Interchange (LEDI) host site are not stored
         by the LEDI collecting site in the patient's record if the STORE
         DUPLICATE COMMENTS (#2.2) sub-field of the PROFILE (#50) field in the
         LOAD/WORKLIST (#68.2) file is set to "YES".
       
      1. The shipping manifest identifier is not shown on the Incomplete Status 
         List (LRWRKINC) when printing the extended display.
       
      2. The test status may not be correctly reflected on the Incomplete 
         Status List (LRWRKINC).
       
      3. Information such as report release date and time, performing 
      
    • 457 SEQ #367
      DATE APPLIED:   2016-03-23 11:53:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a general maintenance patch for the laboratory
      package by the Vista Maintenance team that addresses
      issues with the Howdy software relating to exclusionary
      functionality for clinics, deleting of same day duplicate
      tests and some other minor Howdy issues.
      
    • 172 SEQ #122
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-08-08 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
        Printer does not set-up properly when running cume reports manually.
        Adding LRPARAM to LRAC resolves this problem.
      
    • 460 SEQ #368
      DATE APPLIED:   2016-04-18 15:15:01
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a general maintenance patch for the laboratory
      package by the Vista Maintenance team that addresses
      issues with the collection times on the order report, CPT
      code entry in AP, and the SNOMED extract.
      
    • 466 SEQ #369
      DATE APPLIED:   2016-05-10 15:41:09
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a general maintenance patch for the laboratory
      package by the Vista Maintenance team that addresses
      issues with accessioned lab tests marked as uncollected,
      and with accessioning creating erroneous nodes in the Laboratory
      Order Entry file (#69).
      
    • 458
      DATE APPLIED:   2016-08-03 14:18:17
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Associated Patches:(v)LR*5.2*446 <<= must be installed BEFORE `LR*5.2*458'
      ===========
              Hines                      ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext
              Salt Lake City             ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext
       
      File Name                   Contents               Retrieval Format
      ------------------          --------------------   ----------------
      LAB_AUTORELEASE_1_0.KID     Host File containing       ASCII
                                  KIDS software distribution
       
      The VistA Documentation Library (VDL) web site will also contain 
       
      The build for this patch is distributed as part of a multi-package build 
      LR_52_458_LA_52_88 Release Notes                       Binary
       for LR*5.2*458 and LA*5.2*88
       
      Lab AutoRelease 1.0 User Guide                         Binary
       
      Lab AutoRelease 1.0 Technical Manual                   Binary
       
      Lab UI HL V1.6 Upgrade Installation                    Binary
       and User Guide LA*5.2*66
       
      that contains LR*5.2*458 and LA*5.2*88 and contains functionality to 
      Lab UI HL V1.6 Upgrade Interface                       Binary
       Specifications Document 
       
      This website is usually updated within 1-3 days of the patch release date.
      The VDL web address for Laboratory Universal Interface user documentation
      is: http://www.domain.ext/vdl/application.asp?appid=120
       
      Installation Instructions
      =========================
       
      enable Auto Verification and Auto Release of normal lab results.  
      This patch, LR*5.2*458, is part of a combined build for Autoverification 
      Enhancement patch.  This patch may be loaded with users on the system.  
      You may want to install it during non-peak hours.  Installation will take 
      less than 10 minutes.
       
      Refer to the LR_52_458_LA_52_88 Release Notes referenced above for 
      complete instructions on install and post installation configuration.
       
      1.      DOWNLOAD HOST KIDS FILE
              ----------------------
      Initially developed at the Kansas City VAMC, this new process involves 
              Download the KIDS file LAB_AUTORELEASE_1_0.KID from the 
              ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directory of Albany, Hines, or the Salt Lake
              OIFO to the appropriate directory on your system.
       
      2.      LOAD DISTRIBUTION
              -----------------
              Use the 'LOAD A DISTRIBUTION' option on the KIDS
              INSTALLATION menu, and enter:  the directory onto which you
              have downloaded the host file, followed by
              LAB_AUTORELEASE_1_0.KID, the host file name. 
      automatic review and release of test results based on lab-established set 
       
      3.      START UP KIDS
              -------------
              Start up the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu [XPD
              MAIN]:
              Edits and Distribution ...
              Utilities ...
              Installation ...
       
              Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option:
      of boundaries, also referred as rules, rule sets, and algorithms.  Lab 
              INStallation
                  ---
                  Load a Distribution
                  Print Transport Global
                  Compare Transport Global to Current System
                  Verify Checksums in Transport Global
                  Install Package(s)
                  Restart Install of Package(s)
                  Unload a Distribution
                  Backup a Transport Global
      results that are in a "normal" range, as pre-determined by the 
      4.      Select Installation Option:
              --------------------------
       
         a.   Use the Load a Distribution and select Host File:
              LAB_AUTORELEASE_1_0.KID
       
              NOTE: The following are OPTIONAL - (When prompted for the INSTALL
              NAME, enter LA*5.2*88):
       
         b.   Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a backup 
      laboratory, will transmit directly from the middleware to VistA lab files 
              message of any routines exported with this patch. It will not
              backup any other changes such as DD's or templates.
         c.   Compare Transport Global to Current System - This option will 
              allow you to view all changes that will be made when this patch is
              installed. It compares all components of this patch m (routines,
              DD's, templates, etc.).
         d.   Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will allow you
              to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the transport
              global.
         e.   Print Transport Global
      and on to Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS) without the 
       
      5.      Select Installation Option: Install Package(s) **This is the step 
              to start the installation of this KIDS patch:
              --------------------------
              **This is the step to start the installation of this KIDS patch:
         a.    Choose the Install Package(s) option to start the patch install.
         b.   When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? 
              YES//' answer NO
         c.   When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, 
              and Protocols? YES//' answer NO.
       
      intermediate step of requiring a lab technologist to manually review and 
       
       
      Routine Information:
      ====================
       
       
      The second line of each of these routines now looks like:
      ;;5.2;AUTOMATED LAB INSTRUMENTS;**[Patch List]**;Sep 27, 1994;Build 10
       
      The checksums below are new checksums, and can be checked with 
      sign off on these normal lab results.  This process will eliminate the 
      CHECK1^XTSUMBLD.
       
      Routine Name: LR458
          Before:       n/a   After: B3643881   **458** DELETED AFTER INSTALL
      Routine Name: LRDIQ
          Before: B5636912    After: B6385366   **86,153,263,290,458**
      Routine Name: LRGP2
          Before: B20236690   After: B21346835  **153,221,263,290,350,446,458**
      Routine Name: LRLISTPS
          Before:       n/a   After: B17691343  **458**
      need for a qualified technologist to manually approve all "normal" 
      Routine Name: LRNIGHT
          Before: B6404812    After: B7575682   **291,350,458**     
      Routine Name: LRVER5
          Before: B147369024  After: B148324560 **42,153,283,286,350,458**
      Routine Name: LRVR3
          Before: B71492279   After: B108418700 **42,121,153,286,291,350,458**
      Routine Name: LRVRAR
          Before:       n/a   After: B69670046  **458**
      Routine Name: LRVRARU
          Before:       n/a   After: B32878283  **458**
      results before those results are filed in VistA Lab files and available 
       
      Routine list of preceding patches: 446
      for clinicians to view in CPRS. 
       
      Each VAMC site will determine which instruments will use this 
      functionality as it can set up on an instrument by instrument basis.  
      Essentially VistA Lab instruments are set up as either being available 
      for auto verification or not available for auto verification.  If an 
      Subject:  LABORATORY AUTO VERICATION & AUTO RELEASE
      instrument is set up for auto verification, then a lab result passing the 
      rule set will be filed by the middleware in VistA lab files and available 
      in CPRS and a lab result that cannot pass the rule set will be held in 
      the middleware system for review by a lab technologist. 
       
      In support of this auto verification and auto release functionality, this 
      patch will add two new application proxy users.  LRLAB AUTO RELEASE is 
      used to indicate that the results in VistA Lab were released by an 
      automated Lab process without human interventions.  LRLAB, AUTO VERIFY is 
      used to indicate that the results were "approved" by an automated process 
       
      using a rules based system.
       
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
       
      Patch Components
      ================
       
      Files & Fields Associated:
       
      File Name (Number)     Field Name (Number)           New/Modified/Deleted
      Category:       ROUTINE
      ------------------     -------------------           --------------------
      LOAD/WORK LIST (#68.2) PROFILE (#68.23), AUTO RELEASE (#2.4)  New
       
      Parameter Definitions Associated:
       
      Parameter Definition Name             New/Modified/Deleted
      -------------------------             --------------------
      LR WORKLIST DATA CLEANUP              New
       
      Parameter Template                    New/Modified/Deleted
                      ENHANCEMENT
      -------------------------             --------------------
      LR PKG                                Modified
       
      Input Templates Associated:
       
      Input Template                          New/Modified/Deleted
      ----------------------------------      --------------------
      LRLLDFT                                 New
       
      Options Associated:
                      DATA DICTIONARY
       
      Option Name                             Type      New/Modified/Deleted
      -----------                             ----      --------------------
      Summary List (Patient) [LRLISTPS]       Routine   New
       
       
      New Service Requests (NSRs):
      ==============================
      NSR# 20131009: Employ laboratory autoverification in the Veterans Health 
      Administration. 
       
       
      Test Sites:
      ===========
      Kansas City VAMC (Alpha)
      Tucson (Beta)
      Tampa (Beta)
      Iowa City (Beta)
      Fresno (Beta)
       
       
      Description:
      Software and Documentation Retrieval Information
       ==============================
       VistA Laboratory patch LR*5.2*458 software is distributed by Host File, 
      along with LA*5.2*88.  Software is available on the ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE 
      directory at one of the following Office of Information (OI) Field 
      Offices.  The preferred method is to retrieve the file using Secure File
      Transfer Protocol (SFTP) from: download.vista.domain.ext, which transmits
      files from the first available FTP server. Sites may also select to retrieve
      documentation directly from a specific server as follows: 
              Albany                     ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext
      
    • 467 SEQ #371
      DATE APPLIED:   2016-09-02 13:50:42
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a general maintenance patch for the laboratory
      package by the Vista Maintenance team that addresses
      issues with Howdy:
       
      1.      INC000001085378   -  Draw time: 0
      2.      INC000001056020   -  Processed tests showing as "active"
      3.      I7997705FY16      -  Tests accessioned from excluded locations
      
    • 451
      DATE APPLIED:   2016-10-06 13:00:34
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
      included in this patch.
      
    • 473 SEQ #373
      DATE APPLIED:   2016-10-28 15:06:51
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a general maintenance patch for the laboratory
      package by the Vista Maintenance team that addresses
      issues with an incomplete audit log-in and with batch result
      entry of microbiology results:
       
      1.      I8246369FY16 -  Incomplete audit log-in
      2.      I6575449FY16 -  <UNDEFINED> error in micro results entry (batch) 
      
    • 465 SEQ #374
      DATE APPLIED:   2016-12-01 15:48:38
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Please see forum for a complete description of patch LR*5.2*465
      
    • 462 SEQ #375
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-01-06 11:54:45
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Nov 23, 2016 - V14 - The following defect was corrected by a modification 
       
       
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*462 have no effect on Blood 
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes 
      made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of
      installation of this patch.
       
       
       
      Oct 5, 2016 - V12 - This release enhances the "Delete accession #, anat
      Patch Components:
      -----------------
       
       
      Files & Fields Associated:
       
       
      File Name (Number)      Field Name (Number)  New/Modified/Deleted
      ------------------      -------------------  --------------------
      LABORATORY TEST         CPRS SCREEN           New
      path" option to update CPRS status to discontinued.
       (#60)                     (#21661)
      LABORATORY SITE         CPRS AP DIALOG ON     New
       (#69.9)                   (#21661)
      LAB ORDER ENTRY         SUBSCRIPT             New
       (#69)                     (#21661.71)
                              CPRS AP SCREEN        New
                                 (#21661.72)
                              SURGEON/PHYSICIAN     New
                                 (#21661.73)
                              SURGERY CASE #        New
       
                                 (#21661.74)
                              SPECIMEN SUBMITTED    New
                                 BY (#21661.811)
                              BREIF CLINICAL        New
                                 HISTORY 
                                  (#21661.813)
                              PREOPERATIVE          New
                                 DIAGNOSIS 
                                  (#21661.814)
                              OPERATIVE FINDINGS    New
      Corrects - Defect 373204 -  
                                  (#21661.815)      
                              POST OPERATIVE        New
                                  FINDINGS 
                                   (#21661.816)
       
      LR CPRS PARAMETERS                            New
       (#69.71)
                                 
       
       
      VLE ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY - VistA LR462/OR405 SURGERY CASE DOES NOT DISPLAY 
      Forms Associated:
       
      Form Name                    File #               New/Modified/Deleted
      ---------                    ------               --------------------
      N/A
       
       
      Mail Groups Associated:
       
      Mail Group Name          New/Modified/Deleted
      ON PATIENT DURING SPECIMEN LOGIN IN VISTA
      ---------------          --------------------
      N/A
       
       
      Options Associated:
       
      Option Name                 Type         New/Modified/Deleted
      -----------                 ----         -------------------- 
      LRXOSX                      menu          Modified
      LR7OAP CPRS 60 EDIT         edit          New
       
      LR7OAP CPRS 60 PRINT        run routine   New
      LR7OAP CPRS DIALOG MENU     menu          New
      LR7OAP CPRS DIALOG PRINT    print         New
       
       
       
       
      Protocols Associated:
       
      Protocol Name       New/Modified/Deleted
       
      -------------       -------------------- 
      N/A
       
       
      Security Keys Associated:
       
      Security Key Name
      -----------------
      N/A
       
      Fix - M error when the accession has been cancelled using the "Delete
       
      Templates Associated:
       
      Template Name      Type      File Name (Number)  New/Modified/Deleted 
      -------------      ----      ------------------  --------------------
      LR7OAPKP DIALOG    PRINT     LR CPRS PARAMETERS   New
         SCREENS                     (#69.71)
                         
      LR7OAP CPRS 60     INPUT     LABORATORY TEST      New
         EDIT                        (#60)
      to CRE863^LRAPLG1 routine that will restore the NOW// default instead of 
      accession #, anat path"option and then a user tries to utilize the "Delete
       
       
      Additional Information:
       
      N/A 
       
       
      New Service Requests (NSRs):
      ----------------------------   
      #20140511
      entire order or individual test" option for the same order number. - 
      The Anatomic Pathology (AP) laboratory service needs a mechanism for 
      clinicians to provide required patient-specific, procedure-specific, and 
      specimen-specific information to facilitate specimen processing by 
      pathologists. This mechanism must be in place for use by the specimen 
      labeling application in order to generate a primary specimen label that 
      positively identifies the specimen and accurately associates it with the 
      patient.
       
      Patient Safety Issues (PSIs):
      -----------------------------
      there was a typo in the legacy code in the LROS routine.
      N/A
       
       
      Remedy Ticket(s) & Overview:
      ----------------------------
       
      N/A
       
      Problem:
      -------
       
      N/A
       
      Resolution:
      ----------
      N/A
       
      Test Sites:
      ----------
      AP Dialogs w/OR*3.0*405:
        North Florida/South Georgia VHCS
       
        Fresno
        Northern California
      Do no harm testing:
        Richmond
       
       
      Documentation Retrieval Instructions:
      ------------------------------------- 
      Updated documentation describing the new functionality introduced by this 
      patch is available.
      Sept 14, 2016 - V11 - Fixes 'no routine' error in APSUB^ORMBLDLR that was 
       
      The preferred method is to FTP the files from 
      ftp://download.vista.domain.ext/.
      This transmits the files from the first available FTP server. Sites may 
      also elect to retrieve software directly from a specific server as 
      follows:
       
       Albany         ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext  <ftp://ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext>
       Hines          ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext   <ftp://ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext>
       Salt Lake City ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext     <ftp://ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext>
      still calling LR7OAPMG which was changed with V10 to LR7OAPKM. Problem 
       
      Documentation can also be found on the VA Software Documentation Library 
      at: http://www4.domain.ext/vdl/
       
      Title                         File Name                       FTP Mode
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------
      N/A
                
            
      Patch Installation:
      found by developer once CPRS32 v16 GUI was available. The routine 
       
       
      Pre/Post Installation Overview:
      -------------------------------
      This patch will install new fields to the LABORATORY TEST (#60), LAB 
      ORDER ENTRY (#69) and LABORATORY SITE PARAMETERS (#69.9) files. It will 
      also install a new file, LR CPRS SCREEN (#69.71), four new "LR7OAP" 
      options, a print template for the LR CPRS SCREEN file and an edit 
      template for the LABORATORY TEST file.
       
      LR7OAPMG has been added back into this build and will be removed at a 
      Pre-Installation Instructions:
      ------------------------------
      This patch may be installed with users on the system although it is 
      strongly recommended that it be installed during non-peak hours when 
      LAB usage is at a minimum.
       
       
      Installation Instructions:
      --------------------------
      This installation will install the components necessary to support the 
      later date.
      CPRS AP Order Dialog functionality released with OR*3.0*405.
       
      1.  Choose the PackMan message containing this patch.
       
      2.  Choose the INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE PackMan option.  
       
      3.  From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu, select
          the Installation Menu.  From this menu, you may elect to use the
          following options. When prompted for the INSTALL NAME enter the patch 
          LR*5.2*462:
      presenting a date and time.
       
          a.  Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a backup
              message of any routines exported with this patch. It will not
              backup any other changes such as DDs or templates.
          b.  Compare Transport Global to Current System - This option will
              allow you to view all changes that will be made when this patch
              is installed.  It compares all components of this patch
              (routines, DDs, templates, etc.).
          c.  Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will allow
              you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the
              transport global.
      Sept 8 - V10 - Fixes the following defects:
           
      4.  From the Installation Menu, select the Install Package(s) option and
          choose the patch to install.
       
      5.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
          Install? NO//'     
          Respond: NO
       
      6.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
          NO//'
      Defect # 373205 Surgeon Physician not displaying in VistA  
          Respond: NO
       
      7.  When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, 
          and Protocols? NO//' 
          Respond: NO
       
      8.  If prompted 'Delay Install (Minutes):  (0 - 60): 0//' respond 0.
       
       
      Post-Installation Instructions:
      When submitted by is blank - the Surgeon does not display.
      -------------------------------
      N/A
       
      Defect # 373204 
      The surgery case look up fails during log
       
      Sept 1, 2016 - V9 - Fixes Undefined varible.
      Defect # - 371975 - Undefined variable when login the specimen in VistA 
       
      if Surgeon/Physician is not selected in CPRS.
       
       
      AUG 25, 2016 - V8 - Fixes default bleed over problems with the 
      Pathologist and Submitted by fields in AP.
      AUG 12, 2016 - V7 - Fixes defect 357639:
       
      Defect: 357639 - VLE ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY - DURING SPECIMEN LOGIN IN VISTA, 
      PATHOLOGIST FIELD POPULATES NAME OF SURGEON USED FOR A PRIOR ORDER
       
      423457: LI log in, anatomic path field of DATE/TIME SPECIMEN RECEIVED 
      JULY 17, 2016 - V6 packman created and sent to forum - corrects problem 
      in LRPLG1 routine.
      JULY 15, 2016 - V5 packman created and sent to forum - corrects hard 
      errors found by QA
      JULY 15, 2016 - V4 packman created and sent to forum
      JUNE 30, 2016 - V1 packman created and sent to forum
      JUNE 29, 2016 - V1 kids file to QA for do no harm testing
       
      The build for this patch is distributed in support of the VLE 
      Anatomic Pathology order dialog enhancements. It contains a modification 
      should default to NOW//
      to the LABORATORY TEST (#60), LAB ORDER ENTRY (#69), LABORATORY SITE
      (#69.9) and adds the new file LR CPRS PARAMETERS (#69.71).
       
      1-      Anatomic Pathology specimen log-in option has been modified to 
      prompt the user for an order number. This order number will be created 
      by CPRS after patches OR*3.0*405 and LR*5.2*469 are installed.
      2-      If a user enters an order number, the process deviates from the 
      current Log-in,anat path option in that it displays any data entered via
      CPRS AP order dialog. The fields presented could include any of the
      following:
       
         a.      SURGEON/PHYSICIAN
         b.      SPECIMEN SUBMITTED BY
         c.      SURGERY CASE #
         d.      SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION/SPECIMEN (multiple)
         e.      BRIEF CLINCAL DESCRIPTION
         f.      PREOPERATIVE DIAGNOSIS
         g.      OPERATIVE FINDINGS
         h.      POSTOPERATIVE DIAGNOSIS
      3-      If Surgical Case(s) are found for this patient in the last 7 days 
      they will be presented to the user for selection. If a case is selected 
      Oct 6, 2016 - V13 - Added the following as required patches: 
      the data from the Surgical Case will be displayed and the user will be 
      asked if they wish to include this in the appropriate field in the 
      Anatomic Pathology accession.
      4-      If Surgical Case information is added to Anatomic Pathology 
      fields it will display first and followed by the information obtained 
      from the CPRS order.
      5-      All other data entry/edit actions will be done via existing 
      Anatomic Pathology options.
       
       
      LR*5.2*259,291,350,422,433,450
       
      Blood Bank Review:
      ==================
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*462 does not 
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by ProPath
      standard titled: BBM Team Review of VistA Patches.
       
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*462 does not 
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
      functions.
      
    • 469 SEQ #376
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-01-12 14:55:17
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Sept 30, 2016 - V9 - fixes defect #371947 by changing the values for the 
      specimen from the Specimen Description; she also pointed out that there is
       
      Option Name         Type         New/Modified/Deleted
      ----------          -----        --------------------
      N/A
       
       
        
      Protocols Associated:
       
      Protocol Name       New/Modified/Deleted
      a character limitation in Specimen Description.  Dev state that there is a
      -------------       -------------------- 
      N/A
       
       
      Security Keys Associated:
       
      Security Key Name
      -----------------
      N/A
       
      "switch" in the configuration to turn it on.
       
      Templates Associated:
       
      Template Name      Type      File Name (Number)  New/Modified/Deleted 
      -------------      -----     ------------------  --------------------
      N/A
       
       
      Additional Information:
       
       
      N/A 
       
       
       
      New Service Requests (NSRs):
      --------------------------------------------   
      #20140511 
      The Anatomic Pathology (AP) laboratory service needs a mechanism for 
      clinicians to provide required patient-specific, procedure-specific, and 
      specimen-specific information to facilitate specimen processing by 
      Sept 14, 2016 - V8 - contains modifications to the LR AP DIALOG CONFIG 
      pathologists. This mechanism must be in place for use by the specimen 
      labeling application in order to generate a primary specimen label that 
      positively identifies the specimen and accurately associates it with the 
      patient.
       
      Patient Safety Issues (PSIs):
      ---------------------------------------
      N/A
       
       
      file in the following way:
      Remedy Ticket(s) & Overview:
      --------------------------------------------
       
      N/A
       
      Problem:
      ------------
      N/A
       
      Resolution:
           Each specimen of each orderable item within LR AP DIALOG CONFIG has
      --------------
      N/A
       
      Test Sites:
      ---------------
      AP Dialogs w/OR*3.0*405:
        North Florida/South Georgia VHCS
        Fresno
        Northern California
       
           had the field HIDE FROM DESCRIPTION nullified so that the GUI will
      Documentation Retrieval Instructions:
      -------------------------------------------------- 
      Updated documentation describing the new functionality introduced by this 
      patch is available.
       
      The preferred method is to FTP the files from 
      ftp://download.vista.domain.ext/.
      This transmits the files from the first available FTP server. Sites may 
      also elect to retrieve software directly from a specific server as 
      follows:
           move the specimen name into the specimen description when building
       
       Albany         ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext  <ftp://ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext>
       Hines          ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext   <ftp://ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext>
       Salt Lake City ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext     <ftp://ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext>
       
      Documentation can also be found on the VA Software Documentation Library 
      at: http://www4.domain.ext/vdl/
       
      Title                   File Name                         FTP Mode
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
           the specimen description.
      TBD
            
      Patch Installation:
        
      Pre/Post Installation Overview:
      ------------------------------------------
      The environment check will ensure that the following ORDERABLE ITEMS and 
      TOPOGRAPHY entries are an exact name match before patch LR*5.2*469 will 
      be allowed to install. This matching is critical due to the dependency of
      the configuration in LR AP DIALOG CONFIG file by ORDERABLE ITEM and 
      HIDE FROM DESCRIPTION field (#.02) of the SPECIMEN multiple (#3) of the 
       
      TOPOGRAPHY.
       
      Orderable Item search Criteria:
           First check is for an exact name match
                If multiples found the check will fail
                If one or more match the name but none have a display group of
                  anatomic pathology the check will fail
                If there is one exact name match with a display group of 
                  Anatomic Pathology the check will be successful
       
      AUG 12, 2016 - V7 packman created and sent to forum - contains modified 
      Specimen search Criteria:
           First check to see if SCT code has been assigned to any specimen
                If no association is found the check will fail
           Find all specimen entries in the environment check that have an
             SCT code assigned
                Find all specimens with an exact name match
                If SCT code is found for only one specimen check is successful
                If an exact name matches the SCT code the check is successful
                If multiple specimen with matching SCT code and matching names
                  the check will fail
      aorderable item and specimen lookups
       
       
       
      ORDERABLE ITEMs checked:
       
       BONE MARROW
       BRONCHIAL CYTOLOGY
       BRONCHIAL BIOPSY
       DERMATOLOGY
       FINE NEEDLE ASPIRATE
      AUG 1, 2016 - V6 packman created and sent to forum - fixes unresolved 
       GENERAL FLUID
       TISSUE EXAM
       GASTROINTESTINAL ENDOSCOPY
       GYNECOLOGY (PAP SMEAR)
       URINE
       UROLOGY,PROSTATE
       UROLOGY,BLADDER/URETER
       RENAL BIOPSY
                
      TOPOGRAPHY(specimens) - SNOMED CT ID codes checked:
      pointers problem on install due to order dialog prompts that will not be 
      ABDOMEN - 113345001
      ADRENAL GLAND - 23451007
      ANAL CANAL - 34381000
      APPENDIX - 66754008
      ASCENDING COLON - 9040008
      BILE DUCT CYTOLOGIC MATERIAL - 110928002
      BILE DUCT MUCOUS MEMBRANE - 7035006
      BILIARY TRACT - 34707002
      BODY OF PANCREAS - 40133006
      BONE - 3138006
      populated until OR*3.0*405 is installed.
      BONE MARROW - 14016003
      BREAST - 76752008
      BRONCHIAL CYTOLOGIC MATERIAL - 110912007
      BRONCHUS - 955009
      CARDIAC INCISURE OF STOMACH - 5459006
      CARDIAC OSTIUM OF STOMACH - 63853002
      CARDIO-ESOPHAGEAL JUNCTION - 25271004
      CECUM - 32713005
      CEREBROSPINAL FLUID CYTOLOGIC MATERIAL - 110969006
      CERVICAL CYTOLOGIC MATERIAL - 110949001
      JULY 21, 2016 - V5 packman created and sent to forum
      CHORIONIC VILLI - 2049008
      COLON - 71854001
      DESCENDING COLON - 32622004
      DUODENUM - 38848004
      ESOPHAGUS - 32849002
      ESOPHAGUS, LOWER THIRD - 67173009
      ESOPHAGUS, MIDDLE THIRD - 19000002
      ESOPHAGUS, UPPER THIRD - 54738009
      GASTRIC FUNDUS - 414003
      GASTRIC JUICE - 31773000
      JULY 18, 2016 - V4 packman created and sent to forum
      GREATER CURVATURE OF STOMACH - 89382009
      HEAD OF PANCREAS - 64163001
      ILEUM - 34516001
      JEJUNUM - 21306003
      KIDNEY - 64033007
      LEFT COLIC FLEXURE - 72592005
      LEFT TESTIS - 63239009
      LESSER CURVATURE OF STOMACH - 80085006
      LIVER - 10200004
      LUNG - 39607008
      JULY 15, 2016 - V3 packman created and sent to forum
      LYMPH NODE - 59441001
      MEDIASTINUM - 72410000
      NECK, LEFT SIDE - 170583000
      NECK, RIGHT SIDE - 170303002
      PANCREAS - 15776009
      PAROTID GLAND - 45289007
      PELVIS - 12921003
      PERIRENAL TISSUE - 47145004
      PERITONEAL CYTOLOGIC MATERIAL - 110944006
      PERITONEUM - 15425007
      JUNE 30, 2016 - V1 packman created and sent to forum
      PLEURAL CYTOLOGIC MATERIAL - 110913002
      PROSTATE - 41216001
      PYLORIC ANTRUM - 66051006
      PYLORUS - 280119005
      RECTOSIGMOID JUNCTION - 49832006
      RECTUM - 34402009
      RENAL PELVIS - 25990002
      RETROPERITONEUM - 82849001
      RIGHT COLIC FLEXURE - 48338005
      RIGHT TESTIS - 15598003
      LR AP DIALOG CONFIG file (#69.73) has been deleted in which the previous 
      JUNE 29, 2016 - V1 kids file to QA for do no harm testing
      SALIVARY GLAND - 385294005
      SIGMOID COLON - 60184004
      SKIN - 39937001
      SMALL INTESTINE - 30315005
      SOFT TISSUES - 87784001
      SPLEEN - 78961009
      STOMACH - 69695003
      SUBLINGUAL GLAND - 88481005
      SUBPHRENIC FOSSA - 243974009
      SYNOVIAL CYTOLOGIC MATERIAL - 110895009
       
      TAIL OF PANCREAS - 73239005
      THYROID GLAND - 69748006
      TISSUE - 85756007
      TRANSVERSE COLON - 485005
      URETER - 87953007
      URINARY BLADDER - 89837001
      URINE - 78014005
      VAS DEFERENS - 57671007
      VERTEBRA - 51282000 
       
      The build for this patch is distributed in support of the VLE 
      Pre-Installation Instructions:
      -------------------------------------
      This patch may be installed with users on the system although it is 
      recommended that it be installed during non-peak hours to minimize
      potential disruption to users.  This patch should take less than 5 
      minutes 
      to install
       
      1.   The Laboratory ADPAC will need to create thirteen new lab tests to 
            support the CPRS AP DIALOG functionality. These tests must be set up
      Anatomic Pathology order dialog enhancements. It contains the new file LR 
           with a collection sample of AP SPECIMEN.
       
           If the COLLECTION SAMPLE file does not have an AP SPECIMEN entry
          refer to Section 2.2 of the following document:
                LEDI IV Installation Guide (Lab_Ledi_IV_Install_Guide.pd)
       
       
      2.   Add thirteen new tests to the LABORATORY TEST file. Below are
           examples of what the AP tests should look like in the LABORATORY TEST
           File (#60) once the entries have been created. 
      AP DIALOG CONFIG (#69.73).
       
      NOTE: Use the appropriate Institution(s) entries for your facility.
       
      WARNING: Make sure there are no other entries in the LABORATORY TEST file 
      that have the same name or synonym even though the subscript is
      different. 
       
      For example:  If there is an existing Bone Marrow with Subscript of 
      'Cytology' then you may rename the test to 'Bone Marrow (Cytology)'.
      Also if there is a synonym of 'Bone Marrow' then you may rename it to
       
      'Bone Marrow (CY)'.
       
      Set all tests up and TYPE NEITHER. When CPRS v32 is available you can 
      set the TYPE to BOTH.
       
      Workload code configuration should be done in compliance with your 
      current Laboratory practices.
       
      The PRINT NAME is not important and can be whatever you wish it to be.
       
      1-      The LR AP DIALOG CONFIG(#69.73) file is used to support the 
      The ACCESSION AREA should be whatever is in use at your facility as long 
      as it is appropriate for the subscript of the test.
      LABORATORY TESTS (#60)
       
      NAME: BONE MARROW                       TYPE: NEITHER
        SUBSCRIPT: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY         HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
        REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT       COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
        PRINT NAME: BMARROW
      COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
      INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER                ACCESSION AREA: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
      building and functioning of the CPRS AP DIALOG for the following thirteen 
      SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
       NOTE:   Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement 
        NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Surgical Pathology Tissue Exam
      CPRS SCREEN: 118-BONE MARROW
       
       
      NAME: BRONCHIAL BIOPSY                  TYPE: NEITHER
        SUBSCRIPT: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY         HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
        REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT       COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
        PRINT NAME: BROBIOSP
      tests/orderable items:
      COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
      INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER                ACCESSION AREA: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
      SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
       NOTE:   Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement 
        NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Surgical Pathology Tissue Exam
      CPRS SCREEN: 109-BRONCHIAL BIOPSY
       
       
      NAME: BRONCHIAL CYTOLOGY                TYPE: NEITHER
        SUBSCRIPT: CYTOLOGY                   HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
           BONE MARROW
        REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT       COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
        PRINT NAME: BRONC-CY
      COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
      INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER                ACCESSION AREA: CYTOPATHOLOGY
      SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
       NOTE:   Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement 
        NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Report Cytology
      CPRS SCREEN: 102-BRONCHIAL CYTOLOGY
       
       
      values were YES
           BRONCHIAL BIOPSY
      NAME: DERMATOLOGY                       TYPE: NEITHER
        SUBSCRIPT: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY         HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
        REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT       COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
        PRINT NAME: DERMATOL
      COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
      INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER                ACCESSION AREA: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
      SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
       NOTE:   Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement 
        NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Surgical Pathology Tissue Exam
      CPRS SCREEN: 124-DERMATOLOGY
           BRONCHIAL CYTOLOGY
       
       
      NAME: FINE NEEDLE ASPIRATE              TYPE: NEITHER
        SUBSCRIPT: CYTOLOGY                   HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
        REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT       COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
        PRINT NAME: FNA
      COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
      INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER                ACCESSION AREA: CYTOPATHOLOGY
      SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
       NOTE:   Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement 
           DERMATOLOGY
        NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Report Cytology
      CPRS SCREEN: 103-FINE NEEDLE ASPIRATE
       
       
      NAME: GENERAL FLUID                     TYPE: NEITHER
        SUBSCRIPT: CYTOLOGY                   HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
        REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT       COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
        PRINT NAME: GENFLUID
      COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
      INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER                ACCESSION AREA: CYTOPATHOLOGY
           FINE NEEDLE ASPIRATE
      SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
       NOTE:   Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement 
        NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Report Cytology
      CPRS SCREEN: 125-GENERAL FLUID
       
       
      NAME: TISSUE EXAM                       TYPE: NEITHER
        SUBSCRIPT: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY         HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
        REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT       COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
        PRINT NAME: GENSURG
           GASTROINTESTINAL ENDOSCOPY
      COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
      INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER                ACCESSION AREA: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
      SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
       NOTE:   Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement 
        NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Surgical Pathology Tissue Exam
      CPRS SCREEN: 116-TISSUE EXAM
       
       
      NAME: GASTROINTESTINAL ENDOSCOPY        TYPE: NEITHER
        SUBSCRIPT: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY         HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
           GENERAL FLUID
        REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT       COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
        PRINT NAME: GI-EDNO
      COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
      INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER                ACCESSION AREA: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
      SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
       NOTE:   Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement 
        NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Surgical Pathology Tissue Exam
      CPRS SCREEN: 119-GASTROINTESTINAL ENDOSCOPY
       
       
           GYNECOLOGY (PAP SMEAR)
      NAME: GYNECOLOGY (PAP SMEAR)            TYPE: NEITHER
        SUBSCRIPT: CYTOLOGY                   HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
        REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT       COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
        PRINT NAME: GYN-PAP
      COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
      INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER                ACCESSION AREA: CYTOPATHOLOGY
      SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
       NOTE:   Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement 
        NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Report Cytology
      CPRS SCREEN: 126-GYNECOLOGY (PAP SMEAR)
           RENAL BIOPSY
       
       
      NAME: URINE                             TYPE: NEITHER
        SUBSCRIPT: CYTOLOGY                   HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
        REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT       COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
        PRINT NAME: URCYTO
      COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
      INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER                ACCESSION AREA: CYTOPATHOLOGY
      SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
       NOTE:   Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement 
           TISSUE EXAM
        NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Report Cytology
      CPRS SCREEN: 127-URINE
       
       
      NAME: UROLOGY,BLADDER/URETER            TYPE: NEITHER
        SUBSCRIPT: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY         HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
        REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT       COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
        PRINT NAME: UROBLURE
      COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
      INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER                ACCESSION AREA: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
           URINE
      SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
       NOTE:   Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement 
        NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Surgical Pathology Tissue Exam
      CPRS SCREEN: 123-UROLOGY,BLADDER/URETER
       
       
      NAME: UROLOGY,PROSTATE                  TYPE: NEITHER
        SUBSCRIPT: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY         HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
        REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT       COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
        PRINT NAME: UROPROST
       
           UROLOGY,BLADDER/URETER
      COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
      INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER                ACCESSION AREA: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
      SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
       NOTE:   Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement 
        NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Surgical Pathology Tissue Exam
      CPRS SCREEN: 121-UROLOGY,PROSTATE
       
       
      NAME: RENAL BIOPSY                      TYPE: NEITHER
        SUBSCRIPT: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY         HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
           UROLOGY,PROSTATE
        REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT       COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
        PRINT NAME: RENAL BX
      COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
      INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER                ACCESSION AREA: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
      SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
       NOTE:   Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement
        NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Surgical Pathology Tissue Exam
      CPRS SCREEN: 128-RENAL BIOPSY
       
       
      2-      The LR AP DIALOG CONFIG file was created to support the new LR 
      3.   Confirm the ORDERABLE ITEMS were created properly in file 101.43.
           The number seen in the ID field will point to the internal entry 
      number for the test
           in your LABORATORY TEST file.
       
      ORDERABLE ITEMS (#101.43):
       
      NAME: BONE MARROW                       ID: 719;99LRT
        DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY     PACKAGE NAME: BONE MARROW
      SET: LAB
      OTHER LAB AP TESTS order dialog which will be  released with OR*3.0*405.
      SET: AP
        LAB SECTION: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY       TYPE: neither
       
       
      NAME: BRONCHIAL BIOPSY                  ID: 5125;99LRT
        DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY          PACKAGE NAME: BRONCHIAL BIOPSY
      SET: LAB
      SET: AP
        LAB SECTION: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY       TYPE: neither
       
       
       
      NAME: BRONCHIAL CYTOLOGY                ID: 5126;99LRT
        DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY          PACKAGE NAME: BRONCHIAL CYTOLOGY
      SET: LAB
      SET: AP
        LAB SECTION: CYTOLOGY                 TYPE: neither
       
       
      NAME: DERMATOLOGY                       ID: 5127;99LRT
        DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY          PACKAGE NAME: DERMATOLOGY
       
      SET: LAB
      SET: AP
        LAB SECTION: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY       TYPE: neither
       
       
      NAME: FINE NEEDLE ASPIRATE              ID: 5128;99LRT
        DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY          PACKAGE NAME: FINE NEEDLE ASPIRATE
      SET: LAB
      SET: AP
        LAB SECTION: CYTOLOGY                 TYPE: neither
      Blood Bank Review:
       
       
      NAME: GENERAL FLUID                     ID: 5131;99LRT
        DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY          PACKAGE NAME: GENERAL FLUID
      SET: LAB
      SET: AP
        LAB SECTION: CYTOLOGY                 TYPE: neither
       
       
      NAME: TISSUE EXAM                       ID: 5133;99LRT
      ==================
        DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY          PACKAGE NAME: TISSUE EXAM
      SET: LAB
      SET: AP
        LAB SECTION: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY       TYPE: neither
       
       
      NAME: GASTROINTESTINAL ENDOSCOPY        ID: 5129;99LRT
        DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY          PACKAGE NAME: GASTROINTESTINAL 
      ENDOSCOPY
      SET: LAB
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*469 does not 
      SET: AP
        LAB SECTION: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY       TYPE: neither
       
       
      NAME: GYNECOLOGY (PAP SMEAR)            ID: 5132;99LRT
        DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY          PACKAGE NAME: GYNECOLOGY (PAP 
      SMEAR)
      SET: LAB
      SET: AP
        LAB SECTION: CYTOLOGY                 TYPE: neither
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by ProPath
       
       
      NAME: URINE                             ID: 5137;99LRT
        DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY         PACKAGE NAME: URINE
      SET: LAB
      SET: AP
        LAB SECTION: CYTOLOGY                 TYPE: neither
       
       
      NAME: UROLOGY,BLADDER/URETER            ID: 5134;99LRT
      Defect #371947 - During Sprint 12 Review demo the SMEs asked if the
      standard titled: BBM Team Review of VistA Patches.
        DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY          PACKAGE NAME: 
      UROLOGY,BLADDER/URETER
      SET: LAB
      SET: AP
        LAB SECTION: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY       TYPE: neither
       
       
      NAME: UROLOGY,PROSTATE                  ID: 5135;99LRT
        DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY          PACKAGE NAME: UROLOGY,PROSTATE
      SET: LAB
       
      SET: AP
        LAB SECTION: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY       TYPE: neither
       
       
      NAME: RENAL BIOPSY                      ID: 5136;99LRT
        DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY          PACKAGE NAME: RENAL BIOPSY
      SET: LAB
      SET: AP
        LAB SECTION: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY       TYPE: neither
       
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*469 does not 
      4.   Edit the ORDERABLE ITEM file (#101.43) and change the DISPLAY GROUP
           to ANATOMIC APTHOLOGY. This edit will remove the LAB entry from 
      the SET field.
       
           Select OPTION: eNTER OR EDIT FILE ENTRIES  
       
           INPUT TO WHAT FILE: ORDERABLE ITEMS// 
           EDIT WHICH FIELD: ALL// DISPLAY GROUP  
           THEN EDIT FIELD: 
       
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
           Select ORDERABLE ITEMS NAME:    BONE MARROW
           DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY// ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY  
       
       
           Select ORDERABLE ITEMS NAME: 
       
           Review of Orderable Item:
               NAME: BONE MARROW                       ID: 719;99LRT
               DISPLAY GROUP: ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY     PACKAGE NAME: BONE MARROW
              SET: AP
      functions.
              LAB SECTION: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY       TYPE: neither
       
       
      5.  EDIT OF DISPLAY GROUPS FILE (#100.98):  Editing the DISPLAY 
          GROUPS file (#100.98) will display the Anatomic Pathology orders under
          Anatomic Pathology Display Group instead of the Laboratory Display
          group within the CPRS Order tab. The following steps will need to be
          performed.
          Coordinate these changes with your Clinical Coordinator.
       
       
           a. Edit ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY display group and add SP, CY and EM 
              display groups as Members.
              INPUT TO WHAT FILE: DISPLAY GROUP// 
              EDIT WHICH FIELD: ALL// 
       
       
              Select DISPLAY GROUP NAME: anatOMIC PATHOLOGY  
              NAME: ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY// 
              Select MEMBER: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY  
               Are you adding 'SURGICAL PATHOLOGY' as a new MEMBER (the 1ST for
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*469 have no effect on Blood 
               this DISPLAY GROUP)? No// Y  (Yes)
                 MEMBER SEQUENCE: 1// 
              Select MEMBER: CYTOLOGY  
               Are you adding 'CYTOLOGY' as a new MEMBER (the 2ND for this
               DISPLAY GROUP)? No // Y  (Yes)
                 MEMBER SEQUENCE: 2// 
              Select MEMBER: ELECTRON MICROSCOPY  
               Are you adding 'ELECTRON MICROSCOPY' as a new MEMBER (the 3RD for
               this DISPLAY GROUP)? No// Y  (Yes)
                 MEMBER SEQUENCE: 3// 
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
              Select MEMBER: 
              MIXED NAME: Anat. Path.// 
              SHORT NAME: AP// 
              DEFAULT DIALOG: [leave blank]
       
           b.Delete the AP display groups (SP,CYand EM) from the LABORATORY 
              display group entry.
       
              Select DISPLAY GROUP NAME: lab  LABORATORY
              NAME: LABORATORY// 
       
              Select MEMBER: CYTOLOGY// @
                 SURE YOU WANT TO DELETE THE ENTIRE MEMBER? Y  (Yes)
              Select MEMBER: AUTOPSY// SURGICAL PATHOLOGY  
                       ...OK? Yes//   (Yes)
       
                MEMBER: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY// @
                 SURE YOU WANT TO DELETE THE ENTIRE MEMBER? Y  (Yes)
              Select MEMBER: ELECT  RON MICROSCOPY  
               ...OK? Yes//   (Yes)
       
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes 
                MEMBER: ELECTRON MICROSCOPY// @
                 SURE YOU WANT TO DELETE THE ENTIRE MEMBER? Y  (Yes)
              Select MEMBER: ?
                  Answer with MEMBER, or SEQUENCE
                 Choose from:
                 1            CHEMISTRY
                 2            HEMATOLOGY
                 3            MICROBIOLOGY
                 4            BLOOD BANK
                 5            ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY
      specimen could automatically populate in the Specimen Description [field]
      made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of
                 8            AUTOPSY
          
                   You may enter a new MEMBER, if you wish
                   Enter a display group.  A display group that is an ancestor
                   may not also be a member.
                Answer with DISPLAY GROUP NAME
                Do you want the entire 59-Entry DISPLAY GROUP List? 
            
                You may enter a new DISPLAY GROUP, if you wish
                ANSWER MUST BE 3-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
      installation of this patch.
             Select MEMBER:
             MIXED NAME: Lab// 
             SHORT NAME: LAB// 
             DEFAULT DIALOG: LR OTHER LAB TESTS//
           
           c. Add ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY display group to the ALL SERVICES display
              group.
              Select DISPLAY GROUP NAME: ALL SERVICES  
              NAME: ALL SERVICES// 
              Select MEMBER: CLINIC SCHEDULING// ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY  
       
               Are you adding 'ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY' as a new MEMBER (the 21ST for
               this DISPLAY GROUP)? No// Y  (Yes)
                  MEMBER SEQUENCE: 21//
               Select MEMBER: 
               MIXED NAME: All// 
               SHORT NAME: ALL// 
               DEFAULT DIALOG:
       
      6.   REVIEW ORWOR CATEGORY SEQUENCE PARAMETER:  Review the 'Anatomic 
           Pathology' display group is set in ORWOR CATEGORY SEQUENCE parameter
       
           at the Package level as sequence number 74 which will enable the 
           Anatomic Pathology order to sort ahead of other Laboratory orders on
           the CPRS Orders tab. If ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY is not present or not in 
           sequence 74 have the IRM edit the package level.
       
           Note: If this parameter contains values for the User or System levels
                 edit these entries and add ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY as a sequence 
                 number just before the LABORATORY entry.
       
      Select OPTION NAME: XPAR MENU TOOLS       General Parameter Tools
      Patch Components:
       
       
         LV     List Values for a Selected Parameter
         LE     List Values for a Selected Entity
         LP     List Values for a Selected Package
         LT     List Values for a Selected Template
         EP     Edit Parameter Values
         ET     Edit Parameter Values with Template
         EK     Edit Parameter Definition Keyword
       
      --------------------------
      Select General Parameter Tools <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: LV  List Values for 
      a Selected Parameter
      Select PARAMETER DEFINITION NAME: ORWOR CATEGORY SEQUENCE     Orders
      Category Sequence
       
      Values for ORWOR CATEGORY SEQUENCE
       
      Parameter                       Instance   Value
      -----------------------------------------------------------------
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  10         M.A.S.
       
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  20         ALLERGIES
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  30         VITALS/MEASUREMENTS
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  35         ACTIVITY
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  40         NURSING
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  50         DIETETICS
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  59         CLINIC INFUSIONS
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  60         IV MEDICATIONS
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  65         OUTPATIENT MEDICATIONS
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  68         NON-VA MEDICATIONS
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  69         CLINIC MEDICATIONS
       Files & Fields Associated:
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  70         INPATIENT MEDICATIONS
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  74         ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  75         LABORATORY
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  80         IMAGING
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  90         CONSULTS
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  100        PROCEDURES
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  110        SURGERY
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  120        OTHER HOSPITAL SERVICES
       
      Enter RETURN to continue or '^' to exit: 
       
       
      Parameter                       Instance   Value
      -----------------------------------------------------------------
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  130        SUPPLIES/DEVICES
      PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR  135        CLINIC SCHEDULING
       
      Enter RETURN to continue or '^' to exit: 
       
       
         LV     List Values for a Selected Parameter
      File Name (Number)      Field Name (Number)  New/Modified/Deleted
         LE     List Values for a Selected Entity
         LP     List Values for a Selected Package
         LT     List Values for a Selected Template
         EP     Edit Parameter Values
         ET     Edit Parameter Values with Template
         EK     Edit Parameter Definition Keyword
       
      Select General Parameter Tools <TEST ACCOUNT> Option:
       
      Installation Instructions:
      as that would be important.  The specimen is usually a part of the
      ------------------      -------------------  --------------------
      ------------------------------
      This installation will add the LR AP DIALOG CONFIG file (#69.73) and 
      configure it for the Order Dialogs and Specimens listed in the environment
      check.
       
      1.  Choose the PackMan message containing this patch.
       
      2.  Choose the INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE PackMan option.  
       
      3.  From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu, select
      LR AP DIALOG CONFIG                                 New
          the Installation Menu.  From this menu, you may elect to use the
          following options. When prompted for the INSTALL NAME enter the patch 
          LR*5.2*469:
          a.  Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a backup
              message of any routines exported with this patch. It will not
              backup any other changes such as DDs or templates.
          b.  Compare Transport Global to Current System - This option will
              allow you to view all changes that will be made when this patch
              is installed.  It compares all components of this patch
              (routines, DDs, templates, etc.).
       (#69.73)
          c.  Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will allow
              you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the
              transport global.
           
      4.  From the Installation Menu, select the Install Package(s) option and
          choose the patch to install.
       
      5.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
          Install? NO//'     
          Respond: NO
                                 
       
      6.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
          NO//'
          Respond: NO
       
      7.  When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, 
          and Protocols? NO//' 
          Respond: NO
       
      8.  If prompted 'Delay Install (Minutes):  (0 - 60): 0//' respond 0.
        
       
      Post-Installation Instructions:
      ---------------------------------------
      N/A
      Forms Associated:
       
      Form Name               File #          New/Modified/Deleted
      ---------               ------          --------------------
      N/A
      description.  Stuti replied that a decision was made to remove the
       
       
      Mail Groups Associated:
       
      Mail Group Name          New/Modified/Deleted
      ---------------          --------------------
      N/A
       
       
      Options Associated:
      
    • 475 SEQ #377
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-01-23 13:48:13
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
    • 163
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-08-19 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Build Patch Description LR*5.2*163
       will have assigned CPT codes. This will cause a 2 to 4 fold increase
       in the workload Patient Care Encounter (PCE) Application Programmer
       Interface (API) traffic.
        
       The workload API is dependent on orderable tests being linked to a NLT
       code. National Laboratory File menu [LR70 60-64] option has sub-menu
       options to link the LABORATORY TEST file (#60) entries to NLT codes.
        
         2.  The routine LRCAPAMP that is used by the Recompile Phase 1 LMIP
       data [LR WKLD LMIP 1 REPEAT] option was not resetting all file entries.
       
       In certain situations, workload data could be lost.
       NOTE: Remember to recompile each division individually before repeating
       any additional data compiling.
       
         3.  The Workload code list [LRCAPD] option has been enhanced to
       display CPT codes and additional fields to be used by Laboratory
       Electronic Data Interchange (LEDI). NOTE: It is recommended that a
       new list be generated with this option.
        
         4.  The Edit or Print WKLD CODES [LR WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT] option
       This patch upgrades the National Laboratory Test (NLT) codes. The
       now allows the user to edit all fields for any WKLD CODE in the file.
       This option should be restricted to the Laboratory Information
       Manager's (LIM's) menu.
        
         5.  The Add a new WKLD code to file [LRCAP CODE ADD] option now
       prompts for test cost and price.
        
         7.  The PRICE field (#8) has been added to the WKLD CODE file (#64).
        
         8.  Any conversion errors are stored in the LAB NLT/CPD CODE (#64.81).
       following enhancements are provided. The CPT/HCPCS CODES Version 6.0
       If no errors are generated during the CPT code linkage, this file will
       be empty after install is completed.
        
         9.  The PCE/VSIT ON field (#615) in LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) will
       be set to "PCE/VSIT ONLY" which transmits CPT codes only to the workload
       API. No Clinic Stop Code data will be transmitted.
        
        10  When using the Manual Linking of file 60 64 [LR7O 60-64 MANUAL]
       option to change an NLT code assigned to a test in the LABORATORY TEST
       file (#60), a FileMan error "??" would occur. This resulted in the
       is a required package for this patch.
       previous associated test in WKLD CODE file (#64) not being deleted. The
       routine LR7OU4 corrects this error.
        
         1.  All existing Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) codes in the
       WKLD CODE file (#64) will be removed. The 1997 CPT codes will be
       linked to existing codes. After installation, all relevant WKLD CODES
      
    • 463 SEQ #378
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-01-23 14:07:05
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Upload new Etiology entries into file (61.2)
      
    • 474
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-01-23 14:12:09
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Associated Patch: LA*5.2*90; which will be installed first as a part of
      middleware, sites will be able to switch from using class III interfaces
       
      Parameter Name            New/Modified/Deleted
      --------------            --------------------
      LR MI UI RELEASE DEFAULT   NEW
       
      Additional Information:
       
      N/A 
       
      New Service Requests (NSRs):
      to a UI standard interface. New functionality will be applied that will
      ----------------------------  
      NSR #20131213 
      Carbapenem Resistant Enterobacteriaceae (CRE) Naming Conventions
      Electronic Interfacing of Automated Identification and Susceptibility 
      Testing Instruments
       
      NSR #20140801
      Tracking Multi-Drug Resistant Organisms 
      Patient Safety Issues (PSIs):
      -----------------------------
      allow for an "MI" subscripted test to be added to the VistA Auto
      N/A
       
       
      Remedy Ticket(s) & Overview:
      ----------------------------
       
      N/A
       
      Problem:
      -------
      Instrument file (#64.2). There will also be enhanced result processing and
      N/A
       
      Resolution:
      ----------
      N/A
       
      Test Sites:
      ----------
      Tampa (alpha)
      Iowa City
      verify/release functions (see LA*5.2*90 patch descriptions for additional
      Lexington
       
      Software and Documentation Retrieval Information 
      ==============================
      VistA Laboratory patch LR*5.2*474 software is distributed by Host File,
      along with LA*5.2*90.  
       
      The preferred method is to retrieve files from download.vista.domain.ext.
      This transmits the files from the first available server. Sites may 
      also elect to retrieve files directly from a specific server. 
      details).
       
      Sites may retrieve the software and/or documentation directly using 
      Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) from the ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directory
      at the following OI Field Offices:
         
      Albany:                 fo-albany.domain.ext
      Hines:                  fo-hines.domain.ext    
      Salt Lake City:         fo-slc.domain.ext
                                         
      File Name                   Contents               Retrieval Format 
       
      ------------------          --------------------   ----------------
      LAB_MICRO_INTERFACE_        Host File containing   ASCII
      RELEASE_1_0.KID             KIDS software distribution 
       
      LAB_MICRO_INTERFACE_RELEASE_1_0_DOCS.ZIP, which contains both .pdf and 
      .doc formatted file of the following documents. Retrieval format is 
      BINARY:
       
      Lab Micro Interface Release 1.0 User Guide
      Lab Micro Interface Release 1.0 Technical Manual and Security Guide     
      The build for this patch is distributed in support of the VistA 
      Lab Micro Deployment, Installation, Back-Out, and Rollback 
      Guide           
       
      The VistA Documentation Library (VDL) web site will also contain the 
      above referenced documents. This website is usually updated within 1-3
      days of the patch release date. The VDL web address for Laboratory
      Universal Interface user documentation is:
      http://www.domain.ext/vdl/application.asp?appid=120
       
      Note: These previously released documents contain configuration and
      Laboratory Enhancement (VLE) Microbiology/Data Innovations interface 
      mapping information that is useful to the implementation of the Universal
      Interface for Microbiology tests.
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      LEDI IV Installation Guide     LAB_LEDI_IV_IG.PDF            binary
      LEDI IV User Manual            LAB_LEDI_IV_UM.PDF            binary
      LEDI IV Update AP/MICRO        LEDI_IV__AP__MICRO_           binary
      Configuration Guide            CONFIGURATION_GUIDE.PDF       binary
       
           
      Patch Installation:
      utilizing the Laboratory Universal Interface.
      -------------------
       
       
      Pre/Post Installation Overview:
      -------------------------------
      This patch, LR*5.2*474 is part of a combined build for the Laboratory 
      Microbiology Interface Enhancement patch.
       
      This patch install must be coordinated with the Laboratory ADPAC to 
      ensure that all Lab Interface related activities are halted.
      this combined build.
       
       
      This installation will modify the Enter/verify data (auto instrument)
      option for the Microbiology Universal Interface process by providing the
      following release options:
       
      Select RELEASE action: Edit (full)// ?
       
      Entering 0 will abort review/release.
      Entering 1 will allow release 'as is' with no editing.
      Entering 2 will allow you to enter/edit comments then release.
      The patch provide new functionality provides for the Enter/Verify data 
      Entering 3 will allow you to enter full edit, similar to 'Results entry' 
      option.
       
      Selections 1-3 will allow editing of status and approved date/time.
       
           Select one of the following:
       
                0         Quit
                1         Release
                2         Comments/Release
      (Auto Instrument) option which will allow the technologist with the 
                3         Edit (full)
       
       
      Pre-Installation Instructions:
      ------------------------------
      Ensure that all Lab Interface activity has been halted !!
       
      This would include:
      -Editing of an Auto Instrument file entry, 
      -Turn off the Auto Downloading process to prevent the building and 
      authority to release three release actions.
      downloading 
      of a Load/Worklist to the Instrument Manager. 
      -Shut down all LA7UI logical links and any other HL7 process (HLZTCP or 
      HLLP processes) 
      to prevent the processing of result messages from the IM.
       
      This patch may be installed with users on the system as long as the above 
      process controls have been followed.
       
       
       
      Installation Instructions:
      --------------------------
      This patch may be installed with users on the system although it is 
       recommended that it be installed during non-peak hours to minimize 
       potential disruption to users.  This patch should take less than 5 
       minutes to install.
       
         
      1.      DOWNLOAD HOST KIDS FILE 
              ----------------------
       
              Download the KIDS file LAB_MICRO_INTERFACE_RELEASE_1_0.KID from 
              the ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directory of Albany, Hines, or the Salt
              Lake OIFO to the appropriate directory on your system.
       
      2.      LOAD DISTRIBUTION 
              -----------------
              Use the 'LOAD A DISTRIBUTION' option on the KIDS 
              INSTALLATION menu, and enter:  the directory onto which you 
              have downloaded the host file, followed by 
              LAB_MICRO_INTERFACE_RELEASE_1_0.KID, the host file name. 
      Blood Bank Review:
       
      3.      START UP KIDS 
              -------------
              Start up the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu 
              [XPD MAIN]:
              Edits and Distribution ...  
              Utilities ...  
              Installation ...  
       
              Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option: 
      ==================
              Installation 
              -------------
       
                  Load a Distribution 
                  Print Transport Global 
                  Compare Transport Global to Current System 
                  Verify Checksums in Transport Global 
                  Install Package(s) 
                  Restart Install of Package(s) 
                  Unload a Distribution 
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*474 does not 
                  Backup a Transport Global 
       
      4.      Select Installation Option: 
           ---------------------------
         
         a.   Use the Load a Distribution and select Host File: 
              LAB_MICRO_INTERFACE_RELEASE_1_0.KID
              b.  Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a backup
              message of any routines exported with this patch. It will not
              backup any other changes such as DDs or templates.
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by ProPath
              c.  Compare Transport Global to Current System - This option will
              allow you to view all changes that will be made when this patch
              is installed.  It compares all components of this patch
              (routines, DDs, templates, etc.).
              d.  Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will allow
              you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the
              transport global.
           
       
      5.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
       
      standard titled: BBM Team Review of VistA Patches.
          Install? NO//'     
          Respond: NO
       
      6.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
          NO//'
          Respond: NO
       
      7.  When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, 
          and Protocols? NO//' 
          Respond: NO
       
       
      8.  If prompted 'Delay Install (Minutes): (0 - 60): 0//' 
          Respond: 0.
       
       
      Post-Installation Instructions:
      -------------------------------
      ADPAC and Microbiology Tech instructions:
       
      1.      After data has been received from the Data Innovations for an 
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*474 does not 
      automated Microbiology instrument, the releasing Microbiology Technologist
      will be presented with the following options:
       
      Select RELEASE action: Edit (full)// ?
       
      Entering 0 will abort review/release.
      Entering 1 will allow release 'as is' with no editing.
      Entering 2 will allow you to enter/edit comments then release.
      Entering 3 will allow you to enter full edit, similar to 'Results entry' 
      option.
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
      Selections 1-3 will allow editing of status and approved date/time.
       
           Select one of the following:
       
                0         Quit
                1         Release
                2         Comments/Release
                3         Edit (full)
       
      Select RELEASE action: Edit (full)// 0  Quit
      functions.
       
      Do you want to PURGE these results? NO//
       
       
      2.       A new parameter LR MI UI RELEASE DEFAULT is included with this 
      patch and it provides the VAMC site the ability to set the release default
      at the package and user levels.
       
      Example configuration:
       
       
      Select OE/RR interface parameters <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: Select Lab
       liaison menu <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: OE/RR interface parameters
       
       
         EH     Edit HOSPITAL SITE parameters
         AS     Edit a lab administration schedule
         IL     Inquire to a Lab administration schedule
         CC     Update CPRS Parameters ...
       
      Select OE/RR interface parameters <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: CC Update CPRS
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*474 have no effect on Blood 
      Parameters
       
       
         PA     Update CPRS with Lab order parameters
         SI     Update CPRS with Single Lab test
         UP     Update CPRS with all Lab test parameters
         DO     Domain Level Parameter Edit
         LO     Location Level Parameter Edit
         PP     Package Level Parameter Edit
         UL     Display Lab User Parameters
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
      Select Update CPRS Parameters <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: PP Package Level 
      Parameter Edit
       
      Lab Package Level Parameters for Package: LAB SERVICE
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Collect on Monday                                 YES
      Collect on Tuesday                                YES
      Collect on Wednesday                              YES
      Collect on Thursday                               YES
       
      Collect on Friday                                 YES
      Collect on Saturday                               YES
      Collect on Sunday                                 YES
      Lab Collects on Holidays                          YES
      Lab Collect Days Allowed in Future                7
      Maximum Days for Continuous Orders                
      Default manual verify method                      
      Default load/work list verify method
      Display Provider in Micro Result Entry            
      Default Micro Instrument Release Action VITEK     Edit (full)
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes 
      Prompt CPRS Alert in Micro Result Entry           Don't Ask
      Prompt CPRS Alert in CH Result Entry              
      EGFR Creatinine IDMS-traceable Method             
      EGFR Patient's Age Cutoff                         
      EGFR Result Cutoff                                
      Send an alert after AP release                    
      Default AP Report Selection Prompt                
      Ask Performing Lab AP                             YES
      Ask Performing Lab Micro                          YES
      Print SNOMED Code System                          SNOMED I
      The build for this patch is distributed as part of a multi-package build 
      made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of
      Document Surgery Package Case Info                NO
      Chemistry GUI Report Right Margin                 
      Microbiology GUI Report Right Margin              
      AP GUI Report Right Margin                        
      Method of Assigning AP Accession Number
      Default Accessioning Specimen
      Default Accessioning Collection Sample
      Default Accessioning Lab Test
      Exclude removed tests from building
      Use default accession dates
      installation of this patch.
      Print Reporting/Printing Facility                 None
      Days to keep of instrument data 1                 2
      Lab STS Default Mapping Files Directory           
      Lab STS Default Mapping Filespec                  *.TXT
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
      COLLECT MONDAY: YES// 
      COLLECT TUESDAY: YES// 
      COLLECT WEDNESDAY: YES// 
      COLLECT THURSDAY: YES// 
      COLLECT FRIDAY: YES// 
       
      COLLECT SATURDAY: YES// 
      COLLECT SUNDAY: YES// 
      IGNORE HOLIDAYS: YES// 
      LAB COLLECT DAYS ALLOWED IN FUTURE: 7// 
      MAXIMUM DAYS FOR CONTINUOUS ORDERS: 
      Default manual verify method: 
       
      For Default load/work list verify method -
      Select Accession Area: 
      Display Provider in Micro Result Entry: 
       
       
      For Default Micro Instrument Release Action -
      Select Load/Work List: VITEK  
       
      Load/Work List: VITEK//   VITEK   VITEK
      Default load/work list verify method: Edit (full)// 
       
      For Default Micro Instrument Release Action -
      Select Load/Work List: 
         NOTE: This parameter will allow the default release action to be
      Patch Components:
         Load/Work List specific.
       
       
      3.       Setting the default release action for a user:
       
      Select Information-help menu <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: PP  General Lab User 
      Parameters
       
      Lab User Level Parameters for User: TECH,MICRO
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
      -----------------
      Default lab label printer
      Display previous comments for test
      Default Performing Laboratory                     
      Ask Performing Lab AP                             
      Ask Performing Lab Micro                          
      Display Provider in Micro Result Entry            
      Prompt CPRS Alert in CH Result Entry              
      Prompt CPRS Alert in Micro Result Entry           
      Default Micro Instrument Release Action VITEK     Release
      Default AP Report Selection Prompt                
      None
      Send an alert after AP release                    
      Default Accessioning Specimen
      Default Accessioning Collection Sample
      Default Accessioning Lab Test
      Exclude removed tests from building
      Use default accession dates
      Lab Messaging - Parse HL7 Messages                
      Lab Messaging - Display using Browser             
      Lab Messaging - Show Identifiers                  
      Chemistry GUI Report Right Margin                 
       
      Microbiology GUI Report Right Margin              132
      AP GUI Report Right Margin                        240
      Lab STS Default Mapping Files Directory           
      Lab STS Default Mapping Filespec                  
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
       
      For Default lab label printer -
      Select Division:  
       
      For Display previous comments for test -
      Files & Fields Associated:
      Select Laboratory Test: 
      Default Performing Laboratory: 
      Ask Performing Lab AP: 
      Ask Performing Lab for MICRO: 
      Display Provider in Micro Result Entry: 
      Send CPRS Alert in CH Result Entry: 
      Send CPRS Alert in Micro Result Entry: 
       
      For Default Micro Instrument Release Action -
      Select Load/Work List: VITEK  
       
      Are you adding VITEK as a new Load/Work List? Yes//   YES
       
      Load/Work List: VITEK//   VITEK   VITEK
      Default load/work list verify method: Release
       
      For Default Micro Instrument Release Action -
      Select Load/Work List:   
         NOTE: This parameter will allow the default release action to be
         Load/Work List specific.
      AP Report Selection Default: ^
      that contains LA*5.2*90 and LR*5.2*474. The build contains functionality 
      File Name (Number)         Field Name (Number)     New/Modified/Deleted
      ------------------         -------------------     --------------------
      N/A
       
       
      Forms Associated:
       
      Form Name                    File #               New/Modified/Deleted
      ---------                    ------               --------------------
      N/A
      that will allow Microbiology instrumentation to utilize the Lab Universal
       
       
      Mail Groups Associated:
       
      Mail Group Name          New/Modified/Deleted
      ---------------          --------------------
      N/A
       
       
      Options Associated:
      Interface. 
       
      Option Name            Type               New/Modified/Deleted
      -----------            ----               -------------------- 
      N/A
       
       
      Protocols Associated:
       
      Protocol Name       New/Modified/Deleted
      -------------       -------------------- 
       
      N/A
       
       
      Security Keys Associated:
       
      Security Key Name
      -----------------
      N/A
       
       
      By utilizing the Universal Interface and Instrument Manager (IM) 
      Templates Associated:
       
      Template Name      Type      File Name (Number)  New/Modified/Deleted 
      -------------      ----      ------------------  --------------------
      LR USER                      PARAMETER TEMPLATE  NEW
                                    FILE (8989.52)
      LR PKG                       PARAMETER TEMPLATE  NEW
                                    FILE (8989.52)
       
      Parameters Associated:
      
    • 464 SEQ #380
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-01-23 14:38:17
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      The NSR20140715 Surgical Pathology Report Enhancements for Readability 
      care provider, I need to view the Laboratory Surgical Pathology Report 
      columns in-line, so the report is legible and I can provide timely care 
      for the patient. 
      intake modifies the Laboratory Surgical Pathology report by lining up the 
      columns so that the report is more legible. 
       
      This intake has been implemented locally at the Kansas City, Kansas VAMC. 
       
      The NSR for this intake addresses the following requirement: 
       
      * VHBAO: NEED502503 Surgical Pathology Report Enhancement: As a health 
      
    • 482 SEQ #381
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-02-03 15:44:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Subject:  ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY ORDER DIALOG ENHANCEMENT - FIX FOR AUTOPSY 
      Associated Patches: LR*5.2*462
      pathologists. This mechanism must be in place for use by the specimen 
      labeling application in order to generate a primary specimen label that 
      positively identifies the specimen and accurately associates it with the 
      patient.
       
      Patient Safety Issues (PSIs):
      -----------------------------
      N/A
       
       
       
      Remedy Ticket(s) & Overview:
      ----------------------------
       
      N/A
       
      Problem:
      -------
      N/A
       
      Resolution:
      The build for this patch is distributed in support of the VistA Lab 
      ----------
      N/A
       
      Test Sites:
      ----------
      AP Dialogs w/OR*3.0*405:
        North Florida/South Georgia Veterans Health System (Gainesville, FL)
        Central California VA Health Care System (Fresno, CA)
        VA Northern  California Health Care System
        Edward Hines Jr. VA Hospital
      Enhancement (VLE) Anatomic Pathology order dialog enhancements. This 
        Philadelphia VA Medical Center
       
       
      Documentation Retrieval Instructions:
      ------------------------------------- 
      Software being released as a host file and/or documentation describing 
      the new functionality introduced by this patch are available.
       
      The preferred method is to retrieve files from download.vista.domain.ext.
      This transmits the files from the first available server. Sites may 
      patch is to fix an error to released patch LR*5.2*462 [ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY 
      also elect to retrieve files directly from a specific server. 
       
      Sites may retrieve the software and/or documentation directly using 
      Secure 
      File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) from the ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directory at 
      the following OI Field Offices:
         
      Albany:                 fo-albany.domain.ext
      Hines:                  fo-hines.domain.ext    
      Salt Lake City:         fo-slc.domain.ext
      ORDER DIALOG ENHANCEMENT]. It resolves the error generated when using the 
         
      Documentation can also be found on the VA Software Documentation Library 
      at:
      http://www4.domain.ext/vdl/
       
      Title                         File Name                       FTP Mode
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------
      VistA laboratory Enhancements  AP_VIP_Deployment_Installation_  Binary
      (VLE) Anatomic Pathlogy (AP)   Roll Back_Back-Out_Guide.DOC
      Order Dialogs
      option "Verify/release reports, anat path" [LRAPR] to verify/release an 
      VistA laboratory Enhancements  AP_VIP_Deployment_Installation_  Binary
      (VLE) Anatomic Pathlogy (AP)   Roll Back_Back-Out_Guide.PDF
      Order Dialogs
                
            
      Patch Installation:
       
       
      Pre/Post Installation Overview:
      -------------------------------
      Autopsy (AU) accession. This patch is being released as an emergency 
      This patch is a fix for an Autopsy error that is triggered when users 
      'Verify/Release Autopsy report in VistA. 
       
      Pre-Installation Instructions:
      ------------------------------
      This patch may be installed with users on the system although it is 
      strongly recommended that it be installed during non-peak hours when 
      LAB usage is at a minimum.
       
       
      patch with a compliance date of Feb 5, 2017 to coincide with the 
      Installation Instructions:
      --------------------------
      This patch may be installed with users on the system although it is 
       recommended that it be installed during non-peak hours to minimize 
       potential disruption to users.  This patch should take less than 5 
       minutes to install.
       
      This installation will install the components necessary to support the 
      CPRS AP Order Dialog functionality released with OR*3.0*405.
       
      LR*5.2*462 compliance date of Feb 5, 2017
      1.  Choose the PackMan message containing this patch.
       
      2.  Choose the INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE PackMan option.  
       
      3.  From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu, select
          the Installation Menu.  From this menu, you may elect to use the
          following options. When prompted for the INSTALL NAME enter the patch 
          LR*5.2*462:
          a.  Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a backup
              message of any routines exported with this patch. It will not
      ERROR
       
              backup any other changes such as DDs or templates.
         b.  Compare Transport Global to Current System - This option will
              allow you to view all changes that will be made when this patch
              is installed.  It compares all components of this patch
              (routines, DDs, templates, etc.).
          c.  Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will allow
              you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the
              transport global.
           
      4.  From the Installation Menu, select the Install Package(s) option and
      Defect Addressed - 451608
          choose the patch to install.
       
      5.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
          Install? NO//'     
          Respond: NO
       
      6.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
          NO//'
          Respond: NO
       
       
      7.  When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, 
          and Protocols? NO//' 
          Respond: NO
       
      8.  If prompted 'Delay Install (Minutes):  (0 - 60): 0//' respond 0.
       
       
      Post-Installation Instructions:
      -------------------------------
      N/A
      The patch contains two routine, no option or menus.
       
       
      Routine Information:
      ====================
       
      The second line of each of these routines now looks like:
      ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[Patch List]**;Sep 27, 1994;Build 1
       
      The checksums below are new checksums, and
      can be checked with CHECK1^XTSUMBLD.
       
       
      Routine Name: LR482
          Before:       n/a   After:  B4627709  **482**
      Routine Name: LRAPRES1
          Before: B70400068   After: B71690317  **259,336,369,365,397,413,350,
                                                 462,482**
       
      Routine list of preceding patches: 462
      Blood Bank Review:
      ==================
      All of the above changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank 
      Developer and found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE 
      control functions.
       
       
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*482 have no effect on Blood 
      Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*482 does not 
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
      elements functions.
       
      POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to routines and 
      files identified in ProPath standard titled: BBM Team Review of VistA 
      Category:  PATCH FOR A PATCH
      Patches, group B listing. The changes have no effect on Blood Bank 
      functionality or medical device control functions. There is no adverse 
      potential to sites.
       
       
      Patch Components:
      -----------------
       
      N/A
       
                 EMERGENCY PATCH
      Forms Associated:
       
      Form Name                    File #               New/Modified/Deleted
      ---------                    ------               --------------------
      N/A
       
       
      Mail Groups Associated:
       
      Mail Group Name          New/Modified/Deleted
       
      ---------------          --------------------
      N/A
       
       
      Options Associated:
       
      N/A
       
       
       
      Description:
       
      Protocols Associated:
       
      Protocol Name       New/Modified/Deleted
      -------------       -------------------- 
      N/A
       
       
      Security Keys Associated:
       
      ===========
      Security Key Name
      -----------------
      N/A
       
       
      Templates Associated:
       
      N/A
       
      Additional Information:
       
       
      N/A 
       
       
      New Service Requests (NSRs):
      ----------------------------   
      #20140511
      The Anatomic Pathology (AP) laboratory service needs a mechanism for 
      clinicians to provide required patient-specific, procedure-specific, and 
      specimen-specific information to facilitate specimen processing by 
      
    • 470 SEQ #382
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-02-03 15:47:25
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a general maintenance patch for the laboratory
                             to transmit to HDR
       
       
      2. INC000000775621  -  Lab order merging leads to incorrect
                             status of file 100 orders
      package by the Vista Maintenance team that addresses
      issues with some patients test results not getting transmitted
      to the HDR (Health Data Repository) and with some lab orders
      that have the wrong status in file #100 (ORDER).
       
      ASSOCIATED REMEDY TICKET:
      ========================
      1. INC000001243211  -  Failure of merged lab collect orders
      
    • 468 SEQ #383
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-03-13 14:37:15
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      See National Patch Module for details.
      
    • 479 SEQ #385
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-03-28 15:42:06
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
       This patch contains corrections that address issues related to the
       contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by 
      -------------       -------------------- 
      N/A
       
       
      Security Keys Associated:
       
      Security Key Name
      -----------------
      N/A
       
       ProPath standard titled: BBM Team Review of VistA Patches.
       
      Templates Associated:
       
      Template Name      Type      File Name (Number)  New/Modified/Deleted 
      -------------      -----     ------------------  --------------------
      N/A
       
       
      Additional Information:
       
       
      N/A 
       
       
      New Service Requests (NSRs):
      --------------------------------------------   
      #20140511 
       The Anatomic Pathology (AP) laboratory service needs a mechanism for 
       clinicians to provide required patient-specific, procedure-specific, and 
       specimen-specific information to facilitate specimen processing by 
       pathologists. This mechanism must be in place for use by the specimen 
       RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*479 have no effect on Blood 
       labeling application in order to generate a primary specimen label that 
       positively identifies the specimen and accurately associates it with the 
       patient.
       
      Patient Safety Issues (PSIs):
      ---------------------------------------
      N/A
       
       
      CA SDM Ticket(s) & Overview:
       Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
      --------------------------------------------
       
      N/A
       
       
      Test Sites:
      ---------------
      AP Dialogs w/OR*3.0*405:
        North Florida/South Georgia Veterans Health System (Gainesville, FL)
        Edward Hines Jr. VA Hospital
       
        Philadelphia VA Medical Center
       
      Problem:
      -------
       Sub files 60.0216611,.01 (AOE CPRS SCREEN) and 60.12166,.01 (AOE SCREEN) 
       in the LABORAOTRY TEST file (#60) were erroneously released with the
       distribution of patch LR*5.2*462.
       
      Resolution:
      -----------
       VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes 
       These two fields will be removed from the data dictionary with the LR479 
       post-install routine.
       
      Problem:
      --------
      Sub file 69.321661,.01 (VFD AOE) in the LAB ORDER ENTRY file (#69) was 
      erroneously released with the distribution of patch LR*5.2*462.
       
      Resoultion:
      -----------
       made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of 
       This field will be removed form the data dictionary with the LR479 
       post-install routine.
       
      Problem:
      --------
       Specimen Login in VistA does not assign correct accession number when 
       using the new accession process added to the AP Specimen Log In option 
       with patch LR*5.2*462. The order number entered at this point was created
       using the new AP Order Dialog in CPRS. The accession area assigned to the
       Laboratory test in file 60 was not being honored and only SURGICAL 
       installation of this patch.
       PATHOLOGY (SP) and CYTOLOGY (CY) accession areas were being utilized.
       
      Resolution:
      -----------
       Routine modifications were made to honor the correct accession area as
       defined in the Laboratory test file in association with the division
       of the user accessioning the order.
       
      Problem:
      --------
       
       Practitioner field in CPRS displays '0' if Surgeon/Physician is blank in 
       VistA - Backdoor order only.
       
      Resolution:
      -----------
       Routine modifications were made to correct the storage of a zero when no
       Surgeon/Physician was entered during the accessioning process. 
       
      Problem:
      --------
       VistA Lab Enhancements (VLE) released patches LR*5.2*462 and LR*5.2*469.
      Patch Components:
       Lock login process of AP Orders via Accessioning menu - Post Release
       LR479.
       
      Resolution:
      -----------
       Option Accessioning tests ordered by ward order entry [LROE] has been
       modified to not allow Anatomic Pathology orders to be processed. The 
       user will see the following message before exiting the option:
       
          This is an Anatomic Path order                         
      --------------------------
       
          Must use 'Log-in, anat path' Option to accession this Order           
       
      Problem:
      --------
       AP Backdoor order from VistA displays Send Patient to Lab as default 
       Collection Status.
       
      Resolution:
      -----------
       
       Routine modifications were made to change the default from SP Send 
       Patient to WC Ward Collect.
       
      Problem:
      --------
       Backdoor AP Order from VistA does not display patient location in CPRS.
       
      Resolution:
      -----------
       Routine modifications were made to pass the correct pointer to CPRS so 
      Files & Fields Associated:
       that the ordering location will be reflected correctly.
       
       
      Problem:
      --------
       Error <SUBSCRIPT>AP+2^LRXREF is being triggered during AP Specimen 
       Log-in accessioning of orders created in CPRS. There was code in the 
       routine that was trying to continue the accessioning process even if the 
       test being accessioned did not have an accession area defined that 
       matched the division of the accessioning person. The default lookup was 
       
       expecting to find an SP for Surgical Pathology or a CY for Cytopathology 
       accession area abbreviations. If a site has changed these abbreviations 
       to something other than SP and CY the <SUBSCRIPT> error would be 
       triggered.
       
      Resolution:
      -----------
       Routine modifications were made to remove the default accession area 
       logic and replace it with code that will exit the user with the following
       message:
      File Name (Number)      Field Name (Number)        New/Modified/Deleted
       
      [ TISSUE EXAM]  DOES NOT HAVE AN APPROPRIATE ACCESSION AREA DEFINED       
                                       Log-in Aborted
       
      Problem:
      --------
       The VLE AP project is unable to acquire an ICR with $$DEFAULT^ORWLRAP1.
       
      Resolution:
      -----------
      ------------------      -------------------        --------------------
       This API was removed from the input transform of the .01 field of file 
       69.73.
       
              DD: 69.73:.01
       
      Problem:
      --------
       The builder blocks had three misspellings (erosioin,technnique and SLide)
       for selectable values.
       
      LR AP DIALOG CONFIG    69.73,.01 ORDERABLE ITEM    Modified
      Resolution:
      -----------
       The patch has a post install sub-routine SPELL^LR479 that will search for
       strings that equal "erosioin", "technnique" or "SLide" within the 69.73
       file and set them to "erosion" and "technique" respectively.
       
              Routine: LR479
       
       
      Problem:
       (#69.73)
      --------
       For the Urology,Prostate dialog Right Testis specimen the builder block 
       "Submission Type" should be "Specimen Type" and "Specimen Submission" 
       should be "Submission Type".
       
      Resolution:
      -----------
       The patch has a post install sub-routine TITLE^LR479 that will search for
       a builder block with a value of "Orchiectomy" and if the builder block 
       title reads "Submission Type" it will be changed to "Specimen Type" and 
                             69.73,.02 ALLOW OTHER       Modified
       the second builder block title will be set to "Submission Type".
       
              Routine: LR479
       
       Documentation Retrieval Instructions:
       ------------------------------------- 
       Software will be released via a PackMan message. 
        
       The preferred method is to retrieve files from download.vista.domain.ext.
       This transmits the files from the first available server. Sites may 
       The description of the issues can be reviewed in the Problem and
                               SPECIMENS
       also elect to retrieve files directly from a specific server. 
        
       Sites may retrieve the software and/or documentation directly using 
       Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) from the ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE 
       directory at the following OI Field Offices:
          
       Albany:                 fo-albany.domain.ext
       Hines:                  fo-hines.domain.ext    
       Salt Lake City:         fo-slc.domain.ext
          
                             69.73,.03 RESTRICT          Modified
       Title/File Name                       FTP Mode
       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
       N/A
        
       Documentation can also be found on the VA Software Documentation Library 
       at:
       http://www4.domain.ext/vdl/
       
       
      Patch Installation:
                               MULTIPLE SPECIMENS
        
        
       Pre/Post Installation Overview:
       -------------------------------
       N/A 
        
       Pre-Installation Instructions:
       ------------------------------
       N/A
        
                             69.73,1 ORDER PROMPTS       Modified
       Installation Instructions:
       --------------------------
       This patch may be installed with users on the system although it is 
       strongly recommended that it be installed during non-peak hours when 
       LAB usage is at a minimum. This patch should take less than 5 minutes to
      install.
        
       This installation will install the components necessary to support the 
       CPRS AP Order Dialog future functionality that is being released with
       OR*3.0*405.
                             69.731,.02 HIDE             Modified
        
       1.  Choose the PackMan message containing this patch.
        
       2.  Choose the INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE PackMan option.  
        
       3.  From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu, select
           the Installation Menu.  From this menu, you may elect to use the
           following options. When prompted for the INSTALL NAME enter the 
           patch LR*5.2*479:
           a.  Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a backup
                             69.731,.03 REQUIRED         Modified
               message of any routines exported with this patch. It will not
               backup any other changes such as DDs or templates.
           b.  Compare Transport Global to Current System - This option will
               allow you to view all changes that will be made when this patch
               is installed.  It compares all components of this patch
               (routines, DDs, templates, etc.).
           c.  Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will allow
               you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the
               transport global.
            
                             69.731,.04 DEFAULT          Modified
       4.  From the Installation Menu, select the Install Package(s) option and
           choose the patch to install.
        
       5.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
           Install? NO//'     
           Respond: NO
        
       6.  When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
           NO//'
           Respond: NO
                             69.73,2 PAGES               Modified
        
       7.  When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, 
           and Protocols? NO//' 
           Respond: NO
        
       8.  If prompted 'Delay Install (Minutes):  (0 - 60): 0//' respond 0.
        
        
       Post-Installation Instructions:
       -------------------------------
                             69.732,.01 PAGE#            Modified
       N/A
       
       Back-Out Procedure:
       -------------------
       The build does not make any changes that would affect the operational 
       state of the software and platform settings.
        
      1. Back-Out Strategy
           During installation, if the option to back up routines was run as 
           directed, 'Backup a Transport Global', then routines have the ability
                             69.732,.02 PAGENAME         Modified
           to be restored from the "backup" MailMan message that was generated.
           However, the KIDS installation process does not perform a restore of 
           other VistA components, such as data dictionary, cross-reference, and
           template changes, etc. 
           Prior to attempting a back-out of the software, please contact the VA
           Help Desk at 1-855-673-4357 for support or assistance.
       
           a.  Back-Out Considerations
               The LIM and the Chief of Pathology have the authority to order 
      the
       Resolution sections of this patch description.
                             69.732,.03 HID              Modified
               back-out.
       
           b.  Back-Out Criteria
               Criteria for a back-out includes, but are not limited, to the
               following:
               i. Failed baseline testing.
               ii. Non-recoverable software error.
       
           c.  Back-Out Risks
           No back-out risks have been determined at this time.
                             69.732,.04 REUIRED          Modified
           d.  Authority for Back-Out
               The LIM, the Lab Manager, and the Chief of Pathology have the
               authority to request and approve the back-out and accept the
               risks.
       
      2. Rollback Procedure
          The LR*5.2*479 build as well as any installed dependent patch changes 
          that follow these releases need to be taken out in reverse of the
          order in which they were installed; routines and data dictionary
          modifications and populated data must also be rolled back in reverse
                             69.732,.06 W TITLE          Modified
          order.
          Please contact the VA Help Desk at 1-855-763-4357 for support or 
          assistance regarding roll-back procedures.
           
           a.  Rollback Considerations
               No rollback considerations have been determined at this time.
        
           b.  Rollback Criteria
               The only criteria for a rollback that has been determined at this
               time is that the installation failed baseline testing.
                             69.732,1 BULDER BLOCK       Modified
           
           c.  Rollback Risks
               The only risk determined at this time is the possibility of
               downtime which would only effect the users of the Laboratory
               package.
        
           d.  Authority for Rollback
               The LIM, the Lab Manager, and the Chief of Pathology have the
               authority to require the rollback and accept the risks.
       
                             69.7321,.0 PG BLOCK TITLE   Modified
           e.  Rollback Procedure
               The need for a rollback is highly unlikely, however if it is
               required, please contact the Product Support team for
               assistance. The rollback procedure will require Lab downtime and
               a reinstall of any previous KIDS versions.
       
       
       Example of Captured Installation:
       ==================================
       
                             69.7321,.2 REQUIRED         Modified
      Enter message action (in IN basket): Ignore// Xtract KIDS
       
      Select PackMan function: 6  INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE
       
      Line 389  Message #412245    Unloading KIDS Distribution   LR*5.2*479
         LR*5.2*479
       
      Want to Continue with Load? YES// YES
      Loading Distribution...
       
                             69.7321,03 LIST             Modified
         LR*5.2*479
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR479
       
       
       
                         --- Environment Check is Ok ---
       
       
                   Sending install loaded alert to mail group G.LMI
       
                             69.7321.04 DEFAULT          Modified
      Select PackMan function: 
       
       
      Enter message action (in IN basket): Ignore// 
       
       
      Select Installation <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: 5  Backup a Transport Global
      Select INSTALL NAME:    LR*5.2*479    2/21/17@10:44:12
           => LR*5.2*479
       
                             69.7321,1 VALUES            Modified
      This Distribution was loaded on Feb 21, 2017@10:44:12 with header of 
         LR*5.2*479
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*479
      Subject: Backup of LR*5.2*479 install on Feb 21, 2017
        Replace 
      Loading Routines for LR*5.2*479.........
      Send mail to: BELSCHWINDER,MICHAEL//   BELSCHWINDER,MICHAEL
      Select basket to send to: IN//   
      And Send to: 
                             69.73211,.01 VALUE          Modified
       
       
      Select Installation <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: 4  Compare Transport Global to 
      Current System
      Select INSTALL NAME:    LR*5.2*479    2/21/17@10:44:12
           => LR*5.2*479
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Feb 21, 2017@10:44:12 with header of 
         LR*5.2*479
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
       
                             69.73211,.02 ASSOCIATE WITH Modified
           LR*5.2*479
       
           Select one of the following:
       
                1         Full Comparison
                2         Second line of Routines only
                3         Routines only
                4         Old style Routine compare
       
      Type of Compare: 1  Full Comparison
                             69.73211,.03 SPECIAL        Modified
      DEVICE: HOME//   TELNET PORT
       
      Report is displayed....
       
       
      Select Installation <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: 2  Verify Checksums in 
      Transport Global
      Select INSTALL NAME:    LR*5.2*479    2/21/17@10:44:12
           => LR*5.2*479
       
                             69.73,3 SPECIMEN            Modified
      This Distribution was loaded on Feb 21, 2017@10:44:12 with header of 
         LR*5.2*479
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*479
       
      Want each Routine Listed with Checksums: Yes//   YES
      DEVICE: HOME//   TELNET PORT
       
       
      PACKAGE: LR*5.2*479     Feb 21, 2017 10:53 am                         
                             69.733,.01 SPECIMEN         Modified
      PAGE 1
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
       
       
      LR479     Calculated   18225928
      LR7OFAO   Calculated   52676862
      LRAP      Calculated   25554526
      LRAPKOE   Calculated  175040482
      LRAPLG    Calculated   12446427
      LRAPLG1   Calculated  181849693
                             69.733,.02 HIDE FROM        Modified
      LROE      Calculated   39978878
      LRUWLF    Calculated   11960061
      LRXREF    Calculated   76007577
       
         9 Routines checked, 0 failed.
       
      Select Installation <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: 6  Install Package(s)
      Select INSTALL NAME:    LR*5.2*479    2/21/17@10:44:12
           => LR*5.2*479
       
                               Description        
      This Distribution was loaded on Feb 21, 2017@10:44:12 with header of 
         LR*5.2*479
         It consisted of the following Install(s):
           LR*5.2*479
      Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*479
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR479
       
       
       
                              --- Environment Check is Ok 
                             69.733,.03 Description      Modified 
       
       
                Sending install loaded alert to mail group G.LMI
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*479
       
      Incoming Files:
       
       
         69.73     LR AP DIALOG CONFIG  (Partial Definition)
                               POSITION
      Note:  You already have the 'LR AP DIALOG CONFIG' File.
       
      Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? NO// 
       
       
      Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? NO// 
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? NO// 
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
                             69.733,1 BUILDER BLOCK      Modified
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
      DEVICE: HOME// ;;9999  TELNET PORT
       
       
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*479 : 
                     Feb 21, 2017@10:55:15
       
                             69.7331,.02 INACTIVATE      Modified
      Build Distribution Date: Feb 17, 2017
       
       Installing Routines:
                     Feb 21, 2017@10:55:15
       
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR479
       
       
                           *** Preinstall completed ***
       
      Blood Bank Review:
                             69.7331,.03 REQUIRED        Modified
       Installing Data Dictionaries: 
                     Feb 21, 2017@10:55:15
       
       Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS: 
       
       Installing OPTION
                     Feb 21, 2017@10:55:16
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR479
       
                             69.7331,.04 DEFAULT         Modified
       
                          Correcting Spelling Errors
       
       
                     Correcting Builder Block Title Names
       
       
               Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
       
       
                             69.7331,.05 Description     Modified
               Removing Obsolete fields from LABORATORY TEST (#60) File
       
       
               Remove Obsolete fields from LAB ORDER ENTRY (#69) File
       
       
               Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
       
       Updating Routine file...
       
                               POSITION
       Updating KIDS files...
       
       LR*5.2*479 Installed. 
                     Feb 21, 2017@10:55:16
       
       Not a production UCI
       
                                         
      LR*5.2*479                                   
       
                             69.7331,1 VALUES            Modified
       
      Install Completed
                             69.73311,.01 VALUES         Modified
                             69.73311,.02 SPECIAL        Modified
                             69.733,2.1 COLLECTION       Modified
                               SAMPLE HIDE
                             69.733,2.2 COLLECTION       Modified 
      ==================
                               SAMPLE DEFAULT
                              
        
      Forms Associated:
       
      Form Name               File #          New/Modified/Deleted
      ---------               ------          --------------------
      N/A
       
       
       
      Mail Groups Associated:
       
      Mail Group Name          New/Modified/Deleted
      ---------------          --------------------
      N/A
       
       
      Options Associated:
       
      Option Name         Type         New/Modified/Deleted
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*479 does not 
      ----------          -----        --------------------
      LR7OAP CPRS DIALOG  MENU         Modified
       MENU
      LR7OAP CPRS DIALOG  PRINT        Modified
       PRINT 
       
        
      Protocols Associated:
       
      Protocol Name       New/Modified/Deleted
      
    • 480 SEQ #386
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-04-03 14:31:53
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
       This patch addresses the following issue:
        alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
                                            
       File Name                 Contents               Retrieval Format 
       ------------------        --------------------   ----------------
       LAB_MICRO_INTERFACE_RELEASE_1_0_DOCS.ZIP         binary
        
       This zip file contains the following documents in both .docx and .pdf
          
                 VLE Micro_Lab_Micro_Interface_Release_1.0_Technical_Manual
                 VLE Micro_Lab_Micro_Interface_Release_1.0_User_Guide
                 VLE Micro_Deployment_Installation_Roll Back_Back Out_Guide
        elements functions.
          
        The VistA Documentation Library (VDL) web site will also contain the 
        above referenced documents. This website is usually updated within 1-3
        days of the patch release date. The VDL web address for Laboratory
        Universal Interface user documentation is:
        http://www.domain.ext/vdl/application.asp?appid=120
        
        Pre/Post Installation Overview
        ------------------------------
        There are no Pre/Post installation routines associated with this 
         
        patch.  
        
        Pre-Installation Instructions
        -----------------------------
        This patch may be installed with users on the system although it is
        recommended that it be installed during non-peak hours to minimize 
        potential disruption to users.  This patch should take less than one  
        minute to install.
        
        NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid 
        RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*480 have no effect on Blood 
            problems loading and/or installing this patch.
        
          
           ==================== Installation Instructions ====================
         
         
           1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
              option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
         
           2. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
        Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
              system. You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
         
           3. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
              select the 'Installation' menu.
         
           4. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify
              that all routines have the correct checksums.
            
           5. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
              options:
         
                      Print Transport Global
                      Compare Transport Global to Current System
                      Backup a Transport Global
         
              If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this 
              patch prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a 
              Transport Global' option at this time. You may also compare the
              routines in your production account to the routines in the patch
              by using the 'Compare a Transport Global to Current System'
              option.
        VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes 
         
           6. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu 
              and select the package 'LR*5.2*480.
         
              When Prompted "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? 
              NO//", respond NO.  
         
              When Prompted "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, 
              and Protocols? NO//", respond NO.
         
        made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of 
        Post-Installation Instructions
        ------------------------------
        There are no post-installation tasks.
        installation of this patch.
         
       - Microbiology accession is being removed from the 'Incomplete 
      Remedy Ticket Overview:
        ==========================
        N/A
         
      New Service Requests (NSR)s):
        ==================
        N/A
         
        Participating Test Sites:
        =========================
       test status report (LRWRKINC)' option when a PRELIMINARY result is
       James A. Haley Veterans Hospital
       Iowa City VA Healthcare System
       Lexington VA Medical Center
         
       Problem:
       --------
       When releasing a microbiology preliminary report using the new 
       Universal Interface release options the status of the accession was being
       set to complete and was then no longer available on the Incomplete Test
       Status list report.
       released when using the Universal Interface Microbiology release options.
          
       Resolution:
       -----------
       The patch modifies LRVR0 at ACCEPT+68 and adds the following three lines
       of code:
               ;
               ; If Lab UI interface then prompt user for accession test 
       complete date /time in EC3^LRMIEDZ2 call.
               I LRINTYPE=1 S LRFIFO=0
        
        
              Routine: LRVR0
       
       
       Problem: 
       --------
       When a retransmission of microbiology results are received the accepting 
       of the retransmission values was causing the existing
       organism, comments and susceptibilities to be deleted. This is expected 
       functionality when handling verified microbiology reports
       from external reference laboratories.  
         
       
       However when handling result transmission from a Universal Interface 
       microbiology instrument the user before the report is
       verified can enter additional information that needs to be preserved.  
       
       Resolution: 
       -----------
       The patch modifies the handling of existing results based on the type of 
       interface. LEDI types of interfaces will continue to
       remove previous information prior to storing new information from the 
        Blood Bank Review:
       reference laboratory. Universal Interfaces type interfaces
       will maintain existing information entered by Laboratory or received via 
       prior transmissions and merge the new transmission with
       the existing data before presenting to lab user for review.  
       
              Routine: LRVRMI2A modified labels N9A, N12A, N17 
       
              Routine: LRVRMI4A modified labels N3A, N6A, N6B
       
         
        ==================
       Software and Documentation Retrieval Instructions:
       ---------------------------------------------------- 
       Software being released as a Packman message and/or documentation
       describing the new functionality introduced by this patch are available.
        
       The preferred method is to retrieve files from download.vista.domain.ext.
       This transmits the files from the first available server. Sites may 
       also elect to retrieve files directly from a specific server. 
        
       Sites may retrieve the software and/or documentation directly using 
        EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*480 does not 
       Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) from the ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE 
       directory at the following OI Field Offices:
          
       Albany:                 fo-albany.domain.ext
       Hines:                  fo-hines.domain.ext    
       Salt Lake City:         fo-slc.domain.ext
          
       Documentation can also be found on the VA Software Documentation Library 
       at: http://www4.domain.ext/vdl/
        
      
    • 483 SEQ #387
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-04-03 15:45:45
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
       
      Blood Bank Review:
      Problem:
      --------
       With the release of patch LR*5.2*479 the second line of the routine
       LRAPKOE mistakenly contained a reference to patch LR*5.2*469.
       
      Resolution:
      -----------
       This patch will correct the second line of the routine as follows:
       Second line as released with LR*5.2*479:
           ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**462,469,479**;Sep 27, 1994;Build 8
      ==================
       
       Second line after the install of LR*5.2*483:
           ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**462,479,483**;Sep 27, 1994;
       
              Routine: LRAPKOE
       
       Software Retrieval Instructions:
       ------------------------------------- 
       Software will be released via a PackMan message. 
        
       
       
      Patch Installation:
        
        
       Pre/Post Installation Overview:
       -------------------------------
       N/A 
        
       Pre-Installation Instructions:
       ------------------------------
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*483 does not 
       N/A
        
       Installation Instructions:
       --------------------------
       contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by 
       ProPath standard titled: BBM Team Review of VistA Patches.
       
       RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*483 have no effect on Blood 
       Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
      This patch contains only a correction to the second line of the routine 
       VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes 
       made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of 
       installation of this patch.
       
      Patch Components:
      --------------------------
       
      Files & Fields Associated:
       
      File Name (Number)      Field Name (Number)        New/Modified/Deleted
      LRAPKOE.  The second line erroneously listed patch LR*5.2*469 when it was 
      ------------------      -------------------        --------------------
      N/A
                              
        
      Forms Associated:
       
      Form Name               File #          New/Modified/Deleted
      ---------               ------          --------------------
      N/A
       
      released with LR*5.2*479. This reference to LR*5.2*469 will be removed as
       
      Mail Groups Associated:
       
      Mail Group Name          New/Modified/Deleted
      ---------------          --------------------
      N/A
       
       
      Options Associated:
       
      LRAPKOE was NOT released as part of LR*5.2*469. There are no other changes
      Option Name         Type         New/Modified/Deleted
      ----------          -----        --------------------
      N/A
       
        
      Protocols Associated:
       
      Protocol Name       New/Modified/Deleted
      -------------       -------------------- 
      N/A
      to the functionality in LRAPKOE.
       
       
      Security Keys Associated:
       
      Security Key Name
      -----------------
      N/A
       
       
      Templates Associated:
       
       
      Template Name      Type      File Name (Number)  New/Modified/Deleted 
      -------------      -----     ------------------  --------------------
      N/A
       
       
      Additional Information:
       
      N/A 
       
      Patch LR*5.2*479 should be installed on schedule.
       
      New Service Requests (NSRs):
      --------------------------------------------   
      N/A
       
      Patient Safety Issues (PSIs):
      ---------------------------------------
      N/A
       
       
       
      CA SDM Ticket(s) & Overview:
      --------------------------------------------
       
      N/A
       
       
      Test Sites:
      ---------------
      N/A 
       
      
    • 477
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-06-01 18:06:06
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
      included in this patch.
      
    • 177 SEQ #124
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-08-27 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Fixes the undefined in LRWU5.
      
    • 484 SEQ #389
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-06-29 17:38:30
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Please see FORUM for full patch description and installation instructions.
      
    • 485 SEQ #390
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-09-29 16:24:47
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses one (1) VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology issue:
       
      I13556053FY17: Multiple orders associated with one Anatomic Pathology
                     accession
      
    • 488 SEQ #391
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-09-29 16:25:44
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses two (2) VistA Laboratory issues related to override 
      reference ranges:
       
      1. Override Reference Ranges Not Displaying on Reports
      2. Option LRENTER Prompt Answer of "YES" Treated as "NO"
      
    • 478 SEQ #392
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-09-29 16:35:26
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a general maintenance patch for the laboratory
      package by the Vista Maintenance team that addresses an
      issue with the search criteria associated with the Howdy
      Patient Wait Time report.
       
      ASSOCIATED SERVICE DESK TICKET:
      ==============================
      1.      R11469217FY17  -  Entries outside entered search criteria
                                included on Patient Wait Time report
      
    • 493
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-10-05 14:36:36
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
      included in this patch.
      
    • 491 SEQ #394
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-11-27 12:23:21
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses two (2) VistA Laboratory issues related to the 
      deletion of Howdy duplicate test orders:
       
      1.  Duplicate test is deleted in VistA but active in CPRS
      2.  Error occurs when orders have more than one duplicate test
      
    • 492 SEQ #395
      DATE APPLIED:   2017-11-27 14:27:07
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses three (3) VistA Laboratory issues related to 
      3.  The Lab Order Entry (#69) file Lab Arrival Date/Time (#20) field is 
      erroneously set during collection list generation.
      phlebotomy collection list logic:
       
      1.  Test orders that roll over from one collection list to another may 
      appear to be ordered twice in CPRS even though they are only ordered once.
       
      2.  Merged orders created by collection list generation sometimes do not 
      have correct CPRS start date/times.
       
      
    • 497 SEQ #396
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-01-29 16:20:16
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses one (1) VistA Laboratory issue related to Interim 
      Report option description updates and an update to the VistA Laboratory
      User Manual.
      
    • 496 SEQ #397
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-01-30 15:13:36
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses one (1) VistA Laboratory issue related to a software 
      error that occurs during Anatomic Pathology data entry of inactive CPT 
      codes which have replacement CPT codes.
      
    • 486 SEQ #398
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-02-27 14:00:41
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses two (2) VistA Laboratory issues:
       
      1)  LEDI Microbiology Results Endless Loop Issue
      2)  Lapsed/Canceled Orders and Added Test Issue
      
    • 119 SEQ #94
      DATE APPLIED:   1996-07-15 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Note: Patch LR*5.2*105 Must be installed BEFORE this patch is loaded.
      NOIS # SEP-0496-60804
      Reporting Site:        Sepulveda, Ca
      Testing Site:  Sepulveda, Ca
       
      LRCAPAM1 routine corrects BLOOD INVENTORY workload not being counted in
      Non-Patient category for LMIP reports.
       
      LRCAPFDS routine corrects NULL SUBSCRIPT error occurs when the user
      selects a WKLD CODE LAB SECTION that does not have any WKLD CODES
      assigned.
       
      NOIS # DAY-0496-40011
      Reporting Site:        Dayton, OH
      Test Site(s)   Long Beach, CA
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY:
      =================
       
       Routine Name                  Before Patch    After Patch     Patch List
      LRCAPAM1                       14052207        14337228       105,119
      LRCAPAM3                       12790683        13513963        42,119
      Patch Description:
      LRCAPAM4                       12581527        13198299        42,105,119
      LRCAPFDS                        6562403         7918114        105,119
      LRCAPMA1                        5952535         5952535        105,119
      LRCAPV2                         8714919         8714919        105,119
       
      Options Effected by Patch:
       
      Edit or Print WKLD CODES [LR WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT]
      PHASE 1: Move data from 64.1 to 67.9. [LR WKLD LMIP 1]
      PHASE 3: Print of data to be sent to NDB. [LR WKLD LMIP 3]
      Routine LRCAPV2 and LRCAPMA1 were exported in patch LR*5.2*105 with
      PHASE 4: Create E-mail message for NDB. [LR WKLD LMIP 4]
       
      Installation Instructions:
      ==================
       
      Note: Patch LR*5.2*105 MUST be installed before this patch is installed.
      This patch also contains patches to patch LR*5.2*105.
       
      1. User may remain on the system.
      2. No options need be placed out of order.
      incorrect second lines.
      3. Install patch during non-peak hours.
      4. Laboratory specimens should not accessioned or verified during
         installation of the patch.
      5. Install this patch using Kernel Installation and Distribution System
         (KIDS).
       
      NOIS List
      NOIS # DAY-0496-40011
      NOIS # SEP-0496-60804
       
      Routines LRCAPAM3 and LRCAPAM4 corrects consolidated institutions Phase 3
      and Phase 4 reports not recognizing site numbers which have alpha
      characters as apart of the site number.
      
    • 121
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-08-28 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
    • 495 SEQ #399
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-03-01 14:18:03
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      See National Patch Module for details.
      
    • 461 SEQ #400
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-03-01 15:30:39
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses two (2) issues:
       
      1. Accessions which have been merged to other accessions or marked as 
         "not performed" may be resulted even though these accessions are
         cancelled.
       
      2. Anatomic Pathology labels do not print while using the option 
         REFERRAL PATIENT MULTI-PURPOSE option for accessioning orders.
      
    • 494 SEQ #401
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-03-02 13:59:26
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses one (1) VistA Laboratory issue related to the 
      processing of workload transactions received from VBECS (VistA Blood 
      Establishment Computer Software).  Incorrect Lab Order Entry (#69) file 
      entries are sometimes created.
      
    • 471 SEQ #402
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-04-03 15:46:22
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      The patch addresses two (2) issues:
           parameters used in the call are improper. 
       
      1.   When the legacy CPRS List Manager option CPRS Ward Clerk
           Menu [OR OR/RR MENU WARD CLERK] is used to call Lab 
           package routines (SET1^LRGEN) to display Lab Results by 
           Test, a program error (UNDEFINED) is encountered.
       
      2.   The VistA routine ^LRX performs a FileMan database server
           call ($$GET1^DID) to retrieve a global reference.  The 
      
    • 490 SEQ #403
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-04-03 16:56:27
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      The patch addresses two (2) issues:
           unrelease a verified provisional report, the prompt to "Unrelease
           Report" is not displayed.
       
      1.   When a user goes to the Multipurpose accessioning option [LRQUICK] 
           in the Accessioning menu option [LR IN], the variable LRORDR may 
           still be set and causes the accessioning routine to erroneously 
           assume that specimen collection will be by Ward Collect.
       
      2.   When Anatomic Pathology Electronic Signatures are turned off and 
           the Verify/release reports, anat path [LRAPR] option is selected to
      
    • 502
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-04-03 17:17:55
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
      included in this patch.
      
    • 503 SEQ #405
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-06-01 14:01:49
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses two (2) VistA Laboratory issues:
      (1) Statistical reports might list inaccurate information for monthly 
      accession areas.
      (2) Inactive providers are displayed during Anatomic Pathology Log-In.
      
    • 476 SEQ #406
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-06-01 15:04:28
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This build exports changes to the field #1 of the Execute Code 
      file (#62.07) and affects the option RB Results Entry (Batch) 
      for Microbiology. 
      Also a new FileMan function is exported for reporting on lab 
      results for patients with a given specimen type, a lab test, and looking
      back over a specified number of days.
      The Forum patch description offers more details and the NSRs involved.
      
    • 454 SEQ #407
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-07-06 13:22:59
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses one (1) issue in the Lab package:
       
      Prevent error which can occur when incorrect facility identifier is 
      received from the Point of Care (POC) interface.
      
    • 500 SEQ #408
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-07-06 14:38:52
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      See National Patch Module for details.
      
    • 156 SEQ #126
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-11-18 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      There is a problem of unknown origin where 7 nines (9999999) are getting
      stored in the LAB DATA file (# 63), the ACCESSION file (# 68),
      and the Cumulative Reports Global (^LAC("LRAC"). This patch replaces the
      these erroneous data nodes with the laboratory inverse date. Initial search
      of the database is extensive and will take up to two hours. This is a one
      time occurrence. A background task should be scheduled to run daily to clean
      up any new occurrences.
      
      
    • 505 SEQ #409
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-09-04 15:39:45
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      NOTIFY TIER 2 OF FILE 60 UNDEF IF PRESENT
      
    • 507 SEQ #410
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-09-07 13:00:32
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      The patch addresses one (1) issue:
       
      1.   When a lab panel (cosmic) test is set up so the atomic tests in 
           the panel split to separate accession areas (e.g.: one Chemistry
           and one Toxicology), results of the ordered panel test do not 
           display all of the results of the atomic tests in the panel when 
           viewed in CPRS from the Orders tab or from the Cover Sheet.
      
    • 499 SEQ #411
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-10-04 16:21:23
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses two (2) VistA Laboratory issues related to accession 
      labels being skipped or the printing process generating duplicate labels 
      endlessly as well as results being verified when the user has no initials 
      on file in the New Person (#200) file.
      
    • 511
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-11-01 16:21:38
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
      included in this patch.
      
    • 498 SEQ #413
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-11-02 15:32:33
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses the following one (1) VistA Laboratory issue: When a
      LEDI Host facility adds a new lab test to an accessioned order shipped 
      from a Collection facility the UID is improperly assigned with the 
      ordering site's UID instead of the host site's UID. 
      
    • 510 SEQ #414
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-11-02 15:56:30
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
    • 509 SEQ #415
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-12-06 15:59:45
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      The patch addresses four (4) issues:
      2.  When USING AP Log-in, anat path [option LRAPLG], an <UNDEFINED> error
          occurs in the NEXT subroutine of routine LRAPKOE when logging in a 
          case for a deceased veteran ordered in CPRS.
       
      3.  In AP Log-in, anat path [option LRAPLG], the PATHOLOGIST prompt is a 
          required entry.  The pathologist who will read the case is usually 
          not known at the time the case is logged into the laboratory.  The 
          process should be modified to make entry of PATHOLOGIST optional.
       
      4.  The routine (LRAPKOE) that processes Anatomic Pathology orders entered
       
          in CPRS needs to be modified to call VistA Imaging to add the case to
          the MAG PATH CASELIST file (#2005.42) to support Telepathology and to
          generate the HL7 message that is sent to digital pathology systems.
      1.  Emerging Pathogen Initiative (EPI) data is collected in VistA and 
          forwarded to the Austin Information Technology Center (AITC) for
          national roll-up monthly.  Part of the collected data has to do with
          Clinical Reminders related to Hepatitis C.  The Clinical Reminder data
          is formatted into the DSP segment of a HL7 record for delivery to the
          AITC.  The data is currently being formatted improperly.
       
      
    • 508 SEQ #416
      DATE APPLIED:   2018-12-06 16:17:53
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch will update the DESCRIPTION field (#6) in file #62.07 with the
      with LRSPEC=360.
      When the patch is installed, it saves the existing DESCRIPTION field 
      contents and the Execute codes in the installation log for later review 
      if desired. The log can be used to manually restore local changes found
      and not restored by this patch.
       
      This patch also modifies the routine LRMISTF by adding the 
      preliminary comment fields for Bacteriology, TB Bacteriology, and 
      Mycology with corresponding expansion codes so that the canned messages 
      from the LAB DESCRIPTIONS file (#62.5) appear during Results Entry 
      Preliminary Comments field for Bacteriology, TB Bacteriology, and
      (Batch).
      Mycology.
      Also, it will clean up obsolete codes in the EXECUTE CODE field #1 of
      the EXECUTE CODE file (#62.07), that were discovered after the release of
      LR*5.2*476. The obsolete execute codes were not introduced by LR*5.2*476
      because it was found that many sites have the codes before LR*5.2*476
      was installed. In a nutshell, Mycology will be cleaned up of obsolete
      field #19.2; in Bacteriology, the expression LRSPEC=68 will be replaced
      
    • 504 SEQ #417
      DATE APPLIED:   2019-03-01 15:40:37
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      R18600337FY18: Missing Anatomic Pathology Alerts
      ----------
       
      The root cause of this issue is not yet known.  In the meantime, this 
      patch provides an option which will search for missing Anatomic
      Pathology alerts as well as other issues known to occur along with 
      missing alerts such as fields in the ORDERS (#100) file which are set 
      incorrectly.
       
      Refer to the FORUM patch description for detailed information on alerts 
      and MailMan messages which are generated after the search option 
      R19264009FY18 (d)
      completes.
       
      Problem:
      -------
       
      Alerts might not be generated after Anatomic Pathology cases are verified.
       
      Resolution: 
      
    • 513 SEQ #418
      DATE APPLIED:   2019-04-01 16:59:15
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Problem with option Results entry (batch) [LRMISTUF]
      
    • 169 SEQ #127
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-11-27 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Build Description LR*5.2*169
       companion DSS patch ECX*2*26) extract utilizes the LAB DATA file (#63)
       and does not require the LAB ORDER ENTRY file (#69) or the ACCESSION
       file (#68). Implementation of the DSS LAR Application Programmer
       Interface (API) DOES require that the Laboratory Information Manager
       (LIM) link the 12 DSS LAR tests in the DSS LAB TESTS file (#727.2) to
       all local corresponding tests in the LABORATORY TEST file (#60). 
       
       Linking of DSS clinical tests has NO EFFECT ON WORKLOAD DATA CAPTURE.
       You should link the atomic test in LABORATORY TEST (#60) file that is
       used to report the result. 
       
        
       For DSS purposes, these corresponding laboratory tests must be linked
       to the WKLD CODE file (#64) and must be individually orderable (atomic)
       tests. The link between LABORATORY TEST file (#60) and the WKLD CODE
       file (#64) is accomplished by assigning a WKLD CODE. The NATIONAL
       NATIONAL VA LAB CODE field (#64) of the LABORATORY TEST file (#60)
       provides this linkage.
        
       The NATIONAL VA LAB CODE field (#64) is not used by LMIP data capture
       software and will not effect LMIP counts. Patch LR*5.2*127 provided a
      Functionality:
       menu, National Laboratory File [LR7O 60-64], to link the LABORATORY
       TEST file (#60) to the WKLD CODE file (#64). 
        
       NOTE: When linking the DSS LAR tests to local laboratory tests, only
       atomic Laboratory Tests are selectable. Panel tests are NOT permitted to
       be linked to any DSS survey test.
       
       The DSS LAR extract also requires the LIM to identify all specimens
       that are derived from blood or urine, i.e., plasma, serum, clean
       catch. The LAB DSS LAR API will use these specimens to screen patient's
       This patch corrects the <UNDEF> error at TEST+3^LRCAPDAR ^(64).
       results in the LAB DATA file (#63) and extract information for the 12
       DSS tests.
        
       The local DSS Coordinator will seek the LIM's assistance to identify
       tests and specimens. This should require less than 30 minutes to
       complete. The LIM is not required to actually initiate the data
       extraction. This step will be completed by the local DSS Coordinator.
       The program has been modified to accept the new file structure put in
       place by the Decision Support System Extracts (DSS) patch ECX*2*18.
        
       Implementation:
       The DSS Laboratory Results (LAR) EXTRACT (patch LR*5.2*169 and the
      
    • 514 SEQ #419
      DATE APPLIED:   2019-04-02 16:49:10
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses one (1) issue:
       
      Anatomic Pathology Log-In does not require that the patient's sex must 
      match the SEX SPECIFIC (#2.5) field in the TOPOGRAPHY FIELD (#61) file for
      specimens (if the sex specific field is defined).
      
    • 515
      DATE APPLIED:   2019-04-02 17:14:57
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
      included in this patch.
      
    • 516 SEQ #421
      DATE APPLIED:   2019-05-01 15:02:36
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      LAB TEST NOT DISPLAYED IN CPRS MOST RECENT VIEW
      
    • 512 SEQ #422
      DATE APPLIED:   2019-05-01 16:44:57
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses one (1) VistA Laboratory issue:
        
      The status for a lab order in CPRS displays as "active" when the status
      should display as "complete".
      
    • 520 SEQ #423
      DATE APPLIED:   2019-05-30 12:33:24
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      CANCELED LAB TEST PROBLEM
      
    • 517 SEQ #424
      DATE APPLIED:   2019-06-04 18:15:55
      APPLIED BY:   USER,FIFTYFOUR
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch will prevent an error in CPRS that is occuring when a user is 
      placing a lab test order that has had a site/specimen deleted from the 
      lab test setup.
      
    • 523 SEQ #425
      DATE APPLIED:   2019-07-08 21:58:11
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SIXTYFIVE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Most Recent report in CPRS buttons greyed out
      
    • 525
      DATE APPLIED:   2019-09-30 11:28:56
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SIXTYFIVE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
      included in this patch.
      
    • 519 SEQ #428
      DATE APPLIED:   2019-10-16 16:23:13
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SIXTYFIVE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      The patch addresses three (3) issues: 
      2. Data corruption might occur in the data dictionary for file 63.04 if 
         one or more users are adding or editing data names for Laboratory
         tests.
       
      3. A VistA software error might be generated during execution of option 
         "Group verify (EA, EL, EW)" if results are being printed.
       
      1. When a lab panel (cosmic) test is set up so the atomic tests in the 
         panel split to separate accession areas (e.g. one Chemistry and one
         Toxicology), results of the ordered panel test do not display all of
         the results of the atomic tests in the panel when viewed in the 
         Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS) from the Orders tab or 
         from the Cover Sheet.
       
      
    • 526 SEQ #429
      DATE APPLIED:   2019-12-06 14:52:47
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SIXTYFIVE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses one (1) issue:
       
      A Social Work package Integration Control Registration (ICR) of 1528 is 
      being retired.
      
    • 90 SEQ #128
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-11-27 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch contains a Description of problems, their associated Risk
      Analysis, routines, input templates and DD's for the VistA Blood Bank
      software.  It is accompanied by two additional INFORMATION ONLY patches,
      LR*5.2*92 (Validation Scenarios) and LR*5.2*147 (Documentation Changes).
       
      See the individual patch messages from the Forum Patch Module for complete
      information on these patches:
      
    • 528 SEQ #430
      DATE APPLIED:   2019-12-06 14:54:39
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SIXTYFIVE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      The patch addresses one (1) issue:
       
      1. When the Itemized routine lab collection [LRPHITEM] option is used,
         a previously deleted order marked as Not Performed can be entered
         as collected.  This sets the Lab Arrival Time (#69.01,20) in the
         LAB ORDER ENTRY file (#69) for the accession to the curent system
         time even when the order was cancelled.
      
    • 531 SEQ #431
      DATE APPLIED:   2020-01-22 11:15:28
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SIXTYFIVE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      LRCONJAM AND CUMULATIVE HEADER ISSUES
      
    • 534 SEQ #432
      DATE APPLIED:   2020-02-11 09:59:43
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SIXTYFIVE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      The patch addresses one (1) issue: 
       
      1.  Patch LR*5.2*519 dealt with the proper display of lab results on
          panels with multiple ACCESSION AREAs. The new code in the patch 
          revealed that the LAB DATA FILE (#63) at some sites may contain 
          orphan zero nodes.  These zero nodes are global records (i.e.: 
          ^LR(D0,CH,D1,0)) that have no results.  Encountering these orphan
          nodes in the database when rendering results for the same patient
          causes a SUBSCRIPT error.
      
    • 524 SEQ #433
      DATE APPLIED:   2020-03-24 16:49:26
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTY
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses three (3) issues:
         option might delete the "not performed" status of the test.
       
      1. An atomic test which is a component of a panel might appear on the 
         pending list even though the test is verified.
       
      2. A lab panel might appear on the pending list even though all components
         have been verified.
       
      3. If a test is marked as "not performed", the LRVR result verification 
      
    • 533 SEQ #434
      DATE APPLIED:   2020-04-10 15:55:48
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTY
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses two (2) issues:
       
      1. Microbiology reports might not display the accurate status of a test.  
      2. Unverified Microbiology results are visible in CPRS reports during
         results verification sessions.
      
    • 532
      DATE APPLIED:   2020-06-01 16:08:48
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTY
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
      included in this patch.
      
    • 535 SEQ #436
      DATE APPLIED:   2020-09-23 10:47:45
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SIXTYFIVE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch is being released in conjunction with VBEC 2.3.2 Rev F. 
      Items addressed in VBECS 2.3.2 Rev F are listed in the VistA Blood 
                   the components of the KIDS build.
               ii. Compare Transport Global to Current System - This option
                   will allow you to view all changes that will be made when
                   this patch is installed.  It compares all of the components
                   of this patch, such as routines, DDs, templates, etc.
       
          D. Select the Install Package(s) option and choose the patch to
             install. 
        
             i.  If prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion
      Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 2.3.2 Rev F Release Notes.
                 of Install? NO//', answer No
       
            ii. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
                NO//', answer No
        
            iii. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu
                 Options, and Protocols? NO//', answer No
       
      Post-Installation Instructions:
       N/A
       
       
      Back-Out/Roll Back Plan:
      ------------------------
       This patch consists of one routine. During the VistA Installation 
       Procedure the installer should back up the modified routines by the
       use of the 'Backup a Transport Global' action (step 2B in
       the Installations Instructions).
        
       If rollback/backout is required, the installer can restore the routines
       using the MailMan message that were saved prior to installing the
      Associated ticket(s):
       patch.
        
       If assistance is needed to rollback/backout the patch, please log a
       Service Now ticket.
      =====================
       N/A
       
      Associated NSR(s):
      ==================
       N/A
       
       
      Patient Safety Issues (PSIs):
      ============================
       N/A
       
      Participating Test Sites:
      =========================
       
      TBD
       
      A full description of patch changes and implementation process are 
      Defect Tracking System Ticket(s) & Overview:
      ============================================
       
       N/A
       
      Additional Information:
      -----------------------
       
      Blood Bank Team Coordination:
      -----------------------------
      included in the VBECS 2.3.2 Rev F Release Notes.
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*535 does not 
      contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by 
      ProPath standard titled: BBM Team Review of VistA Patches.
       
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*535 does not 
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical 
      elements functions.
       
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*535 have no adverse effect on 
      Blood Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
       
       
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes 
      made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of 
      installation of this patch.
       
       
      Software and Documentation Retrieval Instructions:
      --------------------------------------------------
       
      Documentation describing the new functionality introduced by this patch 
      The Test and Production accounts will be installed separately. There is 
      is available on the VA Software Documentation Library at:
      http://www.domain.ext/vdl/application.asp?appid=182
       
      Refer to the VBECS 2.3.2 Rev F Release Notes for a list of the user 
      documentation associated with this revision letter patch.
       
      Additional VBECS information can be accessed on the VBECS SharePoint site 
      at: https://dvagov.sharepoint.com/sites/oitepmovbecs
       
       
      no downtime associated with this patch installation. Refer to the VBECS 
      Patch Installation:
      -------------------
       
      Pre-Installation Instructions:
      This patch may be installed with users on the system although it is 
      recommended that it be installed during non-peak hours to minimize 
      potential disruption to users.  This patch should take less than 5 
      minutes to install.
       
      No options need to be disabled during installation.
      2.3.2 Rev F Release Notes for further installation details.
       
       
      Installation Instructions:
       
       1. Choose the PackMan message containing this build. Then select the
          INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE PackMan option to load the build.
       
       2. From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu, select the
          Installation Menu.  From this menu, 
       
       
          A. Select the Verify Checksums in Transport Global option to confirm 
             the integrity of the routines that are in the transport global.
             When prompted for the INSTALL NAME enter the patch name LR*5.2*535.
       
          B. Select the Backup a Transport Global option to create a backup
             message of any routines exported with this patch. It will not
             backup any other changes such as DDs or templates. 
       
          C. You may also elect to use the following options: 
               i.  Print Transport Global - This option will allow you to view
      
    • 539
      DATE APPLIED:   2020-09-23 16:03:33
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SIXTYFIVE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
      included in this patch.
      
    • 538 SEQ #438
      DATE APPLIED:   2020-09-23 16:10:15
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SIXTYFIVE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses two (2) issues:
       
      1. A panel might remain on the "Incomplete test status list" if it was 
         ordered twice as Lab Collect.
       
      2. Building a Load/Worklist for a yearly accession area will cause a 
         corrupted entry in the ACCESSION (#68) file.
      
    • 527 SEQ #439
      DATE APPLIED:   2020-09-23 16:18:09
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SIXTYFIVE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses four (4) issues:
          test.
       
      4.  The "NIGHTLY WKLD CODE CHECK REPORT" contains orders which have been 
          purged from the environment.
       
      1.  The CPRS status of an order might not be correct when panel 
          components are deleted using option LRTSTOUT.
       
      2.  Service correction comments are not displaying on canceled orders.
       
      3.  A VistA software error might occur during background processing 
          involving the LABORATORY TEST (#60) file due to an incompletely filed
      
    • 174 SEQ #131
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-11-27 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Fixes undefined for the option Reprint cumulative on a given patient [LRAC PT].
      
      
    • 540 SEQ #440
      DATE APPLIED:   2020-10-08 08:58:49
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses the following issue:
       
      Any provider who is defined with the "MOHS" person class should be allowed
      to electronically sign Anatomic Pathology cases.
      
    • 537 SEQ #441
      DATE APPLIED:   2020-11-12 17:52:40
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses one (1) issue:
      Workload is not captured for Class I Microbiology interfaces.
      
    • 536 SEQ #442
      DATE APPLIED:   2021-02-11 13:07:10
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses four (4) issues:
      4. If a session times out while entering Microbiology sensitivity results,
         the user may not be aware that the sensitivity results were not stored.
       
      1. Microbiology reports might not display the accurate status of a test. 
       
      2. Unverified Microbiology results are visible in CPRS reports.
       
      3. VistA reports might not list an accurate status for Microbiology 
         accessions.
       
      
    • 542b
      DATE APPLIED:   2021-05-04 00:00:00
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Backup of LR*5.2*542 on May 04, 2021
       
      Warning:  Installing this backup patch message will install older versions
      of routines and Build Components (options, protocols, templates, etc.).
      Please verify with the Development Team that it is safe to install.
      
    • 542
      DATE APPLIED:   2021-05-04 15:55:31
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
      included in this patch.
      
    • 543b
      DATE APPLIED:   2021-05-25 00:00:00
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Backup of LR*5.2*543 on May 25, 2021
       
      Warning:  Installing this backup patch message will install older versions
      of routines and Build Components (options, protocols, templates, etc.).
      Please verify with the Development Team that it is safe to install.
      
    • 543 SEQ #444
      DATE APPLIED:   2021-05-25 10:38:48
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses the following issues:
       
      1. CPRS orderable items might be defined for non-existent Laboratory tests.
       
      2. Canceled Microbiology accessions might appear on Laboratory statistical
         reports as pending and not canceled.
      
    • 545b
      DATE APPLIED:   2021-06-29 00:00:00
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Backup of LR*5.2*545 on Jun 29, 2021
       
      Warning:  Installing this backup patch message will install older versions
      of routines and Build Components (options, protocols, templates, etc.).
      Please verify with the Development Team that it is safe to install.
      
    • 545 SEQ #446
      DATE APPLIED:   2021-06-29 16:10:48
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses the following issues:
       
      If a test is canceled from an accession or merged to another accession
      after the accession has been resulted on an instrument, it is possible to
      verify a result on the canceled or merged test using option "Enter/verify
      data (auto instrument) (LRVR)".
      
    • 544
      DATE APPLIED:   2021-07-01 11:28:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch updates the contents of the LR AP DIALOG CONFIG File (#69.73)
      in preparation for Anatomic Pathology order dialogs in CPRS v32A.
      
    • 162 SEQ #132
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-11-27 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Workload Archiving Patch
           and the Purge Lab Monthly Workloads file 67.9 [LRAR PURGE 67.9] option 
           queued options.  
       2)  The ARCHIVE TASK NUMBER field (#18) in the LAB ARCHIVAL ACTIVITY file
           (#95.11) is now deleted upon completion of the task.  The Write Data
           to Off-line Media options, [LRAR WRITE MEDIA 67.99999] and [LRAR WRITE
           MEDIA 64.19999], then check for data in this field as a test of
           completion of archive.  
       3)  For information: 
           When archiving the LAB MONTHLY WORKLOADS file (#67.9), the date range 
           selected for archiving must be in entire month chunks due to the file 
      
           structure of File 67.9.
        
           For instance if you select a date range from March 1, 1994 to
           April 1,1994, you will archive the entire months of March and April.  
       
       This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the VISTA
       BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 97-033 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK
       SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.  
       
        Reference NOIS:      HIN-0297-41349                 
       *************************NOTE************************************* 
                                    
        Reporting Site:      Hines, IL 
         
        Test Site(s):        Hines, IL 
                             Minneapolis, MN              
                                    
         Patches LR*5.2*59 and LR*5.2*150 MUST be installed prior to 
          installing this patch.  
        
        *******************************************************************  
      
       1)  This patch makes the Purge Wkld Data file 64.1 [LRAR PURGE 64.1] option 
      
    • 541b
      DATE APPLIED:   2021-07-20 00:00:00
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Backup of LR*5.2*541 on Jul 20, 2021
       
      Warning:  Installing this backup patch message will install older versions
      of routines and Build Components (options, protocols, templates, etc.).
      Please verify with the Development Team that it is safe to install.
      
    • 541 SEQ #448
      DATE APPLIED:   2021-07-20 11:08:05
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch addresses the following issues:
       
      1. An error will occur when canceling a component test in partially 
         verified panels on referral orders.
      2. Some workflows for verification of Microbiology interfaced results will
         cause the CPRS order status to remain at "active" instead of changing
         to "complete".
      3. An invalid collection date/time could be entered when manually 
         accessioning an order.
      
    • 549 SEQ #449
      DATE APPLIED:   2021-09-20 13:14:39
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Defect Tracking System Ticket(s) & Overview:
         Two errors are recurring and preventing microbiology reports
         from being generated:
         - If the zero node is missing in this sub-file, an undefined 
           error occurs in LST+3.
         - If the organism pointer to file #61.2 is null in the first 
           piece of the zero node, a subscript error occurs at the end 
           of LST+4
       
         Resolution:
         ----------
      ===========================================
         For sites to be able to find and report Corrupted Organism nodes 
         to their regional support group, an update to the nightly LAB 
         Cleanup routine is implemented.  This update will search for 
         Corrupted Organism nodes and send a mailman message to the LMI 
         mailman group.
       
      1. INC17480746 Frequent M Errors at multiple sites: LST^LR7OSMZ2
       
         Problem:
         -------
         We are seeing errors in LST^LR7OSMZ2 at multiple sites due to 
         Corrupted Organism nodes in the MI section of the ^LR global. 
      
    • 550
      DATE APPLIED:   2021-10-04 13:54:04
      APPLIED BY:   USER,SEVENTEEN
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
      included in this patch.
      
    • 186 SEQ #133
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-12-22 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      At Open M sites a Merge of a global into itself causes an error.  A check has
       Reference NOIS:   PRE-0797-60641
       Reporting Sites:  Prescott, AZ
       Testing Sites:    Prescott, AZ
       ROUTINE SUMMARY:
       =================
       
       The second line of the routine now looks like:
       
       <tab>     ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
       
      been added to make sure the global values are different before doing the merge.
                             Checksum Values
       
       Routine Name           Before Patch    After Patch     Patch List
       ------------           ------------    -----------    -----------
       LROR6A                 15782769        16122062       24,100,128,186
              Installation Instructions:
              ==========================
              1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
                 option will load the KIDS package in this message onto your
                 system.
       
              2. Review your mapped set.  If the routines are mapped, they should
                 be removed from the mapped set at this time.
              3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
                 system. You now need to use KIDS to install the Transport
                 global.
                 On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the
                 following options:
                     Print Transport Global
                     Compare Transport Global to Current System
                     Verify Checksums in Transport Global
       
                     Backup a Transport Global
              4. Users may remain on the system, but installation should be done
                 at off peak hours.
              5. No options need to be placed out of service.
              6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak hours
                 and less than 5 minutes during peak hours.
              7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory space.
              8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the option
                 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*186' and proceed
                 with the install.
      This patch should also be installed at non-Open M sites, even though they are
              9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should be
                 returned to the mapped set once the installation has run to
                 completion.
      not getting the error.
       This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the
       VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 97-033 titled VISTA
       BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
      
    • 182 SEQ #134
      DATE APPLIED:   1997-12-31 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch fixes problems encountered when user enter comments on
      lab specimens during accessioning.
      
    • 173 SEQ #135
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-02-05 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch corrects a variety of problems with Anatomic Pathology reports.
       See the Description on the Forum patch module for full information on
      this patch.
      
    • 198 SEQ #137
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-03-18 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch fixes the undefined error that occurs when non package
      (X) variable is killed by VADPT.
      
      
    • 125 SEQ #96
      DATE APPLIED:   1996-08-20 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      ARCHIVE NOT FINDING A PATIENT
      
    • 153
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-03-18 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Please refer to the 'LABORATORY ELECTRONIC DATA INTERCHANGE (LEDI) Patch
      LA*5.2*27 and patch LR*5.2*153 INSTALLATION GUIDE.
      
    • 203
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-04-17 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
        Reference NOIS:        None
        ============
        4) At the prompt DEVICE: select a valid printer name or print the report
           to the screen.
        
                Examine the report to verify that all instances of the date are
                formatted to include all four digits of the year.
        
                Repeat steps 1 through 4 above with the following exceptions.
                During step 2) answer  NO.
                During step 3) answer NO.
        
       In accordance with the evaluation performed using established policies
                Examine the report to verify that all instances of the date are
                formatted to include all four digits of the year.
        
        
           OPTION: Blood bank consultation reports [LRBLCN]
       
        This option is available for those sites wishing to use VistA to  
        generate a Chartable Consultative report on patients who after Blood
        Bank serological testing are found to have either an allo-antibody or a
        positive Direct Coombs. If this option is used at a site, then a sample
       and VHA Directive 97-033, documented on the patch change control summary
        report should be printed for each type of Consultative report generated
        and then reviewed to determine that all dates print using a 4 digit year
        format.  This will need to be completed by a user with the LRBLSUPER key
        performing the following steps:
       
         1) Select the option Blood bank consultation reports [LRBLCN].
         2) At the prompt Select CONSULTATION: type in a "?".  You will see a
            listing of each type of consultative report used at your facility.
            ANTIBODY or DIRECT COOMBS TEST REPORT.
         3) At the prompt Select Patient Name:  choose a name of a patient that
       and consultation with the FDA on 3/3/1998, this patch does not need to be
            is known to have an identified allo antibody or positive Direct
            Coombs test, whichever is appropriate.
         4) At the prompt DEVICE: select a valid printer name or print the
            report to the screen.
       
              Examine the report to verify that all instances of the date are
                formatted to include all four digits of the year.
       
                Repeat steps 1-4 as necessary to provide an example of each 
                type of consultative report generated at your facility.
       submitted to the FDA for approval.  Changes only involve print routines
       
           OPTION: Print units with final disposition [LRBLRUF]
        
        This option is designed for a site to print a permanent hard copy of the
        BLOOD INVENTORY file (#65) prior to the use of the option Remove units
        with final disposition [LRBLSER] to purge the BLOOD INVENTORY file (#65)
        for a specified date range. This functionality is provided for those
        sites who may have a need or desire to not keep all BLOOD INVENTORY data
        on line indefinitely.  It is not recommended that this option be run on
        a routine basis.  However, if necessary the option is available.
       and have no affect on safety critical requirements and has no associated
        
        Because of the implications of generating this report, it is recommended
        that if a site wishes to verify that the printing of dates uses a 4
        digit year that this verification be done in a test environment.  This
        report should be locked with the LRBLSUPER key so will need to have a
        user with that key perform the testing if performed.
        
        To verify the correct date format on these reports perform the following
        steps:
        1) Select the option Print units with final disposition [LRBLRUF].
       risks.   
        2) If this option has been used in the past you may be prompted with the
           following.  *** ANSWER NO AT THE PROMPT TO DELETE THE LIST ***
        
            There is a list of units printed by USER,PREVIOUS
            They should be deleted before printing another list. OK ? YES// N
            (NO)
        3) At the prompt Start with Date TODAY//  choose a date far enough in
           the past so that there will be unit with a final disposition entered.
        4) At the prompt Go    to   Date TODAY// choose a date more recent than
           the Start with Date.
        
        5) At the DEVICE: prompt, choose a valid printer name.
        
        Examine the report to verify that all instances of the date are
        formatted to include all four digits of the year.
        
       -----------------------------------------------
        Software Availability:
         
        This patch is available from one of the CIO Field Offices listed below.
        All VAMC's are encouraged to use their FTP capability to obtain the
        A COPY OF THIS PATCH MESSAGE MUST BE FORWARDED TO THE BLOOD BANK
        software from the appropriate directory
         
        CIO Field Office           FTP Address             Directory
        ----------------          -------------        -----------------
        Hines                     152.129.1.110        anonymous.software
        Albany                    152.127.1.5          anonymous.software
        Salt Lake                 152.131.2.1          anonymous.software
        
        File Name:LAB_Y2K.KID
       
        SUPERVISOR AND THE  LABORATORY INFORMATION  MANAGER (LIM).
       
        Y2K routine changes included with this patch:
        
        Routine         Line Tag      Purpose of change
        -------         ---------     -----------------
        LRBLJPA1           R+2       Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
                           R+5       Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
                            Y        Expand date format to print a 4 digit year.
                           H+3       Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
        
        
        
        LRBLPBR1            T        Expand date format to print a 4 digit year.
                           N+3       Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
                           L+1       Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
                            R        Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
       
        LRUCN              ASK+1     Expand date format to print a 4 digit year.
                            H        Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
       
       
       During initial evaluation of LRBL namespaced routines it was reported
        
       that 26 routines would need renovation to be Y2K compliant.  After
       further evaluation, it was determined that only two LRBL namespaced
       routines would need to be modified.  The routines originally reported but
       not modified are:
       
       LRUDEL      LRBLDEX1      LRBLDEX2     LRBLJPA      LRBLJPA2
       LRBLJPP     LRBLJTS       LRBLJTS1     LRBLPC       LRBLPC1
       LRBLPR      LRBLPR1       LRBLPRA      LRBLPT       LRBLPT1
       LRBLPTR1    LRBLPUS       LRBLPX       LRBLPX1      LRBLRCT
       LRBLSET     LRBLTA        LRBLTA1      LRBLTXA
        PROBLEM:  
       
        
      Installation Instructions:
       =========================
       
      Note: This build contains LR*5.2*201 and LA*5.2*42 therefore, the
      environment for installation must satisfy all three patches. There are
      special considerations made for Automated instruments which are
      not directly associated with Blood Bank.
       
        
       1.  The following patches must be installed prior to installation of this
           patch: LR*5.2*153, LA*5.2*27, LA*5.2*37, DI*21.0*44, XU*8.0*71.
       
       2.  From the Kernel Installation and Distribution Systems (KIDS)
                    Menu, select the Installation Menu [XPD INSTALLATION MENU]:
                     Select INSTALLATION OPTION
                      Select Installation Option: Load a Distribution
                      Enter a Host File: LAB_Y2K.KID
                    Dialog:
                 KIDS Distribution saved on Mar 23, 1998@13:22:30
        With the upcoming turn of the century (Y2K) the Office of the Chief
       Comment: LR*5.2*203  LR*5.2*201  LA*5.2*42  Y2K Enhancements  3-23-98
       
       
       This Distribution contains Transport Globals for the following
       Package(s):
       
            LR*5.2*203
            LR*5.2*201
            LA*5.2*42
       
        Information Office Technical Services has issued a guidelines document
       Want to Continue with Load? YES// 
       Loading Distribution...
       
         
             It is strongly recommended to do a KIDS Backup before installing
             the build.
       
        3. Review your mapped set.  If the routines are mapped, they should
             be removed from the mapped set at this time.
       
        for VISTA Software Y2K requirements. This guideline lays out the core
        4. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the option
             'Verify Checksums in Transport Global' and verify that all routines
             have the correct checksum.
        
        5. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, you may use the option
          'Print Transport Global' to view what will be installed on your system
           prior to the Install.
        
        6. Users can remain on the system.  Installation should take less than
           ten minutes during non-peak hours.
        essentials to meet or exceed OMB, GAO and congressional requirements for
        
        7. Primary Laboratory Options should be placed out of service
           and Laboratory Users should be off the system. Disable the menu
           option Laboratory [LRMENU] or the local equivalent during the
           install.
       
           Routine LAB or lab automated instruments interface thru the LSI
           should be stopped.
       
           If the site has direct-connect interfaces for lab automated
        Year 2000 requirements.  The VISTA Blood Bank Software v 5.2 was
           instruments, these should be stopped.
       
           The HL7 background job (HLLP) for the Lab Universal Interface
           should be stopped.
       
           The routine LA7UIIN to process incoming HL7 messages should be
           not be running. This routine will shutdown automatically after 5
           minutes if no messages have been received.
       
           If using auto download for Lab automated instruments, the routine
        evaluated and found to have no existing problems as far as date storage
           LA7ADL should be stopped. Use the option 'Start/Stop Auto Download
           Background Job' [LA7 ADL START/STOP].
           if no 
        
        8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the option
          'Install Package(s)' Select the package  LR*5.2*203 and proceed with
           install.
        
        9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 3, they should be
           returned to the mapped set once the installation has run to
        Reporting Site:        N/A
        and evaluation.  The date in all instances is already stored internally
           completion. 
       
       10. After installation is complete, remove the routines LR201 and LA42 
           from your system.
        in a format which allows the definite determination of proper century.
        
        The Y2K guidelines document states that applications are required to
        expand the external date displays on reports or forms which can be
        considered legally binding documents between the VA and the veteran, an
        agent of the veteran, or a service- or product- provider to the VA.
        Using this statement as a guideline it was determined that the reports
        generated by the following options were to be modified to display the
        date using a 4 digit year format rather than the traditional dd/mm/yr
        
        format currently used:
        
        Print single BB patient report [LRBLP PRINT SINGLE]
        Print all BB patient reports on print queue [LRBLP PRINT ALL ON QUEUE]
        Blood bank consultation reports [LRBLCN]  **> Locked with LRBLSUPER
        Print units with final disposition [LRBLRUF] **> Locked with LRBLSUPER
        
       
        RISK ANALYSIS:  Since the coding changes only affect the format of the
        year printed on the report and have no functionality changes, the risk
        Test Site(s)--Alpha Platform w/ DSM OS:  Milwaukee, Brockton
        is NONE.
        
        EFFECT ON FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS/ INTENDED USES: Problem does not
        involve a software safety critical requirement and does NOT change the
        scope of a design safeguard or intended use.
       
        POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES:  There is no potential impact on the sites
        from the installation of LR*5.2*203.
        
        VALIDATION TESTING REQUIREMENTS:  Although the changes do not involve
                                                 North Chicago
        any requirements or functional specifications, it is necessary to
        perform the following steps in order to confirm that the Patient
        chartable reports are printing dates using a 4 digit year format:
        
        OPTION: Print single BB patient report [LRBLP PRINT SINGLE]
        
        This option should generate a chartable patient report where the date
        format uses a 4 digit year regardless of whether the work was done
        before or after installation of the patch.  To verify this:
        1) Select the option Print single BB patient report [LRBLP PRINT
        
           SINGLE].
        2) At the prompt Select Patient Name: type in a name of a patient who
           has previous Blood Bank results.
        3) At the prompt Print component requests  ? NO//  press the ENTER key
           to accept NO as the response.
        4) At the prompt DEVICE: select a valid printer name or print the report
           to the screen. 
        
                Examine the report to verify that all instances of the date are
                formatted to include all four digits of the year.
       
        
                Repeat steps 1 through 4 above with the following exception:
                During step 3) answer YES to print component requests. 
       
                Examine the report to verify that all instances of the date are
                formatted to include all four digits of the year.
        
        
            OPTION: Print all BB patient reports on print queue [LRBLP PRINT ALL
                    ON QUEUE]
        DESCRIPTION:
        
        This option is used to print a batch of chartable patient reports.  The
        format of the individual patient reports should be identical to the
        reports printed using the option Print single BB patient report [LRBLP
        PRINT SINGLE].  To verify the correct date format on these reports
        perform the following steps:
        1) Select the option Print all BB patient reports on print queue [LRBLP
           PRINT ALL ON QUEUE].
        2) At the prompt Save reports for reprinting ? NO// answer YES.
        3) At the prompt Print component requests  ? NO/ answer YES.
      
    • 201
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-04-17 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      PATCH DESIGNATION: LR*5.2*201           PACKAGE: LAB SERVICE
       
       ^DD(69.91,0,"ID",2) = W:$D(^("0")) " ",$$FMTE^XLFDT($P(^("0"),U,3),"5Z")
        
       New Data Dictionary:
       ^DD(68,.097,0)= NON LAB ACCESSION AREA^S^1:YES;0:NO;^0;21^Q
       
       
       Routine Listing:
        
       Name       Line Tag            Description
       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
       
        
       LR5XCNV                        OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XCNV0                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XCNV1                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XCNV3                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XCNV4                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XCNV5                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XCNV8                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XCNV9                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XCNVA                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       PATCH DESCRIPTION:   
       LR5XCNVD                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XCNVP                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XCNVU                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XCNVX                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XOK                         OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XOK3                        OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XOK31                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XOK5                        OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XOK51                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XOK8                        OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       This is the Year 2000 (Y2K) compliance patch containing the changes
       LR5XOK81                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XOK9                        OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XOK91                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XOKA                        OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XOKA1                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XOKU                        OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XTIM2                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR5XTIME                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LR7OSBR1   T                   dd/mm/yyyy
                  L+1                 formatting for the extra 2 century
       necessary to accommodate the year 2000.  2 digit (YY) year dates are
                                      characters.
                  L+2                 formatting for the extra 2 century
                                      characters.
                  R+1                 formatting for the extra 2 century
                                      characters.
       LR7OSOS    DATE                dd/mm/yyyy
       LR7OSUM3   UDT+7               dd/mm/yyyy
       LR7OSUM6   LRUDT+3             dd/mm/yyyy
                  WR+5                formatting for the extra 2 century
                                      characters.
       replaced with 4 digit (CCYY) century year dates in laboratory routines
                  WR1+1               formatting for the extra 2 century
                                      characters.
       LR7OU5     DQ+1                Update the LRAFUNC1 to XLFDT call.
       LR7OU64    CHECK+4             Update the LRAFUNC to XLFSTR call.
                  DQ+2                Update the LRAFUNC1 to XLFDT call.
       LR7OU641   DQ+1                Update the LRAFUNC1 to XLFDT call.
       LRABG1     LRABG1+35:36        Set 4-digit date.
       LRAC3      LRAC3+32            dd/mm/yyyy
                  LRAC3+43            dd/mm/yyyy
       LRAC4      Y2K                 New TMP file structure
       for patients' permanent clinical record. 2 digit year dates are replaced
                  BS1                 dd/mm/yyyy
       LRACK      STA+1               2 digit to 4 digit date
                  STA+3               ""
       LRACM1     DIC                 dd/mm/yyyy
                  LRACM1+33           dd/mm/yyyy
                  LRACM1+41           dd/mm/yyyy
                     +1
       LRACM3     LRACM3+19           dd/mm/yyyy
       LRACS      QUE+2               Ancillary to cumes.
       LRACS2     LRACS2+3            2 digit to 4 digit date
       in other laboratory routines where space was available.  Because of the
       LRACS3     LRIFN+2             Ancillary to cumes.
       LRACSUM    LRACSUM+43          Ancillary to cumes.
       LRACSUM3   LRACSUM3+31         2 digit to 4 digit
                  LRACSUM3+37         2 digit to 4 digit
       
       LRACSUM4   Y2K                 Ancillary to cumes.
       LRACSUM6   LRACSUM6+4          2 digit to 4 digit
                  LRACSUM6+7          Display format
                  LRACSUM6+16         dd/mm/yyyy
       
       lack of space, labels are still printed with 2 digit year dates.
       LRAPAUA    W1                  Rename variable T to LRAUDT, expand to
                                      4 digit year
                  END                 Kill new variable.
       LRAPAUL    PRT+1               Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
                  DT                  Expand to 4 digit year.
                  H+1                 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
                  QUE                 Fix syntax problem with DBS call exported
                                      with LR*5.2*173
       LRAPBK     SH+3                Rename variable LRW(1) to LRSPDT, expand
                                      to 4 digit year.
        
                  SH+7                Rename variable LRW(1) to LRSPDT.
       LRAPDPT    AP                  Expand to 4 digit year.
                  AU                  Expand to 4 digit year.
       LRAPF      F+5                 Strip off seconds from Admission date 
                                      (set in another routine).
       LRAPJNC    W                   Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
                  L+1                 Rename variable H(4) to LRDTINT.
                  S+1                 Rename variable H(5) to LRDTEXT, expand
                                      to 4 digit year.
                  S+2                 Rename variables H(4) and H(5) to LRDTINT 
        VERSION: 5.2                          PATCH NUMBER: 201
       Warning:
                                      and LRDTEXT.
                  A                   Rename variable H(4) to LRDTINT.
                  H+1                 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
                  END                 Kill new variables.
       LRAPL      W+2                 Rename variable S(1) to LRSPECDT.
                  P                   Rename variable S(1) to LRSPECDT and
                                      expand to 4 digit year.
                  END                 Kill new variable.
       LRAPLG     GETP                Expand to 4 digit year, format output
                                      to accommodate 4 digit year.
       Local label routines that call DD^LRX or DT^LRX will need to be modified
       LRAPPF1    EN+1                Expand to 4 digit year.
                  EN+4                Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
       LRAPQ      W                   Expand to 4 digit year.
                  W+2                 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
                  H+2                 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
       LRAPQAT1   L                   Expand to 4 digit year.
                  AU+1                Change direct global reads to ^DGPM(  to
                                      using call INP^VADPT.
                  A                   Assign local variable names to output
                                      variables from INP^VADPT.
       to call DDOLD^LRX or DTOLD^LRX to print 2-digit dates.
       LRAPQOR    W                   Expand to 4 digit year, format output to
                                      accommodate 4 digit year.
                  H+2                 Display format
       LRAPQOR1   D                   Expand to 4 digit year.
                  W                   Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
                  W2                  Expand to 4 digit year.
                  H1                  Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
       LRAPS1     EN                  Expand to 4 digit year.
                  EN+3                Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
                  M                   Additional change to accommodate patch
                                      
                                      LR*5.2*203.
       LRAPSEM2   A                   Expand to 4 digit year. Format output
                                      to accommodate 4 digit year.
                  H+2                 Display format
       LRAPSL     SET                 Expand to 4 digit year.
       LRAPTT     B                   Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
                  S+4                 Expand to 4 digit year.
       LRAPTT1    LRAPTT1+4           Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
       LRAPV      I                   Rename variable Z to LRDATE.
                  1                   Rename variable Z to LRDATE.
       Patch LR*5.2*201 VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE V5.2 
                  W                   Rename variable Z to LRDATE, expand to 4 
                                      digit year.
                  2+1                 Rename variable Z to LRDATE.
                  H1                  Rename variable Z to LRDATE.
       LRAPWE     T+2                 Expand to 4 digit year.
       LRAUSTA    FIX                 Expand to 4 digit year.
                  WRT                 Rename variable M to LRSENIOR.
                                      Rename variable M(2) to LRESIDEN.
                  WRT+2               Rename variable R(1) to LRAUDT.
                                      Rename variable R(2) to LRAUCOMP.
       DEVICE PRODUCT LABELING STATEMENT
                                      Rename variable R(3) to LRFAD.
                                      Rename variable W(15) to LRPAD.
                                      Change LRPAD to the correct data piece.
                  WRT+3               Reference new variable names, format
                                      output to accommodate 4 digit year.
                  WRT+4               Reference new variable name.
                  WRT+5               Reference new variable name.
                  H+1                 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year
                  END                 Kill new variables before exit routine.
       LRCAP64    LRCAP64+25          Replaced call to LRAFUNC1 date/time 
        
                  LRCAP64+27          function to Kernel date/time calls.
                  LRCAP64+30          ""
                  LRCAP64+32          ""
                  LRCAP64+35          ""
                  LRCAP64+45          ""
       LRCAP67    LRCAP67+19          Replaced call to LRAFUNC1 date/time     
                  LRCAP67+23          function to Kernel date/time calls.
       LRCAPA12   LRCAPA12+64         Display 4-digit date.
       LRCAPACC   LRCAPACC+53         Display 4-digit date.
       LRCAPAM1   LRCAPAM1+11         Replaced call to LRAFUNC1 date/time   
       March 10, 1998
                  LRCAPAM1+12         function to Kernel date/time calls.
                  LRCAPAM1+15         ""
       LRCAPAM2   LRCAPAM2+10         ""      
                  LRCAPAM2+19         ""
                  LRCAPAM2+29         ""
       LRCAPAM3   LRCAPAM3+11         ""
                  LRCAPAM3+18         ""
                  LRCAPAM3+21         ""
                  LRCAPAM3+29         ""
                  LRCAPAM3+30         ""
        
                  LRCAPAM3+55         ""
                  LRCAPAM3+81         ""
       LRCAPAM4   LRCAPAM4+29         ""
                  LRCAPAM4+74         ""
       LRCAPAM6   LRCAPAM6+10         ""
       LRCAPAM8   LRCAPAM8+6          ""
                  LRCAPAM8+7          ""
       LRCAPAM9   LRCAPAM9+5          ""
       LRCAPAMP   LRCAPAMP+13         ""
       LRCAPBB    LRCAPBB+7           ""
       VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*201 contains changes to software 
       LRCAPD2    LRCAPD2+39          ""
       LRCAPDSS   LRCAPDSS+17         ""
                  LRCAPDSS+26         ""
       LRCAPMR    LRCAPMR+29          ""
                  LRCAPMR+36          ""
       LRCAPMR2   LRCAPMR2+65         ""
       LRCAPR1A   LRCAPR1A+7          ""
                  LRCAPR1A+8          ""
       LRCAPR3    LRCAPR3+14          ""
                  LRCAPR3+23          ""
        PATCH SUBJECT: Y2K LABORATORY (LR) PATCH
       controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 97-033, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE 
       LRCAPV1S   LRCAPV1S+4          ""
                  LRCAPV1S+5          ""
       LRCENDE1   ZAP                 Prevent complete accession deletion.
       LRDPA1     LRDPA1+16           Changed to Kernel Date/Time call
       LREXPD     LREXPD+20           ""
       LRFAST     AMIS +1             Replaced $$NOW^LRAFUNC1 with $$NOW^XLFDT.
       LRGEN      LRGEN+7             Cleanup Variable
       LRGEN1     LRGEN1+20           Display 4-digit date.
                  LRGEN1+27           Display 4-digit date.
       LRLIST     LRLIST+5            Replaced call to LRAFUNC1 date/time 
       VERSION 5.2.  The following routines listed as part of Group B in the 
                  LRLIST+86           function to Kernel date/time calls.
       LRLISTE    LRLISTE+4           ""
                  LRLISTE+49          ""
       LRLSTWRL   LRLSTWRL+12         ""
       LRMISEZ2   LRMISEZ2+26         dd/mm/yyyy
       LRMISEZ4   LRMISEZ4+17         dd/mm/yyyy
       LROE       TASK                Variable LRLBL is no longer killed.
       LROLOVER   EN+4                Changed to Kernel date/time call.
                  OVER+2              Enhanced $D statement
                  ROLLAH+3            Set LRAD to correct date/time
       directive were modified to be Y2K compliant:
                  ROLLAH+13           Add $G( statement prevent undefined.
       LRORD1     LEDI+1              Added $L statement for alpha characters
                                      in UID.
       LRORDIM    EN+4                Changed $$DOW^LRAFUNC1 to $$DOW^XLFDT.
                  EN+22               Changed $$NOW^LRAFUNC1 to $$NOW^XLFDT.
                  CHK+1               Changed $$DOW^LRAFUNC1 to $$DOW^XLFDT.
                  DATE+3              Changed $$CFMTDH^LRAFUNC1 to $$FMTH^XLFDT.
                  DATE+7              Changed $$CDHTFM^LRAFUNC1 to
                                      $$HTFM^XLFDT.
       LRORDK     KILL+7              Variable LRLABLIO is no longer killed.
       LRU, LRUA, LRUPT.  
       LRPARAM    LRPARAM+13          Replaced call to LRAFUNC1 date/time
                                      function to Kernel date/time calls.
       LRPEND     LRPEND+10           ""
                  LRPEND+37           ""
       LRQC       LRQC+3              Changed to display 4-digit year date.
       LRRP5      DATE+3              Changed to display 4 digit year date.
                  INIT+2              ""
       LRRP6      LRRP6+38            dd/mm/yyyy
                  LRRP6+42
       LRRP6A1    LRRP6A1+15          dd/mm/yyyy
        
       LRRP6B1    LRRP6B1+12          dd/mm/yyyy
       LRSMAC     LRSMAC+39           Replaced call to LRAFUNC1 date/time 
                                      function to Kernel date/time calls.
       LROW2RP    DATE               Added an "F" to the %DT flags for 'date of
                                     order prompt.
       LRSORA2    PRTEST+5           Changed to display 4-digit year date.
       LRSORC1A   PRINT+23           Formatting for the extra 2 century
                                     characters.
                  PRNTST+9
                  COM+8
       These are shared routines that are used by Blood Bank as well as general 
       LRSORD1A   PRINT+23           Formatting for the extra 2 century
                                     characters.
                  PRNTST+9
                  COM+8
       LRSTOPC                       OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
       LRTOCOST   LRTOCOST+5         Replaced call to LRAFUNC1 date/time
                                     function to
                  LRTOCOST+7         Kernel date/time calls.
                  LRTOCOST+8         ""
                  LRTOCOST+56        ""
       Laboratory software.  They were modified to display a date using a 4
                  LRTOCOST+74        ""
       LRTSTSET   LRTSTSET+25        ""
       LRTT5      LRTT5+38           ""
                  LRTT5+54           ""
       LRTT5R1    LRTT5R1+27         ""
       LRU        T                  Added description of functionality to line
                                     tag.
                  A                  Added description of functionality to line
                                     tag, expand to 4 digit year.
                  D                  Added description of functionality to line
       digit century year format and formatting was changed when necessary to
                                     tag, expand to 4 digit year.
                  DA                 Added description of functionality to line
                                     tag, expand to 4 digit year.
                  DT                 Checks if LRSS="BB". If not, expands to 4
                                     digit year.  Selected Blood Bank internal
                                     displays are not modified due to current
                                     FDA constraints.
                  V+3                Kill new variables.
       LRUA       LRUA+3             Change call to D^LRU to newly created line
                                     tag DATE.
       accommodate the extra two characters in the year.
                  LRUA+8             Change call to D^LRU to newly created line
                                     tag DATE.
                  DATE               New line tag, returns date/time in 4 digit
                                     year format.
       LRUDEL     D                  Change call to D^LRU to newly created line
                                     tag DATE.
                  REST+5             Change call to D^LRU to newly created line
                                     tag DATE.
                  REST+6             Change call to D^LRU to newly created line
                                     tag DATE.
        
                  DATE               New line tag, returns date in eye-readable
                                     month format w/ 4 digit year.
       LRUER      P                  Rename variable T to LRDATE.
                  P+2                Rename variable T to LRDATE, format output
                                     to accommodate 4 digit year.
                  H+1                Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
                  H1                 Rename variable T to LRDATE, format output
                                     to accommodate 4 digit year.
       LRUMD      W+1                Rename variable T(1) to LRDATE, expand to 4
                                     digit year.
        PRIORITY: MANDATORY                   STATUS OF PATCH: UNDER DEVELOPMENT
       The above change has been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank Developer and 
                  W+3                Rename variable T(1) to LRDATE.
       LRUMDM     W+3                Rename variable from T(1) to LRDATE, expand
                                     to 4 digit year.
                  W+5                Rename variable from T(1) to LRDATE, format
                                     output to accommodate 4 digit year.
       LRUMDP     W+1                Rename variable from T(1) to LRDATE, expand
                                     to 4 digit year.
                  W+2                Rename variable from T(1) to LRDATE.
       LRUP       LRUP+3             Update the LRAFUNC1 to XLFDT call.
       LRUPT      FIX+2              Rename variable from Y to LRDATE, expand to
       found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE version 5.2 
                                     4 digit year.
                  FIX+4              Rename variable from Y to LRDATE, format
                                     output to accommodate 4 digit year.
                  A                  Rename variable from Y to LRDATE, format
                                     output to accommodate 4 digit year.
                  LIST+3             Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
                  MORE+1             Rename variable Y to LRDATE, format output
                                     to accommodate 4 digit year.
                  HDR                Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
       LRUTL      STF+7              Update the LRAFUNC1 to XLFDT call.
       control functions.
       LRUTT      W+1                Expand to 4 digit year, format output to
                                     accommodate 4 digit year.
       LRVER1     LRVER1+19          Replaced call to LRAFUNC1 date/time
                                     function to
                                     Kernel date/time calls.
       LRVER2     LRVER2+13          Display 4-digit date.
                  LRVER2+27          ""
       LRVR2      LRVR2+13           Display 4-digit date.
                  LRVR2+25           ""
                  LRVR2+26           Changed to Kernel Date/time call
        
       LRWLST12   C3                 Changed $$CDHTFM^LRAFUNC1 to $$HTFM^XLFDT.
       LRWRKIN1   X+16               Adjust column display to accommodate
                                     displaying
                  X+24               4-digit year.
       LRWRKINC   HED+5              Adjust column header to accommodate
                                     displaying
                  HED+11             4-digit year.
       LRWU4     LRWU4+2             Set Kernel variable DT using approved call
                 LRWU4+3             $$DT^XLFDT.
                 AC2+2               Added "P" to %DT variable, assume past
       PROBLEM:   With the upcoming turn of the century (Y2K) the Office of the 
                                     dates.
                 AC4+2               Display accession date with 4-digit year.
       LRX       DD                  Changed to display 4-digit year date.
                 DT+3                Used Kernel Date/Time call.
                 DDOLD               Provide backward compatible format for
                                     labels.
                 DTOLD               Provide call to return 2 digit date.
                 Y2K                 Call to return dd/mm/yyyy Date/Time
        
          Reference NOIS:  N/A
       Chief Information Office Technical Services has issued a guidelines 
          
          Reporting Site:  N/A
        
          Testing Site(s): Milwaukee, WI - Brockton/West Roxbury, MA
                           North Chicago, Il
       
        
         ROUTINE SUMMARY:
         =================
        
       document for VISTA Software Y2K requirements.  This guideline lays out
         The second line of the routine now looks like:
        
         <tab>     ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
       the core essentials to meet or exceed OMB, GAO and congressional
       requirements for Year 2000 requirements.  Laboratory software has been
       modified to meet or exceed these guidelines.
        DATE PATCH FIRST ENTERED: JAN 27, 1998
        
       RISK ANALYSIS:   Changes made by patch LR*5.2*201 have no effect on Blood
       
       Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
        
       
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS:  Patch LR*5.2*201 does not 
       alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
       elements functions.
        
       
       POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES:  This patch contains changes to a routine 
       identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive 97-033. The 
       changes have no effect in Blood Bank functionality or medical device 
       control functions. There is no adverse potential to sites.
        
       VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION:  There are no required validation 
       scenarios to be completed by sites after installing LR*5.2*201.
        
       
       -----------------------------------------------
       
       Software Availability:
        
       This patch is available from one of the CIO Field Offices listed below.
       All VAMC's are encouraged to use their FTP capability to obtain the
       software from the appropriate directory
        
       CIO Field Office           FTP Address             Directory
       ----------------          -------------        -----------------
       Hines                     152.129.1.110        anonymous.software
       Albany                    152.127.1.5          anonymous.software
      CATEGORY OF PATCH: ROUTINE
       Salt Lake                 152.131.2.1          anonymous.software
        
       File Name:LAB_Y2K.KID
       
      Note: This patch is issued as a part of a KIDS Distribution in which
      the Transport Global contains all three Laboratory Y2K patches.
      The install order and patches are:
      LR*5.2*203 Blood Bank
      LR*5.2*201 Laboratory Service
      and LA*5.2*42 Automated Instruments.
      CATEGORY OF PATCH: DATA DICTIONARY
        
       Data dictionary changes include:
        
       Modified the write "ID" nodes for:
       ^DD(62.3,0,"ID",.02) = W:$D(^("0")) " ",$$FMTE^XLFDT($P(^("0"),U,2),"5Z")
        
       ^DD(67,0,"ID",.03) = W "   ",$$FMTE^XLFDT($P(^(0),U,3),"5Z")
        
       ^DD(67.1,0,"ID",3) = W:$D(^("0")) "   ",$$FMTE^XLFDT($P(^("0"),U,3),"5Z")
        
      
    • 155 SEQ #141
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-04-17 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       Reference NOIS:         HIN-0297-40272, DEN-0697-51422
       This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the
       
       DEVICE: HOME//   TELNET
       
                                         LR*5.2*155
           
       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*155 : 
                     Mar 26, 1998@14:02:16
       
       VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA Directive 97-033 titled VISTA
       Installing Routines:
                     Mar 26, 1998@14:02:17
       
       Updating Routine file...
       
       Updating KIDS files...
       
       LR*5.2*155 Installed. 
                     Mar 26, 1998@14:02:18
       BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
       
       
       1.  HIN-0297-40272
           Two problems were discovered with the QA functions for the Autopsy
           Accession Area.
       
           # 1:  The user wasn't prompted to enter any QA codes while
       
                 executing the option QA codes entry/edit [LRAPQACD] and
                 choosing the Autopsy Accession Area.
       
           # 2:  When using the option QA outcome review cases [LRAPQOR], not
                 all of the information was printing.  Prior to patch LR*5.2*72,
                 the actual Autopsy accession # and date of autopsy would print
                 on the 2nd part of the report.
       
       2.  It was reported that after patch LR*5.2*72 that the report format
           for Autopsy data review [LRAPAURV] did not accommodate the new
       Reporting Site:        Hines, Long Beach
           accession # format.
       
       ROUTINE SUMMARY:
       =================
        
       The second line of the routine now looks like:
       
       <tab>     ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
       
                             Checksum Values
       
       
       Routine Name      Before Patch    After Patch     Patch List
       ============      ============    ===========     ==========
       LRAPQACD          1985498         1982867          72,85,155
       LRAPQOR2          5647114         5107599             155
       LRAURV            8143951         8364694             155
       
       Installation Instructions:
       =================
       
       Test Site(s)   Hines, Madison, Long Beach
       1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
            option will load the KIDS package in this message onto your system.
       
       2. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the option
            'Verify Checksums in Transport Global' and verify that all routines
            have the correct checksum.
       
       3. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, you may use the option
          'Print Transport Global' to  view what will be installed on your
           system prior to the Install.
       
        
        4. Review your mapped set.  If the routines are mapped, they should
           be removed from the mapped set at this time.
       
        5. Users can remain on the system.  Patch installation should take less
           than 5 minutes.  No options need to be placed out of service.  
           Install during non-peak times.
        
        6. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the option
           'Install Package(s)' Select the package  LR*5.2*155 and proceed with 
       DESCRIPTION:
           install.
        
        7. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 4, they should be
           returned to the mapped set once the installation has run to
           completion. 
       
       
       Below is an example of the dialogue seen during the KIDS load.
       
       Select Installation Option: INStall Package(s)
       ============
       Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*155          Loaded from Distribution
       3/26/98@13:49
       :39
           => LR*5.2*155
       
       This Distribution was loaded on Mar 26, 1998@13:49:39 with header of 
       LR*5.2*155
       It consisted of the following Install(s):
       LR*5.2*155
       
        
         LR*5.2*155
       
       Install Questions for LR*5.2*155
       
       
       Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
       
       Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
       You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
       Enter a '^' to abort the install.
      
    • 191 SEQ #142
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-04-28 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 208 SEQ #143
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-04-28 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch fixes comment problems during receipt of specimens from wards.
      
    • 189 SEQ #144
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-04-28 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 205 SEQ #145
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-05-27 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Required for special processing of file 63 for Patient Merge.
      
    • 210
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-07-12 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       
       VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*210 contains changes to software
       Gliadin Ab IgG              84140.3103   89635.0000
       Gliadin Ab Panel            82435.3103   89637.0000
       Specimen Collection Time    82373.3103   89359.0000
       Rh (D) Typing               86087.0000   86088.0000
       CD62L                       86601.0000   86682.0000
       CDw124                      86670.0000   86683.0000
       Rh Typing                   86714.0000   86712.0000
       Plateletpheresis            86728.0000   86739.0000
       Drug Dependant Ab           89110.0000   84466.0000  X*Drug Dependant
       HLA DR                      89079.0000   89569.0000
       controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 97-033, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE
       Glaidin Ab IgA              84295.0000   84028.0000  X*Glaidin Ab
       X*Hepatitis C RNA           97485.0000   87419.0000
       HIV Viral Load Ultra        98497.0000   87423.0000
       Smooth Muscle Ab            98589.0000   87379.0000
       Norchlordiazeposide         81030.0000   81411.0000
        
           Reference NOIS:  N/A
           
           Reporting Site:  N/A
         
       VERSION 5.2.  Change includes:
           Testing Site(s): Long Beach, CA, Milwaukee, WI, Brockton, MA
        
       -----------------------------------------------
        Software Availability:
         
        This patch is available from one of the CIO Field Offices listed below.
        All VAMC's are encouraged to use their FTP capability to obtain the
        software from the appropriate directory.
         
        CIO Field Office           FTP Address             Directory
       LROS was modified to display the Patient Care Encounter (PCE) visit
        ----------------          -------------        -----------------
        Hines                     152.129.1.110        anonymous.software
        Albany                    152.127.1.5          anonymous.software
        Salt Lake                 152.131.2.1          anonymous.software
         
        File Name:LR52_210.KID
        
          ROUTINE SUMMARY:
          =================
         
       number when one exists.
          The second line of the routine now looks like:
         
          <tab>     ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
        
        Checksum Values
        
        Routine Name   Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List 
        ------------   ------------   -----------   -----------
       LR210              NA           13528777         210  
       LRCE            12940981        13197719     28,76,103,121
        
                                                      153,210
       LROS            14491271        14423120     121,153,210
        
        
          Installation Instructions:
          ==========================
       The Laboratory Information Manager (LIM) should be informed of/coordinate
       the installation this patch. This patch contains important codes required
       for Laboratory Management Index Program (LMIP) reporting and Laboratory
       Electronic Data Interchange (LEDI) implementation.
       The above change has been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank Developer and
        
       All users may remain on the system. Laboratory users should be idle (no
       accessioning or verifying). The LAB interface routine does not need to
       be stopped. The Universal Interface does not need to be stopped. The
       Health Level Seven Lower Level Protocols (HL7 LLPs) do not need to be
       stopped.
        
       The installation of this patch takes less than 10 minutes.
        
         1.  START FROM KERNEL 
       found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE version 5.2
             From the KERNEL Installation and Distribution Systems (KIDS)
             Menu, select the Installation menu [XPD INSTALLATION MENU]:  
                  Installation
                  Edits and Distribution ...  
                  Utilities ...  
                  Installation ...  
            
         2.  SELECT INSTALLATION OPTION 
             Select Installation Option:  Load a Distribution 
             Enter a Host File: LR52_210.KID
       control functions.
       
             This Distribution contains Transport Globals for the following 
             Package(s): LR*5.2*210
        
             Want to RUN the Environment Check Routine? YES// 
                LR*5.2*210
             Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR210
        
             Use INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*210  to install the Distribution.  
             
        
             NOTE:  The following are OPTIONAL:
           
            a.  Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a backup 
                 message of any routines exported with this patch. It will not 
                 backup any other changes, such as DDs or templates.  
            b.  Compare Transport Global to Current System - This is not
                 recommended.  The reported data is misleading.
            c.  Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will allow 
                 you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the 
                 transport global.  
      Description: 
       PROBLEM:   Sites have requested a means to verify CPT code capture.  It
            
         3.  Use the install name LR*5.2*210 
        
       Note: If installation is successful, remove the routine LR210 from your
       system.
        
         4. No routine mapping adjustments are required
       
      Routine Information:
      ====================
       was determined that displaying the PCE visit number when viewing the
       
      Routine Name:
        - LRCE
       
      Routine Name:
        - LROS
       
      Routine Name:
        - LR210
       
       Order/Test Status for a patient would assist sites in verifying their
      ==========================================================================
       data.
        
       RISK ANALYSIS:   Changes made by patch LR*5.2*210 have no effect on Blood
       Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
        
       EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS:  Patch LR*5.2*210 does not
       alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
      ============
       elements functions.
        
       POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES:  This patch contains changes to a routine
       identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive 97-033. The
       changes have no effect in Blood Bank functionality or medical device
       control functions. There is no adverse potential to sites.
       
       VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION:  There are no required validation
       scenarios to be completed by sites after installing LR*5.2*210.
        
       
       =============================
        
       This patch is the regular release of additional National Laboratory Test
       Codes (WKLD CODES). It contains the requested additional prefix and
       suffix codes required to identify ordered test and test results.
       LR*5.2*210 Patch Description:
        
       This patch contains updates of WKLD CODES stored in WKLD CODE file (#64).
       These codes are also known as National Laboratory Test codes. The added
       codes represent those codes requested, by various sources, to identify
       Patch LR*5.2*210 VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE V5.2 DEVICE PRODUCT LABELING
       ordered tests and results. If you wish to print the new additional WKLD
       CODES, use FileMan Print sorted by numbers. Begin with number 2990, end
       with 99999. Select caption print for the print fields.
        
       This patch contains updates of suffix codes stored in WKLD SUFFIX CODES
       file (#64.2). These codes were requested, by various sources, to identify
       methods used to determine results of ordered tests.
        
       This patch contains updates of manufacturers stored in WKLD INSTRUMENT
       MANUFACTURER file (#64.3). This file is a reference file used to group
       STATEMENT
       WKLD CODE SUFFIX codes by manufacturer.
        
       In addition to new NLT Codes the options Order/test status [LROS] and
       Review by order number [LRCENLKUP] have been enhanced to display the
       Visit number returned by the PCE interface for Laboratory CPT code
       capture. The number displayed corresponds to the internal entry number
       for the VISIT (#9000010) file. This number maybe useful when verifying
       Laboratory CPT workload capture. The VISIT file pointer is free text and
       each individual pointer number is separated by a semi-colon. CPT workload
       is only captured for patients seen on outpatient status. CPT codes are
        
       captured for ordered tests only. There is no relationship between
       accessioned/verified and CPT workload capture. CPT workload capture is
       based on entries in the LAB ORDER ENTRY (#69) file ONLY.
        
       Ordered tests must be linked via NATIONAL VA LAB CODE field (#64) of the
       LABORATORY TEST file (#60). All CPT codes associated with the linked NLT
       Code will be passed to the PCE interface.
        
       The new print option NLT Monthly Workload Detail [LR CAP ELROY] is also
       provided. This FileMan print option allows the user to select
       April 10, 1998
       institution/division, date range and NLT codes. The report will print
       sub-total by NLT code with grand total for the report period. This report
       maybe useful when reviewing data stored in LAB MONTHLY WORKLOADS file
       (#67.9) for workload trends by specific NLT Codes.
        
       Note: When selecting Institution use literal name (i.e. Long Beach), not
       station number (.i.e. 600).
       NOTE: Data is stored in the LAB MONTHLY WORKLOADS file by month only.
       There aren't any daily totals stored in this file.
        
        
       The Post install procedure will make some corrections to your database if
       appropriate. This is a list of possible corrections required by your
       systems. If corrections are made, they will be displayed during the
       install. They are also stored in the Install file for review.
        
       If the install is successful please remove the routine LR210 from your
       system.
        
       NLT Name                    Old Number   New Number   New Name
       Gliadin Ab IgA              84295.3103   89589.0000
      
    • 193 SEQ #147
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-07-25 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 127 SEQ #97
      DATE APPLIED:   1996-09-20 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       
       
      additional logic which determines if the PCE package is active. If the PCE
      package is not active, no CPT codes will be passed regardless of the entry
      in the PCE/VSIT ON field.
            11.This patch provides utilities for linking ORDERABLE tests in
      LABORATORY TEST (#60) file to WKLD CODE (#64) file. This linkage differs
      from LMIP file setup. CPT Procedure coding is a rather non specific
      identification of ORDERED tests. CPT codes identifies procedures ordered
      by the provider. LMIP coding identifies procedures and method of analysis
      used to collect management data. These coding system are used for two
      different purposes and should not be confused.
      The National Laboratory File [LR7O 60-64] menu under the LIM workload menu
      There are two routines which provide this functionality, LR7OU4 and
      LR7OU5.
       
       
      Example of the Semi-automated option: 
       
      Select OPTION NAME:    LRMENU        Laboratory DHCP Menu
       
       
      Select Laboratory DHCP Menu Option:  Supervisor menu
      [LR LIM/WKLD] has options to link file Laboratory Test (#60) to WKLD CODE
       
      Select Supervisor menu Option:  Lab liaison menu
       
      Select Lab liaison menu Option:  National Laboratory File
       
      Select National Laboratory File Option: ?
       
         1      Semi-automatic Linking of file 60 to 64
         2      Manual Linking of file 60 to 64
       
      (#64) file.  The options you will use are:
      Enter ?? for more options, ??? for brief descriptions, ?OPTION for help
      text.
       
      Select National Laboratory File Option: 1  Semi-automatic Linking of file
      60 to 64
       
       This option will look for potential matches between file 64 (NLT) and
      file 60. 
       
         You will be allowed to create a permanent link between matching entries
                     Semi-automatic Linking of file 60 to 64 [LR7O 60-64 AUTO]
      in these files. Tests with the type of NEITHER will be omitted during link
      phase. 
       
                     ONLY GENERIC NLT CODES CAN BE LINKED TO LAB TEST
           
       
       
            Those LAB TEST already linked to the NLT file will also be omitted.
           
       
                     Manual Linking of file 60 to 64 [LR7O 60-64 MANUAL] 
      Ready to proceed? YES
      Would you like a list of WKLD CODES from LABORATORY TEST file? No// 
       
           Do you want to automatically link entries when there is an exact
      match     
       
                                 on the NAME in both files
           
      ? No// Y
        (Yes)
        These options should be run in this order listed to reduce linking time.
       
          Did not find a exact name match for Lab Test 1,25-DIHYDROXYVIT D3
       Want to use a Verify WKLD code instead?
       
        Vitamin D 1 25 Dihydroxy                        83998.0000
       
      Select Verify WKLD if appropriate: VIT
       
       
      60 = 1,25-DIHYDROXYVIT D3
      It may be beneficial to obtain a report of Laboratory Tests with Accession
      64 = Vitamin D 1 25 Dihydroxy    83998.0000 
                                      o----LINKED----o
       
       
          Did not find a exact name match for Lab Test ABO/RH TYPING
       Want to use a Verify WKLD code instead?
       
        ABO Cell Serum and Rh(D)                        86082.0000
       
      Select Verify WKLD if appropriate AB
      and Verify WKLD CODES listed. Each of the above options has the capability
       
       
      60 = ABO/RH TYPING
      64 = ABO Cell Serum and Rh(D)   86082.0000 
                                      o----LINKED----o
       
       
      60 = ACETALDEHYDE
      64 = Acetaldehyde   81502.0000 
       
      of producing this report.
       
      60 = ACETAMINOPHEN
      64 = Acetaminophen   81068.0000 
                                      o----LINKED----o
       
       
      60 = ACETONE
      64 = Acetone   81504.0000 
                                      o----LINKED----o
       
      DESCRIPTION:
       
       
      60 = ACETYLCHOLINE RECEPTOR
      64 = Acetylcholine receptor   89080.0000 
                                      o----LINKED----o
       
       
      60 = ACTH
      64 = ACTH   82020.0000 
                                      o----LINKED----o
       
      Coordinate the task of linking tests with the Laboratory LIM so it is
       
          Did not find a exact name match for Lab Test AFB CULTURE & SMEAR
       Want to use a Accession WKLD code instead?
       
        Accession Specimen Mycol Cult                   87800.0000
       
      Select Accession WKLD if appropriate ^
       
      ================================================================
      Example of the PCE ^TMP("LRPXAPI") which is built by the LRCAPPH1 routine.
      completed before the scheduled start of collection of CPT codes for
       
      ^TMP("LRPXAPI",545275466,"ENCOUNTER",1,"ENC D/T") = 2960709.140053
      ^TMP("LRPXAPI",545275466,"ENCOUNTER",1,"ENCOUNTER TYPE") = A
      ^TMP("LRPXAPI",545275466,"ENCOUNTER",1,"HOS LOC") = 41
      ^TMP("LRPXAPI",545275466,"ENCOUNTER",1,"INSTITUTION") = 5000
      ^TMP("LRPXAPI",545275466,"ENCOUNTER",1,"PATIENT") = 230
      ^TMP("LRPXAPI",545275466,"ENCOUNTER",1,"SERVICE CATEGORY") = X
      ^TMP("LRPXAPI",545275466,"PROCEDURE",1,"ENC PROVIDER") = 31
      ^TMP("LRPXAPI",545275466,"PROCEDURE",1,"PROCEDURE") = 12345
      ^TMP("LRPXAPI",545275466,"PROCEDURE",1,"QTY") = 1
      laboratory activity (October 1, 1996). Only those tests that can be
       
       
      ROUTINE SUMMARY:
      =================
       
       Routine Name           Before Patch      After Patch       Patch List
      LR7OU4                  NA                12072536          127
      LR7OU5                  NA                13069620          127
      LRCAPDSS                NA                5467821           127
      LRCAPFDS                6562403           8630651           105,119,127
      ordered by clinicians on patients need to be linked.
      LRCAPPH                 9417286           10523848          1,19,127
      LRCAPPH1                NA                3477475           127
      LRCAPV1A                2080378           2090945           105,127
       
       
      This is the PCE/API patch which will be replacing the current method of
      recording clinic stop codes with CPT codes. This patch creates several new
      fields and one new file LAB NLT/CPT CODES (#64.81).
      The primary purpose of this patch (LR*5.2*127) is to convert from
             1. A new field in LABORATORY TEST file(#60) named NATIONAL VA LAB
      CODE (#64). This new field links orderable tests in file #60 with generic
      WKLD CODES (a.k.a. NLT) (#64). Generic codes are those NLT codes ending in
      four (4) zeros. Utilities (options) are provided for linking LABORATORY
      TEST (#60) file to WKLD CODE (#64) file. The new PCE/API uses this linkage
      to determine what CPT codes should be passed to the PCE/API. Orderable
      tests in LABORATORY TEST file should have a linkage to WKLD CODE.
             2. Modified field PCE/VSIT ON (#615) in file LABORATORY SITE
      (#69.9) will control which reporting method should used. Field
      functionality change: The TRANSMIT CLINIC STOP CODES (#614) field in the
      reporting Laboratory clinic stop codes, to reporting CPT codes for ordered
      LABORATORY SITE (#69.9) file is no longer used to control reporting of
      clinic stop codes. The PCE package has replaced the clinic stop codes with
      CPT codes for each test collected. You should now use PCE/VSIT ON (#615)
      in LABORATORY SITE (#69.9) file to control both clinic stop code and CPT
      code transmission. Patch LR*5.2*127 automatically sets the PCE/VSIT ON
      field to report both clinic stop and CPT codes. It is expected that
      beginning with Oct. 1, 1996 VA DHCP will begin reporting workload using
      CPT codes. Logic has been built into the software to determine when to
      start reporting CPT codes to the PCE package. The TRANSMIT CLINIC STOP
      CODES (#614) field will be retired in a future version.
      tests done on patients. The Laboratory Package will capture and send CPT
             3. A new field PCE COUNTED (#11) has been added to file LAB ORDER
      ENTRY (#69). This field prevents an order from being counted more than
      once.
             4. The field CPT CODE (#18) has been modified in WKLD CODE
      file(#64). This field's name has been changed to CODE and is a multiple.
      The CODE entries can be of different types. Each code has optional fields
      of RELEASE DATE (#2) and INACTIVE DATE (#3). These fields can be used to
      screen codes based on dates entered. There is another field REPLACEMENT
      CODE (#4) which is used for local record keeping. The software logic does
      not use the REPLACEMENT CODE field.
      codes via PCE/API. There is an install deadline involved (10/1/96) in
             5. This patch also adds CPT codes to WKLD CODE FILE (#64) during
      the post install phase.
             6. Additional Fields have added to WKLD LOG FILE (#64.03). These
      fields are not directly related to PCE/API. These fields are used to
      support Laboratory Extract for DSS. Additional fields have been added to
      WKLD LOG FILE (#64.03) to support laboratory extract of LMIP codes for
      DSS. These files are not used by the Laboratory PCE/API. WKLD LOG FILE is
      being upgraded to support DSS API and is used exclusively by DSS and there
      is no direct user interaction. WKLD LOG FILE is a temporary storage file
      for LMIP codes for DSS extracts. A new routine ,'LRCAPDSS' provides DSS
      order to support PCE functionality requirements.
      with a API to extract laboratory workload data in batch mode. If the site
      is currently using WKLD LOG FILE for local purposes, this practice should
      be terminated. WKLD LOG FILE IS USED EXCLUSIVELY TO SUPPORT DSS DATA
      EXTRACTION.
             7. This patch also contains a new file LAB NLT/CPT CODES (#64.81).
      This file is only used to transport data to upgrade existing WKLD CODES
      (NLT) test codes already released to the field. This file is used by the
      Post Install routine to add CPT codes to WKLD CODE (#64) file. Entries are
      automatically purged from 64.81 file if the linking process was
      successful. If there is an error during the linking process, a message is
       
      stored in #64.81 and the entry is not purge. A FileMan print of #64.81
      file will display those codes which were not linked. If there are no
      errors, file #64.81 will be empty after the post install routine runs to
      completion.
            Any new WKLD CODES released will already have assigned CPT Procedure
      and are distributed via national releases of NLT package. CPT coding of
      WKLD CODES is done by Health Administration Head Quarters and should not
      be changed locally.
            8 Option Edit or Print WKLD CODES [LR WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT] has been
      enhanced to allow printing of WKLD CODES which have CPT code linkages.
      Creating links between file LABORATORY TEST (#60) and WKLD CODE (#64)
      Modifications to routine LRCAPFDS provided this new functionality.
           9. Routine LRCAPV1A has been modified to allow the user to enter a
      synonym for newly created WKLD CODES using the option; 'Add a new WKLD
      code to file [LRCAP CODE ADD].
           10. This patch contains a new routine LRCAPPH1 and the modified
      routine LRCAPPH. These routines gather the needed data and creates the
      PCE/API CPT linkage. 'LRCAPPH' has been change to look at the modified
      field PCE/VSIT ON (#615) in file LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) to determine
      which reporting method should used. The user can inactivate reporting,
      report only CPT codes or report both CPT and Clinic Stop Codes. There is
      
    • 200 SEQ #148
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-07-25 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 192 SEQ #149
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-07-25 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 195 SEQ #150
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-08-31 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 188 SEQ #151
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-08-31 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 175 SEQ #152
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-08-31 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       
       
       
      Installation for all sites.
      
    • 161 SEQ #153
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-09-23 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to
            printers. This patch supports 1x2, 15/16X3, and 10 part 2.4x4
            formats used on the Intermec printers, did not use all of the space.
            This resulted in a shortened test list. The label software has been
            adjusted to use the full amount of space available for the test list.
            This varies with the different label sizes and formats.
            The list of tests will be formatted such that a ";" separates each 
            test abbreviation. If all of the accession tests can not print on the
            label due to lack of space then the list will be truncated. Truncation
            will be indicated by the characters "..." at the end of the label test
            list.
            NOIS ASH-1095-33536, BAY-0796-30672, MRN-0296-41708, WBP-0795-22054
            label stock.
        
        16. Fixed the location not printing on 1x2 and 10 part labels.
            NOIS ASH-0795-30288, FHM-0396-50465, SHR-0696-70850
        
        17. Fixed an undefined error, variables LRAN and LRACC, when printing
            future collection labels.
            NOIS MAN-0196-11087
        
        18. Changed the setting of variables LRBAR0/LRBAR1 to values returned by
            a supported call to KERNEL (PSET^%ZISP) for bar code on (IOBARON)/bar
        
            code off (IOBAROFF) characteristics.
            NOIS SPO-0696-50319
        
        19. Provided the ability to designate label type and label routine on a
            printer by printer basis. See the section on the POST-INSTALLATION
            INSTRUCTIONS item #1.
            NOIS AMA-0297-71215
        
        20. To conform to VistA Programming Standards and Conventions (SAC),
            The following changes have been made:
         2. Support exists for the following bar code symbologies:
            
            a. W * was changed to W $C() in the label routines.
               NOIS FNC-0697-31993
       
            b. Routine LRLABLD was changed to use an approved DBIA (#2469) when
               determining a user's default lab label printer. If a printer is
               associated with the user's home device by entering a printer in
               the LAB LABEL PRINTER field (#101) in the DEVICE (#3.5) file, then
               this printer becomes the default label printer instead of LABLABEL.
               It had been using a direct global read of global %ZIS.
              Code 39
      
            c. Routine LRPHLIST was changed to use the supported DBIA #10091 call. 
               If the user has no institution defined in the NEW PERSON (#200) file,
               this call is used to determine the user's default institution, 
               It had been using a direct global read of global XMB.
        
        21. The Print future collection labels option [LRUFCL] was not determining
            the collection sample correctly. The collection sample is now derived
            from the COLLECTION SAMPLE field (#3) in the SPECIMEN # multiple 
            field (#1) of the LAB ORDER ENTRY file (#69).
              Code 39 with check digit
        
        22. Lab routine selection:
        
            a. The label routine selection is backward compatible with previous
               logic. The software determines a label routine by the value of the
               LABEL TYPE field (#302) in the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9).
        
            b. If a site defines label devices in the LABEL DEVICE multiple field
               (#360) of the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9), the label routine will
               be determined as follows:
              Code 128 bar code
        
               If an accession area is not defined (test/future order labels) then
               the accession area designated by DEFAULT ACCESSION AREA field (#.06)
               within LABEL DEVICE multiple field (#360) of the LABORATORY SITE
               file (#69.9) for following selection logic is used.
        
               If an alternate label routine for the accession area is designated
               then the label routine designated by fields ALTERNATE LABEL
               ENTRY (#5.2) and ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE (#5.3) of the
               ACCESSION file (#68) is used.
        
        
               Otherwise if site has designated an alternate label routine for the
               device then the label routine designated by fields ALTERNATE LABEL
               ENTRY (#.04) and ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE (#.05) within LABEL DEVICE
               multiple field (#360) of the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) is used.
        
               Otherwise if the printer is designated as an Intermec 4100 by the
               PRINTER TYPE field (#.02) of the LABEL DEVICE multiple field (#360)
               of the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9), the label routine is determined
               by the LABEL STOCK field (#.03) of the LABEL DEVICE multiple field
            The bar code symbology used can be designated on an accession area
               (#360) of LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) as follows:
        
                  1        15/16X3       --> routine LRLABELC
                  2        1X2           --> routine LRLABELA
                  3        2.5X4 10 PART --> routine LRLABELB
        
            c. If none of the conditions checked in b. above apply then the label
               routine designated in a. above is used.
        
        
            basis. See the BAR CODE PRINT field (#5) in the ACCESSION file (#68).
        23. Intermec 4100 label format assignments:
        
            F0     - Reserved by manufacturer
            F1     - Presently not used (Unavailable on 4100BA models)
            F2     - Presently not used (Unavailable on 4100BA models)
            F3     - 1x2 Plain Label (Old Style)
            F4     - 1x2 Code 39 Label (Old Style)
            F5     - 1x2 Code 39/128 - UID
            F6     - Presently not used
            F7     - 15/16x3 Plain Label (Old Style)
       the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 97-033
            The set of codes for this field has been expanded to allow designating
            F8     - 15/16x3 Code 39 (Old Style)
            F9     - 15/16x3 Code 39/128 - UID
            F10    - Presently not used
            F11    - Presently not used
            F12    - 10 Part Code 39 (Old Style)
            F13    - 10 Part Code 39/128 - UID
            F14    - Presently not used - Reserved for LEDI shipping labels
            F15    - Presently not used - Reserved for LEDI shipping labels
            F16    - Presently not used - Reserved for LEDI shipping labels
            F17    - Presently not used - Reserved for LEDI shipping labels
            a specific symbology. See item #23 below for the effect of this field
            F18    - Presently not used - Reserved for LEDI shipping labels
            F19    - Presently not used - Reserved for LEDI shipping labels
        
            Note: Formats F4, F8, and F12 print the bar code with a check digit.
        
        24. Intermec format selection:
            Note: This is based on the printer being designated as Intermec printer,
                  that is when the PRINTER TYPE field (#.02) in the LABEL DEVICE
                  multiple field (#360) of the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9)
                  equals 1 and the value of the BAR CODE PRINT field (#5) in the
            when using the Intermec label printers.
                  ACCESSION file (#68) is as listed in the below table:
        
                                     Intermec 4100
                          1x2 label     15/16X3    10 part label
        
                      0     F3            F7          F12
                      1     F4            F8          F12
            BAR CODE  2     F5            F9          F13
            PRINT     3     F5            F9          F13
                      4     F5            F9          F13
        
        
            BAR CODE PRINT set of code: 0 - NONE
                                        1 - YES (Code 39 with check digit)
                                        2 - Code39
                                        3 - Code39 with check digit
                                        4 - Code128
        
            NOTE: The site will need to program the Intermec 4100 printer for those
                  formats which will be used based on label stock and bar code
                  symbology selected.
         3. Support exists for bar coding the short/long identifier on labels.
                  Example: Site is using 1x2 labels and has specified BAR CODE
                           PRINT of 0,1, or 4 for various accession areas.
                           The Intermec 4100 printer would need to be
                           downloaded with formats F3, F4, and F5.
        
        
       Associated NOIS
        ---------------
        AMA-0297-71215
        ASH-0795-30288
            The label software will now check the field TYPE OF ACCESSION NUMBER
        ASH-1095-33536
        BAN-1097-11647
        BAY-0796-30672
        BIG-0596-71566
        BRK-0696-11519
        BUF-0695-13329
        DAY-0497-42491
        FHM-0396-50465
        FNC-0697-31993
        GRJ-0395-50211
            (#.092) to determine the identifier to bar code. If a short identifier
        GRJ-1095-52265
        GRJ-0796-50216
        MAN-0196-10924
        MAN-0196-11087
        MRN-0296-41708
        PRO-0196-10343
        PRO-1096-11923
        SHR-0696-70850
        SPO-0696-50319
        WBP-0795-22054
            (accession number) is selected it will be formatted as determined in
        
        
        Test Sites
        ----------
        
        Asheville VAMC
        Bath VAMC
        Dayton VAMC
        Loma Linda VAMC
        Long Beach VAMC
            item #4 below. If it is a long identifier the Laboratory Unique
        Manchester VAMC
        Milwaukee VAMC
        North Chicago VAMC
        
       ----------------------------
        
       ROUTINE SUMMARY
       ---------------
        
        The following is a list of routines included in this patch. The second
            Identifier (UID) will be printed. Formats in the Intermec label routines
        line of each routine now looks like:
        
        <tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
        
                         CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
        
          Routine Name   Before Patch   After Patch   Patch List
          ------------   ------------   -----------   ----------
          LR161            N/A           2465270       161
          LRBARA          3774911        6240751       161
       titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
            have been adjusted to handle the increased length of the bar code
          LRBARB          6451096        18545310      161
          LRBARC           N/A           4506131       161
          LRBARCF          N/A           4094580       161
          LRLABEL         1668195        826314        161
          LRLABEL1        2827443        978058        161
          LRLABEL2        1294781        590501        161
          LRLABEL3        1905479        847432        161
          LRLABEL5        2457165        1079193       161
          LRLABEL6        3490879        3114683       161
          LRLABELA        1935828        2536685       161
            printed.
          LRLABELB        4990488        6023279       161
          LRLABELC         N/A           1616954       161
          LRLABELF        7055278        5776749       121,161
          LRLABLD         10046912       8089099       65,161
          LRLABLD0        9258958        9351158       1,65,121,161
          LRLABLDS        5030406        4835286       161
          LRLABLIO        7032106        5515879       107,161
          LRLABXOL        5526784        2794683       11,121,161
          LRLABXT         5435171        6060326       80,161
          LRPHLIS1        14289685       12110295      1,161
            NOIS PRO-1096-11923, MAN-0196-10924, BRK-0696-11519
          LRPHLIST        13349268       12051480      161
        
       
       FILE SECURITY
       -------------
       
       There are four new fields added by this patch which have FileMan Write
       Access equal to "@". This is required for security purposes. To edit these
       fields requires the user to have FileMan Programmers Access. The fields
       affected are:
        
       
        - ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY (#5.2) and ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE (#5.3) of the
          ACCESSION file (#68).
      
        - ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY (#.04) and ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE (#.05) within
          LABEL DEVICE multiple field (#360) of the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9).
       
       
       INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
       -------------------------
         4. The ability to designate the length of a short identifier (accession
       The install time for this patch is less than 5 minutes. This patch
       can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
       However the following conditions apply:
        
          - Label printing should not be occurring
        
        
        
       NOTE: MailMan and KERNEL patches must be current on the target system to
             avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
            number) when it is selected to be bar coded on an accession label is
        
             Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
             Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC). The LIM/ADPAC needs to perform the
             file setup as explained in the post-installation instructions if
             applicable.
        
        
       1.  If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
        
       2.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu.  This
            supported. When the accession number is less than the number specified,
           option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
        
       3.  The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
           system.  You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
        
       4.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
           select the 'Installation' menu.
        
       5.  Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
           all routines have the correct checksums.
            it will be padded with zeros. See the description for the BAR CODE PAD
        
       6.  If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this patch
           prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport Global'
           option at this time.  You may also compare the routine in your
           production account to the routine in the patch by using the 'Compare
           a Transport Global to Current System' option.  These options can
           both be found under the 'Installation' menu.
        
       7.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
           and select the package 'LR*5.2*161'.  When prompted 'Want to
            field (#5.1) in the ACCESSION file (#68) for additional information and
           DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES//',
           choose 'NO'.
        
       8. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
        
       9. Routine LR161 can be deleted after successful patch installation.
        
        
       *****************************************************************************
       Below is an example of the dialogue seen during the KIDS install:
            examples.
        
        
       Select Installation Option: 6  Install Package(s)
       Select INSTALL NAME:  LR*5.2*161   Loaded from Distribution  
       5/2/97@17:11:20
            => LR*5.2*161
        
       This Distribution was loaded on May 02, 1997@17:11:20 with header of
       LR*5.2*161
       It consisted of the following Install(s):
        
        
       LR*5.2*161
        
          LR*5.2*161
       Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR161
        
        
                               --- Environment Check is Ok ---
        
       Install Questions for LR*5.2*161
        
         5. Support for local label routines on a printer or accession area basis
       Incoming Files:
        
        
          62.05     URGENCY  (Partial Definition)
       Note:  You already have the 'URGENCY' File.
        
        
          68        ACCESSION  (Partial Definition)
       Note:  You already have the 'ACCESSION' File.
        
            is available. To designate local label routines on a printer by printer
        
          69.9      LABORATORY SITE  (Partial Definition)
       Note:  You already have the 'LABORATORY SITE' File.
        
        
       Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
        
       Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
       You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
       Enter a '^' to abort the install.
            basis see the section on POST-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS item #1.
        
       DEVICE: HOME//   VIRTUAL TERMINAL
        
        
        Install Started for LR*5.2*161 :
                      May 02, 1997@17:14:54
        
        Installing Routines:
                      May 02, 1997@17:15:09
        
            To designate local label routines on an accession area basis see the
        Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR161
        
                                 *** Pre install started ***
        
                         --- No actions required for pre install ---
        
                                *** Pre install completed ***
        
        Installing Data Dictionaries:
                      May 02, 1997@17:15:45
            section on POST-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS item #2 and complete the
        
        Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS: 
        
        Installing OPTION
                      May 02, 1997@17:15:46
        
                                         LR*5.2*161                                   
        
        Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR161
        
            fields ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY (#5.2) and ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE (#5.3)
                                 *** Post install started ***
        
                         --- No actions required for post install ---
        
                                *** Post install completed ***
        
        Updating Routine file...
        
        Updating KIDS files...
        
            in the ACCESSION file (#68).
        LR*5.2*161 Installed.
                      May 02, 1997@17:16:09
        
        
       Install Completed
        
        
       Select Installation Option:
        
        
        
       End of example install
        
       *****************************************************************************
        
        
       POST-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
       ------------------------------
        
       The following actions should be performed by the Lab Information Manager 
       (LIM) or the person(s) responsible for the maintenance of the files LABORATORY
         6. The ability to print test urgencies on a label exists. Sites can
       SITE (#69.9) and ACCESSION (#68).
        
        1. If a site is using local label routines or the Intermec 4100 label
           printers to print lab labels then perform the following steps.
        
           To define local label routines on a printer by printer basis, complete
           fields ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY (#.04) and ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE (#.05).
        
           a. Define printers in the LABEL DEVICE multiple field (#360) in the
              LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9).
        
            designate on an individual urgency basis if the urgency is to print.
        
              *** Start of example ***
              Select OPTION: 1  ENTER OR EDIT FILE ENTRIES
        
              INPUT TO WHAT FILE: LABORATORY SITE//
              EDIT WHICH FIELD: ALL// LABEL DEVICE      (multiple)
              EDIT WHICH LABEL DEVICE SUB-FIELD: ALL// ?
              Answer with LABEL DEVICE SUB-FIELD, or NUMBER
              Choose from:
                 .01             LABEL DEVICE
            The urgency that is printed will be the highest urgency of all the
                 .02             PRINTER TYPE
                 .03             LABEL STOCK
                 .04             ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY (see note on FILE SECURITY)
                 .05             ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE (see note on FILE SECURITY)
                 .06             DEFAULT ACCESSION AREA
              FOLLOW A FIELD NAME WITH ';"CAPTION"' TO HAVE THE FIELD ASKED AS
              'CAPTION: ' OR WITH ';T' TO USE THE FIELD 'TITLE' AS CAPTION
              EDIT WHICH LABEL DEVICE SUB-FIELD: ALL//
              THEN EDIT FIELD:
        
            tests on the accession. The highest urgency is determined as the
        
              Select LABORATORY SITE SITE NAME: 'name of your site'
              Select LABEL DEVICE:    IRM DEVELOP INTERMEC
              LABEL DEVICE: IRM DEVELOP INTERMEC//
              PRINTER TYPE: INTERMEC 4100// ?
                 Choose from:
                   0        OTHER
                   1        INTERMEC 4100
              PRINTER TYPE: INTERMEC 4100//
              LABEL STOCK: 2.5X4 10 PART// ?
            urgency with the lowest internal entry number in the URGENCY file
                 Choose from:
                   0        OTHER
                   1        15/16X3
                   2        1X2
                   3        2.5X4 10 PART
              LABEL STOCK: 2.5X4 10 PART//
              ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY: ?
                Answer must be 1-8 uppercase alpha and/or numeric characters in
                length. Site can enter an alternate label entry point to be used
                instead of the standard lab label routines used by the lab package
            (#62.05). Sites can designate a 1-5 character abbreviation that will
                when printing labels using this device. Field ALTERNATE LABEL
                ROUTINE (#.05) must be completed for the software to use this field.
                (see note on FILE SECURITY)
              ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY:
      
              ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE: ??
                Answer must be 1-8 uppercase alpha and/or numeric characters in
                length. Site can enter an alternate label routine to be used 
                instead of the standard lab label routines used by the lab package
                when printing labels using this device.
            be printed as the urgency. See the section on POST-INSTALLATION
                (see note on FILE SECURITY)
              ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE:
        
              DEFAULT ACCESSION AREA: ??
                Select accession area to use for default characteristics.
                This field is used by the label software when printing test
                or future order labels. When printing these types of labels
                there is no accession area identified to determine label
                characteristics such as type of barcode or accession
                area alternate label routine.
            INSTRUCTIONS item #3.
        
                The accession area designated for this device will be used
                by the software to obtain accession area specific
                characteristics when printing labels which are not associated
                with any particular accession area. Examples of these
                characteristics are barcode type, number of pad digits
                for barcode number, and alternate label routine.
        
                *** End of example ***
        
        
           b. Program the Intermec 4100 label printer with new formats using
              the Lab Bar Code Label Formatter option [LR BAR CF] located on
              the Lab liaison menu [LRLIAISON]
        
        
        2. Edit the following fields in the ACCESSION file (#68), to set up the
           bar code parameters and/or local label routines for each accession
           area.
        
                  *** Start of example ***
         7. The Reprint accession label(s) option [LRLABXT] has been enhanced to
        
           Select OPTION: 1  ENTER OR EDIT FILE ENTRIES
        
        
           INPUT TO WHAT FILE: ACCESSION//
           EDIT WHICH FIELD: ALL// 5  BAR CODE PRINT
           THEN EDIT FIELD: 5.1  BAR CODE PAD
           THEN EDIT FIELD: 5.2  ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY (see note on FILE SECURITY)
           THEN EDIT FIELD: 5.3  ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE (see note on FILE SECURITY)
        
            allow printing selected accessions.
        
           Select ACCESSION AREA: CHEMISTRY
           BAR CODE PRINT: CODE39 WITH CHECK DIGIT// ??
             This field is used by the label print utilities to determine if
             bar code labels should be printed for this accession area.
             Choose from:
               0        NONE
               1        YES
               2        CODE39
               3        CODE39 WITH CHECK DIGIT
       This patch will address enhancements and fixes to Lab label printing.
        
               4        CODE128
           BAR CODE PRINT: CODE39 WITH CHECK DIGIT//
           BAR CODE PAD: ?
             Type a Number between 1 and 15, 0 Decimal Digits
             Enter the number of zeros ("0") to pad an accession number when
             printing a bar code using the accession number. Used when site
             needs a minimum length bar code on labels.
        
             Example if need a four digit bar code then enter four.
                     This would produce the following:
         8. The Print future collection labels option [LRUFCL] has been enhanced
                     Accession number       Bar Code
                         1                  0001
                        12                  0012
                       123                  0123
                      1234                  1234
                     12345                 12345
        
           ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY: ?
             Answer must be 1-8 uppercase alpha and/or numeric characters
             in length.
            to allow selection of a range of collection types. The collection type
             Site can enter an alternate label entry point to be used instead of
             the standard lab label routine entry point defined in file
             LABORATORY SITE (#69.9).
        
             This field overrides the label routine settings in file LABORATORY
             SITE (#69.9) for this accession area. Field ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE
             (#5.3) must be completed for the software to use this field.
             See description of field #5.3.
             (see note on FILE SECURITY)
           ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY:
            WARD COLLECT is now selectable. A user can select one or more types
           ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE: ?
             Answer must be 1-8 uppercase alpha and/or numeric characters
             in length.
             Site can enter an alternate label routine to be used instead
             of the standard lab label routine defined in file LABORATORY
             SITE (#69.9).
        
             This field overrides the label routine settings in file LABORATORY
             SITE (#69.9) for this accession area. It is used in conjunction
             with field ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY (#5.2) for building the
            when printing future collection labels.
             variable LRLABEL.
             (see note on FILE SECURITY)
           ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE:
        
          Select ACCESSION AREA:
        
        
        3. Edit new fields LABEL PRINT (#5) and ABBREVIATION (#6) in the URGENCY
           file (#62.05) using FileMan's Enter/Edit option.
        
        
           Select OPTION: 1  ENTER OR EDIT FILE ENTRIES
        
           INPUT TO WHAT FILE: URGENCY//
           EDIT WHICH FIELD: ALL// 5  LABEL PRINT
           THEN EDIT FIELD: 6  ABBREVIATION
           THEN EDIT FIELD:
        
        
           Select URGENCY: ROUTINE
           LABEL PRINT: YES// ?
         9. Fixed the null subscript error in array variable LRBAR when the
              Select if abbreviation is to be printed.
                Choose from:
                      0        NO
                      1        YES
                      2        YES, REVERSE FIELD
           LABEL PRINT: YES// ??
              Determines if urgency's abbreviation is to be printed on labels.
              If "YES, REVERSE FIELD" is selected and label printer supports
              reverse field printing, then abbreviation will be printed with
              white letters on a black background.
            variable LRAA was undefined.
                Choose from:
                      0        NO
                      1        YES
                      2        YES, REVERSE FIELD
           LABEL PRINT: YES//
           ABBREVIATION: ROUT
        
           Select URGENCY:
        
        
            NOIS GRJ-0395-50211
                *** End of example ***
        
        
        10. Fixed printing of information in the wrong fields on the Intermec 4100
            10-part labels. There was an extra carriage return being sent to the
            printer which was moving the accession and other information into the
            wrong fields.
            NOIS BUF-0695-13329
        
        11. Fix an undefined variable error, usually LRAN, when printing test labels.
            All standard required lab variables will be defined when printing test
            labels.
            NOIS BAN-1097-11647, DAY-0497-42491, GRJ-0796-50216
         1. The ability to designate label stock on a printer by printer basis
        
        12. Fixed formatting the SSN on the 10-part label. There was an extra
            carriage return being sent to the printer which was moving the SSN
            into the next field.
            NOIS BIG-0596-71566
        
        13. Fixed a problem in the Reprint accession label(s) option [LRLABXT]
            in which a user, after selecting the label device, would encounter
            a "Device Unavailable" message. This error was caused by the opening,
            closing, and reopening of the label device.
            is available. This is used for printing with the Intermec label
            NOIS PRO-0196-10343
        
        14. Adjusted the label field positioning. Position of the field on label
            was near the edge which left little room for variation in label stock
            positioning.
            NOIS GRJ-1095-52265
        
        15. When the list of tests are printed on accession labels the software
            attempts to print as many test abbreviations as will fit within the
            dimensions of the label. Some of the label formats, specifically the
      
    • 217 SEQ #154
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-09-23 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to
         1. When patch LR*5.2*153 was released it contained changes to the code
          LRX            14065673       13923654      65,153,201,217
       
       INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
       -------------------------
       The install time for this patch is less than 2 minutes. This patch
       can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
       However the following conditions apply:
       
          - Accessioning should not be occurring.
            Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
            in routine LRX used to create the UID. These changes performed a
            Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
       
       NOTE: MailMan and KERNEL patches must be current on the target system to
             avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
       
       
       
       1.  If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
       
       2.  Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu.  This
            check to determine if the UID that was to be created already existed.
           option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
       
       3.  The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
           system.  You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
       
       4.  On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
           select the 'Installation' menu.
       
       5.  Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
           all routines have the correct checksums.
            The intent is to prevent the same UID being assigned to two or more
       
       6.  If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this patch
           prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport Global'
           option at this time.  You may also compare the routine in your
           production account to the routine in the patch by using the 'Compare
           a Transport Global to Current System' option.  These options can
           both be found under the 'Installation' menu.
       
       7.  Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
           and select the package 'LR*5.2*217'.  When prompted 'Want to
            accessions. If the UID already existed then routine LRX created an
           DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES//',
           choose 'NO'.
       
       8.  On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
       
       9.  Routine LR217 can be deleted after successful patch installation.
       
       
       *****************************************************************************
       Below is an example of the dialogue seen during the KIDS install:
            alternate UID substituting the accession area's numeric identifier
       
       
      Select Installation Option: 6  Install Package(s)
      Select INSTALL NAME:    LR*5.2*217        Loaded from Distribution  8/28/98@15:5
      7:39
           => LR*5.2*217
       
      This Distribution was loaded on Aug 28, 1998@15:57:39 with header of
      LR*5.2*217
      It consisted of the following Install(s):
            with "00".
      LR*5.2*217
       
         LR*5.2*217
      Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR217
       
       
                              --- Environment Check is Ok ---
       
      Install Questions for LR*5.2*217
       
       
       
       
      Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
       
      Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
      You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
      Enter a '^' to abort the install.
       
      DEVICE: HOME//   TELNET VIRTUAL
       
            The code used to produce an alternate UID was setting a lock on
       
       
       Install Started for LR*5.2*217 :
                     Aug 28, 1998@15:58:32
       
       Installing Routines:
                     Aug 28, 1998@15:58:32
       
       Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR217
       
            the global LRO(68,"C",uid) which was not being released.
                                *** Pre install started ***
       
                        --- No actions required for pre install ---
       
                                         LR*5.2*217
       
                               *** Pre install completed ***
       
       Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR217
       
       the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 97-033
            This caused other lab users to "hang" until the user with the lock
                                *** Post install started ***
       
                        --- No actions required for post install ---
       
                               *** Post install completed ***
       
       Updating Routine file...
       
       Updating KIDS files...
       
            logged off and the lock was released. This condition has been found
       LR*5.2*217 Installed.
                     Aug 28, 1998@15:58:34.
       
       Install Message sent #10909944
       
       Install Completed
       
       
       
      Select Installation Option:
            to occur under three scenarios.
       
       
       
      End of example install
       
       *****************************************************************************
       
            The first is when a site switches the numeric identifier for an
            accession area and the identifier has been previously used.
            The second is when a site has modified the data dictionary for field
            NUMERIC IDENTIFIER (#.4) in the ACCESSION file (#68) to allow more
            than one accession area to have the same identifier. The third is
            explained in #2 below.
       titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
            
            See FileMan's field Description for fields TYPE OF ACCESSION NUMBER
            (#.092) and NUMERIC IDENTIFIER (#.4) in the ACCESSION file (#68)
            for further information.
       
            Solution: modified code in routine LRX to remove setting lock on
                      global LRO(68,"C",uid). Since the routine also lock/unlocks
                      global node LRO(68,"C"), this lock is not neccessary.
       
            NOIS CTX-0798-71641, PAL-0898-60857, PUG-0498-51586, LAS-0798-60721
       
       
         2. It has been found that under the following conditions the code to
            create an accession's UID was being called twice. This resulted in
            the UID for the accession being changed to a UID that began with
            "00" even if the original UID was unique. This would occur when a
            site has accession areas in parallel and the parallel accession
            area has a lower internal entry number in the ACCESSION file (#68).
       
            Example: Accession area "B" is in parallel with accession area "A".
                     Accession area "B" has a lower internal entry number in file
       
                     ACCESSION (#68). When building acccessions from an order
                     the accessions are created based on the internal entry
                     number in the ACCESSION file (#68). In this example, the
                     acccession for accession area "B" would be created first.
                     But since it's in parallel with accession area "A" the
                     software first creates an accession for accession area "A",
                     then uses acccession area's "A" accession number for
                     accession area's "B" accession. Next when the Lab software
                     attempted to put tests on accession area "A" it detected
                     that the UID existed and generated the alternate UID using
       This patch will address a locking problem concerning the LRO global and
                     "00" as the NUMERIC IDENTIFIER even though it was the
                     same accession.
       
            Solution: modified code in routine LRX to only generate an alternate
                      UID if the UID exists and is not for the same accession.
                      NOIS PUG-0498-511586
      
       
        Associated NOIS
        --------------
       a fix to Laboratory Unique Identifier (UID) creation.
       
        CTX-0798-71641
        LAS-0798-60721
        PAL-0898-60857
        PUG-0498-51586
       
        Test Sites
        ----------
       
        Central Texas HCS
       
        Las Vegas VAMC
        Milwaukee VAMC
        Palo Alto VAMC
        Puget Sound HCS
       
       ----------------------------
       
       ROUTINE SUMMARY
       ---------------
       
       
        The following is a list of routines included in this patch. The second
        line of each routine now looks like:
       
        <tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
       
                         CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
       
          Routine Name   Before Patch   After Patch    Patch List
          ------------   ------------   -----------   --------------
          LR217            N/A          2463818           217
      
    • 202 SEQ #155
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-10-16 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 185 SEQ #156
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-10-16 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch corrects a problem where the comments were missing from
      the Long Form Accession List (LRACC1) option.
      
    • 187 SEQ #157
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-10-16 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 136 SEQ #99
      DATE APPLIED:   1996-10-11 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Patch LR*5.2*127 is required to be installed.
      Routines      Before Check Sum        After Check Sum   Patch List
      ==================================================================
       
      LRCAPPH      10523848                 10492287          1,19,127,136
       
      ===================================================================
       
      Note: Patch LR*5.2*127 MUST be installed before this patch is installed. 
       
      1. Users may remain on the system.
       
      2. No options need be placed out of order.
      3. Install patch during non-peak hours.
      4. Laboratory specimens should not be accessioned or verified during
      installation of the patch.
      5. Auto-instrument LAB routines does not have to be stopped.
       
      NOIS List
      MIN-0996-41784
      MIA-1096-30234
      1) This patch corrects the problem of multiple LRCAPPH jobs running and
      the same time when only one is required. This problem appears when the
      system has slow response times and LRCAPPH jobs begin to accumulate.
       
      2) This patch also correct a variable used to for system response
      monitoring.
       
      
    • 190 SEQ #158
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-10-16 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 176 SEQ #159
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-10-16 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch fixes the problem of not being able to choose the option Interim
               4  Interim reports for 1 location (manual queue) 
      
       The option Interim report for selected tests [LRRP3] could not be chosen.  
       This patch resolves this problem by changing the menu text of the option 
       [LRRP3] from Interim report for selected tests to Interim report for chosen 
       tests.  
      
        Reference NOIS:      MAN-0496-12206 
            
        Reporting Site:      Manchester, NH 
      report for selected tests [LRRP3] from the Ward Lab Menu. 
      
        Test Site(s):                       
                                    
                                    
        Installation Instructions: 
          ==========================
              1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This 
                 option will load the KIDS package in this message onto your system. 
              2. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your 
                 system. You now need to use KIDS to install the Transport global. 
      
                 On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following 
                 options: 
                     Print Transport Global 
                     Compare Transport Global to Current System 
                     Verify Checksums in Transport Global 
                     Backup a Transport Global 
              3. Users may remain on the system, but installation should be done at 
                 off peak hours.  
              4. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the option 
                 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*176' and proceed 
       Before this patch: 
                 with the install.  
              5. Delete routine LR176.  
      
      
             Select Ward lab menu Option: Interim 
               1  Interim report 
               2  Interim report by provider 
               3  Interim report for selected tests as ordered 
      
    • 214 SEQ #160
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-11-04 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      See National Patch Module for LR*5.2*214.
      
    • 219 SEQ #161
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-11-05 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 211 SEQ #162
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-11-19 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch corrects two problems:
      IND-0498-41683) is encountered when attempting to add a patient through
      the LRDPA routine. After installing patch LR*5.2*153, general lab users
      can no longer add patients to the PATIENT file (#2) even though the
      ALLOW LAB TO ADD PATIENTS field (#13) of the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9)
      is set to YES. Part of patch LR*5.2*153 was intended to eliminate first
      level addition of entries to the Patient file, but provide a second level
      entry.  Patch LR*5.2*211 restores this second level entry ability.
      1. The first problem (as reported by Washington in NOIS # WAS-1297-20917)
      is encountered when using the VIC card magnetic stripe to identify
      patients within the Lab module. Prior to patch LR*5.2*211, the system
      would not recognize the data transmitted from the Veteran's ID Card as a
      valid patient identifier.  With the installation of patch LR*5.2*211, the
      data contained in the magnetic stripe will be interpreted appropriately.
        
      2. The second problem (as reported by Indianapolis in NOIS #
      
    • 220 SEQ #163
      DATE APPLIED:   1998-12-29 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 213 SEQ #164
      DATE APPLIED:   1999-02-01 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 227 SEQ #165
      DATE APPLIED:   1999-02-01 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 225 SEQ #166
      DATE APPLIED:   1999-02-10 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
       
       
      ERD   07/30/1998 09:32                  4.0 L  5.0     12 L   13 L   14 L
       
        Patch 225 corrects the output to look like:
       
      ERD   a 07/30/1998 09:32                4.0 L  5.0     12 L   13 L   14 L
        Patch 201 inadvertently removed the indicator that designated which
        comment went with which result on the cumulative reports.  This only
        affected the horizontally formatted reports.  The following is an
        example of the output prior to patch 201.
       
      ERD   a 07/30/98 09:32                  4.0 L  5.0     12 L   13 L   14 L
       
        After patch 201 the output resembled:
      
    • 224 SEQ #167
      DATE APPLIED:   1999-02-23 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 59 SEQ #100
      DATE APPLIED:   1996-10-17 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Lab Archiving Enhancement Patch
      
    • 226 SEQ #168
      DATE APPLIED:   1999-02-23 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 223 SEQ #169
      DATE APPLIED:   1999-03-03 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 166
      DATE APPLIED:   1999-04-16 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch includes the routines, files and data dictionary changes
      to support CPRS version 1.  It is included with the CPRS Master build
      and should not be installed independent of CPRS.  Refer to the CPRS
      Installation Guide for installation instructions.
      
    • 228 SEQ #171
      DATE APPLIED:   1999-04-20 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 215
      DATE APPLIED:   1999-04-27 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      NLT Mapping to LOINC LR*5.2*215
      Veteran Affairs, has agreed to use LOINC to identify test results.
      
      NLT Mapping to the Logical Observation Identifier Names and Codes (LOINC)
      has the following features:
      
      Provides a method to communicate across laboratories in support of Clinical
      Information Resource Network (CIRN) by mapping VistA lab test to LOINC codes.
      
      Provides sets of universal names and ID codes for identifying laboratory
      and clinical test results.
      The purpose of the National Laboratory Test (NLT) Mapping to the Logical
      
      Allows the creation of a uniform naming convention for clinical terms.
      
      Allows the merging of clinical data across sites (where terminology may vary
      widely.)
      
      Requires the adoption of naming or coding conventions, and the mapping of
      local terminology to these conventions.
      
      Maps the WKLD CODE file(#64) file to LOINC codes.
      Observation Identifier Names and Codes (LOINC) is to provide the mapping of
      Chemistry tests result codes, and the standardization of files used in the
      Laboratory Software Package. Standardizing codes allows the movement of
      tests results from one computer system to another.  This includes sharing
      information with both Veterans Health Information Systems and Technology
      Architecture (VistA) and Non-VistA computer systems.  The LOINC committee
      including the largest clinical laboratories in the United States, and
      
    • 239 SEQ #173
      DATE APPLIED:   1999-05-10 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      LR*5.2*239 FIX FOR LR*5.2*215
      
    • 231 SEQ #175
      DATE APPLIED:   1999-06-02 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This patch provides a link between Anatomic Pathology and the Women's
      Health Program.  For full details see the patch message in the Forum Patch
      Module.
      
    • 234 SEQ #176
      DATE APPLIED:   1999-07-19 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      RECONCILE AUTOPSY DATA DISCREPANCY
       
      Upon investigation, it has been determined that in-patient autopsy numbers for
      patients whose treating specialty had changed since they were originally logged
      in, were being totaled in the wrong treating specialty, or omitted from the
      report all together.  This resulted in subtotals not reconciling back to the
      grand total.  The solution is to create an 'Exceptions List' at the bottom of
      the report.  This list displays the autopsy accession number, it's current
      treating specialty from the FACILITY TREATING SPECIALTY field (#.09) of the 
      PATIENT MOVEMENT file (#405), and its original treating specialty from the
      TREATING SPECIALTY AT DEATH field (#14.6) of the LAB DATA file (#63).  It also
       
      displays the total number of exceptions listed.  The subtotals by treating
      specialty plus the total number of exceptions now reconciles back to the grand
      total number of autopsies performed.  This also gives the site the necessary
      information to update the LAB DATA file (#63) with the current treating
      specialty number.
      This patch corrects a problem with option [LRAPQOR] QA Outcome Review Cases.
      This report's function is to break out by treating specialty, the number of
      autopsies performed over a given period of time.  On the last page of the
      report, it lists the total number of autopsies performed in the given date
      range.  Under this total, the number of autopsies, subtotaled by treating
      specialty, are listed.  These subtotals are not reconciling back to the grand
      total number of autopsies.
      
    • 235 SEQ #177
      DATE APPLIED:   1999-07-19 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
      A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
      distribution message.
      
    • 221 SEQ #178
      DATE APPLIED:   1999-07-19 00:00:00
      APPLIED BY:   USER,ONE
      DESCRIPTION:   
      Patch LR*5.2*221 VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE
       
      EKH-0998-40137, GAI-0898-30690, GNH-0498-41065, HAM-0898-21544,
      HUN-0798-20942, LEB-1298-22078, LOM-0498-60884, NAS-1098-31373,
      OKL-0698-70962, PHI-0598-20045, PHO-1298-60877, SDC-0598-60879,
      SLC-0998-50822, WIC-0898-41805, WPB-1198-31834, WAS-1098-31246,
      WNY-0998-11152, BAY-0798-31877, FHM-0897-51017, NCH-0596-40125,
      CLA-0598-20356, CIN-0998-41790, CMO-0998-41772, COS-0898-41373,
      NJH-1298-21603, EKH-0998-40488, GAI-0698-31676, MWV-0598-21363,
      SAM-1098-20301, IOW-1298-41014, BAN-0897-11956, PHO-0798-60573,
      CHS-0398-42380, MAD-1098-41673,
       
      1. Routines LRCENDEL, LROS, LRTSTJAN, and LRTSTOUT have been modified to
      Test Sites:
      ===========
      Long Beach, CA
      Milwaukee, WI
      Loma Linda, CA
      North Chicago, IL
      West Palm Beach, FL
       
      Added Cross Reference:
      =====================
      accommodate the new ordered test status of NOT PERFORMED.
      --A new 'AE' MUMPS cross-reference has been created in the LAB ORDER (#69)
      file, Subfile SPECIMEN # (#1), subfile TEST (#6), field CANCEL BY (#10).
      This X-Ref is used to identify canceled test that must be sent to PCE for
      credit. The data can be used by the billing software.
       
      DATA Dictionary Changes:
      ========================
      ACCESSION file (#68):
      The *RESULT field (#5) of the Test subfield (#68.04) name has been changed
      to DISPOSITION field (#5).
       
       
      LAB ORDER ENTRY file (#69):
      A new cross-reference has been created on the CANCEL BY field (#10) of the
      TEST subfield (#69.03) to track tests which have disposition of Not
      Performed.
       
      LOAD/WORKLIST file (#68.2)
      A new UID VERIFICATION field (#2.1) has been added to the LOAD/WORKLIST
      file (#68.2), PROFILE multiple (#50).
       
      2. The ACCESSION file (#68), subfile (#68.04), *RESULT field (#5) marked
      LAB DATA file (#63)
      The LOCATION field (#14.1) in the LAB DATA file (#63) input transform has
      changed to conform to FileMan Version 22 variable cleanup.
       
      Changes Made By Patch LR*5.2*221:
      =================================
      In the past, laboratory users were able to delete all traces of an order
      and specimens from various files (database). This would create a
      discrepancy between ward-printed documents and laboratory data files. In
      addition, if the tests were downloaded to automated instruments or LEDI
      for deletion several years ago has been renamed to DISPOSITION field (#5).
      Host Laboratory, the result entry could produce corrupt Laboratory patient
      records.
       
      It was also possible in certain situations for deleted accession numbers
      or order numbers to be assigned to two different patients.
       
      The major component of this patch is to maintain a record of all ordered
      procedures, ensuring that integrity of accession numbers is preserved.
      This is accomplished in the following manner:
       
      This DISPOSITION field (#5) is used to enter a DISPOSITION status for an
      1. Accessioned tests must be either canceled (canc), result entered and
      verified (this includes entering test comment) or designated 'Not
      Performed' and a reason entered. The date, time, and the person entering
      the 'Not Performed' reason will be stored in the laboratory patient
      record. In addition, the ACCESSION file (#68), and where appropriate, LAB
      ORDER ENTRY file (#69) will be updated to reflect the 'Not Performed'
      status. The CPRS order status is changed to completed if 'SERVICE
      CORRECTION' is used as the 'Cancellation Reason'.
       
      2. If the site makes use of Interim Reports, in addition to the current
      accessioned test that is NOT PERFORMED.
      function, the software will also display those accessions that have the
      status of 'Not Performed'. The software will not display the 'Not
      Performed' tests if there are any results entered but not verified.
       
      3. If it is determined at a later point, that a 'Not Performed' test
      should be performed, the software will allow results to be entered and the
      'Not Performed' reason can be removed by the user.
       
      4. The new 'Not Performed' test status corrects numerous problems with
      Remove An Accession [LRDELOG] option or Delete Entire Order or individual
       
      tests [LRCENDEL] option were being used.
       
      *****  CAUTION  ******  CAUTION  ******  CAUTION
      ONCE AN ACCESSION NUMBER HAS BEEN ASSIGNED IT CANNOT BE DELETED!
      THIS NEW RESTRICTION MAY CAUSE CONCERN IN CERTAIN AREAS OF THE LAB THAT
      MAKE A PRACTICE OF DELETING AN ACCESSION NUMBER AND RE-ASSIGNING IT TO A
      DIFFERENT PATIENT IN ORDER TO CORRESPOND TO MANUAL LOG BOOK ENTRIES. THIS
      PRACTICE OF RE-ASSIGNING ACCESSION NUMBERS SOMETIMES OCCURS IN HISTOLOGY
      AND CYTOLOGY DEPARTMENTS
       
      3. The LAB DATA file (#63), Service field (#14.1) was modified to include
      Routine Summary:
      ================
      The second line of the routine now looks like:
       
      <tab>   ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27,1994 
      Routines:        Before       After           Patch
                       Check        Check           List
      LR221            N/A          2442952       221
      LR7OF5          10004887      10037595      223,221
      LR7OMERG        21447925      16402501      121,221
      Version 5.2 DEVICE PRODUCT LABELING STATEMENT
      an input transform. This modification is consistent with the changes being
      LRCAPDSS        6043551       6167016       127,143,201,221
      LRCAPF          7808609       9622392       221
      LRCAPV1         11760779      12202571      42,119,153,221
      LRCAPV1S        4411865       4411858       42,153,201,221
      LRCAPV2         8985145       9018506       105,119,153,221
      LRCENDE1        11027407      10883548      100,107,121,201,202,221
      LRCENDEL        13496869      16365039      100,121,202,221
      LREXPD          4933677       4944336       153,201,221
      LRGEN1          9235134       7874566       201,221
      LRGEN2          14904638      15112799      121,153,221
      exported as part of VA FileMan V. 22.
      LRGP2           8849923       3525048       153,221
      LRLLS           8810252       12800210      116,221
      LRNUM           6162203       6523065       153,221
      LROE            15763453      14732765      100,121,201,221
      LROS            15245747      16807258      121,153,202,210,221
      LRPHEXPT        9259926       8575322       43,121,221
      LRPHITE1        11566534      11190758      100,121,198,202,208,221
      LRPHITE2        3592550       1527153       221
      LRPHITE3        2560860       2178370       100,198,208,221
      LRPHITEM        13730844      14270617      121,198,208,202,221
       
      LRPHSET1        7250784       7343884       121,191,221
      LRRD            8518062       8518201       221
      LRRP            11903812      11856365      195,221
      LRRP1           7537640       7638502       153,221
      LRRP2           13108827      14561533      106,121,221
      LRTOCOST        22163690      23554251      153,201,221
      LRTSTJAN        16094468      7681779       67,100,121,128,202,221
      LRTSTOUT        12155453      19411504      100,121,153,202,221
      LRTT5P1         12006801      12297887      153,221
      LRVER3          14057782      14311842   42,100,121,140,171,153,221
      The above software changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank
      LRVER3A         9513672       9561045    1,5,42,100,121,153,190,221
      LRVR1           10934986      11269859      42,153,221
      LRVR4          11173968       8714660       14,42,121,153,221
      LRVRA           6096750       6318899       153,221
      LRVRW           9712499       8795650       153,221
      LRWD            1493513       1464262       121,221
      LRWRKIN1        3732368       9653815       153,201,221
      LRWRKINC        12813235      19863974      153,201,221
      LRWRKLST        9498844       9455120       1,17,38,153,185,221
       
      Developer and found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE V.
      Required Patches:
      =================
      LA*5.2*27
       
      LA*5.2*47 [Note: This is the Automated Instrument portion of LR*5.2*221]
       
      LR*5.2*116
      LR*5.2*121
      LR*5.2*153
      LR*5.2*185
      5.2 controlled functions.
      LR*5.2*190
      LR*5.2*191
      LR*5.2*195
      LR*5.2*201
      LR*5.2*202
      LR*5.2*223
       
      Installation Instructions:
      ==========================
      This patch is compatible with OERR 2.5 and both versions of CPRS.
       
       
                1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the
                PackMan menu. This option will load the KIDS
                package onto your system.
                2. Review your mapped set.  If the routines are
                mapped, they should be removed from the mapped set
                at this time.
       
                3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport
                global on your system. You now need to use KIDS to
      PROBLEM: A new disposition for accessioned tests called NOT PERFORMED has
                install the Transport global.
                
                On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu,
                use the following options:
                       Print Transport Global
                       Compare Transport Global to Current System
                       Verify Checksums in Transport Global
                       Backup a Transport Global
                4. Users may remain on the system, but installation 
                   should be done during off peak hours and when
      been created. This disposition is assigned to a test that is not performed
                   the Laboratory computer users are idle.
                5. No options need to be placed out of service.
                6. Installation time is less than 10 minutes during
                   offpeak hours, and less than 15 minutes during
                   peak hours which is NOT RECOMMENDED.
                7. Installation of this patch does not require any
                   additional memory space.
                8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu,
                   run the option 'Install Package(s)'. Select the
                   package 'LR*5.2*221' and proceed with the
      for any type of reason. This will replace the past practice of canceling
                   install.
                9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2,
                   they should be returned to the mapped set once
                   the installation has run to completion.
       
      Enhancements:
      =============
      1. The 'Etiology WKLD Code (Force)' [LRCAPF] option has been corrected to
      accept WKLD Codes that do not have the suffix code of .0000 (Generic).
      NOIS: CHY-0798-51245
      =============================================
      or deleting tests which had no results entered.
       
      2. The WKLD Code capture routines have been modified not to count tests
      marked as 'Not Performed'.
       
      3. The 'Delete entire order or individual tests' [LRCENDEL] option has
      been modified to place tests in the status of  'Not Performed' rather than
      deleting the test or order from the file (database). Thus preventing
      electronic white out of the ordered procedures. This enhancement corrects
      problems of undefined errors after tests have been deleted. NOISs:
      ALN-1198-11196, ASH-0898-30554, ATG-0698-31312, WNY-0698-11221,
       
      CLA-0598-20635 CMO-1198-41253, DEN-0898-50267, DUB-0898-30615,
      FGH-1198-32348, GAI-0698-32344 HAM-1098-21436, LAS-0698-60208,
      LEX-0898-41581, LEX-1198-40049, OM-0498-60788, MIN-0798-40025,
      MON-0798-51662, MUS-1098-71863, NAS-1098-31373, OKL-0698-71939
      SAG-0498-42248, SLC-1198-50813, TAM-0798-30677, AM-1298-31153,
      TOG-0898-11351
       
      4. The 'General report for selected tests' [LRGEN] option has been
      corrected to display the full year and century with test results properly
      aligned when less than 19 tests were requested. There are hosts of
      RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*221 have no effect on Blood
      associated NOIS called. This may not represent a complete list. NOISs:
      LEB-1298-22078, TAM-1298-31153, CLA-1198-22013, ALX-1198-71715,
      ALX-0898-71684, ASH-0898-30675, BEC-0998-20129, BYN-0598-11025,
      DAY-0798-42525, DEN-1098-50461, EKH-0998-40137, GAI-0898-30690,
      GNH-0498-41065, HAM-0898-21544, HUN-0798-20942, LEB-1298-22078,
      LOM-0498-60884, NAS-1098-31373, OKL-0698-70962, PHI-0598-20045,
      PHO-1298-60877, SDC-0598-60879, SLC-0998-50822, WIC-0898-41805,
      WPB-1198-31834
       
      5. The 'Group Verify (EA, EL, EW)' [LRGV] option has been enhanced to
      Bank Software V. 52 functionality, therefore RISK is none.
      store the Result NLT code with the verified results. The user cannot
      directly observe this.
       
      6. The Clear instrument/worklist data [LRINSTCLR] option has been
      enhanced. The changes to this option implements selective clearing of
      instrument data from the LAH global. When entries are made in the LAH
      global to store instrument data pending verification, the date of creation
      and result updating is now recorded. This date will be used to selectively
      remove data from the LAH global based on the date original result was
      received or last updated.
       
       
      The Clear instrument/worklist data [LRINSTCLR] option will now allow
      clearing by either of the following ways:
       
      a. Data received before the selected date (optional time) is purged. If
      you enter a date only then data received before that date is cleared. 
       
      b. If you enter a date/time then data received before that date/time is
      cleared.
       
      EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*221 does not
      Example:
       
      If you enter Sept 4, 1998 then data received through Sept 3, 1998 is
      cleared. If you enter Sept 4, 1998 @1200 then data through Sept 4, 1998
      115959 is cleared.
       
      The following routines support this enhancement:
       
      a. LAGEN - Changes made to set date/time of entry creation and last
      update. Last update can be different than creation date if data is
      alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical element
      retransmitted (overlay data = yes) or additional results received.
       
      b. LRLLS - Clear instrument data option that does actual clearing based on
      user's parameters. User can purge by date/time or blanket purge when using
      option Clear instrument/worklist data [LRINSTCLR].
       
      c. LRVR1 - Verifying routine with changes to setup date/time information
      when manual data entry is used during Enter/Verify Automated Instrument
      [LRVR] option.
       
      functions.
      d. LRVRW - Verifying routine with changes to setup date/time information
      when load/work list data entry is used during the Enter/verify data (Work
      list) [LRVRW] option. 
       
      e. If during the clearing process an entry in LAH is found with no
      date/time for creation/update then the current date/time is added to the
      entry. This entry is then eligible for clearing the next time the option
      is run and it meets the date/time parameter.
       
       
       
      7. The routine LRNUM has been modified to control the echo of stored data.
      This is not readily apparent to the user.
       
      8. The 'Order/test status' [LROS] option has been enhanced to display
      tests having the 'Not Performed' status. Also spacing was increased to
      accommodate accession area abbreviation of 5 characters. NOIS:
      WAS-1098-31246
       
      9. The 'Itemized routine lab collection' [LRPHITEM] option and 'Receipt of
      routine lab collection from wards' [LRPHEXCPT] option has been enhanced to
      POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to files and
      conform to the 'Not Performed' status assignment. Order and accessioned
      tests are no longer deleted. NOIS: WNY-0998-11152
       
      10. The 'Interim report' [LRRP2] option has been enhanced to display
      orders that contain only 'Not Perform' status and no results entered or
      verified.
       
      11. The option 'Turnaround times By Urgency' [LR TAT URGENCY] has been
      modified to count only those tests that have been counted for Workload. In
      order for a test to be counted it must have WKLD Code assigned and
       
      routines identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
      verified results. NOIS: BAY-0798-31877
       
      12. Various non-Microbiology Result Entry options were modified to
      accommodate 'Not Performed' test status.
       
      13. The option 'Ward lab menu' [LRWARDM] entry action routine has been
      corrected not to set the variable LREND if no ward is selected. If no ward
      was selected unpredictable software behavior could result. NOISs:
      FHM-0897-51017, NCH-0596-40125, CLA-0598-20356
      14. The INCOMPLETE TEST STATUS REPORT [LRWRKINC] option sorting/searching
      97-033. The changes have no effect to Blood Bank functionality or medical
      capability was enhanced.
       
      Example:
       
      If you answer "YES" to the prompt: Specify detailed sort criteria? No//
      Then you will be able to specify:
       
         -  If controls should be excluded.
         -  Specific tests to search for.
         -  A lab arrival time. This will exclude uncollected specimens, 
      device control functions. There is no adverse potential to sites.
            and specimens with a later arrival time.
         -  Exclude non-required tests.
         -  Exclude selected test(s) from report.
         -  If report is generated for specific test(s) which are 
            panels, then the user can have the report check the tests that
            make up the panel.
       
      15. The 'Incomplete test status report' [LRWRKINC] option has been
      modified to honor tests having 'Not Performed' status and not include them
      on the incomplete test list.
       
       
      16. Test that have rolled over can be verified by either the original
      accession number or the rolled over accession number and the test will be
      marked completed on both accession numbers. NOISs: CIN-0998-41790,
      CMO-0998-41772, COS-0898-41373, NJH-1298-21603
       
      17. Correct problem of the Collection List not assigning correct accession
      numbers when queued in a multidivisional setting. NOIS: EKH-0998-40488
       
      18. Correct the option 'Interim report by provider' [LRRD] not correctly
      VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: There are no required validation
      handling providers names with more than 20 characters. NOISs:
      GAI-0698-31676, MWV-0598-21363, SAM-1098-20301
       
      19. Merged accessions [LRACC MERGE] will now download to auto-instruments.
      Option would not accept partial accession number. Also merged tests
      maintain the primary ordered test linkage. NOISs: IOW-1298-41014,
      BAN-0897-11956
       
      20. Incorrect data is extracted if the site has the 'COLLECT WKLD LOG FILE
      DATA' field (#616) of the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) set to yes during
      scenarios to be completed by sites after installing this patch.
      DSS Workload extraction procedure. The DSS Package has exclusive rights to
      the WKLD LOG file (#64.03). The DSS Coordinator must sanction any local
      field use of this file. This patch will set the field to null before
      starting to process workload extraction requests. Also the default
      provider was being extracted from the incorrect global location. NOIS:
      PHO-0798-60573
       
      21. Corrects a typographical error in referencing the XTMP global. NOIS:
      TAM-0698-31132
       
       
      22. The Merge Accessions [LRACC MERG] option has been modified to comply
      with NP protocol. The test(s) that are merged into another accession will
      have NP designation set and a delete notification is sent to CPRS as a
      Discontinued Order. The reverse is true for the accession receiving the
      merged test.
       
      23. During verification by automated instrument, using the Enter/verify
      data (auto instrument) [LRVR] option, Enter/verify data (Load list)
      [LRVRW2] option or Enter/verify data (Work list) [LRVRW] option, the
      building of the test list could cause an error when a user selects a
      Patch Description:
      loadlist profile with many tests. This would create a string too long
      error. The lists of tests to be verified are now stored in the TMP global
      instead of local arrays. This change will allow the site to place as many
      tests as required under a single profile. Collecting sites, using the LEDI
      software, will now be able to place all tests sent to a host lab under a
      single profile on the worklist. The routines LRGP2 and LRVR1 have been
      enhanced to correct this problem. NOISs: CHS-0398-42380,
      MAD-1098-41673
       
      Examples:
       
       
      Accessioning [LR IN] menu
       
      The name of the Delete entire order or individual tests [LRCENDEL] option
      and Delete test from an accession [LRTSTOUT] option was not changed. Tests
      are no longer deleted but will have a disposition (status) of 'NOT
      PERFORMED'. The test(s) will have a complete date assigned and will not
      appear in Incomplete Load/Worklist. Both options use the same logic.
       
      Select Accessioning menu Option: del
      The VISTA Laboratory software patch LR*5.2*221 contain several
          1    Delete entire order or individual tests
          2    Delete test from an accession
      CHOOSE 1-2: 1  Delete entire order or individual tests
       
      ENTER ORDER NUMBER: 440
      Order  Test        Urgency   Status     Accession
        -Lab Order # 440                           Provider: BEAR,GUMMY O.
        BLOOD    SERUM
        UREA NITROGEN     ROUTINE  Collected      01/05/1999@22:55 CH 0105 4
         : ~For Test: UREA NITROGEN
      The VISTA Laboratory software patch LR*5.2*221 contain the following
      enhancements across several functions and procedures. One major
         : ~DEMO NP option 
      AARDVARK,JIMMY JR.            333-22-2444
      Change entire order? No// Y  (Yes)
       
      Cancellation Reason: ?  
       Answer with ORDER REASON NAME, or SYNONYM, or CODE
       Do you want the entire ORDER REASON List? Y  (Yes)
      Choose from:
         CLOTTED SPECIMEN
         DUPLICATE TESTS
      enhancement or change in business practice is the handling of tests that
         HEMOLYZED SPECIMEN
         INSUFFICIENT SPECIMEN
         OTHER CANCEL REASON
         PATIENT UNAVAILABLE
         REQUESTING PHYSICIAN CANCELLED
         SERVICE CORRECTION
       
      *[This next prompt is new - It allows the use of entries in the LAB
      DESCRIPTION file (#62.5)  that have special screens. The default screens
      are GENERAL, ORDER and LAB. If you wish to include additional screens,
      will not be done (performed) for various reasons. It is clear that there
      enter them here.]
       
      Select NP comment Lab Description screen: 
       
      Not Perform Reason : NS
        (NO SPECIMEN RECEIVED) [Description file expanded text]
      Satisfactory Comment ? Yes//   YES
       
      *[This is what a not performed accession/order will look like.]
       
      are legitimate reasons that an ordered procedure will not be performed by
      Select Accessionin